LIBRARY OF THE 2 Px raurtean Board of Commissioners = — “LN PRO SCIENT/SS TT Wwe Sq POPULIQUE e ae eccae tie igetion ee" ee A a ee oe = ee, a a = ‘os CO Er ”, ASIATICK RESEARCHES: - '. TRANSACTIONS OF THE rite SOO rh oT Ty | INSTITUTED IN BENGAL, FOR ENQUIRING INTO THE | HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES, THE ARTS, SCIENCES, AND LITERATURE, OF A SIA, VOLUME THE SIXTH. PRINTED, VERBATIM FROM THE CALCUTTA EDITION. rrr re LONDON : PRINTED BY BUNNEY ANi) GOLD, SHOE-LANE;S - FOR ‘J. SEWELL; CORNHILL; VERNOR AND HOOD, POULTRY>3$ f- CUTHELL, HOLBORN; J-WALKER, PATERNOSTER-ROW 5 OTRIDGE AND SON,STRAND ; LACKINGTON, ALLEN, AND CO. FINS-« BURY-SQUARE 3 R. LEA, SOHO $ R.FAULDER, BOND- STREET}; J. SCATCHARD, AVE-MARIA-LANE 3 LONGMAN AND REES, PATERNOSTER=ROW 5 AND J. DEBRETT, PICCADILLY. 1801. ee mold, ail nl Vy ’ ‘ { = «+ . - i - a : / ‘ “ ’ . - - 444 4 - 4 he ngs pee ty c La? 2 3 * : 4 . . " - ~ x Ss “1% * > ‘ ’ pag . Vee a , 4 Ms ‘ ‘ é ws, A . ; 7 _ ” e , ‘ ° « ‘ - .s : _* ' } \ ASIATICK RESEARCHES: TRANSACTIONS BOC Le. TY INSTITUTED IN BENGAL, HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES, THE ARTS, SCIENCES, AND LITERATURE, ~ OF ‘ HASTA. + Ae a ears 909 APR 2 TA Chet t ee CONTENTS OF THE SIXTH VOLUME. BOT aI A, Ry Rnts, Fale cits a wieieieln bak Gee cin oe Page I. A Discourse delivered by Sir Rosert Cuamaers,: Mtught, Presents). sie. ob ee II. Narrative of a Journey from gra to Oujein.....---- III. An Account of the Inhabitants of the Poggy or Nassau Islands, lying off Sumatra .....-------.--------- IV. Observations on the Theory of Walls, wherein some particulars are investigated, which have not been con- sidered by writers on fortification......-....-.--- PY: Merthnee OIA Ob DK Renta) 2 che Se ala aL Nas wa a ale Supplement to the foregoing paper.--..--.-------- VI. An account of the Petroleum Wells, in the Burmha el UAE AOE, Wap SOUS SARS Paleo tg idie, a al VII. On the Maximum of Mechanic Powers, and the effects of Machines when in motion ....--...-...--..-. VIII. On the religion and literature of the Burmas......--- IX. Narrative of Ronny LOCUM OUT 2 os whine Enumeration of Plants noticed in the preceding Tour. Letter from Sir C. W. Macet, Bart. to the Presr- DENT, on the subject of the following paper. . ---- - X. Description of the Caves or Excavations, on the Moun- tain, about a mile to the Eastward of the town of EOTRAREEN sa S0R Salted Sig weed SYRIA I Fc A ARLE Gk Sa XI. Remarks on some Antiquities on the West and South Coasts of Ceylon : written in the year 1796..--.... Wed, Gam lount Cancels Uli esa akin ae beatae XIII. On the Antiquity of the Surya Siddhazta, and the for- mation of Astronomical Cycles thereim contained... Aprenpix.—Rules of the Asiatick Society .....--.---6-4 Members of the Asiatick Society ..-..--..---.-4- 389 4.25 455 540 594 Printed by Rousseau, Cold-Bath-Fields; Bunney and Gold, Shoe-Lane; Wilson, Wild-Court; Cundee, Ivy-Lane; Maiden, Sher-: bourne-Lane ; and Swan, Gracechurch-Street. Tec = nn ile, © mall = SS Sie ABR Ng) < Sat ay m “ he Sy re 2 ae UGG Lge sp owes THE ASIATICK SOCIETY, hav- img resolved to give, with each subsequent Volume of their re- searches, a list of such Oriental Subjects as require farther illus- tration; have selected for the pre- sent, and hereby invite communi- cations on the following DESIDERATA. RELIGION, POLICY, JURISPRUDENCE, MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. AN accurate defcription of the different feftivals and fafts prevalent in India, together with an inveftigation of their origin, and of the reafon and fignification of their peculiar ceremonies. _ As thofe are very numerous, the following are {pecified as objects of primary inquiry, Among the Hindus. DoorGa Poosa, or DussERan, KaLee Poosa, or Dawauzs, . JoNMON AsHToMEE, ~Cuurkn Poosa, Account iV DESIDERATA. Account of the pilgrimage to the temple of Jaca- NAT,HA at Pur/otom. ) “whe oa Among the Mu/ulmans. Erp ut Zona, Eep uv. Ferr, Exp CHUDEER, 2. Aw enumeration of the different cafts of Hindus, with the cuftoms peculiar to each; as exifting in the prefent time.—See an enumeration from the ancient Sunfcrit records, Afiatick Refearches, Vol. V. p. 53. | 3. A connecTeD hiftory of the feveral Mu/ulnan tribes, exifting in India. re -Amone thefe,, an account of the fingular tribe known by the name of Bohra, is particularly re- quired, 4, Wuat kinds of oaths are confidered as pe- culiarly binding by the different tnbes and feéts in Hindufian ? 5. Wuar: hiftorical monuments remain of the go- verment, and the fyftem of police, which obtained in Hindufian, previoufly to the Mu/fulman invafion ? Il. GEOGRAPHY. 3. A CATALOGUE of the names of Towns, Coun- tries, Provinces, Rivers, and Mountains, from the Shaffers and Puranas, with their modern names an- nexed; anda correct lift, according to the oriental orthography, of the Towns, &c. mentioned by Major Rennexy, and other European Geographers. The etymology, as far as practieable, would alfo be defire- able. 2, Wuat were the geographical and political di- vifions of the country before the Mu/u/man inva- fion ? ‘ - v lil. BIOGRAPHY. 1. AccurATE tranflations of the accounts given of the life and actions of Bouppua, by the priefts of his toe his fect. 2. To DESIDERATA. v 9. To enquire if there be any accounts remaining of CHaucuasan, Gonacom, and Gaspa; whom the Burmas reprefent as having preceded Gopama. 3. Tux hiftory of Manamoony, a difciple, or follower of Gopama, to whom, alfo, adoration is paid, by many among the worfhippers of Bouppua. 4, A Hisrory of thofe faints, philofophers, &c. either male or female, who have become famous, in modern times among the nations and religious fects that inhabit India. IV. COMMERCE, NATURAL HISTORY, MATERIA MEDICA. 1. To inquire into the ftate of the commerce of India, previoufly to the firft fettlement of Europeans. 2. To afcertain the different trees which produce Gamboge, or a gum-refin refembling it; to inveftigate the qualities of the drug, as produced from each of thofe trees, among which we may reckon the following: Cambogia Gutta. Lin. Garcinia Celebica. Lin. Stalagnutes Cambogioides. Keen. _ypericum Pomiferium. Rox. To procure accurate figures of the Stalagmites Cam- bogioides, or the Ceylon tree, and of the tree which yields this drug in Cambodia. Laftly, to determine whether all thefe trees may not be referred to one © Genus. | 3. To afcertain from what country the root com- monly called Co/umbo is procured; and to give a botanical defcription and figure of the plant to which it belongs, A. Tux botanical names of plants mentioned in the Hindu books of Materia Medica. : 5. To fupply the deficiencies which remain in the accounts of the production of Borax, in the neigh- bourbood vi DESIDERATA. bourhood of Tiset and Napal, as delivered by Mr. Brane and Father Jos—erH pe Ravato, in the Philofophical Tranfa¢tions, vol. 2.77. 6. Whether the Tshacco plant was known in A/a, before the difcovery of America; and whether the edicts faid to have been publifhed by Aurunezesx, agdin{t the ufe of that plant, be authentic? V. MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 1. History of that peculiar inflammation of the Schneiderian membrane, termed Naxnra, with the mode of treatment by the natives. 2. Hisrory of inoculation for the Small-Pox, among the Hindus. , 3. Anriavity of the venereal difeafe in India, and the knowledge which the ancient Hindu phyficians had of its cure. 4. Tuer treatment of the Lene: with fome account of the different fpecies of that difeafe, which are met with among the natives of India. - 5. How long have the natives poffefled the art of couching for a cataraét, and from what fource did they obtain it? VI. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE. 1. How many dialects are there of the Hinduwee, i. e. of languages connected with the Sanferi# ; and in what parts ‘of India were they, or are they fpoken ! ? 2. Wuart general term had the natives of India before the Muj/uiman invafion, to defignate what we Pa, by the term Hindu ? To obtain as full a catalogue as poffible, of bieoks' in the Sanfcrit and other Hinduwee languages; containing the following particulars, as far as they can be afcertained, viz. the names of the authors, the fubjects, the dates, the age of the moft ancient manufcript of each now known to exift; and ie places, where the books are now to be found. I. ADIS, 2 A DISCOURSE DELIVERED AT A MEETING ASIATICK SOCIETY, ON THE 18 OF JANUARY, 1798. BY SIR ROBERT CHAMBERS, KNIGHT, PRESIDENT. GENTLEMEN, | F I commence withdiffidence and timidity theduties of an office to which your fuffrages have advanced me, it is not merely becaufe I contider, the objects of our refearches, as by their extent difficult to be compre- hended, or by their variety difficult to be methodized ; for obftacles like thefe will only be encountered ..by me in common with you, and if they are encountered with vigour, they may be furmounted by diligence. My fears. proce¢d from difcouragements peculiar to mytfelf... He whe {its in this chair is expofed to cen- fure not only, by his.own, defects, but by the virtues of his -predeceffors. J am to fuperintend the inquiries. and prefide at the meetings of this learned Society, in the place fucceflively vacated by two Prefidents, not VOL, VI A only £3 only equally eminent for extent of learning and eie- gance of diction, for ftrength of comprehenfion and clearnefs of explanation, but alfo equally devoted from their early youth to Oriental fiudies. | Wiru Sir Witi1am Jones, who may not impro- perly be called the father, as well as firit Prefident of this Society, I deem myfelf happy to haye become ac- quainted when he entered the univerfity, a boy juft come from fchool. Ihad then many opportunities to obferye the wonderful progrefs Sith he had already made in the ancient Languages of Europe; of which let one inftance fuffice. He had ¢ompofed, and brought with him to Oxford a comedy written in Greek verle, of the poetical powers whereot I will not now yenture to fpeak : he himfelf appears not to have thought very highly of it in that refpect. He confidered with Horace, that “ Membranis intus pofitis, delere licebit - - “ Quod non edideris,” and in fact he never did publifh it. Butthe verfifica- - tion afforded a wonderful example of diligence and accuracy, of exuberance of ftyle, and power of expref- fion in Greek, It.comprifed all the different kinds of metre which are to be found in the dramatick writings of Greece ; and Doétor ‘Tuomas Somner of Harrow,’ the beft judge of the fubjeét perhaps then in England, declared after reading it, that it did not contain one metrical errour. 5 : Cui Wiuruin avery few years after this, and-while the moft laborious ftudent I ever knew was ftill in his mi- nority, both legal and academical, an undergraduate in the Univerfity, and confiderably under the age which the law calls the age of difcretion, the cafual fightofa folio yolume filled with extraéts from 4rabick manu- {cripts afforded me an opportunity of learning | that he had filled (in all) four fuch. volumes with fimilar extracts, made with his own hand in the Bodleian ~ Tibrary, Cs? libraty, where, though an undergraduate, he was by fpecial favour permitted to ftudy. Many of thefe ex- tracts were probably made from manufcripts of which no other copies are known to be extant ; and it is cer+ tain that all of them were trart{cribed from books, which, according to the laws of that library, could not be car- ried out of it.. Had they been leis rare and more ac- ceffible, they would hardly have been tranfcribed by Sir Witt1am Jones at the expence of fo much time as they required, for I have reafon to believe that, in his own opinion, their intrinfic merit was not very _ great. I have mentioned thefe facts becaufe they are not generally known; but as I do not mean to pro- nounce an eulogyen Sir Wittiam Joné&s, not to at- tempt even-the flighteft fketch of his life and writings, I fhall ‘not dwell on the: extraordinary diligence with which he laboured in the mines of jurifprudence, at the fame time that he purfued the ftudy of Oriental learning’; neither fhall ] enter upon a critical examin- ation of the voluminous and convincing proofs he gave the publick of his pre-eminence in both. I fhall con- tent myfelf with obferving that if ever the Englifh fettlements in India fhall add, to the fplendor of their profperity in commerce and war, the honour and pride of haying, beyond all former example, communicated to Europe the wifdom and learning of 4fa, for that well-earned honour, that juft principle of honeft pride, they muft own themfelves indebted to Sir Witztiam JONES. : : For my firft acquaintance with Sir Jouw SHore, confiderably more than twenty years ago, I was obliged to my late brother Wi~tu1AM Cuamesrs, afterwards a very worthy and refpeétable member of this Society, and I believe much beloved by all who knew him. Mr. Suors and hé were then ver young fervants of the Ea India Company, of congenial minds, and at~ tached to each other by fimilarity of ftudies and pur- fuits, having both in making their choice of life pitched upon the fludy of Afarick languages; as the mode in gar A2 which cm) they could ferve the Company with ‘moft honour and advantage to their employers and themfelves: I may, I believe, venture contidently to add, that the Eaf# India Company had not at that time any two fervants fo young and fo well acquainted (at the fame'time) with the languages and learning of fa, and particularly with the Perfiaz tongue and the authors who have writ- ten in it. Pardon, Gentlemen, this mention of a much loved and much lamented brother, to which)I have been tempted by the. pleafure of uniting his name with that of our late much honoured Prefident. — Soon after the time of which I have fpoken, my brother, led by motives of private convenience, be- took himfelf to an humble courfe of life, in which he paffed his days with more utihty than lufire, but with- out ever deferting his favourite ftudies, till it pleated the Almighty that he thould reft from his labours. Mr. Suote with that confcioufnefs which every great mind has of its own powers, was not content merely to perfevere with affiduity in his attention to Perfian liter~ ature, but applied himfelf at the fame time to every fcience and every part of knowledge which might quali- fy him for the moft important and fplendid offices in. the Britifh dominions in dja. He became eminent for his minute acquaintance with the revenues of Ben- val, aswell as for his general {kill in finance ; for his knowledge of the politicks of Jndia m particular, as well as of the {cience of Government in general; and no. one was turprifed when after vifiting his native country, he returned to Bengal as Sir Joun Snore, the deftined, fucceilor of Lord CornWALLIs. | : To tpeak of his conduct fince he became Governor General, would be unbecoming, becaufe prefumptu- ous, and is totally unnecetlary, becaufe almoft every member of this Society is as well acquainted with his merits as] can be. I mention him as Governor Ge- neral only because while in that ftation he accepted a OTTCe ~* a , ey of our Prefident, and proved to us by his own example, that neither the cares of Government, nor the multi- farious dutiesof aGovernor General, are inconfiftent with avery confiderable and ufeful degree of attention to Afiatick relearches. Sucu have been the two former Prefidents of the Afiatick Society. That by the choice of this learned aflembly I am called into the place which they have va- cated, as it deprefies my hopes, fo it muft excite my diligence. Abilities no man has the power of conferring | on himfelf, but fidelity and induftry are always attain- able. Wuewn fome refpectable members of this Society firft mentioned to me their own with and that of others that I fhould fucceed Sir Joun Snore in this chair, I told them, with great franknefs and fincerity, that I did not think I had either health, or leifure, -oz ability to perform as I could with the duties of the office ; and - particularly, that I thought myfelf deficient in one at- tainment which might be expected in a Prefident, in as much as I have but a flight and fuperficial know- ledge of any dfiatick language. Some qualifications for the prefidency the partiality of friendfhip may per- haps difcover inme, and thefe, whatever they may be, fhall be devoted, as far as health and freedom from bu- finefs will permit, to the purpofes of the Society. If it is now too late, at the age of fixty, greatly to increafe my own ftock of Oriental literature, I will at leaft en- deayour to promote the increafe of it in others. “ Et fungar vice cotis; acutum Reddere que ferrum valet, exfors ipfe fecandi.” A's Il. NAR- 4 at ¥ aUkosae i adh ae i ae Me: \ wr Shes ’ rn ! aT A aS TE ~ vient Mg 5 Gh Bae’ Ue: "i ‘ uh. O, ya) becwee ShA Pradig “ : a = y a aN st ath Hivich ws rie otal as a ane ag | I. - NARRATIVE of a JOURNEY from AGRA dehy Ha RiAN to OUJEIN. . By Wititam Elunter, £/q: Berore entering on the following narrative, it will be proper to detail {ome of the principal circumftances. which led to the journey... That is the fubject of it, About the month, of September 1790, StNpian, who was engaged in a war with the Rajahs of Jayanagar and Joudhpoor, but had, for about two years, remained quiet at Matra, and confided the operations of the campaign to his generals, thought. it expedient (al- though his arms had lately been. crowned with fignal fuccels, at Azeertyh,, were, the whole force of Joudhpoor was, with great flaughter, overthrown) to take the field in perfon,. . _ Wuen his intention was certainly known, Major PanMer, the Fngli/h refident at. his court, who was then, at 4gra, offered to accompany him on the ex~ pedition. He replied, that as he expected to return foon, he was unwilling to put the refident to an unne- _cefflary inconvenience. Sinpian directed his courfe towards Jayanagar, which being deftitute of the means of defence, and governed by a prince, young, unex- perienced, devoted to ‘pleafure, incapable. of ferious. attention, and irrefolute in his councils, was thrown into the greateft confternation, The Rajah and his: ally of Joudhpoor gladly fubmitted to any conditions of peace that Sinpian_ thought. proper to dictate. They agreed to pay a heavy fine, anda confiderable, annual tribute ; and they/ceded the fortrefs and difirict of Ajimere, which had been -furrendered to them, in a treacherous, or cowardly manner, during the war, by the officer to whom Sinp1ran intrufted their defence. nh AA Having - 8 WARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY -Havine brought this affair toa happy conclufion, Sinp1an marched to Ajimere, where he was joined by his army from Joudhpoor. | Here he had not remained long, before he was invited, by the Rana of Oudipoor, to affift him in recovering his authority, and in reduc- ing to obedience BHEEM SinG, the governor of the fortrefs of Cheitore, who had sh novus off his allegiance, and was in arms againft his fovereign. ‘The Rajah of _Qudipoor, is looked on as the head of all the Kaypoot tribes, and has the title of Rana by way of pre-emi- nence. His family is alfo regarded with high refpect by the Mujulmans themfelves, in confequence of a curious tradition, relating to ‘his genealogy. He is faid to be defcended, in the female line, from the ce- lebrated Asusuinwan, who was king of Perfia at the birth of MonammMen ; laid thus to have. in that line, a common origin with the Seids defcended from Hus- sEIn, the fon of Anr. ‘The circumftance i is remarka~_ i ble, and is certainly worthy of a careful inveftization, PB.) For, if admitted, it proves fo clofe an intercourfe to have exifted, at that time, between the natives of -Jn=. dia, and the neighbouring Pagan nations, as, com- — pared with the ancient prohibition of the intermix ul of different cafts, ‘to éftablith the tage sate of common prige me) Bas thie Rana, though the iw in. eeeaun 1s. feriour in power, to the Rajahs of Jayanagar Joudhpoor : and: the ftrength of the fortrels of = ey which is fituated on a high and ‘rugged mountai 5 couraged Burm Sine, one of his moft powertu val fals, to shea off the yoke of Labiaent 9, OM), ates SV Sandie ey bli SINDIAH feaaily aiuaeed the invitation; and pro- ceeded to Cheitore, where he was met by the Rana, Heé invefted the fort; and although his pr pel againft a place of fuch ftrength, was neceflarily fl he-at length reduced BureEM Sine too riinays i dn that rs ¢ furrendered the tants and fubmitted mower _ FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. Q the Rana. Sinp1au at firft put»a garrifon into the fort, but foon after, delivered it over to the Rana, im purfuance of their previous agreement. Arter remaining here fome time, Srnprau_ deter- mined, inftead of returning to Moree: to proceed fur- ther’ fouthiward: A variety of motives has been ailigned for this journey, which terminated in his death, and probably contributed to accelerate that event. The meafure was liable to firong objections; and no dif- fuafives were {pared, on the part of Rana Kwan, one of Sinp1An’s oldeft counfellors, and moft faithful fer- vants; perhaps the only one who followed. his for- tunes ffom pure perfonal attachment ; confcious of which, the prince always honoured him with the ap- pellation of brother. The recent conquelis in /in- duftan were ftill in a very unfettled ftate; the ftipu- lated tribute from the Rajahs of Jayanagar and Joudh- poor was yet unpaid, and thofe chiefs would gladly have feized any opportunity of evading the‘performance of their compact ; in which attempt, they might ex- peét to be well fupported by their warlike Rajpoots, who burned with impatience to fhake off the galling’ yoke of the Mahrattas. The northern and weftérn’ frontiers lay expofed to the annual incurfions of the. Sikhs, who might be encouraged, by the abfence’ OF the chief, to Res of ereater audacity. ‘Laftly, the’ jealouty entertained, by the Poona government, ‘of the ereat acceflion of power, which had accrued to Six-’ DIAM, from the conqueft of Hindu/fan, was no fecret ; and the auxiliaries, that under the command of Hoi car and Atr Banapur, were fent him, by’ that court, when he was preffed by a combination of the Rajpoot, Mogul, and Afghan forces, were now be- comé, at leatt' fufpicious friends, if not fecret and domeftic foes, envious of his exaltation, and willin to embrace any occafion of aggrandizing themfelves, at his expence. , eS Ox the other hand, he probably conceived, that While the tranquillity. of his ite in Linduflan would 10 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY would be fufficiently fecured, by committiiig’ them to the protection of the fame armies, by which they — had been acquired, under the command of the leaders haar mind,: a perfonal attachment, towards himfelf. ; ‘ Sano |) Giles a Le cae & Cot Bzsrpes thefe grand objects, he had others in view, of a fubordinate nature. He had: been fourteen years, abfent from Ozjew, the capital of his jageer; and, many, complaints haying reached him, of mal-adminiftra- tration, on the part of thofe entrufted with authority there, his prefence became neceffary, for the rectifi- cation of abufes. | , \ ~ FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN.” 11 ‘Bo thefe political motives, were added the calls of Seperfiition, to which this chief, though in other re- _ fpeéts poffefling a vigorous mind, and an enlightened underftanding, -feems to have ever lent a willing ear. Though born and educated in the Hindw religion, and {crupuloufly obfervant of all the ufages which it en- joins; he fhewed a great complaifance towards the inftitutions of Manommerp. And here, by the way, we may obferve, that thefe two religions have exifted together in Hindufian, for fo long a time, the profef- fors of both have acquired a habit of looking on each other with an eye of indulgence, unufual in other countries, between thofe who maintain fuch oppofite tenets. ‘Fhus, the Hrrduis often feen to vie: with the - difciple of Anr, in his demonftrations of grief for the fate of the two martyred fons of that apottle; and im the {plendor of the pageant annually exhibited in their commemoration. He pays a refpecét to the holidays preferibed by the Koran, or fet apart tor the remem-~ brance of remarkable events in the life of: the prophet or his: apoftles.. ‘This degree of complaifance is per- haps not furprizing in the difciple of Branma, whofe maxim is, that the various modes of .worfhip, 'prac- tifed by the different nations of the earth, fpring: alike from the deity,-and are equally acceptable: to -hiny. But, even they who follow the intolerant doétrines of the Koran, are no longer thofe furious and \fanguitary zealots, who, inthe name of Gop and ‘his prophet, marked their courfe with defolation and flaughter, de- molifhing the EHimdu temples, and erecting ‘mofques on their ruins.» They found the patient conftancy of the Hindu fuperior to their violence; that the fear of torments and of death was unable to make hiny defert the tenets) which his anceftors had handed. down ‘to him, from:an unfathomable antiquity; but; that if left inthe quiet poffeflionof thefe,/he'was a peaceable, induftnious, and: valuables fubject.. Accordingly, we | obferve among the Mu/ulmans of Hinduftan, a great de- ference for the prejudices of their neighbours or dé- ‘pendants, of the Hindw perfuafion. Particularly, in | the 12 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY ‘the jooly or faturnalia of India, when liberty of fpeech and action towards fuperiors, are allowed to as great an, extent, as among the ancient Romans; the Mujul- mans are feen to enter into the diverfion, epee as much sc apeldid as the Hindus saapongnese 0? _Tuvs, the Mahraita prince was not satiate fingu- Jar i mn the attempt to unite the obfervance of both reli- gions; but, hiscomplaifance, inthis refpeét, was certainly carried to an unuiual: length; which is accounted for in the following mannér. . Suan Munsoor,’ a Mujul- man fakeer, who pretended to the gift of prophecy, be- ing coniulted by Stynraun, ‘foretold his» future great- nels ; faying, f Go, Lhave given you the country, as far as Dehly.” Boole a. prediétion, addreffed to a mind fo ambitious, fo perfevering in the attainment of any object once propofed to itfelf, and {o ftrongly tin@tured with fuperfiition, may have been very inftrumental” in bringing about its own accomplifhment.) “However this may be, it'was fully verified ; and. Srnpran naturally looked on the memory of the Suau with great venera- tion: He kept his difciple and fucceffor, Hurerp Suan, conftantly about his perfon, affigned -him a gageer and: a numerous retinue, and daily performed the ceremony of proftration before him, and of his feet. Surair Munsoor was buried at Beer, a place in. the NizAm’s dominions, and Husrrs Swan had frequently urged: SiuvraH to vifit’ the tomb of that faints Several circumftances contributed at this time, to give weight to. his advice. Befides the veneration Srxp1auH had for the prophet of his greatnefs, and the ‘efficacy he might afcribe to fuch a pilgrimage, in pro- moting the future fuccefs of his affairs ; he was anxious for a fon, to be the heir of his fortunes; and. hoped to obtain this boon, by his devotion at the holy fhrine. One of his favourite wives, alfo, was lingering undera fatal diftemper, and fhe imagined: that the influence cf the holy man’s afhes afforded the in aH 90 of relief, From: ~ FROM AGRA TO OUSEIN. 13 From Cheitore, he accordingly marched to Ozséin, and finding that city’ expofed to frequent robberies, and other diforders, from the neglect! of juftice ; for the exercife of which, the perfons intrufted with the adminiftration pretended they had not a fufficient force; he gave the police and judiciary power in charge to one of his own confidential fervants, whom he fupported with a body of foldiers; leaving the management of the revenue in the hands of the former collectors. After ftaying twenty-three days, he continued his march. Tuese tranfactions occupied the fpace of a year and five months; at which time, in confequence of Srnpraun’s application for that purpofe, Mayor Par- MER received orders to join him. He determined to proceed by the way of Gwalior, though a circuitous road, becaufe it lies through countries where SinpDIAH’s pafies would be refpected. » Own the 23d of February 1792, we marched from Agra to Baad, a {mall village, lying S25 W diftant in a firaight hne ten anda half Briti/h miles. ‘The road lay through a fertile and well-cultivated country, in- terfperfed with clumps of mango (Magnifera Indica), Neem (Melica -Azadiracht), and wild date (Elate Sylveftris.) . | Feb.24—Marcuev to Munniah, S13 W 16,8 miles.» This is an inconfiderable village. On the march, we crofled. two rivérs, the Utingen and Ban- Gunga. On the banks of the latter ttands Jahjow, where there isa handfome feray, built of ftone. ‘This village is rendered famous by two decifive actions, fought on nearly the fame fpot, clofe to it. The firft, onthe 7th of Ramazan, A. H. 1068, or June 8, 1658 N. W. wherein Atrunezere totally defeated his bro- ther Daza SHEKOH; and the fecond, in the year 11139, between the two fons of AURUNGZEBE, SHA \ wt VSL MY OY ON AALUM, 14 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY Aaztum, and Azem Suan, in which the latter was flain, and left to his brother undifputed con ein of the Indign empire *. Hire LRN ~ Feb.25—Marcurd S 12 w 6,2 miles, to D poor, a pretty large town, fituated within a mile of the river Chumbul, on the banks of which As a fort, of the fame name with the town. The hilly ¢ countr’ begi ns at this place. One remarkable conical hill, | near the town, has on the top of it, a tomb, furroun Laid d wit. a ftone wall. The lower part of the hil is col pofed of a reddith Schiffus, and the upper of free-fto: Feb. 26.—Marcnen to Choola-Seray. The diflance in afiraight line is only 5,8 miles, $ "33 E; but Chumbul, at the fort, is deep ; and in order to f a circuit, among hills and broken ground, fo as fure 123 miles. Tue Chumbul is one of the moft obauai se tt of Finduftan. Taking its rife near. the es of Mundu, in the heart of the province of Ma * Sucn was the rane received from the asia on th {pot ; but the account given by Erapur Kuan, who was prefen in the laft of thefe battles, proves it to have been fought nearer to Agra. “Ow the day before the action, Azim Suan was encamped «© bes tween Jabjow and Agra, on a barren plain, void of water, fo that the army was much diftrefled.” (Memoirs, p. 30.) This muft have been between the Ban-Gunga, which runs paft. Jabjow, and the Utiigen, which is diftant from it eight miles and one half, on. the road towards Agra. On the moming of the battle (Sunday the 18th of Rubbee™ ul Awul A. H. 1119, or June 19, 1707 N.S.) the Prince Bepar Bucur, who commanded the advanced guard of Azim Suan’s ar my ee. reached a village, near which was a ftream of clear water, was. vifed by Erapur Kwan to halt. This could be no other than se Utingen, which is the only fiream of water between Jahjuw an Agra. The Prince confented to follow his advice, but afterwards, in the abfence of HrapuT Kuan, advanced ; giving up the advan- tage of the water; and as he a pears to have marched at leaft an hour after this, before he met with the enemy, (Memoirs, | p: 33.) we may fuppoie'the engagenient to have commenced, at the ‘dif tance of three miles from ‘the Utingen, on the fide of Agra. within a FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. id. within fifteen miles of the Nerbudda, it purfues a north-eafterly direction, and after wafhing the city of Kotah, and receiving the tribute of many fub- ordinate fireams, at lengthempties it felf intothe Jumna, twenty miles below Etawa. The whole length of its courfe is about 440 miles. The breath of its channel, atthe ford of Keyteree, is three quarters of a mile. iat village ftands on the fouthern bank, which is ‘bold and lofty. In the rainy feafon, when the channel full, the profpe¢ct of fuch a body of running water, bo nded by hills, which rife in a variety of fantaftic ; RPeS, forms a land{cape peculiarly interefting to a traveller, whofe eye has been fatigued with contem- pla ting the uniformity of that vatt plain, which is em- Whraced between the Ganges and the Jumma. Y Choola-Seray is a {mall village, with a mud fort, in _ which refides a collector on the part of the Mabieuitass a eb. 28.—Marcuep S 29 E 17, 2 miles, to Noor-= Bs. e ad, a large village, on the fouth bank of Sank river, ever which is a bridge of feven arches, very welk built of ftone. Adjoining to the village i is a pretty Jarge garden, enclofed ‘by a ftone wall; the work of AuRUNGZEBE, as appears by the following infcriptien, etait eses als anu eu Oy5 | nat 3 BU se cc ele Ui ues hae EX sQUO aS WR} Lone OS p=* fivy TRAN SLATION. se This garden. was planted by the the king Aatum- GEER, Whofe univerfal bounty rivals that of the ‘Sun, " in all his {plendor : i “‘ When he demanded a fentence to denote its date 7 * An invifible voice replied thoy haft. feen the te) garden of beauty.” A. Hej. 1077.” “Tur 10 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY ~ Tue laft words Js ¢b contain the date, agtee- ably to the Perfian notation, thus dee ws a 2 f base Rar at € ~ 1000. nae : ay t - bi Gs ’ e ‘ ( “; AQ. - : i: f = 1. F a) - 30. 1077. ‘ anfwering to the year of our wera 1660. Wirnin the garden is a monument, to the me-- mory of Goonna Breum, a princefs celebrated for her perfonal accomplifhments, as well as for the vi- vacity of her wit, and the fire of her poetical genius. Several of her lyric compofitions, in the Flinduffanny language, are {till fung and admired*. ‘She was the daughter of the Nawab Auta Kooxt Kuan, fur- named Cuinea, or SuesH ANGoosHTEE, from hav- ing fix fingers on each hand; a Muniubdar of 5000 horfe. His daughter after being betrothed to Sus Au- tp Dowtan, was-married to GHAZEE-UD-DEEN Kwan and_this rivalfhip is faid to haye in part laid the foundation of the mortal enmity which afterwards fub- fified between that Vizier and the Nawab SurpER June, the father of Suvsau-up Dow1an. The fhriné bears this infcription {Aq AJ us: = sf << Alas! Goonna Beeum !” the letters in the origi-. nal, fe as numerical chara¢ters, give the date 1189 of the Hejiree, or of our era1775. 1 »."Se4 ‘ : . a ‘ fe : * One of them is inferted by Sir Witziam ik in the Afar tic Refearches, vol. I. p. 554 . ead aa. FROM AGRA TO OUVJEIN, 17 From this garden, the hill and fort of Gualior are feen, bearing S 32 E. On this march, befides the Sank, we crofled two other rivers, the Cohdry or Quéree and Ahfin ; both ford- able. ‘The face of the country is bare, being defti- tute of trees, and almoft without cultivation. Near the road are feveral {mall forts, fome of mud, and others of ftone, pofleffed by petty chiefs, who derive a precarious revenue from predatory attacks on the un- wary and defencelefs traveller. Feb. 29 —Marcuev S 274 E, 13,2 miles, to Gualior, and encamped to the north-weft of the fort. The hill on which ftands this celebrated fortrefs, runs from N 13 EtoS 13 W. It is in length one mile and fix tenths. Its greateft breadth does not exceed 300 yards. The height at the north end, where it is teateft, is 342 feet. At this endis a palace, and about the middle of the fort are two remarkable py- ramidal buildings of red ftone. ‘They are in the moft ancient fiyle of Himdu architecture, and are faid to have been built for the refidence of the mother-in- law and fifter-in-law of a Rajah, who reigned in a very remote period, when this fortreiswas the capital of an ex- tenfive empire. A {tone parapet runs all round, clofe to the brow of the hill, which is fo fteep, that it was judged perfectly fecure from affault, till Major Popuam took it by efcalade, on the 3d duguft 1780 *: The only gate is towards the northern extremity of the eaft fide, from which * The particulars of this brilliant atchievement, which reflects - equal honour on that officer, who commanded in chief, and on Captain Bruce, who propoted the meafure, and led on the party which firft gained a footing on the.rock, are too well known, to ftand in need of recapitulation in this place. The fort was, foon after delivered, agreeably to the terms of alliance, to the Rana of Gouvup. But that prince having failed in the performance of his engagements to the Eng/i/b government, during the war, and after- wards deviated from the conditions of the treaty with the Maé- rattas, wherein he had_ been included, was jaftly abandoned to their refentment. Sinpran invefted the fort, and, after a fruitleis fiege of many months, prevailed by corrupting a part of the garti- Vor. VI, B fico 18 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY which, by feveral flights of fteps, you afcend to the top of the rock. Within are feveral large natural ca- vities in the rock, which. contain a perpetual fupply of excellent water. On the outfide, about half way up, are many cells, which contain the figures of men cau animals, cared 4 in the fame manner as thofe excay tions themtelves, out of the folid rock. Along oe eaft fide, near the fummit, runs a line of blue ena-- mel, very frefh, and brilliant: a proof that this ma- nufacture attained confiderable perfeétion in Hindu- Jian, at an early period. THe town, which runs along the eaft fide of the hull, is large, well inhabited, and contains many good houfes of eaitss which is Fitna in abundance by the neighbouring hills. ‘Thefe form a kind. of amphi- theatre, , {arrrounding the fort and town; atthe diflance of from one to four miles. ‘They are principally com- poted of a reddifh fchiftus, which feem to contain a large proportion of iron. » ‘Their furface is rugged, and . they are defiitute of vegetable productions. To the ealtward of the: town, runs the {mall river Soonrica, which, at this feafon, is nearly dry. At the diitance of 700 yards from the northern. extremity of the fort, isa | conical hill, having on the top a remarkable ftone build- aes Bt confitis of two high pillars, joined by an arch. It feems to be of ancient workmanthip, but I could not | learn for what purpofe it had been ereéted. Beyond the river Soonrica 1s a handiome ftone building, with > a cupola covered with blue enamel, the tomb of Ma- HOMMED Guovs, aman celebrated for learning and — fanétity, in the time of the Emperor AKBER. 4 Nithin. the enclofure which furrounds this monument, eet {mall tomb, to the memory of Tan-SErn, a sn on, whe admitted his troops. The Rana was foon afier c m pelled.to deliver himfelf into the hands of Sinpiau, who fhut him up in this fortrefs for the remainder of his life.; That was not of long continuance, and his death has been ufually afcribed to_ violent means. ‘The prevailing report in the adjacent ci he is that poifon was adminiftered, which not proving effieétual, he was firangled. of | \ FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 19 ef incomparable fkill, who flourifhed at the court of the fame monarch. ‘The tomb 1s overfhadowed by a tree concerning which a fuperftitious notion prevails, that the chewing of its leaves will give an extraodinary melody to ihe voice, The diftrict depending on this town, which includes the country of Giod, yields twenty-two lacs of ru- pees, fifteen of which are paid into the treafury, the remaining feven going to the expences of collection. The adminftration of the province was at this time entrufted by Srinprau to AmBaseEE IneGLA, one of his principal generals; in whofe abfence, his brother Kuun- \ DOOJEE was collector of the revenue, and governor of the fort. A CONSIDERABLE trade is here carried on, in cloth from Chandéri, and in indigo. About feven cofs from hence, on.the road to Nirwir, at the village of Beereih is a mine of iron, which is worked to confid- erable advantage. ‘The fort itfelf, from its great fe- curity, is made ufe of by Sinprau as the place of confinement for his ftate prifoners; and the grand re- pofitory of his artillery, ammunition, and military itores. _ From Gwalior, the ftraight road to Oujein paffes. by Nirwir and Seronge. But as the Rajah who then pof- fefled Nzrwir was a man of treacherous character, fiained with barbarous maflacres, and maintained a troop of banditti, to plunder every traveller that came Within their power, it was recommended tous to go by ‘the route of J,han/i. Tue progrefs of the Mekrattas in Hinduftan, being marked, like that of a pe(tilential blaft, with deftruc- tion, 1s an object of no pleafing contemplation. Yet, it may not be ungrateful to the benevolent reader to 1 B 2 hear, ~ 20 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY hear, that the cruel Rajah of Nirwir, expelled from his fort, and reduced to depend for a feanty pittance on the bounty of the invaders, has no longer the power of doing mifchief. Ow the 6th of March we proceeded to Antery, S 16 FT; 12,9 miles. The road lies between ranges of hills. It is fufficiently wide; but in many parts fo encumber- ed with large round ftones, as to be with difficulty paf- fable by wheel carriages. The firft hills, towards Gua- lior, are of the fame texture with thofe ron the fort ; but thofe towards d4ufery are of a quartzote flone. Antery is a pretty large walled town, with a fort adjoining ; fituated at the foot of the hills on the banks of the fimall river Déa/oo. March 7.-—Mancuep .to Dibborah, § 28 E, e miles. The road is good, over a champaign | ci % pretty well cultivated. he crop of barley at this was ripe. Dibborah is a {mall village, belonging to i Rajah Prrvieut of Pachour. ‘That is a fort fituated on an oblong hill, which, as well as two other forts | belonging to the fame Rajah, was in fight, on this day’s march, . ‘The Rajah is by extractiona Jat. He is faid © to have made an obftinate refiftance againft the Mah- rattas, on their entrance into this country; but he has been compelled to pay them a tribute. + March 8.— Marcirp S 262 E, 13,8 miles, to a {pot, about three miles to the north-weft of Dztteah. ‘he tents had been fent on, to be pitched beyond the town. But the Rajah, who 1s tributary to the Mah- raltas, having fallen greatly in arrears, the ap- proach of our people raifed an apprehenfion, that . a detachment of troops was coming from Gwalior, to exact payment by force. Under this mifcon- ception, the Kajah’s people refufed to permit our tents to approach nearer the town. But, no fooner were they better informed, than the uncle of the Rajah came with a numerous aig on to pay his refpeéts to FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 2}. to the refident; and with great eagerne{s of hofpi- tality, invited us to pitch, the next day, on a {pot clofe to the palace. Cross to the encampment of this day, is a pretty high and rugged hill of quartz, fome pieces of which are beautifully chryftallized. On its iide grows the Trophis Afpera of Keentc, called Szhoora, On this poor rocky foil, it islow and buthy; but in the plain it is a tree of confiderable magnitude. From an idea of its aftringent, or antifeptic virtue, the natives ule little pieces of the wood, {plit at one end into a kind of bruth, for cleaning their ‘ee h: the ufe of thete they recommend as a prefery.tive again{ft tooth-ach ; ora remedy for that difeafe. dl ‘On the fame rocky hill grows a beautiful fpecies of Evolvulus, of a blue colour, called by the natives Sehewa. It is the EL. alfnoides of Linnaeus. It was -alfo found in plenty,. on the argillaceous hills of Dho/- -/poor and Guahor. Within the tort, at the latter place, it abounded fo much, that in many {pots, a carpet of the fineft azure feemed to be fpread on the ground. March 9.—Manrcuep through the town of Ditteah, which is in length above a mile and a half, and nearly - as much in breadth; populous and well built; the houfes being of ftone, and covered with tiles. It» is furrounded by a ftone wall, and furnifhed with gates, At the nerth-weft extremity is a large building, mi one large and fix finaller cupolas: which was the an- cient habitation of the Rajahs, and is now inhabited by fome relations of the family: but the prefent Ra- jah has built a palace for himfelf, without the town, on the fouth-éaft fide. It ftands on an eminence, and commands a view of the country, as far as Pachour on one fide, Nirwir on another, and J,hanfi on. a third. Clofe to this hill, isa pretty extenfive lake, on the bank of which we encamped. Bearing and diftance from the laft encampment $ 433 E, five miles two furlongs. B 3 THIS 22 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY Tuis town is in the province of Bundeleund: the inhabitants are a robuft and handfome race of men; and wear the appearance of opulence and content. Like the other Bundélahs, they have the reputation of a warlike people ; and about two years after our vifit, they gave a fignal proof, how well they merit that cha- racter. Gorat Row Buow, Scrnpian’s commander ~in chief in Hiinduflan, having marched with all his army again{t Di/teah, tocompel paymentofthetribute, andex- act a fine, was oppofed by the Rajah’sforces. An engage- ment enfued, in which the troops of Ditteah charged, {word in hand, the veteran battalions of De Borene, which were Commanded by Major Frrmont, an officer of ability and experience. The Bundélahs fhewed no fear of the mufket and bayonet, and there were feveral in- {tances of grenadiers cut down while their bayonets © were buried in the breaft of the affailant’s horfe. The brigade loft 300 men, in this attack, and Major Fri- mon?’ himfelfaffured me, that-nothing but a con- tinual difcharge of grape-fhot, from the guns, preferved it from utter deftruction. Tue diftrict yields a revenue of nine or ten lacks of Tupees annually, fubject to the payment of a tribute to the Mahrattas; the amount of which varies with their ~ power to exact it. Tmis evening, the refident received a vifit from the Rajah, whofe name is SurreRsET, a man about forty years of age, above fix feet high, of an athletic form, and graceful deportment ; with a countenance not un-— pleafing, except that the extenfive ufe of opium has given him an air of ftupidity. Notwithftanding his ha- bits of intoxication, and inordinate indulgence in fen- fual pleafures, he is fond of athletic amufements, par- tcularly the chace. His activity and courage, in the attack of the boa, the neel-gaw (antilope pitta of Paxtas, sor white footed antilope of Pennant) here called rox, and of the tyger, with all of which the neighbouring foreft abound, . are greatly extolled. pry Tus FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 23 * Tup following day we halted to return the Rajah’s vifit, and.on the 11th March, marched to Jjfans7, and encamped to the $ W of the fort. | Courfe S 361 B, diftance 154 miles. This is a confiderable town, though fmaller than Dittezh. It 1s commanded by a ftone fort ona high hill; to the fouth-eatt of which, atthe dif- tance of five or fix hundred yards, is aioeber hall, nearly ona level with the fort. The diftrict dependent on this town, which yields. about four lacs of rupees per annum, belongs tothe Pesuwa, and having been, for fifty years, uninterruptedly in_ his potteffion, it 1s quieter and better cultivated than moft of the neigh- bouring territories, wltich have undergone frequent changes. On this account, it is frequented by the caravans from the Decan, which go to Furrukhabad. ’ S ? » and the other cities.of the Dooedd. Hence an afflux. of wealth, which is augmented by a confiderable trade in the cloths of Clandéri 7, and by the manufactures of carpets, and of bows, arrows, and {pears, the principal weapons of the Bundélah tribes. Tue Soubahdar of Jjhanfi, Roconat’n Harry, commonly refided at, Burwa- -Sagur, and. left the care of J,hanfi to his younger brother Sueuram Buow. This gentleman paid the refident a vifit, on the evening of his arrival. He isa tall, handfome man, and of centeel demeanour. . At his requeft we halted next day, and returned his vifit in the evening He received us at his .lroufe in town, where we faw his brother Lircu mun Row, elder than Saeuram Brow, but younger _ than the Soubahdar. He was merely ina private capaci- ty. Formerly he was in Sinpiaun’s‘fervice, and about two years before this period, was fent into 'Bunéleund, with a confiderable force and twenty-two guns. But he was defeated by Noonr Ersun Sine, a Bundélak chief, with the lots of all his , guns and baggage. March13.—Marcuep $ 564 E, twelve miles five | furlongs, to Burwa Sagur, focalled fromarivulet, named the. Berwa, which-runs paft it and by embankment, is 4 ¥ bi bi 94 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY made to form a very large pond (in Hindu, Sagur) at the back of the fort or caftle. The village is {mall, but contains feveral good houfes, and the fields about it are very well cultivated. ‘The caftle, in which the the Soubahdar refided, refembles an old Gothic build- ing. It was built by an ancient Rajah of Ouncha, and is faid to be one of fifty-two forts, for the building of which he gave orders on one day. This ancient city of Ouncha, lay on our right, on this day’s mareh ; it is fituated on the banks of the Betwa, about nine miles SE by S from J,hanfi. The Rajah of Ouncha was for- merly the head of the Bundélah tribes, from whom the other Rajahsreceived the teeka, or token of inveftiture But his revenue has, by various defalcations, tig re- proportionably eclined: The name of. the pref fen ent a) Rajah is BicKERMAJEET. he Ow this day’s march, we paffed the Betwa, fo rthe * firfi time. This river, from its force, fouth of Bopal, to its confluence with the Jumna, below Calpee, de-— {cribes a courfe of 340 miles, in a north-eafterly « -— * rection. Its bed, where we crofled, was three furlongs in breadth ; fandy, and full of round ftones. The 1 at this feafon, is only knee-deep; but in the rains, it~ fwells to fuch a height as to be impaflable. —Two mile from Burwa-Sagur, we pailed the Bhood Nullahy on a bridge of eight arches, built by the prefent Soubahdar. On our arrival, we were agreeably furprized to re- ceive from the Soubahdar,. a prefent of cabbages, let- tuce, celery, and other produétions of an European garden. In the evening, the Soubahdar paid us avifits he appeared to be about fixty years of age, rather be- low the middle ftature; his countenance befpoke intel- gence, and his manners were pleafing. Having had occalion, on account of fome bodily infirmity, to re- pair to the Englifh ftation of Kankpoor, for medical affiftance, he. had conmatied a relifh for ra a / FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 5 manners and cuftoms. He had difcernment enough to perceive our fuperiority in arts and {cience over. his countrymen ; and pofleffing a fpirit of liberal en- quiry, and an exemption from national prejudices, which is very uncommon among the natives of Hi duftan, he was very defirous of gaining a knowledge of our improvements. Next morning, when we returned his vifit, he received us in an upper room of the caftle, which, inftead of the Hinduflany muflum, was furnithed with chairs and tables, in the Luwropean manner. He fhowed us feveral Engli/h books, among which wag the fecond edition of the Encyclopedia Britannica. Of this he had got all the plates neatly copied by artifts of his own. To get at the ftores of fcience which thefe ~ volumes contain, he had, even at that advanced period flife, formed the project of ftudying thé Englifs language. He exprefled great anxiety to procurea he Ki + e-als ° + + ~ teacher, or any book that could facilitate his purtuit; Bu, a a £ b 2 ' e P 9 ~. and was highly gratified by Lieutenant M‘PHERSON'S yrefenting hima copy of GriicuRist’s, Dictionary. ~~ He entertained us with feveral tunes on a hand-organ, ~-which he had got at Kanhpoor; and exhibited an __ -eleétrical machine, confiructed by a man in his own — fervice. The cylinder was a common table fhade ; “with this he charged a vial, and gave pretty fmart fhocks, to the no {mall aftonifhment of thofe who were bicngieck: of his experiments, and of the {pectators. As the weather. wus very dry, the operation fucceeded remarkably well. He even propofed fenfible queries, on the nature of the electric fluid, and the parts of the phial in which the accumulation took place ; as, whe- ther in the glafs, or the coating, &c. which fhewed that he did not look on the experiments with an eye of mere childith curiofity, which is amufed with novelty ; - but hada defire to invefligate the caufe of the phenomena. Iam forry to add, that this man, being, about two years ago, feized with fome complaint, which he confidered as incurable, repaired to Benares, and there drowned himfelf in the Ganges. } March 26 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY March 15.—Marcurp S$ 9 E, 11,3 miles, to Pirti- poor, a fimall village, belonging-to the Rajah of Ouncha. ‘The road is ftony, and much encumbered with thorns. Morch 16.—Marcuep §S 17 E, 13 miles, to Tass mouree. ‘The road more open, efpecially towards the end. We encamped ona plain, very prettily fhaded with clumps of trees. The village ftands upon a rifing ground, the houfes are of ftone, covered with tiles ; the fircets wade and clean. March 17.—MArcurp § 25 EK, 11,3 miles, to Belgaung, The road lies through a bean in the be- ginning much encumbered, afterwards more open. In the woods, we met with the Bombax Goffypnun of Linn zvus, a beautiful tree, of middling fize, which grows ftraight, and has but few branches, all at the top. It bears large yellow flowers, in clufters, at the ends of the branches.. At the time when I faw it, it had no leaves. March 18.—Manrcuep S$ 2 W, 10,05 miles, te Tearce. Vhe road, in the beginning, encumbered with brufh-wood, but afterwards clear, and the coun try cultrvated. The crop of wheat and barley was nearly ripe. This is a large village, with a fort, on an - adjoining height. It is in the diftrict of the Gaiech Rajah. hamlins is reckoned fixteen cofs from hence, and Chatterpoor twenty-five. March 19.—Marcuep &. oak W, 11,97 miles, +0 Marounee, a pretty large village, with a fost, be- ae gto Ram-Cuunp, the Rajah of Chandéri, which _% dittant fourteen cofs, towards the N. W. The Ra- jah lives in a kind of retirement at Oudh, and has left the adminiftration in the hands of his fon, who pays a tribute to the Mahratias. The road was good, ex- cept at pafling the {mall river /wmndr, the banks of which are fieep, and its bed full of large round owen Oy - + FROM AGRA TO OUVJEIN. 27 Alfo, towards the end of the match, the ground is broken into holes. The country open, and pretty well cultivated. » March 90.—Marcxuep S 56 W, 8,07 miles to S7nd- _ qwaha, through a country the moft completely cult- vated that I have ever beheld in Hiniuflan. The plain, as far as the eye can reach, was covered with a luxuriant crop of wheat and barley. Itis in the diftrict of Chandéri, but belongs to a Rajpoot chief, who is in fome meafure independent of the Rajah, only paying chout to the Mahratias.’ Near the village is a pretty large tank, banked in with ftone. ‘To-day we crofled the {mall river Jémny, and a nullah. On the banks of this nullah, I found the D,hawry (Af. Ref. 1V. 42.) which I learn from Doctor Roxsureu is the Lythrum fruticofum of Linnxus*. March 21.—Manrcuep $211 W, 9,32 miles to Naérat. Road interfected with feveral nullahs, and broken ground: the country cultivated, but not fo well as yelterday. ‘This village is fituated at the foot of the hills which feparate Bundelcand trom Mélava. It belongs to the Bundéla Rajah of Gur-cootah, but pays one-fourth of the revenue to the Advhrattas, who have a Pandit here, on the part of the Soubahdar of Great Sagur, for the collection of it. . March 22.—Marcuep § 234,W, 8,35 miles, to Maltown. The road lies through a pafs in the hills, the firft part narrow, fteep, much encumbered with -ftones and thick jungle. Above the ghaut there is a good road, with a gentle declivity all the way to Ma/- town, and a mile beyond it, where we encamped. * The Editors of Dr. Roxpurcu’s work refer it to the genus Griflea, with the trivial name of tementofa, which feems to have been apolicd from fome mifconception, as the leaves, though This whitith beneath, are fmocth- 28 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY This is a large village, with a ftone fort. It belongs to the fame Rajah as Nard/, and pays chout 1 ina fimilar manner. Z ’ March 23.—Marcuep S 64 W, 11,92 miles, to K,hemlafa, a \arge walled town, and adjoining to it a fort, built on a ‘hill. It belongs to the diftrict of Sa- gur, which is diftant about feventeen cofs to the fouth- eaftward. The Soubahdar of Sagur is fon to BALAJER of Calpee. The diftricts under Banasex, his brother Guncap,ueEr, and his fon, yield a revenue of about thirty lacks of rupees, of w hich nine are remitted to Poona. | March 24.--Marcuep §$ 634 Ww, 10,25 miles, to Rampoor, through a country level and well cultivated. The foil is a black vegetable mould, and by the road fide, is cracked, forming holes. Many villages are feen at a diftance, on both fides of the road. The grain was in great part got in. March 25.—Marcuep N 85 W, 10,62, miles, to Koorwey and Boré/o, two towns, almoft united, on the banks of the Bétwa. They are of confiderable fize, and at the former isa large ftone fort. They are in- habited by Patans, who fettled here about a hundred years ago, in the time of AURuNGzEBE. Their chief and the head of the prefent Bopd/ family, were bro- thers, and obtained their refpective eftablifhments at the fame time. The prefent Nawéb is Hoormur Kuan. His revenue is faid to be between one and two lacs of rupees, but it 1s fequeftered, for the pay- ment of a debt to the Mahrattas ; fo that he has no- thiug more, for his expences, than they choofe to al- Jow hin. The road was good, the country well cul- tivated., . March 26.—Marcuepn § 234 W, 11,3 miles, to Kirwah. Croffed the Béswah clofe to yefterday’s en- campment. The banks are fteep, and the bed ftony. The toil adjoining is a black meuld; but, two miles and FROM AGRA:-TO OUJEIN. 29 and: a half farther on we entered on a clay, the fur- face of which was covered with reddith ftones, that feemed to contain iron. This extended for a little way on each fide of the road, where the ground was high, and appeared to be little capable of cultivation ; but, at fome diftance, the fields which lay lower were covered with grain. This kind of foil continued for two miles, and terminated at a fmall nullah, near the banks of which is a plantation of date trees (H/ate Sy/- veftris). For the remaining part of the way, the foil is the fame black mould that we had feen in the laft marches. ‘The grain was in great part cut down, and carrying into the villages. ‘lhe road good, country well cultivated. Airwah is a middie-fized village, in the diftriét of Keoorwey. Atthe diftance of three cofs to the fouth-eaftward is feen a remarkable conical hill, at the foot of which is a large town, named Odipoor, which belongs to Sinpian. There was formerly a fort on the hill, but that has fallen to ruin, or been deftroyed. March 27.—Marcusep 8S 52 W, 8,12 miles, to Bafouda, a large town, belonging to, the ditiG of Bhilfah. ‘The road was, in general, good. The foil alternately black mould, and a reddith clay, with ftones of aferruginous appearance. Where the black mould is, the country is well cultivated: the other feems un- fuitable to vegetation, and confequently remains waite. March 28.—Marcuep S 133 W, 14,3 miles, to the {mall river Gu/cutta, or cut-throat, fo named frona murders committed on its banks: the road good; foil, a black mould: country well cultivated; grain almoft all cut down _ March 29.—Marcurn S 28. W,.:10,53 miles, to Bhilfah. Road good, foil as before. The wheat har- veft, which is the principal grain of the Rubbe, was got in. They cultivate very little barley. In the Khereef they 30 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY they have a good deal of rice, alfo Joodr (Holcus Sorg~ Aum Linn.) and Moong (Phafeolus Mungo) but no Bajerah (Holcus fpicatus). Celebrated as this place is for tobacco, we could get none of agood quality. The crop of the former year had been all exported, and the new one was too frefh to be fit for ufe. The town, or as itis called, fort of Bhil/ah, is enclofed with a ftone wall, furnifhed with {quare towers, anda ditch. The fuburbs without the wall are not very extenfive, but the ftrects are fpacious, and they contain fome good houfes. The town is fituated nearly on the fouth- weft extremity of the diftriét, where it is contiguous to that of Bopd!. ‘To the eaftward of the town, at the dif- tance of fix furlongs from: the wall, is a high rock, very fteep, on the top of which 1s a Durgah, confe- crated te the memory of a faint, named SEID-JELAL- UD-DEEN Boxuart. On the top of this rock I found | ‘a pretty large tree of the Sterculia Urens (Roxsuren’s dndian Plants, Vol.1. No. 24.) here called Curhéeree. April 1\—Marcuryn S 64 W, 7,82 miles, to Goolgaung, a fmall village, in the territory of Bopdi. ‘The road lies acrofs the Béfwah, the bed of which is rocky, very uneven and flippery. ‘The remainder was a good carriage road. The laft part lies between hills, which abound with a great variety of vegetable produc- tions. Among thefe, we found Téndu (Diofpyros Ebe- num) Aeér (Alangium. Hort. mal. iv. 17,26.) and a fhrub for which I could get no name at this place. In the Deoab it is called Brana or Ponga. It is the Ulnus integrifolia Roxzuren’s Indian Plants, Vol. I. No. 78. | | April 2.—Marcurp S$ 64 W, 7,82 miles, to Andry, a village in the Bopd/ difirict,.fituated between two pretty high hills, and partly built. on the face of the moft foutherly of the two. In the wa “Ties the {mal river G,hora-Puchar, fo named from the great number of large, round, flippery ftones, with which its ye ? ed, 4 FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 3k filled, rendering the paflage dangerous for horfes. The road to that river is through a jungle, and in feveral parts uneven; the remainder good, though a culti= vated country.. April 3.—Marcusp $514 W, 16,11 miles to Bo- pél. About four miles from Améry is afteep pats, up- hill, forthe {pace of about twenty paces. The re- mainder of the road is good. ‘The firft part of it is through a thick jungle, the laft through a cultivated country. The town of Bopd/ is extentive, and fur- . rounded with a ftone wall. On the outfide is a large gunge, with ftreets wide and firaight. On a rifing ground, to the fouth-weft of the town, isa fort, called futieh gurh, newly erected, and not yet quite finifhed. - It has a ftone wall, with fquare towers, but no ditch. The {pot on which’ it is built is one folid rock. To the fouth-weft, under the walls of this fort, is a very extenfive tank or pond, formed by an embankment, at the confluence of five ftreamis, ifluing from the neigh- bouring hills; which form a kind of amphitheatre round the lake. Itslength is about fix miles, and from it the town has the addition of Td/ to its name. Thefe hills, and others in the neighbourhood, con-’ tain a foft free ftone, and a reddith granite, the latter of which feems well calculated for buildings that wil? refift water, and the injuries of the weather: it is ac cordingly ufed in the new embankment which is new building at the eaft end of the lake. From this part iffues the fmall river Patera, and it is faid that the Betwak takes its rife from another part of thefame. Tue. town and territory of Bopd/ are occupied by 2 colony of Patans, to whom they were afligned by Avurunezere. The prefent Nawab MonamMep Hyar, aman about fixty years of age, had from indo- lence, love of pleafure, want of capacity or devotion (for [have heard each of thefe reafons affigned) refigned the whole adminiftration inte the hands of his Dewan | (fince 32 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY (fince dead), who was born a Brahmen, but purchafed, when a child, by the Naw’b, and educated in the Miuffulman faith. Tux revenue of Bopdi is eftimated at ten or twelve lacs of rupees. It does not pay any regular tribute to the Mahrattas, but from time to time a handfome prefent is given, to conciliate their friendfhip. The people feem to be happy under the prefent govern- ment, and the Dewan, by his hofpitality, and the protection aitorded to firangers, had induced the ca- ravans, and travellers in general, to take this road be- tween the Decan and Hindu/flan. 6 i She April 7.—Marcurp $71 W, 14 miles, to Pundah; a pretty large village, in the Bopdé territory, and fitu~ ated on the frontier. The firft two miles paft the town, to the edge of the great lake, were very ftony ; afterwards the road was good, the foil rich, and the country well cultivated. The crop now entirely got in, April 8—Marcurp S 78 W, 9,47 miles, to Se- kore, aconfiderable town, belonging to the Mahratta chief Exerun-Row. His deputy, Goran Row, who refided here, had the colletion ef four pergunnahs, Schore, Afhtah, and two others, amounting, in all, to about three lacs of rupees. Ware tee ar Sait Sehore is fituated on the banks- of the little river Rostah-Seein, and is furrounded with a large groye of mango and other trees. Here is a confiderable manu- facture ot ftriped and chequered muflins. The road was good, foil a black mould, but the cultivation . partial. : . a Aprilg.—Manrcurn N77 W,11,19 miles, to Furher, a town belonging to the heirs of the Mahratta chief Naroo-Suunker. It is in the pergunnah of Shu- jawulpoor, which is divided from that of Sehore by the river 2 FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 33 river Pérbutty. The road good, and foil a fine black mould; but there is a good deal of wafte land near the toad fide. April 1oO—Marcuepv N 50 W, 16,55 miles, to Shujawulpoor. Road good: foil the fame black mould _asbefore. For the firft ten miles, very little cultiva- tion, afterwards a good deal. Shujawulpoor is a large town, fituated on the north- eaft bank of the river Jamneary. It contains a fort, or walled town, and without the wall,.a good bazar, in which are many large, well-built houfes. The country is liable to the depredations of a fet of robbers, called » Grajiah, which in fome meafure accounts for the in- ferior ftate of cultivation. ‘This is the head town ofa perguanah of eight lacs of rupees, held in jageer, from the Pesuwa, by the heirs of Na’roo-SHunkKER. They were in camp with Sinpian, and rented the diftrict to aumils, who were changed every two or three years. ‘lhofe men collected what they could, oppreifed the ryots and brought depopulation on the country. About twelve years ago this diftrict was under the management of Appau-K’Hanpey Raw, and then it was well peopled and cultivated. Tuts is a confiderable market for ftriped muffins, doputtahs, &c. Opium is cultivated to fome extent, and is faid to be of a good quality. _ April 1i—Marcuep N 751 W, 11,87 miles, to Beinfround, a {mall village in the diftrict of Shujéwul- poor. Road good ; foil as before, country more cul- tivated than yefterday. Iw this country are many Mawah trees (Baffia latifolia Roxs. Ind. plants Vol. I. No. 19, Madhuca, Ajit. Vou. VI. C Ry. 34 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY Ref. vol. I.) They were now in flower, and as the number of feeds in the ripe fruit is very uncertain, which has caufed fome confufion, I this day examined the germina of twenty-one flowers. Thirteen had the rudiments of eight feeds, fix of nine, and two of feven. The ftamina were 24, 25, and 26, but I have fomerly feen flowers with only 16. April 12.—Mancuenp weft 17,89 miles, to. Shah- jch npoor. ‘The road was good, the foil : as before, but the country appeared to have remained Jong un- cultivated. It is all overgrown with brufhwood, amon; which the Pla/s (Butea frondofa) and wild date ( Elate Jylveftris) hold the principal place. Shahjehanpoor is a confiderable town, ‘and head ‘of a pergunnah, belonging to Sixpian. It lies on the banks of the river Sagurmuttee. About half a mile to . the weftward of the town is a conical hill, which i is confpicuous at a great diftance. April 13 —Marcuep $ 591 W, 16,66 miles, to Turana, a town and head of a pergunnah, belonging to AneLTAH Bar. The firft thirteen miles we met with very bad road, among rocks and broken ground, incapable of cultivation. ‘The remainder of the road ‘was good, through a cultivated country. In the neighbourhood of Turdna, we found an avenue of young trees of confiderable extent, which we were in- _formed was planted by Anetian Bar. A tafte for improvements of this nature is uncommon among Mah- -raltas; and this gave’ me a favourable impreffion of “that princels s government, which ‘was confirmed by farther enquiry. _ April 1A.—Marcuep § 4st W, 12 miles, to Taj- poor, a village belonging to “Sinptan. The toad ttoney, and the ground full of holes. Little cultivation. April FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 85 April 15.—Marcuen 8.754 W, 10,37 miles, to Ou- gein. Theroad good. This city called in Sen/erit, Ujaini, and Awinti, or Avanti, boats a high antiquity. A chapter in the Poorans is employed on the defcription ofit. It is confidered as the firft meridian by the Hindu geographers and aftronomers, fo that its longi- tude from our European obfervatories is an object of fome curiofity. By a medium of eleven obfervations of Jupiter’s firft and fecond fatellites (taking the times in the ephemeris as accurate) I make its longitude from Greenwich 75° 51’ E, Its latitude, by a medium of eight obfervations 23° 11’ 13” N, Burt the city which now bears the name is fituated a mile to the fouthward of the ancient town, which, about the time of the celebrated VicrRAMADITTYA was overwhelmed, by one of thofe violent convulfions of nature which, from time to time, alter the furface of our globe. The following narrative of this event, in- volved in acloud of fable, is handed down by the Brahmens. A certain deity, named GuNDRUFSEIN, was condemned, for an offence committed againft the god InpeER, ‘to appear on earth, in the form of an afs, but on his entreaty, he was allowed, as a mitigation of the punithment, to lay afide that body in the night, and take that of aman. His incarnation took place at Oujem, during the reign of a Rajah, named SunpEr- SEIN, and theafs, when arrived at maturity, accofting the Rajah ina human voice, proclaimed his own divine origin, and demanded his daughter in marriage. Hay- ing, by certain prodigies, overcome the fcruples of the Rajah, he obtained the objeét of his wifhes. All day, in the form of an afs, he lived in the ftable, on corn and hay; but when night cameon ; laying afide the afs’s fkin, and afluming the form of a handfome and accomplifhed young prince, he went into the palace, and enjoyed, till morning, the converfation of his beauteous bride. In procefs of time, the daughter of the Rajah appeared to be pregnant, and as her huf- band, the afs, was deemed incapable of producing C2 fuch 36 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY fuch aftate in one of the human fpeciesy herchaftity © became fufpected. Her father queftioned her upon the fubjecét, and to him fhe explained the myftery. At mght the Rajah, by her direétions, hid hinfelfin a convenient fituation, and beheld the wonderful me- tamorphofis. He lamented that his fon-in-law fhould ever refume the uncouth difguife, and to prevent it, fet the afs’s fkin on fire. GunpDnruFsEIN perceived it, and though rejoiced at the termination of his exile, denounced the impending refentment of InpDER, for his difappointed vengeance. He warned his wife to flee ; for, faid he, my earthly tenement is now confuming, | I return to heaven, and this city will be overwhelmed with a fhower of earth. "The princefs fled to a village at fome diftance, where fhe brought forth a fon, named VicraMADITTYA, and a ‘fhower of earth falling from heaven, buried the city and its inhabitants. It is faid to have been cold earth, and to have fallen in {mall quantity upon the fields all around, to the diftance of feveral cofs, but to a Enea depth on ithe towns. Ow the fpot where the ancient city is faid to ‘ie ftood, by digging to the depth of from fifteen to eighteen feet, they find brick walls entire, pillars of ftone, and pieces of wood, of an extraordinary hard- nefs. The bricks, thus dug up, are ufed for building, and fome of them are of a much latee fize than: any made in the prefent, or late ages. - Utenfils of various kinds are fometimes dug up “in the fame places, and ancient coins are found, either by digging, or in the channels cut by the periodical rains; having been wafhed away, or their earthly covering removed by the torrents. During our ftay at Oujem, a large quantity of wheat was’ found by aman in digging for bricks. It was, as might have ‘been expected, almoft entirely confumed, and in a ftate refembling charcoal. ~The “earth of which this mound is compofed, being foft, “is cut into ravines, by the rains; and in one of thefe, from which feveral ftone pillars had been dug, I faw a fpace, from twelve to fifteen feet long, and feven or ' eight FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. . 37 eight high, compofed of earthen veffels, broken, and clofely compacted together. It was conjectured, with great appearance of probability, to be a \porter’s kiln. Between this place and the new town, 1s a hollow, in which tradition fays, the river Sipparah formerly ran. It changed its courfe, at the time the city was buried, and now runs to the weftward. _ Apsornine to thefe fubterraneous ruins, on the prefent bank of the Sipparahis the cave, or fubterrane- ous abode of the Rajah Buinrery. Before the gate of the court are two roes of itqne pillars, one running from eaft to weft, the other from fouth to north. You enter the court from the fouth-ward; within it are the entrances of two caves, or divifions of the palace. The outermoft enters from the fouth ; and is funk about three feet under ground. From this entrance (which 1s on the fide) it runs ftraight eaft, being a long gallery, fupported on ftone pillars, which are curioufly carved, with figures of men in alto relievo. Thefe figures, however, are now much effaced. _ Tue inner apartment alfo enters from the fouth- This is a pretty wide chamber, nearly on the level of the ground, the roof fupported on ftone pillars, over which are laid long ftones, in the manner of beams. On the north fide, oppofite to the entrance, is a fmall window, which throws a faint light into the apartment. Tt looks down upon the low ground, beneath the bank, on which the building is fituated. On the Feft hand, or weft fide of the apartment, is a {mall triangular opening in the ftone pavement. Through this you defcend, about the height of a man, into an apartment truly fubterraneous, and perfectly dark.’ This is alfo fupported on ftone pillars, in the fame manner asthe upper one. It firft runs eaftward, and then turns fouth. On the left hand fide are two chambers, about feven C3 feet 38 - NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY feet by eight. At the fouthern extremity is a door, which probably led into fome farther apartment, but it is fhut up with earth and rubbifh. The fakeers who re- fide here fay a tradition exifts, that one fubterraneous paflage went from henceto Benares, and to Hurdwar: and they tell us, that this door was fhut up, about twelve or fourteen years ago, by the government, becaufe people fometimes loft themfelves in the Jabyrinth. ipa Tuis is faid to be the place in which the Rajah Burrrery, the brother of VicramMapiTTYA, fhut himfelf up, after having relinquifhed the world. But there are various and’ difcordant accounts of its con- firuction and date. By fome, it is faid to have been conftructed, inits prefent form by Buirtery himfelf. By others, thefe inner apartments are faid to have been the mah/, or private chambers of GuNDRUFSEIN, and the colonnade before the gate to have been his public hall of audience, or Dewan-Aum. ‘That this efcaped the general wreck of old Ozjein, and ‘either was not affected, or funk gently down, fo as to retain its form, though thrown down under the level of the | ground, Sucu are the prefent appearances of this ancient city, which above 1800 years ago, was the feat of empire, of arts, and of learning; and it is a tafk worthy o@the prefent lovers of fcience to difcover the means by which this great revolution has been effect- ed. There are not, as far as my infpection goes, any traces of volcanic fcoria among the ruins, nor are there in the neighbourhood any of thofe conical hills, which we might fuppofe to have formerly dif- charged fire large enough to produce this effeét. As tradition relates, that the river, on that occafion chang- ed its courfe, an inundation from it might be confider- ed as the caufe. And in fact this river, while we were at Oujein, did fwell to fuch a _ height, that great part of the prefent town, though fituated on a high d FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 39 bank, was overflowed, many houfes within it, and whole villages in the neighbourhood, were {wept away by the torrent. But yet. the fize of the ftream, and the length of its courfe, the fource being only at the diftance of fourteen cofs, feem unlike to furnifh wa- ter enough to produce fo complete a revolution. Therefore, we mutt confider the change of its courfe, in conformity to the tradition, rather as the effect than the caule of that event. An earthquake appears one of the moft probable caufes ; and the only objec- tion to it is the entire ftate in which the walls are found, They are faid to be found entire, but I am not able from infpection to determine whether or not they are fo entire as to render the fuppofition of an earthquake improbable. The only remaining caufe which I can think of, is loofe earth or fand blown up by a violent wind. We have inftances in Europe of whole parifhes being buried by fuch an accident. The foil of the province of Miliva, being a black vegetable mould, is unfavourable to this fuppofition; but even this, when dry is yery light, friable earth : and it may have -been greatly meliorated in fo long a period of ages. If we might be allowed to call into our aid a tradition, which, though difguifed in fable and abfurdity, has probably a foundation in fact, it would be favourable to this hypothefis. For none of the other caufes would fo much refemble a fhower of earth as this ; and fand driven by the wind would naturally be accumu-_ lated to the greateft height, on the towns, where the buildings would refift its farther progrefs in*the hori- zontal direction. Tue prefent city of Oujein is of an oblong form, and about fix miles in circumference, furrounded by a ftone wall, with round towers. Within this {pace, there is fome wafte ground, but the inhabited part oc- cupies by far the greateft portion ; it is much crowded with buildings, and very populous. ‘The houfes are built partly ot brick, partly of wood. But even of the brick houfes, the frame is firft conftructed of wood, CA and AO NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY and the interftices filled up with brick. They are covered, either with lime terrace, or with tiles. » The principal bazar is a {pacious and regular {treet paved with ftone. ‘The houfes on each fide are of two ftories. The lower, to which you mount from the ftreet by five or fix fteps of ftone, are moftly built of ftone, and are taken up with fhops. The upper, of brick or wood, ferve for the habitations of the owners. THE moft remarkable buildings are four mofques, erected by private individuals, and a great number of Hindu temples. of thefe the moft confiderable is a little way on the outfide of the town, at Unk-pdt, a place held in great veneration, as being that where KrersHen and his brother BuLBuDDER, or BinpEo, received the rudiments of their education. Here is a ftone tank, with fteps leading down to the water’s edge: and this is faid to be of great antiquity. But it has been enclofed with a ftone wall, and two temples erected within theenclofure about twenty-five years ago, by Rune Raw Apvpan, of the tnbe Pawdr. Thefe temples are fquare, with pyramidal roofs. That on the right, as you enter the gate, contains the images of Ram, Lircumun, and Sira, in white marble; and that on the left, haste of KREESHEN and Rapwa; the firft in black, ane the fecond in white marble. All thefe figures are well executed, SinptaAn’s palace in the city, which is yet un- finifhed, is an extenfive and fufficiently commodious houfe, but without any claim to magnificence. And it is fo much furrounded with other buildings, as to make very little appearance on the outfide. Near it is a gate, which being all that remains of a fert faid to be built foon after the time of VICRAMADITTYA, may be confidered as a good {pecimen of the ancient bdinds architecture, , WITHIN FOR a ree ae @® and clumps of fruit trees interieéting FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. Ai Wirturin the city, and near the eaftern wall, is a hill of a confiderable height, on the top of which 1s a Hindu temple of Mauapeo, and adjoining to it the the tomb of a Mu/u/man faint, named GoGa SHEHEED. This hill is conipicuous from a diftance, and a ipec- tator on the top of it commands an extenfive profpe& on every fide. To the northward he fees, at the dii- tance of four miles, the rude and mafly itructure of CaLypDeH, an ancient palace, built on an ifland in the Sipparah, by a king of the family of Gour *. There are two {quare buildings, each covered with a hemuif- pherical cupola, and divided below into eight apart- ments, befides the {pace in the centre. ‘The com- munication with the land is made by a ftone bndge over one of the branches into which the Sipparah 1s here divided. Below the bridge are feveral apartments conftrnéted ona level with the water ; ; and the rocky bed of the river is cut into channels of various regular forms, fuch as, fpirals, fquares, circles, &c. to which, in the dry feafon the current is confined. Turning to the weftward, he traces the winding courfe of “the Sipparah, through a fertile valley, where fields of corn e, diverfify the profpeét, till. his attention is arrefted by the fort of Beiroun-gurh, fituated clofe on the top of the oppofite bank. It is about a quarter of a mile in length, fur- rounded bya rampart of earth, and contains an ancient temple dedicated to the tutelary divinity of the place, whote name it bears. Still farther up the ftream, and nearly oppofite to the middle of the town, are the gar- dens of ABuHA-cHITNAVEES and Rana Kuan. On _ the latter no decoration of art has been {pared ; the for- mer wantons in all the luxuriance of nature. Exadily over thefe, at the diftance of half a mile from the thy ok “* A defcription of this extraordinary fabric is inferted in the : ‘ified Repertory, V.I. p. 266, from a Jetter.of Sir W. Mare, dated at Owein, 13th April, 1785. The author gives an extrac fiom a hiftory of Malava, which proves the building to be the work of Sultaun Nasir-up-pDEex- -GILGEE, fon of GuHEas-UD-DEEN, who afeended the throne of Me/ava in the year of the Lyira 905, and teigned eleven years and four months, river, A NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY river, is a grove of trees, on a rifing ground. It con- tains the tomb of another faint, named Sau Da’wut1, but is more remarkable for having been the fcene of a bloody action, about thirty years ago, between Sin- DIAH and one of his Sirdars, named RacGoo, who, from having the command of certain troops of horfe, was called Pacru. This officer had been detached by Sinpian, with a contiderable force, to levy contri- butions in Oudipore, and having received the money, tefufed to account for it. His mafter-confined his fa- mily, who had remained in Oxjein, in confequence of which, Racoo marched at the head of 30,000 men, ta attack Stnprau, who was in Oujem, with only five or fix thoufand. Wiauth this inequality the fight began, on the plain adjacent to Suan Dawut’s Durgah; but SINDIAH was joined by 6000 Goo/aims ; and a chance fhot having killed Racoo, his adherents were routed. Tue profpect on this fide is bounded by a ridge of hills, at the diftance of about three miles. Itruns from N N E, to SS W, and is feven miles in length ; thefe hills are chiefly compofed of granite, and from them the ftone employed in building is fupplied. But they are covered with vegetable mould to a fufficient depth to admit of cultivation. | To the fouth-weft is a wide avenue of trees, which terminates a courfe of two miles, ata temple of GANEsa, furnamed Cuinramen. It is vifited by numerous proceflions at certain ttated periods. . Tue fouth wall of the town is wafhed by the Sip- parah, which makes a fudden turning at this place. This extremity of the city, called Jeyfmgpoorah, con- tains an obfervatory, built by the Rajah Jevsine’ of- Ambheer, fince narned from him Jeynagur. He built obfervatories at five principal cities, viz. Dehly, Ma- tra, Jeynagur, Benares, and Oujein, as he informs us in the preface to the aftronomical tables, teal Oe ae FROM AGRA TO OUSEIN. A3 him, which, in compliment to the reigning Em- peror, he entitled Zeej Mahommedfhahy.” Turnine to the eaft, we are prefented with a different profpect. As far as the eye can reach is a level plain, which is only interrupted by a conical hillock at the diftance of three miles, beyond which is an extenfive lake, that lies clofe on the left of the road that leads to Bopdw/. On the right of the road at the fame place, is a Rumnah belonging to Sinp1au, well ftocked with deer. Tue Rajah Jeysine held the city and territory of Oujein of the Emperor, in quality of Soubabdar; but it foon after fell into the hands of the Mahrattas, and has belonged to Srnpraun’s family for two generations. The diftrict immediately dependent on the city, yields a revenue of five lacs per annum, and comprehends 175 villages. ‘The ancient landiibiders: who were de- prived of their poffeflions by the Mahrattas, fall re~ tain fome forts, difperfed over the province; and partly by treaty with the conquerors, partly by force, receive a proportion of the rents from the adjacent villages. One of thefe people, who are called Graffah, is Hor- ry Sine, a Rajpoot: he poffetles the mud fort of Doolétia about ten miles from Oxjein. He commands a body of two hundred Grafiahs ; and a neighbouring village, K helana, the rent of whieh is 2000 rupees’a year, pays him 150, or 75 per cent. on the revenue. But thefe, free-booters, not contented with the regular contribution, exercife the moft lawlefs rapine, fo that travelling is unfafe ; and they watch the occafion which any cafual confufion or diftrefs of the government, or the withdrawing of troops for foreign fervice, occa~ fionally affords them, to extend their ravages to the gates of the city, or even within the walls. Tue officers of government are almoft the only Mahratta inhabitants of Onjem. The bulk of the people, AA NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY people, both Hindus and Mufulmans, {peak a dialect very little different from that of 4graand Dehly. The Miujilmans form a very confiderable portion of the in- habitants, and of their number a great part is com- ofed of particular clafs, here known by the name of Bohrah. They diftinguifh their own fect by thie title of I/maeeliah, deriving their origin from one of the followers of the prophet, named IsMaxrgx, who ticu- rifhed in the age immediately fucceeding that of !\. 4- HOMMED. ‘This fingular clafs of people forms a very large fociety, {pread over all the countries of the e- can, particularly the large towns. Swrat contains 0000 families, and the number in Oxjesm amounts to 1500. But the head-quarters of the tribe is at Burhdnpoor, where their moullzh or high-prieft refides. The fociety carries on a very extenfive and multifarious commerce, in all thofe countries over which its members are dit- perfed, and a certain proportion of all their gains is ap- propriated to the maintenance of the moullah, whofe revenue 1s confequently ample, He is paramount in all ecclefiaftical matters, and holds the keys of paradife ; it being an eftablithed article of faith that no man can enter the regions of blifs without a pafiport from the high prieft, who receives a handfome gratuity for every one he figns. But he alfo exercifes a temporal juritdiction over his tribe, wherever difperfed, and this authority is adinitted by the various governments under whofe dominion they refide, as an encouragement ta thefe people who form the moft induftrious and ufeful elafs of the inhabitants. A younger brother of the moullah refides at Oujem, and with that fame title exer- cifes over the Bohrahs refident there the authority, f{pi- ritual and temporal, annexed to the office. Five mo- hillahs of the city are inhabited by them, and fubjec&t to lis jurifdiction. Oy our arrival at Oxjein, we had plenty of excellent grapes from Burhénpoor. By the time this fupply was exhauited, the grapes produced at Owjeim came into feafon, ! PROM AGRA TO OUVSEIN. * A5 feafon. Thefe are inferior in fize and flavour to the former; but. a. fingularity in this climate is that the vine produces a fecond crop in the rainy feafon. This however is acidulous, and much inferior to the firft. The other fruits are the mango, guava, plantain, me- lon, and water melon, two fpecies of Annona, fqua- mofa,and reticulata (Sherecfak and Atah), feveral varieties of the orange and lime trees; the Pal/ah (Grewia afi- atica) from which the natives make a moft refrefhing, flightly acidulous fherbet; and as a rarity in a few gardens, the Carica Papaya. Tue foil in the vicinity of Owjein, and indeed over the greateft part of the province of Ma/ava, isa black vegetable mould; which, in the rainy feafon, becomes {o foft, that travelling is hardly practicable; on dry- ing, it cracks in all directions, and the fiffures are fo wide and deep in many parts, by the road fide,» that it is dangerous for a traveller to go off the beaten track, as a horfe getting his foot into one of thefe fiffures, endangers his own limbs and the life of his rider. The quantity of rain that falls in ordinary feafons is fo confi- derable, and the ground fo retentive of moifture, that wells are hardly ufed for watering the fields. ‘Thus a great part of the labour, incident to cultivation in Hin-~ duftan, isfaved. But this very circumftance makes the fuffering more fevere, upon a failure of the periodical tains; forthe hufbandman, accuftomed to depend on the {fpontaneous bounty of heaven, and unprovided with wells in his fields, is with difficulty brought to undertake the unuiual labour of watering, efpecially as it muft be preceded by that of digging the fource. Tur harveft, as in Hinduftan, is divided into two petiods, the Khereef and Rubbee ; the former being cut in September and OGober, and the latter in March and April. 'The kinds of grain cultivated here, taken in the order of their ripening, are as follow : pe KHEREEF. 40 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY KHEREEF. 4. Mukba, in Hinduflan Bhoottah; Zea Mays. "et ~ ‘was in flower the 20th of July, and is gathered in Au- gut or September, 2. Congnee Panicum Ttalicum was in figatt July 28th. 3. Oord or Mafh ; Phafeolus Max ; noweld in July and Auguft, ripe about the end of September. 4. Moong Phullee, Arachis Hypogaea; (ground-nut, or pig-nut of the //’eff Indies) was in flower in mabe 5. Mand or Mal, Cynofurus Coracanus, Lin, Eleif (fine Coracana Gertner : in Hindufian the name is Murkua, in the Carnatic Natcheny, and in Myfore Ragy. 6. * Bajera, isa fmall round grain, efteemed very “nutritious, but heating, and fomewhat hard of digeftion. Being very cheap, it 1s principally ufed by the poorer clafs of inhabitants, and by the Mahrattas, who make of it flat cakes, of which a horfeman can carry under his faddle a fufficient provifion for man days. Tt was in flower the 13th September, and is reaped in Ocfober. - Jooar. Holcus Sorghum, Lin. iipwrreinedii Sorghum, Roxs. The culm is very ftrong, and grows to the height se feven or eight feet. T he {pike egg-thaped, nodding * The Holcus Spicatus of Linnzvus.: A defcription’ and figure of it are given in the 1{t volume of the tranfations of the Papova _ (p. 124.) by Sign. P, Arpuin. He obtained the feeds from Yunis, where it-is called Drob. The internal ftructure of the fruétification, and the form of the fpike, agree fo well with the Bajera, that I have no hefitation in referring them to the fame fpecies. But the fpecimen reprefented by Sign. Anpuin is much more ramified, with the culm and principal, {pike larger, than Ihave ever. feen. - This is probably a variety, produced by diverfity of foil’ and cul- tivation. or FROM AGRA TC OUJEIN. Ay or hanging (fometimes erect), fix or feven inches in length, and about nine in circumference. Its times of flowering and reaping are the fame with the laft. 4 THe Aolcus cérmius, which is the third fpecies de- fcribed by Sign. Arpuin (Sagg. di Padou:) does not appear to differ from this, except as a variety: the erect or recurved pofition of the panicle, depending on its fize and weight, compared with the ftrength of the ftalk. ‘Bur it is fubje&t to another variety, ftill more re- markable. _The hermaphrodite calyx is fometimes biflorous, and ripens two feeds; fometimes uniflorous, producing only one. I have found, mixed in the fame field, plants with erect, lax panicles, and others more compact and nodding. ‘The former ‘had, moft fre- quently, one-flowered calyces, ‘and the latter two- flowered. But, in fome inflances, the one-flowered and two Aowered: wefe found? oft ‘the fame head, and even in the fame branch ofthe panicle, The feeds in the firft cafe are round, in the fecond hemifpherical, one fide of each being flattened by their mutual contact. To afcertain the matter more accurately, I fent feeds of both kinds to Doctor Roxzsureu, who fowed them in the botanical garden, ata diftance from one.another. The plants came up with one and two-flowered calyces indifcriminately, and flowers of both kinds were even mixed in the fame panicle. 8. Moong; Phafeolus Mungo. 'The fpecific dif- ference between this and the Oord (P. Max) is very difficult to ‘eftablith, yet its conftancy forbids us to confider them as mere varieties. ae Dhe ftalks of the Oord are hifpids in a leffer de- gree than thofe of the Moong. 2. The AS NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY 2. The ftipules of the former are more acate than —_ of the latter. . The leaves are rather more acute. . The legumes fhorter. 5. The feeds of the Oord larger, more compreffed and black ; thofe of the Moons {maller, pH and green. This was ripe about the end of Odober, vii about a month later than the Oord. 0. Birtee; a {pecies of Panicum, ufed in. food, _was infeed Oober the 6th. t RUBBEE. t. Wheat ; Triticum. The {pecies cultivated here has the folicivemeia marks.s 3 Calyces four-flowered, ventricofe, {mooth, imbricated ; the two outward Faeets with long heaps, the. third with hardly any; the fourth and innermoft, neuter. From this character I am doubtful whether it fhould be referred to the {pecies «/fivum or fpelta, or whether it may not be a new fpecies. It was in the ear at Oujein, the 30th of January, and on the 19th of March, at the diftance of fix days journey, we found it ripe. ‘SD _.2. Channah,, Cicer arietinum. 3. Mafoor a {mall legume, which I have not. fu ciently examined. (Ervum Lens ?) — sdaen A. Toor or Arher ; Cytifts Cajan. It is fown foon after the fetting in of the rains, the feed being mixed with thofe of Jooar, Bajera, and aher grain of the Khereef. When they are removed, the Cytifus remains, and its harveft is about the fame time with the wheat. 5. PEASE; FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 490 5. Pzase; here called Buttle: ripe in the cold feafon. ‘Rice is cultivated only on a few detached fpots, which lie conveniently for water, but the quantity is fo fmall that it can hardly be reckoned among the crops. Ina lift I received of the cultivated grains, I find the name of Cablee Channah, but not having feen it, can give no account of it. Baruey is not cultivated; the foil is unfavourable to this grain, and befides, the farmers fay, it would fequire artificial watering. Tue principal articles of export trade are cotton, which is fent in large quantities to Guazerat; courfe {tained and printed cloaths; .da/, or the root of the Morinda Citrifolia, and opium. As the manner of pre- paring this drug differs, in fome refpeéts, from that which is pra¢tifed in other parts of India, I fhall give an account of it, which I received from fome experienc- ed cultivators The poppy is fown in December. ‘The ground is well manured with cow-dung and afhes. It is ploughed feven times, then divided into little {quares, of two or two and a half cubits. In thefe the feeds are fown, in the proportion of one feer and a half, or two feers*, to a begah-++. After eight or nine days, the ground is watered; that is, it is compleatly over~ flowed to the depth of a few fingers’ breadth, and this Operation is repeated, at the diftance of ten or twelve - days, for feven times. After each time of watering, when the ground is a little dried, but fijll foft, it is ftir- red, with an iron inftrument, fo as to loofen it effectu- ally, and the weeds are carefully removed. Alfo, if the plants come up very clofe, they are thinned, fo that the remainder may be at the diftance of four or five fingers’ breadth from one another. The plants thus pulled out, when very young, are ufed asapot-herb; but. * The feer is eighty rupees weight. +One hundred cubits {quare. Vou VI. D ‘whea 50 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY when 4 grown a little larger, as a foot and a -half in height, are unfit for this ufe, from their intoxicating quality. THE poppy flowers in February, anal the. opium is extraéted in March or April; fooner or later, according to the time of fowing. ‘The white kind yields a larger quantity of opium than the red; the quality is the fame from both. When the flowers are fallen off, and the captutles affume a whitifh colour, it is the time to wound them. This is done, by drawing an inftrument with three teeth, at the difiance of about half a line from one another, along from top to bettom of the capfule, fo as to penetrate ‘the fhin. Thefe wounds are made in ‘the afternoon and evening, and the opium gathered » the next morning. They begin at day break, an con- . tinue till one phar of the day is paffed. “The: wounds — on each capiule are repeated for three fuc eilive days the whole capfules in a field are wounded, a nd the opium gathered, in fifteen days. Ina plentiful feafon and good ground, they obtain from fix to nine feet _of opium froma begah of Bigeile a ay crop is Ton two to four feers. ey Iw this difiriét, all the opium, even at the time. gathering, 1s mixed witl: oil; end this they do not co! fider as a fraudulent adulteration. The ice is a-_ vowed, and the reafon afligned is to prevent the drug % from drying. The people employed in gathe Sit : have each a {mall vefiel containing a little oil of fefa- mum, or ef linfeed. The opium which has flowed ~ from the wounded capfules is feraped off with a little iron inftrument, previoufly dipped in oil. A little oil is taken in the palm of the hand, and the opium ga- thered with the iron infirunent is wiped in the hand, and kneaded with the oil; when a fufficient quantity is colleéted in the hand, it is thrown into the veflel with oil. The whole quantity gathered is, when brought home, kneaded into a mats, and thrown into a vefie] with more oil, in which the whole crop of the feafon, FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 51 feafon is colleéted. Thus, it is evident, that the pro- portion of oil in any given quantity of opium, is not determined with much accuracy; but they compute that the oil amounts to half the quantity of the- pure drug, or one-third of the mixed mafs. Tue adulterations practifed fecretly, and confidered . as fraudulent, are mixing the powder of the dried leayes a of the poppy ; and fometimes even afhes. Wuen cheap, it fells for fifteen rupees; and when dear, or of a fuperiour quality, for twenty-five or thir- ty rupees per @hiree, a weight of 54 feers, each feer being the weight of eighty rupees. ' Ir is exported to Guseret, Marwar, &c. The mer- chants from different parts of the country, advance money to the cultivater, while the crop is on the ‘ground: when the drug is ready, they receive it, and iettle the price acording to the quality and the feafon. The plant is fown repeatedly on the fame ground with- out limitation, as they find it does not exhauft the foil. Tue mixture of oil renders this opium of a very in- feriour quality to that of the eaftern provinces, and particularly renders it unfiit for making a tranfparent tincture. " ‘ Fine white cloths are imported from Chanderi and Sehor, and from Burhdnpoor they receive turbans, and faries, and other ftained goods. From Surat, are im- ported various kinds of Hurope and China goods, many of which we purchafe here at a cheaper rate than we could in the Hxgii/h Settlements. Alfo pearls, which are partly confumed here, and partly exported with ad- vantage to Hinduftan. Afa-fetida, which is produced in Simd, and the provinces beyond it, comes here Sah through 52 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY. through Marwar, and is exported to the eaftward to Mirzapoor, &c. On the other hand, diamonds from Bundelcund, go by this place to Surat. Bur the carrying trade between the provinces to the weft and the eaftward is carried on to a much greater extent, and to more advantage at Jmdoor than here; becaufe. the duties there are lower. At that place only four or five annas are exacted on a bullock load, which may be worth three or four hundred rupees ; whereas at Oujein, they amount to ten per cent. on the value of the goods, exported or imported; fo that'on fuch articles as only pafs through the place, the duties con- fume twenty per cent of the profit. The reafon is obvious. Jndoor had:the good fortune to be under the prudent and peaceable adminiftration of AHELIAH Bat, a princefs, who, free from ambitious views, had: only the internal profperity of her country, and the happinets of its inhabitants, at heart; whereas SINDIAH, led away by the dazzling profpeét of extending his conquefis and acquiring great political influence, main- tained expenfive armaments, exhaufted his treafury, and was forced to abandon his fubjeéts to the rapacity of thofe who fupplied the means of carrying his ichemes into execution. | We remained at Oxjein from the middle of April to the middle of Merch, and fo had an opportunity of obferving nearly the whole viciffitude of feafons. In: the month of April and May, the winds in the day time were ftrong and hot, the thermometer expofed to. to them being from Q3 to 109, at four inthe afternoon.. ‘Thetfe winds, with little deviation, came from the weft- ward. ‘The heat at nine in the evening varied from 80 togo. But the mornings, during all this time were temperate, in only one initance rifing fo high as 81, and fometimes being as low.as 6g. From the 18th to. the 25 of May, we had frequent {qualls. from N W and WNW;; once from NE, attended withithunder, light-' - ning, FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. — 53 ning, and rain. The quantity that fell during thefe eight days, amounted to about ten inches. This wea- ther, the inhabitants informed us, was unufual at that feafon. It produced a temporary coolnefs; but the fky having cleared up before the end of the month, the air returned to its former temperature, or rather exceeded it, for the morning heat now fometimes mounted as high as 85. On the 11th of Jume the rains fet in, and the quan- tity that fell during the feafon was as follows < May, as above, about 10 inches 5 days. Fuatie ss ve - - 3,521 9) Iuly, > - - 12,07)h) 22 (t Auguft, he ah ‘ 21,088. 22 September, = + 5,051 ) 52,331, ., 67 ‘The rain terminated on the 34th of September. From the middle of June to the middle of Ju/y, the afternoon heat varied. from 107,to 86, gradually diminithing as the feafon advanced, and {ometimes from the continu- ance of the rain was as.low as 80. ‘The morning was more uniform, its extremes lying between 87 and 77. The evening, between QO and 75. The. weather, during this period, was conitantly cloudy, fometimes hazy. ‘Lhe wind uniformly from the weftward, vary- ing from Ny W_to 5 We. , | _ From the end of this period, to the. termination of the rains, the afternoon heat was from 89 to 74. The limit between the two périods was ftrongly marked, July the 15th, at P. M. being 91; 16th, at the fame hour, 78. The morning, from 80 to 72. During this period, the clouds were fo heavy and fo uniformly {pread over the whole face of the heavens, that the fun D3 ~ could 54 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY could feldom dart a ray through the gloom. The rain was frequent and long continued, but feldom heavy. The only inftance in w vhich the rain of one day amount- ed to fo much as three inches, was in the {pace between the 15th of dugu/f, at 7 P. M. and the 16th, at oz. The rain, during this period, of 26% hours, was incel- fant, and the quantity amounted to 10,128 inches. It then abated, but did not entirely ceafe till the 17th, at 4i P.M. "The quantity in that interval was 0,629. This it was which caufed the inundation formerly men- tioned. The waters continued to rife till the 16th at midnight, and then, gradually fubfided; but it was feveral days before the river was fordable i men or -horfes. i Tue winds, during this period, were “mot fre- quently weft, fometimes N W or SW, twice S SW, four times fouth, and thrice eafterly, commonly. light breezes. | Ar rer the rains were over, and the fky cleared up the mid-day and afternoon heat encreafed. | By the 23d of September, it was 92; Odober ft, 101, and till the middle of November, was feldom aides” 90.’ The morning heat during that period gradually decreafed from 73 to 46. ‘The evening from 79 to 57.” “The ‘dew towards the end of this aloe was wits mrerodae Tue winds for the firft two das continued at. viet 3 afterwards calm and light airs at NE to'the end of Sep- tember. To the middle of OGober, thofe of the NW quarter prevailed, of moderate force, but with fre- quent calms. ‘To the end of the month the NE pre- vailed, and the mornings were hazy. In November, till the 6th, the wefierly was the reigning wind, . after which, to the 15th, the NE recovered its prev valence : the ie GR was 16 hazy than towards ‘de end of the Rises month, on the other hand, ities Odober, ; there FROM AGRA TO OVJEIN. 55 there was not a cloudy day. To the sth of November they were frequent ; and on the 4th, a little rain fell; after that to the 15th the fky was clear, and the only two hazy mornings were in this period. Av this -time (15th November) I was feized with a fever, which interrupted the meteorological obferva- tions till the 1ft of February. All that I know of the weather during that interval is, that about the middle of December we had it ftormy, with thunder and a pretty heavy fall of rain. From the 1ft of February to the 14th of March, when we left Oxjein, the afternoon heat varied between the extremes of feventy-three to 103. ‘The firft, on Feb. oth, with wind at NNW: the fecond, March12th, wind weft: fky at both times ‘clear. Morning. heat from 0 ag to fixty-feven, evening from fifty-five to feventy-fix. The wefterly were the prevailing winds during this period, varying between NNW and SSW. In Fe- bruary, the eafterly wind was obferved twice in’ the morning, four times at mid-day, and twice in the evening. It did not occur once during our ftay in - March. The fky was clear, excepting the 4th of Fe- bruary, which was cloudy with a {hower of {mall rain. Tue foregoing abftract gives a pretty diftinct ide? of the weather we met with during our refidence at this place ; but we'cannot from’'thence form an eftimate of the climate. The quantity of rain, in particular, was allowed by the oldeft inhabitanis to be greater than they ever remembered to have feen. The country had fuffered three years of drought, previous to our ar- rival, in confequence of which wheat-flour fold at, ten feers for a rupee. The coarfer grains were pro= -portionably dear, which placed the means of fub- fiftence fo far beyond the reach of the poorer inhabi- Da tants, 56 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY tants, that hundreds were reduced to the humiliating neceffity of felling their children, to procure a {canty meal for themfelves. But the deficiency of rain, though feverely felt, was not the only caufe of all this diftrefs, The fcarcity. was artificially increafed, by the rapacity of CagtexE Muut, the perfon entrufted by SiNDIAH with colleéting the revenues of the diftrict. His wealth and influence enabled him to hoard up large magazines of grain, and thereby keep the price far be- yond its natural ftandard. And when SupAsHEu NNaIcK, an eminent banker, whofe difinterefted bene- volence deferyes to be recorded by a much more elo- quent pen, attempted to throw open his own fiores, and fell the grain at a moderate price, no means of obftruction and intimidation, that the union of artifice with power could afford, were left unemployed, to make him defift from his purpofe; fo that he was obliged to confine the exertions of his humanity to feeding the poor at his own houfe; and in this man- ner thoufands owed the prefervation of apes lives to his bounty. THE patient forbearance of the. Hindus dase this dreadful calamity, has been noticed by feveral writers. In this inftance, the indignation of the inhabitants at the unfeeling avarice of their rulers, could not be con- cealed. But, inftead of breaking open their granaries, demolifhing their houfes, mal-treating their perfons, or contumelioufly burning them in effigy, the ufual proceedings of an enraged Luropean mob, they contented — themfelves with making a reprefentation of funeral rites, and proclaiming that the Hakem was dead, and SupasHev Narcx appointed to fill his place, Tux abundant rain which fell this feafon triumphed. over all oppofition. Before we marched, wheaten flour had fallen to twenty feers per rupee, The greedy mo- nopolifts faw. thofe hoards which the anguith of the famifhed poor could not unlock, configned to putre- faction, FROM AGRA TO OUSEIN. 5? faction, or felling at confiderable lofs, while the fmile of plenty and content brightened the face of the peafant, in every part of ihe province. ' Fevers, chiefly intermittent, prevailed very ge- nerally, towards the end of the rains, and encreated in frequency till the middie of November. A variety of caufes contributed to their production. The de- bility, induced by deficient nouriihment, predif{pofed the bodies of the poorer clafs to be acted on by every exciting caufe. Lhe unufual quantity of rain, and very moift itate of the atmofphere, contributed to encreafe the univerfal relaxation; the water, collected in ftanding pools, fome of which of great extent, were clofe to the city wall, in drying up, left a putrid fomes ; and, laftly, the great atternoon-lieat in Odfober and November, followed. by the cold and damp of _ the evening, gave irrefiftible activity to the preceding caufes, im conititutions which had hitherto refifted their influence. This it was which occafioned the univerfal prevalence of the difeafe among our fepoys and fervants, after the 1ft of Oober, when we left our habitations in town, and went into tents. Before the rains, we had. encamped in a grove adjoining to the garden of Rana Kuan; but when we marched out, this ground was covered with a crop of corn not yet ripe ;, and, befides, it was low, and having been — overflowed to a confiderable depth, in the inundation, threatened to be mifchievous by its dampnefs. The place, we fixed on for an encampment, was near half a mile farther, tothe WN W.. It was an elevated ipot, to which the inundation hed not reached, covered on the S W, by the {mall grove of Suan ~Da’weuu, but perfectly open on every other fide, The neareft part of the hilly ridge was at the diftance of 24 miles, the extremities of the ridge lying from N 10 W to S60 W, or comprehending 110 degrees ot the horizon. To the fouth and'fouth-eaft, the Jeerak nullah was within a furlong’and a half of our tents. As it had {welled to a confiderable height during the fains, and was now gradually drying up, it was natural to og WARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY to look for the fource of miafma in putrefying vegeta- ble matter left on its banks. But its bottom and banks were a ftiff clay, affording little matter. of this kind; and the prevailing winds from the beginning of Oober to the middle of November, were the NW, W N W, and N E, none of which could’ convey ex- halations from the nullah. Therefore we are obliged to look for fome other caufe of the prevailing epidemic, and one amply fufficient, I apprehend, will be found in the want of cover, to protect the men againft the fcorching heat of the day, and the chilly damps of night. They themfelves at length became fenfible of the unhealthinefs of the {pot, although they enter- tained fuperttitious notions of its caufe, afcribing it to the indignant manes of, thofe who) were flaughtered in the battle formerly defcribed. At their requeft, fome time in December, the camp was rem6ved into the grove near Rana Kuan’s.garden, from which the ‘crop had, by this time, been carried off. I was then in- capable of obferying the effects of this change, but have been informed that the difeafe rapidly declined and {oon. difappeared.... This fact pleads ftrongly in favour of an opinion adyanced by*Dr. Jackson, that clear — elevated fituations, notwithftanding the free circulation of air, are, from unavoidable: expofure to the morbid caufes above enumerated, lefs favourable to health, than has been fuppofed.; and that ‘*inflead of danger, there is faftey, in the fhelter of wood.” The queftion is of the higheft importance; the Doétor fupports his argument with ability, and the whole paffage deferves the moft ferious) confideration of thofe who are en- trufted with the chdice of ground for the encamp- iment of troops. . 9a Deh j . Weal : 2 fied at ein Laneltts Yur only conyplaint: which I obferved to be en- demial, was the Dracunculus or Guinea worm, the hiftory of which is too well known to require any : - + : : : ir i L Pages +e : * Treatife on the Fevers. of Jamaica,\Chap. IV. px 83—s8e- » -- defeription FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN.., 99 defcription 1n thisplace*. It is called by the Spaniards, Cullebrilla or little ferpent, and feems to be the fame that is defcribed by M. De ta Conpamine, and known to the French at Cayenne by the name of Fer- macaque. The only difference between the de{criptions of the infe& in thefe dierffent countries, is in thear length; thofe of Cayenne, being only faid to be /everal inches ; whereas thofe of Africa and the Laff Indies are known to amount to /ome ells. And this diverlity in the defcription by different authors, is probably rather owing to the accidental circumftance of the {pecimens that fell under the obfervation of each, than toany real variety; or fpecific difference, between the animals of the two continents. The name by which they are known at Oujeim, and I believe, in other parts of Hin- duftan is Neruah. Tue caufe of their production is ftill involved in obfcurity. I have have met with three hypothefes ro account forit., 14t, That it is caufed by the malignity of the humours depofited and fixed in fome part of the cellular texture. This I was furprized to fee affigned as the moft probable, by the authors of the French Ency- clopedia; after the doctrine of equivocal generation had been fo, compleatly refuted, and univerfally abandoned. adly, In Dr, Rezs’s edition of Cuampens’s Didhon- ary, I find it afcribed to the drinking of ftagnant and corrupt water, in which it is probable the ova of thefe animals lie. 3dly, It has been alledged that certain in- feéts, which inhabit the air, or the water, in thofe coun- Yuet, aid f beta ta ; Vip wu) edinenfis Lix. S. Ni.cur GMEuin. | —* Filaria m ‘Gordius medinenfis Syfte Nat. ed. xil. Vena medinenfis Wetscu. Sroan. “Dracunculas. perfarum Kaemrrer. . i Had , The laft author gives a very interefting hiftory and deferiptiom of the animal, which he fays he was twice ablejto extra at one opera- tion, entire and alive, Thrown into warm water it became flaccid and motionlefs : being taken out, it was more rigid:and moved ob= feurely: but when immerfed in cold water, it bent and moved ‘tfelf violently, and as if impatient of the cold liquid, frequently railed its head above the furface,; An:cen, exot, p: 524 et feq. tr. ICs, 60 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY tries, pierce the fkin, and depofit thier ova, which pro. duce the worms in queftion. ‘Wirxour pretending todecide between the two fup- pofitions ; or adverting to the difficulty of conceiving how the ova could preferve their vivifying principle, through the procefles of digeftion, chilifaction, and cir. culation, till they are finally depofited, by'the’capillary | arteries, in the cellular texture; the obfervation’ thar thefe infects are only found inthe extremities, and moft: frequently in the lower, which are moft expoféd to im merfion in ftagnant water, pleads ftrongly infavour ofthe third hypothefis. The following’ faét renders it proba- ble, thatthe generationand the growth of the worm, after the ova have been depotited, is very flow. Althotph thecomplaint was very frequent among the inhabitants of Oujem, our people remained exempt from it, during our refidence there, for eleven’ months; but in the month of duguft following (five months after we left the place) the ‘difeafe broke out im many. Inall the cafes which fell under my obfervation, the worm was - lodged in the lower extremity, excepting onéinftance. ‘Fhis patient, who was a bhifhtee, or water-man, had the complaint break out in his arm.’ ‘The nature of his profeflion expofed his arms, more than thofe’ of other people, to the attacks of the parent infect: fuppofing ef to retide ih the water Ye aes ane Tee naeee * Dr. Cursnoxm afcribes. the difeate, which is very prevalent among the negroes in Grenada, to their drinking the water of cer- tain wells, in which the naked eye diftinguifhes innunerable ani- malcules, On one eftate, where no other water can be had, they are attacked regularly every year, about the month, of November ; in the month of January, the difeafe fpreads through the greateft part of the gang; and in the month of March, it entirely difap-- pears, till the following November. On other eftates, the difeafe was equally frequent, till the obnoxious wellswere filled up, cifterns built, or were dug in places not fubje& to the influence of the ebb and flow, of the tide; at the return of the ufual period of. peer pearance of the Guinea worm, nothing of the kind happened. This _ is a ttrong proof that the infect which produces the worm refides in the water, but it is equally reconciliable to the fuppofition that the. ova are depofited under the fkin, when any part of the external fur-_ face is immerged in the water, as that of their propagating after being fwallowed with the drink, As we know that moft a - aye FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 6x : Tue method of extraction, practifed by the natives at Oujein differs in nothing from that defcribed by authors; except that in the opperation of gently pull- ing, and rolling it en a pin, when they feela refiftance, they have recourfe to friction, and compreffing the part in various directions. ‘his is not confined to the tumour, but extended over the limb to fome diftance. It is faid to loofen the worm from its adhefions to the fubcutaneous parts, and thus facilitate its extraction, and thus facilitate its extration. In the American pro- cefs, the rubbing of the wound with a little oil, is taken notice of, but that feems to be adopted with a different view. The accident of breaking the worm,’ was in fome inftances followed, by violent inflammation and tedious fuppurations, breaking out fucceflively in different parts of the limb; but I did not hear ofany inftance of mortification from this caufe. March 1793.—Tue refident having received in- ftructions to return to Hinduflan, on the 14th of Marck 1793, proceeded to Gutteah, a village under the management of AppAn Kuanpzy Raw. It lies from our camp at Owein N 27 E, 14,79 miles. The road was in general good, over an open well-culti- vated country. Only, in croffing three ridges of rifing ground, the number of ftones gave fome impe- diment; and we forded three nullahs,: the banks of which being fteep, rendered the pafflage of carri- ages difficult. March 15.—Marcuep N 154 E, 16,5 miles, to Tenauriak, a village potlefled by a Graffah zemindar, who holds of Sinp1an, and pays between three and and four thoufand rupees annually. have certain ftated feafons for procreation, we can eafily account for the periodical recurrence of the difeafe ; but I could not learn at. Owjein that it oblerves any fuch regular alternation in that cli- mate. Dr. C. obferves, that the worm in Grenada is not confined to. the extremities. ; _ CuisHoxm on the malignant peftilential fever, p. 34. Marck - 62 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY : March 16.—Mancuzp N 12 E, 10,53 miles to Ager, alarge town, with a ftone fort, belonging to Rune Row Powa’r. To the fouth-weft of the town isa fine lake. The road in general good, foil reddifh or iron coloured. + March 17.—-Marcuep N 122 E, 16,59 miles, to Soofneer, a pretty large town, belonging to Sinpian, and under the management of AppaH K,HANDEY | Raw, whofe aumil refides here. .'The road lies acrofs rveyeral low ridges of hills, and is in general full of lit- | tle ftones. The foil of a rufty iron colour, very lit- tle cultivation. | . 4 March 18.—Marcurep N 172 W, 14,5 miles, to Paréwa, a town belonging to TuckoseE Houcar, whofe aumil refides here. Road good. Soil black and fpongy, like the moft of Ma/ava, but little cultivated. The diftrict dependent on this town yields one lack of rupees annually. Bd ey ae March 19.—Manrcuep N 202 W, 15,91 miles to Soonél. The road and foil, on this day’s march, much the fame as yefterday. A good deal of Jooér ftubble by the road fide, and fome wheat, now ripe. Soonel is atown of confiderable extent, of a {quare form, and enclofed with a ftone wall. Two broad | {treets crofs one another, at right angles, in the mid-' die of the town, whichis the Chowk. . There are. thirty-two villages in this pergunnah, which is held as a jageer by K,uanpeyY Raw Powak, the elder bro- of Rune Raw Appan. March 21.—Marcusp N4LE,16, 05 milesto Jubmee, Road in general good. Pafled the How river,’and two nullahs, ‘The ford of the firft, being very ftony, is difficult. Soil black. Much cultivation of wheat and poppy. Julmee is a pretty large village, which. was afligned by the PrsHwa, as a jageer, to’ . Nanooizs- FROM AGRA TO OUSEIN. 63° Narosex-Gowneisu, formerly dewan to the foubahdar Hortcar. Sincethe death of Naroosere it has been held by Hotcar himfelf. Several villages, between Soonel and this place, belong to the rajah of Korah. March 19.2°M i gonen N 5s W, 15,56 miles, to Muckundra. Road in general good; only, near the villages of Afcali and Telakhairee, it lies over a ftra- tum of flate, which is very flippery. A good deal of. poppy is cultivated near thofe villages. A begah, they fay, yields about five feers of opium. Muckundra is a fmall village, fituated in a valley, nearly circular, about three quarters of a mile in diameter, furrounded by very fteep hills, and only acceflible by an opening to the fouth, and another to the north; each of which is defended by a fione wall and a gate. At thefe . gates are pofied chokeydars, belonging to the rajah of Kofah. ‘This is the only pafs, within many miles, through a ridge of moutains, which extends to the _ eaft and weft, dividing the province of Mé/ava from the difiriG called Haroutee, or country of the tribe Hara. The water here is got from a large bow/ey, or well faced with ftone. It is faid, by the natives, to be of a hurtful quality ; and that fuch as drink it for the firft time are liable to fevers. Chundkhairée, where at this feafon of the year is a large market for horfes and other cattle, is diftant from this place feven cofs to the eaftward. March 23.—Marcuep N 361 W, 17 miles, to Puchpahaér. The pafs through the hills was narrow and itony; the road afterwards good. Near Puch- pehar paffed over a bed of Schiffus, in ftrata inclined to the horizon. The country rather thinly culti- vated ; a good deal of grafs by the road fide. March 24.—Marcurp N 181 W, 8,64 miles, to Anandpoor, a {mall village, near which is a large tank, with a ftone wall, and buildings on the rah | . -_ 64 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY of it. Road good, through a jungle of plafs* and other fhrabs. Soil of a reddith colour : little cultiva- tion. Clofe to Anandpoor, the road runs over a ftratum of Schyfus. March 05.—Mancusp N st Ey 5 7 miles, and encarmped in a tope, among gardens, near the city of Kotak. Road in general good; in fome parts a ftratum of Schi/fus. This city is of confiderable extent, ofan irregular oblong form, enclofed with a ftone wall and round baftions. It contains many good ftone houtes, befides fevetal handtome public edifices. The palace of the rajah is an elegant ftru€ture. The ftreets are paved with ftone. It has, on the weft, the river Chunbul, and on the north-eaft, a lake, fmooth and clear as cryftal, which, on two fides is banked with fione, and has, in the middle, a building, called Jug-nittndil which is confecrated to religious purpofes. Near the north-eaft angle of the city, and only fe- parated from the lake by the breadth of the road, is the Chetree or maufoleum of one of the Rajahs. It is ahandiome building; the area on which it ftands is excavated, fo as to be feveral feet lower than the level of the country; and paved with ftone. In front of the building are placed feveral flatues: of horfes and elephants hewn out of fione. To the fouth of the city, about three’ furlongs beyond the wall, isa place, confecrated to the cele- bration of Ram's victory at Lanka, on the Duf- Jjerah, or 10th of Keonar Sukul puch. There is a fquare terrace of earth, raifed about two feet above the ground, and at a little dittance to the fouth, an earthen wall. with a few round baftions. Behind this, in a recumbent pofture, is an enormous ftatue of earth, which reprefents the damon Rawoon. On the day above named, all the principal people aflemble at this terrace, on W hich. fome guns are drawn up. Their fire is directed againit the earthen wall, and continues — * Butea Frondafa, Roxs. Ind. Pl. Vol. I, No, ‘21. © it ti FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. © 65 till that is breached, and the image of Rawoon defaced _ OF clay esa Ton revenue of Kofahis thirty lacks of rnpees ; out of which is paid, though not regularly, a tribute of two lacks yearly toSinpran, and as much to Hot- car. The prefent Rajah is named Ummerp Sine. His uncle, who was his immediate predecefior, was aflaffinated about twenty or twenty: five years before, by his Dewan Zatim Sinc, a Rajpoot of the tribe Jhdala. He feized, and ftill retains the adminiftration ; having left nothing but the name and pomp of Rajah, to the prefent incumbent. The Rajah’s family is of the tribe Hara. ‘We halted here two days, which were employed in receiving and paying vifits ; and on the 28th marched N 214 E, 6,29 miles, to Gowmuch. The road good, but the bed of the Choirbril, which we forded at Gow- much, was ftoney, uneven and flippery. This isa anal village, dependent on Patan, from which it is diftant one cofs. Patan contains fome confiderable © buildings, erected by the Rajahs of Boondee, viz. a palace, anda temple dedicated to VEzsunoo. It is the head ofa pergunnah, containing forty-two villages, papier half to Sinp1rau and half to Hoxcar, farch 219.—Manrcutn N 43 W, 0,6 miles, to e, a village belonging to SINDIAH, dependent wn. Road good. Soil greyith. A good deal e by the toad ae: Eds March 30. oMinaeenhs N 56% W, 11,2 miles, to _ Boondee. Road in general good, but broken ground on both fides of it. In fome places ftoney. Little cultivation, much jungle, Von. Vii “ E- | cpt “The 66 NARRATIVE OF A sountuny Tus town of Boondee is fituated ‘on the Sonttherty declivity ofa long range of hills, which runs, nearly from eatt to weft. ‘The palace of the Rajah, a large and mafly building of ftone, is about half way up ; and a kind of ftone fortification runs to the top of the hill. The pafs, through the Inll, lies to the eaftward of the town, and is fecured re ¥ Bate, at arog end” wat of Kotak, are Seok patti tiny Ae ovat of . is the elder branch, and was formerl the ¢ point of power : ‘but i its: offeffions oer been + ora by the irruptions of the M Wedraiea and encroachments of the Kotak family, to the revenue of fix lacks; of which even a fourth part, or chout, is paid to the Mahrattas ; one half to phat hy and, the other half to Honrcar: «: . \shihdaes eA ride March 31 ‘LMAR east north, 10,28 miles, to Dublina, a a pretty large village in the diftriét of Boondee. Road in general good, Soil grey and light: very dufty: little cultivation. | Much jungle, con- fifting chiefly or Paldja (Butea ws ofa), Bobool (Mimofa nilotica), Careel or Teantee: (a {pecies> of Capparis), and Jand (Adenanthera aculeata, of Dotter Roxzuncu, defenbed by him in the. | Afiatick Re- fearches, Vol. IV, under the “name of ai aculenta): aS April \.—Manxcurp N 69. E, to Doorareeia a pretty large village belonging to Boondee. vit a5 Deaskyiitor~ rounded with hills, and has, to the weti-ward, an extenfive lake.” On the bank, where it joins to the village, is an old houfe of the Rajah, on a pretty h hill; and on the extremity ofa promontory, that nhs into. the lake, isa temple confecrated to Ma’uape _ Great part of the road on this. day’s march lay haves Schiflus, the firata, of which were irearly: eee: e * Profopis Jpicigeras Roxs, Ind. Pl. Vol. I, No. 63, and FROM AGRA TO OUSEIN, 67 and numerous little peices of quartz lay fcattered on the ground. | _ In the lake, with its leaves floating on the water, grows a {pecies of Menyanthes, here called Poorein or Leeptee. The hills round the edge of the lake are compofed, of Schiffus, difpofed in the fame vertical ftrata as that on the road. The promontory that runs out into the lake, has a vein of quartz running acrofs it. On thefe hills, I found the Hees (Capparis Sepia- ria), the Hinguta (anew genus of the order De- candria Monogyma, which has been defcribed by Doctor Roxzsuren, under the Himdu name Garu), and the £volvulus which I formerly obferved to abound on the hills of Dholpore, Gualior, and Ditteah. | April 2.—Marcuep N 623 E, 12,42 miles, to Bahmen-gaung, a village enclofed by a mud wall, with baftions.. It belongs to Auzxian, Baz. Road over the fame vertical oblique ftrata of Schi/fus as yefterday ; with fimilar little pieces of quartz, {cat- tered on the furface. ‘Little cultivation. Low foreft, chiefly the Butea-frondofa by the road fide. April3.--Marcnep N 25 HE, 10,8. mlies, to Oondra. ‘The road pretty good: little cultivation, and not much jungle; but a dry plain, in which the foilis grey, and very dufty. Tus isa large town, furrounded by a wall, partly of mud, and partly of ftone. Within the fione enclote is a handfome houte of the Rajah. Round both walls runs a ditch. ‘Lhe Raw or Rajah is of the tribe Mirooka, and a feudatory of the Rajah of Jynagur. The prefent one, named Buzem Sine, is only twelve or fourteen years of age. The tribute paid to Jynagur is 35,000 rupees to the Sircar, and 5,000 to the officers of government. . Ba~ As 68 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY Ms we are now entered on the territories dependant on Jayanagar or Ambhér, fome account may naturally be expected of the family, which fora long feries of ages has held dominion over them. The following particulars reft on the authority of XAVIER DE Sitva the confidential feryant of the W sheng Rae ath : “ $ 4 dene, ath Hy Tur tribe of Rajpuis to whiel this family velongs, is named Cuchwéha, and is of the Suryabans, or children of the Suns ‘being defcended from” Rama, the celebrated Rajah of vee pee RARF, AERA Rama had two fons, one named Lou, the other. Cu’su; the defcendants of Lou are named Buv-Gu’- JER, and the decendants of Cu’su, Cuchwiéha. From Cu’su, the Jayanagar chronologers reckon 210 Rajahs, in fucckfiion; to Prir,Hi-Raz, who fucceeded to the mufuud of Ambhér in Sumbut 1559, or A/D. 1502 ; and died in Sumbut 1584, having reigned rage: years, a months, and twenty days; Prir,H1-Ras had thie id fons. 1. B,ya’ramut, who fucceeded him. er 2. Buy’ M, eftablifhed the Raj or Nirwir.— oer 3. Sa’weay’r who built sik i . A. RAIMuUL, Thefe fou left: no. 5. Bai'M-pa‘s; a f _ defcendants. 6. Mucra3i, J sahil To the remaining twelve fons, Pari! Rags, | to avoid the contention which he forfaw was likely to happen after his death; affigned, in his lifetime, portions of territory, which defcended to their off- ipring, and are called the twelve chambers, (Cut, ri) of the houfe of Cuchwaha, } Eire pore ~PROM° AGRA TO OUJEIN. - 69 » Ter names of thefe fons, of the families defcended from them, of their diftri¢ts and their prefent chiefs, together with the number of troops they can furnifh, are as follow : his Son Nat,Ha, ; A ‘ Purinmulout, Anciently Bhura- 8} PuginmuL, wah ; now Bunbera, 2,000 T,hakur Berri-Sat. ale “Keel ; Force in mn Families s a , 2 Ser sof oe ie desea? Distri& or Cut,hri. horse & Present Chre‘s. Prir,ni- Ras. ed from them. : J Joa. —— SS eee —— 7) Compan sn Samut, ; ‘| 10,000 Rawtt InpeR-Sinc. 7 ,bakur Dire-Sixc, 000}. 2 é 7 and Pamar-Sinc. $ | ‘9 JuGMAL, t rae Cungarout, Anciently Samiwar his Son Cunear, a5 now Eujpvor, 1o| Bisasun, Bijalout, ay a bi ago 2,000, T,bakur Cuapan-Sinc. 11 | Suttan, Sullaneut, . Canute, A 5,000 3 Bhai ‘a “A 12| CuaTerEnos, Chaterbbsjout, bis ge: Bunter, 8,000! Tybakur Biiac-Siuc- 3| Bursaupoer, Bulbbuddreut, Ajroul, ; 2,000! T,kakur Cusur Sina. 4+} Carian, Calianouty Canwar, 52000 brs ote of aa 41,000 § | Rursi-Beyracee, | His descendants were settled in the zillah of Ajmer Or there four Sons 6 z whose cescendants were F H~ ? ety 5 about me} in Nirwir ap ere SUTTER” no descendants are 17| Purran-Sine, SinG al . now remaining. 418] Ram-Sine, District Babila Sabun, Cut bra but to complete the number of chambers, four other tribes have been adopted in their room. Families. Diftrids. Force. Prefent Chicfi. A1,000 Gopawat, Mahar, - _ . 2,000! Rawu] Buxarawur Sine. Bulbeerputa, lWangob, 2,000 | Tbakur GuLaB-Sine, Subaramputa, _—'| Beider, 7,000 | Rawut Hury-Sine. vumbbani, Banfkabua, 5,000] 7,bakur Papam-Sine. J CE nS \ . 57,000] * te i « eve “4 Bat the whole families defcended from the Rajahs of | Ambher, ace in number fifty-three ; of which the prin- | capal (befides thofe already enumerated) are ; ey E 3 Rajawut, 40 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY | Rajawut, of which fami- 0 Bee SE oii iy SDS ly is the prefent Rajah. £ dag 4. ait They are the defcendants i! OB ’ ofthe Rajah Man-Sinc,] / ; . and were at firft diftin- sik Bd ai by the name of + eee an-fingout, —— —— 15,000 | = > - Sekbawut, — =— ; 30,000 Png T bakur of Jinj- is with others of — decry 7 Nitucezg — 20,000 | Raw Rajah Buxata- war-Sine, of Mache- ti, and the Rajah of - Uniara, Hamirdeha Madbani, &c. 25,000 a te Tue fucceffion the Rajahs of Ambher from Prir,+ HI-RAJ to the prefent time, is as follows: — Prit,yi-Ras — ios jo) A.D, anes BHARAMUL Buvewunt-pas sei cada aoe hh nse . Man-Sine | 5 Jueut-Sine Maua-Sine . Jey Sine | a ytd awn mii Ram Sine aaa ae Pes KisHEN Sing 39 4 aes f mii 10 Bisuen Sine vs ithe mast Jey Sine II furnamed Sewa¥; ‘was feated on the mufnud in Sumbut 1750, the 10th of Phal- gun Krifhen Pucfe; and died in Sumbut abel Isuri Since sa Manu Sine gaa aS Prit,st Sine Be: 15 Purrag Sinc, | as From Prit,ni-Ras to the prefent tints being a period of 295 years, we have fifteen reigns, giving 10% ye to each reign, If we allow the fame lengt ice, ' FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. 7A, each of the reigns) from Cusu the fon of Rama, to Pritjwt-Ras: we fhall place Cusm about the year 2628 before Cunist. Next day, our tents were fent ai but ftopped at a fort named Rampoora, diftant fix miles. ‘This for- merly belonged to the Rajah of Jynagur, and was by him afficned to the prieft of Mobunt Jograj; but at the tettkement made in 179). with TucKoJEE Hotcar, this fort, with a territory of 60,000. rupees, was ceded to him, It till remained in his pofieiiion, and the command of it was entrufted to a Se&éh, named Kirprat-sinc. This man, hearing that we were going to the camp of Gora Buow, the general of Sriypran, with whom Hotcar was then in a ftate of actual hoftility, arrefted our tents. No areu- ments could prevail with him to releafe them, till.a letter was fent to Hotcar, who was encamped at no great diftance. He exprefled great difpleature at the conduct of Kirpau-Sine, and difpatched a ja/sos, or meflenger, with orders to attend our camp, and give peremptory orders to all his aumils, that none fhould prefume to give us moleftation. Tue ‘obftacle to our journey being thus removed, we marched on the eighth of dpri/, N 47 E, 13,75 miles, to Burwdrak, which belongs to a T. »hakur, named Bick ERMAJEET, of the famly Rajawut, a re- lation and tributary of the Rajah of Jynagur. This is a mud fort, with round baftions and a‘ditch. Oa ar ‘gcc ductaaias N 304 B ae meee to Bhaugwunt-gurh, a village fituated at the. foot of a hill, and having a fmall fort, or watch-tower, on the top of the hill. It-is held by a Rajpoge T. hakur, named Asury-Sine, and is dependant on the diftrict. of Rintimbour, or the new city Madhoo-poor, which is five or fix cofs eaftward. | Road ftony ; in many EA _ parts "2 | WARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY parts the fame perpendicular and oblique ftrata of Schifius as in fome of the former marches. _ Very little cultivation near the road fide, but a good deal of low jungle. Here J found,-in confiderable quantity, the M/- mofus cinerea, con{picuous by its pink and yellow flowers. It is the fame {pecies that was found by Mr. Bruce, in Abyfinia, under the name of LErgeti y Dimmo, or bloody Ergett, in allufion to which he propofes to call it Mimofa Sanguimea. The od is faid to be very ftrong and durable. = fy Aprii10.—Marcuen N 32} E, 10,04 hilss, to Kheernee, a pretty large village, furrounded with a ftone wall, belonging to Soorrsmtn, of the tribe Rajawut, whole chicf place of refidence is at Sowdr, diftant nine cofs towards the fouth-weft.. Road in general good, but very heavy fand for half a mile, in the bed of the river Bends. No id sagt a few fields clotfe to the village. Apri] 11.—Marcuep N 402 E, 6, ve miles, ‘to Malirna, a mud fort, witha double walt. round baf{- tions, anda ditch. It belongs to the T; hakoor Berrer- SAL of Jehelaia, which is faid to be about fifteen cofs off. Jynagur is reckoned from hence twenty-eight or thirty cofs, Rintimbour eight cofs, and the new citythree cofs farther, in the fame direétion. Road good: the ue part fandy ; afterwardsa blackifh foil ; a w ir in fiubble. April 12 —Mancuen N 605, 18,30 miles, to Amergurh, a {mall village, with the r remains ofa fort, now in ruins. It was part of the jagheer of Dowier Ram (fince dead), the minifter of Jynagur. Road fandy, near the end much broken ground. ‘iow For the direction of future trav ellers,. it is pitas to remark, that by the mifinformation of ce we were led to Amergurh, which is out of the f he FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. +3 voad to Khoofh-hdl-gurh. By ftopping at Batudoh, Meenapéra, or Mutchipoor, either of which villages Was as large, and feemed as well able to fupply our Wants as Amergurh, we fhould have avoided the broken ground, shortened the whole diftance, and divided it more equally. April 13.—Marcuep N 71 E, 6 miles, to Khoofh- hal-gurh, a mud fort with double wall) Hutt bafiions, and a ditch; it belonged to Dowxer Ram, whofe fecond fon in: NARRAIN was then refiding here ; it was built by KuoosH-HALEE-RAM, the elder brother of Dower Ram. Road fandy. — April 14.—Marcuep N 34 EF, 11 miles, to Peelex- doh, a large village ({aid to contain 1000 houfes) be- longing to Jograsy Manv’nt. A cheelah of his was living here in charge of it. Road to-day fmooth : firft part fandy, afterwards a firm clay. ‘The corn all got in. | Jynagur is eimonda thirty cofs from hence, to the weitward : Czrouly eight cofs, about ES E; Khoofh- hal-gurh five cofs, and Fisideaiti feven cofs. April 15.—Marcurp N 61. E,. 17,12 miles to Findoun, which has been a large city, and ftill con- tains pretty extenfive buildings; but, from the depre- dations, of the Mahratias, is now very thinly inhabited. It belonged to Dower Ram, the fon of whofe. ma: ternal uncle was refiding here. Road in general good : about half way, patted “the dry bed'of a river; which was deep fand. -Much foreft, . efpecially i in the firtt half of the road. Little cultivation. April 16.—Mancurp. N 49 E, 9,4 miles, to Suront. a large village furrounded with a mud wall, and having within. it a “fquare mud fort, with double. wall and ditch. It belongs to Bisex Stnc or Bisex Navz, of the 7h NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY the tribe Su/tdénout. Road good: mee jungle : little cultivation : fandy foil. r April 17.—Manrciep N 49 E, 11,42 miles, to Bi- éna, which has been a large city, and include: Agra ainong its dependencies. ‘The town is fill confidera- able, and contains many large ftone houfes; it was formerly the refidence of a powerful Rajah, pet Biyrx-pav, of the tribe Jédoun, from whom 1 the fent family of Car ouly is defcended. But his cl city and fort was on the top of the adjoining hil ti 1, and the prefent town was only a fuburb. The whole ridge of the hill is covered with the remains of large buildings, among which the moft remarkable is a fort, called Bijey-munder, containing a high pillar of ftone, called Bheem-Iat, or the Tealee ot oilman’s ‘Tat ¢ or ‘ftaff. This. pillar. is confpicuous at a great diftance. The town and diffrict now belong to Latent: SING, the Rajah of Bairtpoor. This prince is the fon of the ce febrated Soorrs-mMuL, head of the once power ul na- tion of the Jaés. Having rendered effential fervice to SINDIAH, about the time of his entrance into Hin- duftan, he has been treated with more indulgence than moft of the natiye princes, and his poffeitions are ftill confiderable, including three large SR, viz. Deg, “¢ Bhirtpoor, and Combhere. x a eat April 18.—Marcuen N Gat E, 9,62 miles, to Rudiwul, a village belonging to the fame ; Road good, and the pain in a peut ftate of cult yation. ER! April 9. —~Marcuen N62 E, 36 ‘suilen: “ Kiaus. , 3 village alfo belonging to Bhir(poor. Road ora: country cultivated. April 20.—Mancnen N 661. E, 9,59 miles, to Futtehpoor-Sieri. oad good : “country well culti- vated. A range of ftony hills for a good part of the way, clofe on the left. When we approach n at Futtchpoor, many ruins of tombs on the left. sii er FROM AGRA TO OUJEIN. — oy 75 Fusiehpoor is enclofed with a high ftone wall, of great extent, built by the Emperor Axper. The ipace within does not appear to have ever been nearly filled with buildings, and the part now inhabited is but an in confiderable village. ‘This fpace is divided by a hilly ridge, of confiderable elevation, which runs near- ly from SW by W to NE by E, and extends beyond the enclofure, four or five miles on each fide. Thefe hills are compofed of a greyith flone, and have fup- plied the materials of which the city wall is built. Near the center of the enclofure, on the moft ele- vated part of the rock, is built the tomb of Suan Sx- LIM CHEEsTEE; by the efficacy of whofe devotion, the Emprefs of Axper, after remaining for feveral years barren, became pregnant; and bore a fon; who, in honour of the faint, was named Sexiim; and, on mounting the throne of Hindufan, affumed the title of JenANGEER. The approach to this maufoleum irre- fiftibly impreffies the mind of a {peCtator with the fen- fations of jublimity. The gate a noble gothic arch, in a rectangular {fcreen of majeftic elevation, ftands on the brow of the hill towards the fouth. To this you _ afcend, by a flight of fteps, the uppermoft of which, be- ‘ing equal in length to the breadth of the fcreen, every one, in defcending, 1s encreafed, by the breadth of a ftep. ‘Thus the whole forms half the fruftum of a py~ ramid, the magnitude and fimplicity of which, com- pared with the rugged furface of the rock, improves the grandeur of the profpect. From the top of this gate, the view of the furrounding country 1s extenfive, and highly diverfified.. The maufoleum at gra, at the diftance of twenty-three miles, is diftinctly feen. By this gate, you enter iuto a fquare court, of 440 feet, within the walls. All around is a wide verandah, containing ranges of cells, for the accommodation of Durveifhes. In the center, is a fquare building, of white marble, the fides of which are beautifully cut into lattice-work. The fide of this, meafured within, 1s torty~- 76 NARRATIVE OF A JOURNEY. _ forty-fix feet. The verandah is aboutfifteen feet broad, on every fide; and in the center is a fmall Miaarbes, which contains the tomb; a neat farcophagus, enclofed with a fcreen of latticed marble, inlaid with mother of pearl. The delicacy of the workmanthip renders this an ‘object of exquifite beauty. IMMEDIATELY to the weftward of this, on the fame ridge, is an ancient palace of AkBER. It is a rude building, of red ftone; and of fo irregular a form, as — not to be eafily decribed. In one {quare court, the pavement is marked with fquares, in the manner of the cloth ufed by the Jndians, for playing the game called Pacheefs. Here it is faid Axeer ufed to play at this game; the peices being reprefented by real se On one fide of the court is a little fquare apartment, in the center of which fiands a pillar; fupporting a cir — cular chair of fione, at the height of one ftory. ‘The aceels to it is, by narrow ways of ftone hollowed o it like troughs, which extend, from the four fides of t the apartment, to the chair. Here the Emperor ufed to fit, a and direct the moves of the people who reprefente the peices, in the game above mentioned. Near to this, on the plain below, is a little circular tower, plant- ed thick on all fides, and from top to bottom, with ele-_ phant’s teeth ; wad terminated above, with a cupola, under which, it is faid, the king ufed t to unt to view : the combats of elephants. . be (1 3 , Bene now within a forced march of the conclufion of our, journey, we marched a little after midnight (N 77 E, 22,42 miles), and next morning, 4pri/ 21, arrived at the mautolum of Mumraza ZEMAns at 4gra; having-been exactly fourteen months. ADDENDUM TO THE NOTE, PAGE ¢ ae Such was the informa‘ion obtained by the learned prefident; bat Mr. Grucuris, whofe diligent refearches into Hindu/- tant philology have infinite merit (preface the dictionary, p. xxxui,) on the authority of Gootzaar I1BRAHEEM afcribes this lize poem to Mrvr Qumur-oop’-DEENia native of Dahl, who was alive A, H. 1196 (A. D. 1781), 2 Ill, an ad \ | 1S earch CD. ot, Hhintic Vol. P77, 4 RA aS “y 9 rN SA i) ~ thy Ans if. An ACCOUNT of the INHABITANTS of tie POGGY ISLANDS, Jing off SUMATRA. — By Joun Crisp, Ef. . ’ At a period when fo many important voyages of difcovery have been recently effected, and fuch various new countries and new races of men made known, the account will, probably, appeartootrivial, te excite attention of eitherthe merchant, the politician, _ or the, philofopher. There is however, one cir- cumftance refpecting the inhabitants of the Na/fax or Poggy iflands, which lie off the W eft coaft of Sumatra, which may be confidered asa curious fact in the hiftory | of man, and as fuch, not unworthy of notice, From the proximity of the iflands to Sumatra, which, in rei- pect to them, may be confidered as a continent, we fhould naturally expect to find their inhabitants to be a fet of people orginally derived from the Sumatra ftock, and look for fome affinity in their language and manners; but, to our no {mall furprize, we find a race of men, whofe language is totally different, and whofe cuftoms and habits of life indicate a very diftinct origin, and bear a firiking refemblance to thofe of the inhabitants of the late diicovered iflands in the great Pacifick Ocean. It was a confufed idea of this cir- cumftance which firft excited my curiofity, and in- duced a defire to make a more minute inquiry into the hiftory of thefe people than hath hitherto been effected; for, wotwithftanding the vicinity of thefe iflands to an 78 AN ACCOUNT OF THE an Engli/h fettlement, we, as yet, had but a very im- perfect knowledge of the inhabitants. An attempt had been made, between forty and fifty years paft, to make a fettlement among them, and to introduce-the culti- vation of pepper, but this defign was frufirated, by the improper conduct of the perfon to whom the. ma- nagement of the bufinefs was entrufted. ‘The imperfect _account which was given of the people by the perfon appointed to go to the iflands on behalf of: the India Company, and another, not more fatisfaGtory, by Cap- tain foresT, are inferted in Mr. DaLRYMPLE 8 India Directory ; and, as far as I knew, thefe accounts con- ftituted the whole of our knowledge of thefe iflginde, €. Tux Neffau or Poggy iflands form part of a chai of iflands which lie off the whole length of the W eft Coatt of Sumatra, at the diftance of twenty to thirty leagues ; the northern extremity of the northern Poggy Ties in ee titude 2°18’ S, and the fouthern extremity of the fouthern ifland in latitude 3° 16°S. ‘The two: are ft pa- - rated from each other by a very narrow ag ( the ftrait of See: Cockup, in latitude 2° 40° S gitude about 100° 38’ Eaft from Gr eentaich, fh rat ti, ‘Terr Fort Marlborough the. a Wie fi, 1792, ina {mall veflel, and made the fouthern, Poggy.on the morning of the 14th; coafting along which we reach- ed the firaits of See Cockup, where we came to an an- chor at one o'clock the fame day, . i MABE Rte it ent hehe Turse ftraits are about two miles in n lengthy and a quarter of a mile over : they make very fa riding for fhips of any fize, which lie perfeétly fecure from every wind, the water being literally as’ ‘Amooth a5 3 i a pond. The chief defect, as an harbour, bhp great depth. of water, there being twent: thom cloie in fhore, and ots five athon ‘ ’ Wy. 7 en ’ ar ee PEORIA: OPS tale INHABITANTS OF THE POGGY ISLANDS. 79° channel. While lying at anchor, we could plainly dif- cern the high land of Samatra. In the traits are {cat™ tered feveral {mal} iflands, each of which confifts of one immenfe rock, and which probably was origi- nally connected with the main iflands:. The face of the country is rough and irregalar, confifting of high hills or mountains, of fudden and fieep afcent; and the whole appearance of fuch iflands, m common with Sumatra, bears {trong marks of fome powerful convul- fion of nature. The mountains are covered with trees to their fummits, among which are found fpecies of excellent timber; the tree called by the Malays Bin- tangoor, and which on the other Judia is called Pohoon abounds here. Of this tree are made mafts, and fome are found of fufficient dimentfions for the lower maft of a firft rate fhip of war. During my ftay here which was about a month, I did not diicover a fingle plant which we have not on Swyaira. The fago tree growing in plenty, and conftitutes the chief article of food to the inhabitants, who do not cultivate rice ; the cocoanut tree and the bamboo, two moft ufeful plants, are foundhere in great plenty. They have a variety of fruits, common in thefe climates, fuch as man- gofteens, pine-apples, plaintains, Buak, Chupah, &c. The woods in their prefent ftate are impervious to man; the fpécies of wild animals which inhabit them are but few; the large red deer, fome hogs, and feveral kinds of monkey are to be found here, but nei- ther buffaloes, nor goats; norare thefe forefts in- fefied, like thofe of Swmatra, with tigers or any other beaft of prey. Of domeftic poultry, there is only the commen fowl], which probobly has been ori- ginally brought from Swmaira : But pork and fith con- ftitute the favourite animal food of the natives. Fith are found here in contiderable plenty and very good. On the reefs of coral, which extend from the fhore, _and are frequently dry at low water, are found various Kinds of fhell fith, but I did not difcover any which I had reafon to fuppofe uncommon. ‘The fhell of a large {pecies of nautilus, marked like zebra, is fre- quently so. , | AN ACCOUNT OF THE | Lv quently picked up on the fhore of thefe iflands, and» having been informed that one of thefe fhells with its fith im it would be acceptable at home, I offered the natives their own terms to procure me one, but they | all affured me that it was abfolutely out of their power - to comply with my withes; that the fhell is frequently driven on the fhore, but always empty ; that itcomes from the fea, and is not to be found on the rocks, and. that no one on the ifland had ever feen one on the ifiand had ever feen one of the hells in i the ftate I re- guired. BOGE Ih I rownp here fpecies of cockle, the tell “of which. was enclofed inthe moft folid kind of coral roc ; the. aperture of the rock was fufficient to permit 2 of the cockle to open in fome degree, but tw to permit removing it without breaking th Having found them of different fizes, and it a fpecies of the Keemoo which grows _ toa fize, it fhould feem that the cavity of the creafes as the fifh grows If, according to Mr. } TER’s theory, the animal has a power of. abfor art of its own fhell, this power m: te Tab ext to the rock which contains it, and who ee nce of 4 fimilar nature. Near the entrance of the Geet bf See Onads the northern ifland, are a few houfes inhabite: ¥ fome Malays from Fort Marlbr ough, the place is ed Tcongoo: thefe people refide here for the purpofe of building large boats, called Chuneahs, the timber and planks for which are found clofe at: A thefe Ma/ays I found one intelligent man, wwii had refided two years. at this place, during which he had acquired a competent knowledge of the. languag é of the natives. I had alfo brought an a ter with me who. fpoke the language fome time at Padang, 2 Dutch fettlement on the Weft Coaft of Sumatra, where he had acquired forte know of the: Malay tongue; by means of:thele ig I was at no lofs for communication with the natives, - and INHABITANTS OF THE POGGY ISLANDS. 4] and had an opportunity of having the accounts confirmed by making ufe of the different interpreters, THe name of Naffau has probably been givento thefe iflands by fome Dztch navigator. By the inhabitants themfelves they are called Poggy, and the natives are called by the people of Sumatra, Orang Mantawee ; this latter is probably from their own language, Man- tao fignifying a man. ~ AFTER having been two days at an anchor, the na- tives began to come down from their villages in their canoes, bringing fruit of various kinds, and on invita- tion they readily came on board. The chief of See Cockup, a village in the ftraits, was among them, but not diftinguifhed from the reft by drefs, or dignity of demeanor. On coming on board the veflel they did not fhew any figns of apprehenfion or embarrafiment, but expreffed a ftrong degree of curiofity, and a de- _ fire to examine every thing minutely. We prefented them plates of boiled rice, which they would not touch till it had been previeufly tafted by one of our own eople ; after which they eat it to the laft grain. This circumf{tance feemed to indicate the ufe of poifon among them. They behaved while on board with much decorum, and did not fhew the leaft difpofition for pilfering, but freely afked for, what they faw and wifhed to poffefs ; not expreffing however any ill will, . when they met with a denial. We made them pre- fents of beads, {mall looking glaffes, Birmingham japanned {nuff boxes, &c. all which were very ac- ceptable, as was alfo tobacco, of which they appear to be very fond ; they ufe it by fmoaking. ‘They ap- peared to live in great friendfhip and harmony with each other, and voluntarily divided among their com- panions what was given to them. AFTER having remained fome hours on board, dur- Vou. VI. E ing 82 - AN ACCOUNT OF THE f ing which time they behaved with much ‘quietnefy,’ they returned to their village ; and after this we were daily vitited by many of their canoes, bringing fruit, a few fowls, &c. Several. canoes came alongfide the vefiel with only the women in them; they at firft ex- prefled fome apprehenfion at coming on board; but their men far from fhewing any difapprobation, rather encouraged them to come into the veffel, and feveral ventured up the fide. When in their canoes, the women ufe a temporary drefs to fhield them from the heat of the fun ; it is made of the leaves of the plan- tain tree, of which they forma fort of conical cap, and there is alfo a broad-piece of the leaf faften- ed round their body, over their breafts, and another piece round their waift. This leaf teadily fplits, and has the appearance of a coarfe fringe. When in their villages, the women, like the men, wear only a fmall piece of cloth round their’ mid- dle. Among them we obferved fome of a very pleafant countenance, with fine expreffive eyes. Mr. Brest, a military gentleman of the eftablifh- ment, with whofe company I was favored on this trip, went up to one of their villages, attended only by the Malay interpreter and a Ma/ay fervant. He was received with great cordiality and civility, and ftaid two nights at their village. Many of le had. never before feen an Huropean, and with much curio- fity examined his drefs, particularly his fhoes. Dvnrine a ftay of about a month among them I col- lected the following particulars, refpecting their man- ners and cuftoms, the truth of which I was careful -to have confirmed, by making my enguires of different perfons, and by the means of different interpreters. | Tue inhabitants of Poggy iflands are but few ; they are divided into finall tribes, each tribe occupy- ing afmall river, and living in one village. On the northern Poggy are feven villages, of which Cockup is the chief; onthe fouthern Poggy are five. The whiole number of people on the two iflands amounts, by INHABITANTS OF THE POGGY ISLANDS. 83. by the beft accounts I could procure, only to 1400; the inland parts of the iflands are uninhabited. Porah or Fortune ifland is inhabited by the fame race of peo- ple, and is faid to contain as many inhabitants as the two Poggys. When we confider the mildnefs of the climate, the eafe with which the inhabitants procure wholefome nutritive food, -and the little reftraint laid on the communication between the fexes, this paucity of inhabitants feems to indicate that the period when their refidence in thefe iflands comnienced, can- not be very remote. Their honfes are built of bam- boos and raifed on pofts; the under part is occupied by poultry and-hogs, and, as may be juppofed, much filth is collected there. The whole of their clothing confifis of a piece of coarfe cloth, made of the bark of a tree, worn round the waift, and brought acrofs be- tween the thighs; they wear beads and other orna- ments about the neck, of which a {mall green bead is the moft efteemed : though cocoa-nut trees arein fuch plenty, they have not the ufe of oil; and their hair, which is black, and micht grow long and graceful, is, for want of it, and the “ule of combs, in general mat- ted and plentifully fupplied with vermin, which they pick out and eat’; a tilthy cuftom, but very common among favage people. ‘Vhey have a method of filing or grinding their teeth toa point, which jis alfo in ule on Sumatra. Terr flature feldom exceeds five feet and a half, and many.among them fall {hort of this: fome of them are extremely well made, with fine turned limbs and expreflive countenances: their colour is like that of the Malays, a light brown or copper colour. -The cuf- tom of tattooing or imprinting figures on the fkin is general among them, of which T thall fay more ae, fently. THE. principal article of their food is fago, which isifound in plenty on thefe iflands. The ie when spe is cut down, and the pith which forms the fago, F 3 taken - st AN ACCOUNT OF THE taken out, and the mealy part feparated:from the fi-’ brous, by maceration and treading it in a large trough continually fupplied with frefh water: the meal fub- fides and is kept in bags made of a kind of rufh; and in this ftate it may be preferved for a.confiderable time. - When they take it from their ftore for immediate ufe, fome farther preparation of wafhing is neceflary ; but they do not granulate it. One tree will fometimes yield two hundred pounds of fago: when they cook it, it is put into the hollow joints of athin bamboo, and roafted over the fire. | ie ee, Bustpes-this article, they have a variety of nourifh- ing plants, fuch asthe yam, the fweet potatoe, the plaintain, &c. ‘Their animal food confifis of fowls, hogs and fifth; fhell fith they eat raw. The ufe of betel, fo common in the Eaft, is unknown to them, and I obferved in many marks of the {curvy in their mouths. . nv Mpteh THON Et . ‘ TueErrarms confift of a bow and arrows. The bow is made of the Neebong tree, a f{pecies of palm, which, when of 2 proper age, is very ftrong and elaftic ; the ftrings are formed of the entrails of fome animal; the arrow is made of a {mall bamboo or other light,wood, headed with brafs, or with another piece of wood fixed to the end of the fhaft and cut to a point: thefe ar- rows, we were told, are fometimes poifoned. Though ftrangers to the ufe of feathers to fteady the flight of the arrow, they neverthelefs difcharge it from the bow with much ftrength and {kill. Waith'a mongrel breed af dogs, probably procured originally from Swmatra, they roufe the deer in the woods, which they fometimes ° kill with their arrows; they alfo kill monkeys by the fame means, and eat their flefh. We obferved annong them a few who were in poffeffion of ereefes or Malay dagects. | 4 © “. , - [ Tuer knowledge of mttals is entirely derived from —— INHABITANTS OF THE POGGY ISLANDS. 85 from their communication with the inhabitants of Su- matra. Yhey are ftill ftrangers to the ule of coin of any kind, and a metal coat button would be of equal value in their efteem with a piece of gold or filver coin, either of which would immediately be hung about the neck asanornament. A fort of iron hatchet or hand- bill, called parang, is in much efteem with them, and ferves as a {tandard for the value of various cominodi- ties, {uch as cocoa nuts, coolit coys, poultry, &c. - WE were informed that the different tribes of Orang Mantawee who inhabit the Poggy iflands never war with each other ; to which account we could readily give credit from the mildnefs of their difpofition. Indeed the friendly footing upon which they appeared to live one with another was a circumfiance too itriking to efcape our notice; during our whole ftay with them, and while diftributing various prefents among them, we never hearda fingle difpute, nor obferved one angry gefture. They however informed us that a feud has jong fubfifted between the inhabitants of the Poggy iflands, and thofe of fome ifland to the northward, whom they called Sy4ee. Againft thefe people they fometimes undertake expeditions in their war canoes ; but it did not appear that they had engaged in any un- dertaking of this kind lately. Mr. Besr meafured one of thefe war canoes, which was preferved with great care under a fhed; the floor of it was twenty-five feet in length, the prow projected twenty-two feet, and the ftern eighteen, making the whole length fixty-five feet ; the greateft breadth was five feet, and the depth three feet eight inches. For navigating in their nvers and the ftraights of See Cockup, where the fea is as fmooth as glafs, they ufe a {mall canoe made from a fingle tree, conftructed with great neatnefs, and the women and young children are extremely expert in the ule of the paddle. Tux religion of this people, if it’ can be faid that 359%: they — 86 AN ACCOUNT OF THE” they have any, may truly be called the religion of na-~ ture. A belief of the exiftence of fome powers more than human cannot fail to be excited among the moft uncultivated of mankind, from the obfervations of va- rious ftriking natural phenomena, fuch as the diurnal revolution of the fun and moon; thunder and light- ning; earthquakes, é&c. &c. nor will there ever be wanting among them fome’ of fuperior talents and cun- ning who will acquire an influence over. weak minds, by affiuming to themfelves an intereft with, or a power of controuling thofe fuper-human agents; and) fuch notions conftitute the religion of the inhabitants of the Pogsys. Sotnetimes a fow] and fometimes a hog'is fa- crificed to avert ficknefs ; to appeafe the wrath of the offended power, or to render it propitious to fome pro- jected enterprize: and Mr. Besr was informed that omens of good or ill fortune were drawn from certain) appearances in the entrails of the victim. But they have no-form of religious worfhip, nor do they appear to have the moft diftant idea of a future flate of rewards and punifhments. ‘They do not practife circumcifion. Tue mode of difpofing of their dead bears a refem- blance to that of the Oraheitans.. Very fhortly after death the corpfe is carried to a certain place appropri- ’ ated for the purpofe, where it is depofited ona fort of ftage, called in their language Raw Aki; it is drefied with a few beads or fuch ornaments as the perfon was accuftomed to wear in his life time, and after ftrewing a few leaves over it, the attendants leave the’ ground, and proceed to the plantation of the deceafed;' where they fell afew trees of his planting, and return’ to their homes. The corpfe is left to rot, and the bones fall to the ground. eS pA ORCA aia be hey) at Amone a people whofe manners are fo fimple, whofe wants are fo eafily fupplied, and whofe pofiel. fions are fo circum{cribed, we are not to look for any complex fyftem of juri{prudence: indeed their code of laws may be comprized in a few lines. THEIR INHABITANTS OF THE POGGY ISLANDS. 87 Tueir chiefs are but little diftinguifhed from the community, either by authority or by property, their pre-eminence being chiefly difplayed at public enter- tainments, of which they do the honours. ‘They have no judicial powers; all difputes are fettled, and crimes adjudged, by a meeting of the whole village. InnEeRtTANce is by male defcent; the houfe or plantation, the weapons and tools of the father, pafs to his male children. Theft, when to a confiderable amount, and the criminal is incapable of making refti- tution, is liable to be punifhed by death. - Mourper is punifhable by retaliation; the mur- derer is delivered to the relations of the deceafed, who may put him to death. I was however informed thefe crimes are very rare. In marriages, the matter is fettled between the pa- rents of the young perfons, and when agreed upon, the young man goes to the houfe of the bride, and takes her home ; on this occafion a hog is generally killed, and a feait made. Polygamy is not allowed. In cafes of adultery, where the wife is the offender, the injured hudband has a right to feize the effects of the paramour,.and fometimes punithes his wife by cat- ting» off her hair. When the hufband offends, the wife has a right to’quit him, and to return to her. pa- rent’s honfe ;, but in this ftate of feparation fhe is not allowed to. marry another; however, in. both thefe cafes, the matter is generally made up, and the parties: reconciled ; and we were informed that inftances of. their occurrence were very unfrequent. Simple forni-. cation between unmarried perfons ois neither a crime nor a difgrace: and -a young woman is — rather hiked the better, and more. defired in marriage, for Bi Auk igy candi ga. o pei 88 AN ACCOUNT OE THE having borne a child; fometimes they have two or three, when, upon a marriage taking place, the chil~ dren are left with the parents.of their mother. The ftate of flavery is unknown to thefe people. — Tue cuftom of tattooing is general throughout thefe iflands. They call it in their language feetee. They begin to imprint thefe marks on boys of feven years of age, but they only trace at firft a few outlines, As they advance in years, and goto war, they fill up the marks, the right to which depends on haying killed an enemy. Such is the account they gave us, and it is probable enough that this cuftom may origi- nally have been intended as a mark of military dif- tinétion ; but fuch original intention cannot at prefent have place, as the marks are common to every indivi- dual, and wars fcarce occur once in a genetation. ‘The figures imprinted are the fame throughout, or the va- riation, if any, is very trifling, excepting that, in fome of the young men, the outline only of the broad mark on the breaft is traced, but this is filled up as they grow older. The women have a ftar imprinted on each fhoulder, and generally fome {mall marks on the back of the hands. Thefe marks are imprinted with a pointed infirument, confifting of a brafs wire fixed perpendicularly into a piece of fiick about eight inches inlength; this piece is ftuck with another {mall long ftick with repeated light firokes,. The pigment ufed for this purpofe is made of the fmoke collected from a {pecies of refin, which is mixed with watery ‘the operator takes a ftem of dried grafs, ora fine piece of ftick, and dipping the end in the pigment, traces on the {kin the outline of the figure, with great fteadi- nefs and dexterity ; then, dipping the brafs poinia the fame compofition, he with very quick and light firokes drives it into the fkin, tracing the outline be- fore drawn, which leaves an indelible mark. Mr. Besr. fubmitted to the operation on his leg, and found it at- tended. with fome pain. SUCH INHABITANTS OF THE POGGY ISLANDS. 89 Sucn are the cuftoms and manners of the inhabi- tants of the Poggy iflands which lie within fight of Sumaira. The many particulars in which they difter from any fet of inhabitants of the latter ifland put it in my opinion beyond a doubt that they are ofa different origin, but from whence they came it may not be ealy, and probably will not be thought of importance, to trace. “They have no clear tradition to affift in fuch an enquiry. When Mr. Besr was at their vil- lage, on afking from whence they originally came, they told him from the fun, which he underftood as fignifying from the eaftward, As the founds which exprefs ideas are arbitrary, and it not being probable that people who have never had communication fhould hit upon the fame founds to exprefs the fame ideas, affinity in language may be confidered as one of the fureft indications of famenefs of origin; but even in judging from this criterion, a variety of circumftances may render us liable to error. Ihave however fubjoined a pretty copious fpecimen of the language of the Poggy iflands. But another circumftance, which I think might af- fift in tracing the origin of thefe people, is the figures ufed in tattooing their bodies; for as all the men are marked according to the fame pattern nearly, if any people fhould be difcovered among whom this cuftem prevails, and whofe bodies are tattooed, generally, with figures of the fame kind, it would afford no flight prefumption of a common origin. I have theretore accompanied this account with a fketch of a man and a woman of thefe iflands, as alfo a drawing of thé in- ftruments ufed in making thefe marks; the execution greatly needs an apology; but Iam no draughtiman, and can only anfwer for the exa¢ctnets with which | copied thefe figures, 18" . I wap 90 “AN ACCOUNT OF THE I wap intended to have examined the whole chain ef iflands which lie off Sumatra, and which are in- habited by very different fets of people, but a number of crofs and untoward accidents prevented the ac- complifhment of my original ed ‘SPECIMEN OF THE LANGUAGE OF THE POGGY ISLANDS. One Sarah Teeth ~" oChones” Two Dua Tongue > . Leelah ie Three Telloo Chin Batela , Four Apat Belly Barah idetig Five Leemah Hand Kavaye © Six Anam ~ Foot “Datay Seven Peeloo (for Peetoo) Blood Lorow—Logow Fight Balloo Day Mancheep Nine Seewa | Night Geb Geb—Choie Boh . Ten. Pooloo Sleep Mareb.-.. ; Twenty | Duah Tarah Dead Mataye Maloflay An hundred Sama Wattoo White Maboolow Mankind Seree Manooah Black Mapoochoo A man Mantaow Good See Maroo | A woman Senan Allip Fire Ovenaten RAPPER Father Ookooee Water Jojar Mother Eenah Earth Polack Head Ootay Stone-rock Bookoo ' Eyes * Matah Hog - Babooee Sakoka. Nofe Affak Fowls Gago “ Hair Ali Bird Oomale Eye-brows Cakaloo Egg _» Ajoloh Bye-lathes Rapit Fith Eebah Ears Talinga $un Chooloo Moon INHABITANTS OF THE POGGY ISLANDs. 9} Moon Lago . Prong or Hatchet Taagla Stars © Panyean Cocoa-nut Toata God Saraloggye Saneetoo To fight Sagack Naked Tocomong The Sea Koat To fpeak Maneeboo’ -~ A large Boat Kalaba Here Kai A Canoe Avauk There Kafan Seur Malaja Come Kai comong Sweet Makiki Go Kainang Wood Loven Yes Oho The wind Roola No Tani ' A bow Logue Hard Makala An arrow Rorow Soft Mamama Clouds Boojoot Rough Mokara Thunder Salagoo Smooth Malooploop Lightning Beda Straight | Moipoiroo Earthquake Tatavo Crooked Tamaipoiroo A Dog Jojo NAMES OF PERSONS. “RAMES OF MEN, NAMES OF WOMEN. Rajah of Cockup, Mengriah Nangfannee 2 ANT YRSET IRN Goolooh Tarah Tallee Sheeboo iaudenate Mareeat Goryebooh ST ye Jagula Kayoo Tamancegal - “ wee ; % Keeleh Akane prcenatohsn ind ; Pa i: OER hie poeld mare cy" iv’ uM] , — 44 “Ghd ‘ nt : iy ‘ See 1% Bt. ae aay el 3 e ) oe a m “ oo ce ig eee Binsin” haus’ . , gM — ot ‘ Aye avy Oi a “i “i s % | at 2 ear Se as we e ui ve ies uw i ¥ 7 4 4 a a @ q “tj eal / my ‘ hohe a SM io Pigeon: “ry ween’ a + +y jai *- Nammaey 4 ety eer eh rete Ln dig ds Sy! a Sangh ngs, bi ia gMerean Sih. NS WIE in a Shh tatttin insti es ATHENS ae . vr ee 42 1 i hacen sel 290d) Sane via? vite wh im, TM eat any * - rity. chet i? yifte toed | € 93 IV. OBSERVATIONS ox the THEORY of WALLS, wherein some partt- culars are vestigated which have not been considered by writers on fortification. By Wittiam Lamson, Lieutenant in His Ma- — gesty’s 33d Regiment of Foot. Mr. Mutter, and others, in treating on the theory of walls, have confi- Fig. I. dered the part of the wall ABCD which is above the ditch, as one piece of folid mafonry, without having any reference tothe part FGBH, which is funk in the ground, and they have inveftigated the force neceffary to fuftain the earth BCT, in equilibrio, and have given dimenfions for the wall ABCD, fo as to equal the faid force; but they have neglected taking into confideration the tenacity of the mafonry in the line AB, where the wall is fuppofed to break off, and turn freely on the point A. On examining this fubjec&t it appears evident that, if the cement be good, a confiderable additional force, to that which would equal the weight of the wall, refting againft the point S, muft be required to break the mais in the line bd g4 OBSERVATIONS ON THE AB, taking it for granted at the fame time that the , foundation HBGF is fo fixed inthe folid earth, as to require a force to move it, fuperior to that which is required to, effect the breakage in the line AB: for otherwife the whole would turn on the point F, and muft be confidered as having no adhefion in the line FG; atthe fame time the force to feparate it from the earth being eftimated. | In order therefore to obtain the meafure of fuch a force as is above ftated, Jet A’ B’ and B’C, in the annexed figure, be of any given dimenfions, and let a weight be applied to the point S’ in the horizontal direction of the center of gravity R, of the triangle B’ C’ T’ (which triangle reprefents | Fig. 2. the fection of the earth refting — ne freely againft the wall) and deter- mine by experiment, what weight wil be neceffary to break the ae wall, after deducting what would ~"/ digs: jesct be fufficient to fufiain the earth “FG” in equilibrio, whofe fection is reprefented by B’ C’ T’ fuppofing there were no cohefion, and call that weight ww—let w be compared with the above fuftainin weight. Now fince Ais the point on which the wall is toturn, whatever force be required to feparate one particle of the mafonry in the line A’ B’, the momen- tam of that particle will be expreffed by multiplying the particle itfelf into its diftance from the point A’. And, from a well known property in the center of gravity, the momentum of all the particles in the line ‘A’ B’ will be expreffed by the line itfelf multiplied into the difiance of its center of gravity from the point A’; which wilithereforebe defined by ZA’B’ x A’B’=4A’B*. Now, fince the weight w is to be applied to the point 'S, the momentum of w will be expreffed by w gece - ad . / \THEORY OF WALLS. Q5 and this quantity, from the nature of the» problem, muft be as ZA’B’- : confequently, we have w as Bee. —. Now, this being determined, the weight w may alfo be determined which will break any other wall, under the like circumftances, whatever may be the dimenfions of AB‘and BC (or BS) as in eaeee ft. For feeing that it will be in the conftant ratio of ZAB* directly, and BS inverfely, and if sta be called 4, Lap? , Lapikw we fhall have W:w:; 222 :b,andW A: Kl i and Bs Bsxb I 2 ZAB* KW therefore W x BS = a , themomentumof W ;— b which quantity muft be added to the momentum of’ the wall given by Mr. Mutyer. ts Wadia if AE = an, pee e, BOs a, bad en fore BS ==} 2; according to_ Mr. Murner s firft pro- Tap? x Ww “Tya + 02 + file; then 222 ay aT gE which added to his equations for ftone walls, we have 7+ 2 max + 2nas ? tnat+ wx w ~ a yu, ean —- ,* s*a* and therefore 24 + w Xm +2b6+wx nana xi° s? fi ll le which, re- 3 stb — thy lx 23" — n, Ib+w 5 general theorem for ftone walls, whatever be the value of d and w. caused: gives HS ay n+ zr —Srvce the {pecific gravity of ftone to that of brick is a8 5 to4, if the above momentum for the wall be reduced in that ratio, or its equal (,°- s* a?) increafed ; , . cn “ , there will arife 2% + Qnaxz tinea? +2747 al2 awe I 0 ade ual ae Sar, sth—+ b+ x! ‘yo pee . a 2 which reduced gives # = ay/n?+ 22 ni 271 w —an, a general theorem for brick walls. In 96 OBSERVATIONS ON THE In order to illuftrate this theory byexamples, it will firft be neceflary to obtain the value of b and w from experiment. Let then ABCD be a wall of any fmall given dimenfions, continued from the foundation ABGF, which is of the fame piece of mafonry with the wall, and well fecured in the fo- lid earth; and to prevent a fraction in any other part than in the line AB, let an inflexible iron bar be ap- plied to the fide BC, fo that a force applied to any point s, may act upon the whole fide at once; and tor the purpofe of preferving the center of gravity in a line that bifeéts AB in H, (which will fave trouble in the prefent computation) let there be another iron bar of equal weight to the former placed on the op- pofite fide AD. Now let Q reprefent the weight of the mafs ABCD, including the two bars fufpended at Hf. Then if W bea weight, ating at S, by a line pafling freely over the pulley p, and fuch as to fuftain the wall and bars m equilbrio, fuppofing no cohefion in the line AB, we fhall hve W: Q:: AH: AB~ BS and W ==———; that is fuppofing AB=1, BC = 3, AB,BS , and BS =2 = 4H, W will b =2Q. ButQbeing as ABX BC, 1s therefore = 3, in this inflance. whence W =4. Now to determine the force neceflary to overcome the tenacity, let an additional weight w be applied to W, increafing it till it become fufficient for the purpofe, which having a known preportion to the weight W, will alfo havea determinate proportion to Q. Suppofe, for example, it were found =} W, then, W being = 4, w becomes equal 4. Now fince Lan? . } Eee it becomes equal 3 in this cafe: which | two values of b andw, being thus determined by experi- ment, THEORY OF WALLS. 97 in the two foregoing equations. Hence av # chy Aiton init dosti 485° —4h 4+ w| X22 ee ; J 3 —y becomes for =aV 32° +55°—4, zb+w Beh Rh te |X A for tone walls ; and a+ 4 = 8 V in? + 5,5?— x for brick walls.—Ifz be taken = = or.2; and the angle TBC =45°, fo that s* be=.5; then * => 136x) eight tecals fifty avas, or feven, tecals twelve ayas each. man per month, but the wages of a common labourer in this part of the country, as the fame perfons inform- ed me, is only five tecals per month when-hired from . day to day ; they alfo admitted that the labour of the oil drawers was not harder than that of common labourers, and the employment no ways obnoxious to. health. To me the fmell of the oil was fragrant and grateful, and on being more indireétly queftioned (for on this part of the fubje€t perhaps owing to the mi- - nutenefs of my enquiries I obferved moft ahaa allowed that their. gain was not much greater than the. common labourers of the country, nor is it reafonable. to expect it fhould, for as there is no myftery in draws ing of oil, no particular hardfhips endured, or rifk of health, no compulfion or prevention pretended, and as. itis the intereft of the proprietors to get) their work done at the cheapeft rate; of courfe the numbers that. would flock. to fo, regular and profitable an employ- ment, would foon:lower the rate:of hire nearly at leaft, to the common wages of the country, ;- befides I obferv-, ed no appearance of affluence amongft the labourers, they were meanly Jodged andclad, andfed coarfely, not on rice, which im the upper. provinces is°an article of: Juxury, but on dry grains and indigenous roots of the nature of Cafada, coliectedin the waftesby theirwemen | and children; further it is not reafonable to fuppofe. that thefe Jabourers worked conftantly, nature always” Le : requires IN THE BURMHA DOMINIONS. _ . 135 requires a refpite, and will be obeyed, however much the defire of gain may ftimulate, and this caufe muft e. particularly operate in warm climates to pro- uce what we often improperly call indolence. Even e rigid Cato emphatically fays, that the man who has not time to be idle is.aflave. A due confidera- tion of this phyfical and moral neceflity ought per- haps to vindicate religious Jegiflators from the re- roaches too liberally beftowed on them for fanétion- ing relaxation ; be that as it may, I think it is fuf- ficiently apparent that the article of wages is alfo ex- aggerated, and that 500 vifs muft only be confidered as the amount produce of working days, and not an average for every day in the year. The labour of the miners, as I have obferved above, is altogether diftint from the oil drawers, and their pay proportioned to the. hardfhips and rifks they endure. | | AssuMine therefore as data, the acknowledged _ profit of 1000 tecals per annum for each well, which we can hardly fuppofe exaggerated, as it would ex- pofe the proprietors to an additional tax, and the com- - mon wages of ‘precarious employment in the country, that is one month with another, including holy days the year round, four and a quarter tecals per month as the pay of the oil drawers, which includes the two extremes of the queftion, it will make the aver- age produce of each well per diem, 300 vifs or 109,500 vifs per annum, equal to 399,675 Ibs. avoirdupois, or tons 178,955 lbs. or im liquid meafure 793 hogiheads ob dixty-three gallons each; and as there are 520 wells regiftered by government, the grofs amount pro- duce of the whole per annum will be 56,940,000 vifs or92,78r tons 1560lbs. or 412,360 hegiheads, worth at the wells, at one and a quarter tecals per hundred vifs, 721,750 tecals or 889,737 facca rupees. From the wells, the oil is carried, in {mall jars, by cooleys, or on carts, to the river; where it is delivered to the merchant i ah at two tecals per pene 4 vifs, ¢ 136 AN ACCOUNT OF THE PETROLEUM WELLS. vifs, the value being enhanced three-eighths by the ex- pence and rifk of portage, therefore the grofs value or profit to the country of the whole, deduéting five per cent for waftage, may be ftated at 1,081,860 tecals, Or 1,362,325 ficca rupees per annum, yielding a direét revenue to the king of 1363232 ficca rupees’ per annum, and perhaps thrice as much more before it reaches thé confumer ; befides the benefit thé whole © country muft derive from the produétive induftry called into a¢tion by the conftant employment of fo large a capital on fo gruff an article. “There were between feventy and eighty boats, average burthen fixty tons each, loading oil at the feveral wharfs, and’ others conftantly coming and going while I was there. A number of boats and men alfo find conftant employ- ment in providing the pots, &c. for the oil, and the extent of this fingle branch of internal commerce (for almoft the whole!iis confumed in, the country), will ferve to give fome infight into the internal:commerce and refources of the.country, o o¢qu) wild ne ait 3) laowwitibbe cooley PURI NF ghee Ar the wells the. price of the oil. is-feven annas feven pies, per, 1121bs..avoirdupois ; at ithe port» of Ranghong it is fold at the, average rate of threeficca rupees three annas and fix pies per cwt.; ors perhogf- heads of fixty-three gallons, weighing 504 lbs. fourteen rupees feven annas nine pies, exclufive of the cafk, or per Lenga/ buzar maund. twe rupees five annas eight pies, whereas the muftard feed, and, other vegetable oils, fell at Panghong at eleven rupees per buzar maund. To. conclude, this oil is a-genuine petroleum; » pof- fefling all the properties of coal-tar, beingum faétthe felf fame thing, the only difference is, that) nature elaborates in the bowels: of, the earth »that, for: the _ Burmhas, for which European nations, are,obliged ta the ingeuuity of Lord Dunponaup, 4 - a o dae ¢ SRN Lt . ar RES: ( wt} tf) pie Sep uh it VII te ne , e ON THE MAXIMUM OF MECHANIC . POWERS, AND THE EFFECTS OF MA- . CHINES WHEN IN MOTION, . By Ligutenanr Wit11am Lameron, | Of His Majefty’s 334 Reziment of Foot. LOST mathematicians, in treating on the fcience YL. of mechanics, have drawn their conclufions ‘om confidering the weight and power in a ftate of equilibrium, and have deduced their proportions from their refpective diftances of each from the center of motion ; or from what the velocities would be, fup- pofing them to be put in a moving ftate. But in the actual application of any machine, whether fimple or compound, we fhall find that when it is put in motion by the fuperior force of the power, there will be a certain ratio between the weight and power, fo that inany given time the effect may be the greateft poffible. The various and moft ufeful cafes which relate to this fubjeé&t are comprifed in the following problems, and as it is my intention to determine the precife effects _ of fuch powers as are of the moft general ufe in the conftruction of machines, fuch as the lever, the wheel, and axle, &c. and where the power applied to raife the weight, atts by the force of gravity ; it will be neceflary to take into confideration the effects of their own maffes, and therefore fone general propofitions muft be premifed relative to the centers of percuffion and gyration of the refpective moving powers; and to compare the mafs collected: into the center of per- cuffion or gyration of a beam or folid wheel, to that power, which acting at the extremity would give the fame angular velocity. | Ir ¥38 ON THE MAXIMUM OF MECHANIC POWERS, AND. Ir has already been demonftrated by mathema- ticians that if s be the center of fufpenfion, or ro- tation; o the center of percuffion, and g the center of gyration ;—and if p be a particle and d its diftance A PAey Ty, call the pa 3 CAVA. oaths, from “s, then 5°— Force of the body? and sg ay y unive of the body be what it will. Now, as the lever and wheel are powers whofe operations ave materially influenced by their own weight, I fhall confider every cafe in which they can pacibie be_effeéted. And-notwith- ftanding that the part of mechanies relating to percuf- fion and gyration, has been fo copioufly rein tg which expreffions are univerfal let the form others, yet as it becomes fo effential a part in fent theory, I fhall include fuch propofitions iS i diately apply, and put them in the moft conVenien forms. Some of them, I believe are new, and par= ticularly fuited to the prefent fubject.. ©” (Per noi 1) Sa Peer ae RE ‘Pros. t. Ler AB be a. bar or beam perfettly freight and of uniform thicknefs, having its point > - ef fufpention S, at any variable diftance from the. extremity A: it is required to determine, the dift tance of the center of percuffion from,Se 4.4 Pur AB=v, AS=x, and therefore SB=v—x ;' : and jet the faid diftance of the center of percuf-] fion from s be y, then v being an indefinitely fmall’ plane at right angles to the axis of the beam,’ }® u—s*|*xv, will exprefs one pd* or the fluxios of }] all the pd* in AB; and by the fame reafoning, | u~«xxv is the fluxion of the force. of A B— | flu:v—2|?Xo__ 2v°+-Gux xX 6x? Rae aM ty Maa Hence Dal oe hens 2 bal “3 Where « and | v may be taken in any ratio toeach other. Ifw=o or the center of fufpenfion be at A, theny=3u_ as. has been proved by others. ),.Jf x=4u, then y=3, allo, in which cafe the center of percuflion will be at the other extremity B, and when «=2v, then y=o, and the center of percuflion coinciding with the center of | ‘gravity, e. THE EFFECTS OF MACHINES WHEN IN MOTION. 139 gravity, the power of ofcilJation will ceafe, and the motion, if there be any, will be rotatory. Cor. 1. IF it be required to determine the diftance of the center of fupenfion when the vibrations are _ the quickeft poffible, then y, or its equal eens becomes a maximum, and therefore its fluxion, by making « variable, is =o. Hence 12xi—6vx X 3u—6x — 3% X 20°—bux + 6x =0, andx=t+3V% or $—-3V5 when § is taken towards A, or on that fide of ‘the center of gravity. : Cor, 2. OtHer forms may be obtained if AS=x and SB=z, both variable quantities :—for then #+% will exprefs the fluxion of both ends, and x*%*+272 the fluxion of allthe pd? in AB. And fince the force of any ofcillating body may be exprefied by multipiying the dil, tance of the center of gravity from the center of fufpen-. fion, into the body itfelf, the force of AB is therefore x —x? flu:z*2+flu:x*x__ 23 defined: :: by =), Hence y=istt pert la . 2 ’ / . , Then when «=o, y becomes equal $z; and if «=tz, y= sand when x and z are equal, y vanifhes. Pros. 2. The notation remaining, as in the laft pro- blem: let the center of gyration be required, while the beam A B is made to revolve round a center S at any variable diftance from A: and let w exprefs the diftance of the center of gyration from S, Then we fhall have w—v4. and when x=4, fo that S may be in the cen- ter of gravity of AB, then w—iy'. Whenx= jv, wo becomes equal 4v alfo, and, in this cafe the center of gyration will be at the fame diftance from B, that the center of rotation is from’ A. © . Hence if x=0, yh Cor. 142 ON THE MAXIMUM OF MECHANIC POWERS, AND Cor. Ir‘appears from Cor. 1 of the laft problem, that when the vibrations of a beam are the quickeft poffible, « is equal tos: 3, when the point of fufpen- tion is taken on that fide the center of gravity’ towards A.’ Now fince § is the‘diftance of the center of gravity of the beam from A or B, it:follows that 2/+ exprefles the diftance of the centerof percuffion from the center: of gravity when the vibrations are the quickeft pofl ; i But. it appears from this problem, that #v+ exprel es. the diftance of the center of gyration from the center of gravity, when the beam is made to revolve on that center. ‘Therefore if the beam be fufpended, by what» in this cafe is the center of gyration, the vibrations will be the quickeft poflible, pe > . 7 vie th . ‘ hy? wt my 2 c 2: peta hoe hs Cot. ofthelaft/prob. then w= y= ae Thenifx” iS ASB, and being made to revolve round the center B S, retaining, its pofition f site with refpeét to the line S E; itis required to determine the diftance of the center of gyration from S. es 8 oe mL ss at Pour DS=d, andAD=b D=», and atfo ED=a. bis AS. THE EFFECTS OF MACHINES WHEN IN MOTION. 148 ASt=0-+-d 1.94d; and therefore 2v°?-+-2d 724d ‘willbe the fiuxion ofall the #d* in the whole beam ABD.- Metice a flu.2v*o-+ 2d°o + 2adv = Y v* + att 4 bad Mv 2u which, when a4 vanithes, and the beam Ebi ctiies with the line AB, becomes equal v2.3" 30 and if dvanith w=v vi, forthen D will coincide with S. ae A DB will, become two beams revolving on their arene Pros. 4. Ler ABC ree prefent a circular fuperfices, or folid wheel.of uniform — thicknefs, fo that its weight _ may be as its area; and let it revolve round its center S; it is required to determine the diftance w of its center of gyration from S, Pur A= the area Hy the B circle whofe diameter. is unity,-and r= radius of ABC. Then 4 Ar*is the area of ABC,. whofe fluxion is 8 A r?;+; and therefore 8 A r? ; is the fluxion of all the pd?’ in ABC. Hence w= flu. Bara r flu.S ar, folid hiner of uniform thicknefs whofe radius is r. Pros. 5. Ler ABC and ebcbetwoconcentriccircles whofe refpeétive radii are R,r;—if the plane or folid A wheel whofe area is adc be taken away, and the re- maining plane or folid Aa BSCe, uniformly thick, be conceived to revolve Sa the center 5; it is required to determine the diftance of its center of gyration from S, ary which expreffion applies to every Pur A= the area of the circle whofe dadiuss is unity, then 4 A R? will be the area of the greater. circle, and then 42 “Ow THE MAXIMUM OF ‘MECHANIC POWERS, AND ‘4 Ar the area of the lets one ; Rima LA Rak &. 4 A?= the area of the annulus, © ‘Ris the fluxion of that area, and. 8 AR2R: biel fig | of all the, pa. Hence wiv it8 which\ when, 7. vanithes, or the sprue’ becomes folid, is equal Ry? as in the laft problem. | “" Cor. Tue feftors Sa_and,S A, gel to, ‘each ‘other as the areas of their refpeétive Circles, and there- fore as the fqguares of the diameter of thiefe circles ; and if A inthis cafe reprefent a fimilar fe€tor ‘of the cir- cle whofe radiusyis unity, the fame refult will | be had with’refpeét to the parts Aa, and Bé, as in the’ former café, for the diftance\of the center of gyration from the center §,will in this cafe be y——> —— And when r vegatics fo that the fectors are complete yar of the largereircle, than’ w=vE=R vi Pros. 6. Ler A.B be a beam’ uniformly thick, having its point of fufpenfion at any variable diftance from A, as.at S;and let)the beam be made to,vibrate with any given angular, velocity: it is required to. sod termine that power, which acting at the extremity B, would have the fame angular force as the whole. mats collected into, and aéting at, the center of percuffion. Let the length AB be v, AS=zp,. A and Cy a and the diftance of mat als the center of percuffion from S equal y: then by the-\géneral exprefiion — . allthe paz N BEM} J* torce of the Body’ ow if inftead of taking all the ad? in the whole beam, or fuppofing all the particles — colle€ted into the center of percuf- fion, we conceiye a. power p' acting at the extremity B fuch as multiplied by the fquare of its diftance 5 B,~ (v—«x), its force’ fhall be equal to all | the pd* inthe whole beam: then will ym THE EFFECTS OF MACHINES WHEN IN MOTION. 133 ¥ =iliiliae. and p= iecete x force bite theo 5 ‘that i is p= ee = x fluecH—x. o ah a ‘the mafs.» And by fubftituting the value ofy, we have Lp et guxax? 2 = ye —6-pes jx % by the mafs, a general expreffion ‘for the value of p for any beam of equal thickness, and whofe weight.is as'the iength. ‘ Cor. 1. Now when x vanifhes, p’=4' the mafs; fo that when the beam is fufpended at the extremity A, then the weight which applied at the diftance AB to an inflexible line vibrating with any given velocity, fo as to have the fame force as the mafs of the beam col- Jetted into its center of percuffion, and moving with ‘the fame angular velocity, fhall be equa one-third the weight of the beam. Cor. 2. IF x be taken tov in the ratio of 1 to#; then by fubftituting the value of x in the above ex- preffion, = eqs nx by the weight, when that weight 1s defined by v, its length; and the weight of ste ihorter end, unity. Or fuppofe the whole weight to be W, then Bean ex W.: and in this cafe the weight of the fhorter sae amu be defined by ~ ant that of the bias 53 by— Me id W be what it will. Cor. 3: When n—2 then p’=+W: but it muft be remembered that 7’ is the power, of the who beam, fince itis compared with the whole mafs colleéted into the center of percuflion ; and is therefore the p’ of both ends reduced to B, and hence in cafes where the two ends are equal, as in the prefent one, the 7’ of each -end is } of half the beam, which together are equal "fie W, the p’ of the whole beam. % Proz. 144 ON THE MAXIMUM OF MECHANIC POWERS, AND _ Pros. 7. Ler S be the center of rotation, and Iet . the beam be made to revolve horizontal guagh ny given angular velocity: it is required to determine ‘the p’ of the whole beam attingatB. = ‘Tue notation being the fameas in the laft problem and w being the diftance of the center of gyration 2_all the pd* pd? ‘ye from S, then w'= the body the beam? therefore we have PS 2 : z f P P=—X the beam, a eX the weight of the beam the fame as in the laft problem. Hence in this cafe, if x be to v as 1 to 2, then eae eae x W, and when the two ends become equal, fo that the cénter of rotation coincides with the center of gravity, then the beam may revolve either vertically or hort- zontally, and the p of both ends together will be > the weight. RS Wie ee Nae oe pe te Cor. 1. Oruer forms may be derived for the value of p', if the two arms be called dand 4, and their weights ¢ and d refpettively.. F or by the general ex- pa? pla , preflions y=jrerer me bean’ 204 W'S ham Now. by the firft of thefe, if p’ be the power of the whole ‘beam aéting at B, we have 9’ =X 'the force of the $3+-23 ; ocd 1% : Sill wt, beam = 5b 308? Xc+d; and by the fecond, p=ax ; 33 3 ——e 1S ).F0. 3113 4a BB. ug the beam = ap Kea 2.20 both cales = the weight of the beam. Now when a=d, /’ =‘ or 3 the weight ; and if amo, p'=3 the weight alfo. — Cor. 2. Ir further appears, that in all cafes of an ofcillating. motion of the beam, the p’ is defined by multiplying the diftance of the center of pereuffion from the center of fufpentfion, by the mafs or weight, and dividing by the /guare of the diftance at which p’ is to aét: dnd that in all cafes of a gyrating motion of the beam, the /’ is defined by «mul- tiplying the fquare of peeniriey of the center of gyra- tion from the center of rotation, by the mafs or weight, and dividing by the /quare of the diftance at which p is to THE EFFECTS OF MACHINES WHEN IN MOTION. 145 act. Hence it follows in both cafes, that if the p’ of the same beam or body, be reduced to different diftances, its value will be inversely as the squares of these distances. Pros. 8. Let A be the area of the circle whofe diameter is unity, and 7 = the radius of the circular plane ABC: and let p represent the periphery of a circle, or a ring into which we will conceive as many particles collected, as, with any angular ve- locity, shall have the same force, as the mass of the circular plane, (or solid wheel of the same diameter, and uniformly thick, ) collected into a.circle, whose radius is the distance of the center of g gyration from the center C, moving with the same angular ve- locity: the value of D is required. Now it is evident from the nature of the problem, that pr’ will be equal to all the pa* in ABC. And since 4A?” is the area of ABC, we have w 7 —andp=w* X4A=2A7” by babetiegitin g the value of w”* which value is equal half the mass of ABC, whether it be a circular plane or solid wheel. A B Now this power p’ may be either a ring, as is here conceived, ora weight equal to that of the ring, di- vided into two equal parts, each acting at the ex- tremity of a lever, revolving on its center, and whose length is equal to the diameter of the ring and in the same manner we may conceive the p’ ‘In problem 7 to be resolved into a ring of equal wenget whose diameter is gu AB. icine | Vou. ¥I. K Prop. 9. 146 ON THE MAXIMUM OF MECHANIC POWERS, AND Pros. 9. Lez it be rea uired to determine the p’ of the whole beam AB in Prob. 3, acting at A, while the beam revolves hor izontally on the center S. THEN p= =X theweight = eres W. Now in this aa gaye a vanishes, then p’ becomes 24 3d? wre mee when d vanishes, and D coincides with S, in which case v becomes equal AS, and AD and DB become two beams revolving on one end each ; then the p’ of both the beams together is | equal 2 & W, where W is the weight of both the beams ; and therefore the p’ of each, acting at the extremity A or B, is 3 its own weight, the same as in Prob. 6, Cor. 1. Pros. 9. Ler the annulus in Prob. 5 be pro- posed, to determine the p’ of the whole, acting at the distance S.A, any where in the circumference. THEN since w” is equal ——— r where R= yar and r=saweshall have p = = -X the body) x X R74 — 417: {xn = xt the weight of the annulus: R® — 7 2 we wae and when ey so that the interior circle may va- nish, and ABC become an entire circle or solid wheel, then p’ = the mass, the same as in Prob. 8. circle whose diameter is ake 5 similar to the se Pa Bi, Cor. Ir A represent the area ofa sector of oe AS or asin Cor. of Prob. 8; then the p’ of the parts Aa and BC together, will be equal + a wa 2 AR*—2Ar* = ——~*s the mass of the two parts together. as - Pros. 10. Ler Aa, dB, cC, bea solid 1 ring, hay- ing a solid beam whose center is the center ‘of the annulus, as in the next figawre; it-is required to de- termine the p’ of the whole acting at B. oa LY. 1“ THE EFFECTS OF MACHINES WHEN IN MOTION. 147 Ler W’ express the weight or mass of the annulus; and w that of the cross beam a J, which beam is of "equal thick- ness. Then the y of the beam at 6 is 4 w by Prob. 6, Aor. S$: which reduced to B, is ee by Cor. to Prob. me and the p’ of the ring is ——>x2z ha by the last Prob. Hence r7w p’ of the Srey Mare tee a ty = Cor. If W’ express the Ae ht of the two canis Aa, Bd, being parts of the annulus, whose center is | S, and if the weight of B the beam ab, whose center ~~ | seit ( is also S, be expressed by w, asbefore; then the p’ of the whole beam, and both ends together, will be R? ee x72 ee 3+ 4a Pros. 11. Wuen the two circular ends are braced to the beam aé by the braces cd, cd, on both sides of the beam: it is required to determine the p of the whole, acting at B, when moving on the center ». Let w’ and w repre- sent the weight of the two circular ends, and the beam ab, respectively, as in the last Prob. ; and let the length cd, be wv, and the weight of the two braces at one end, be w, , Now if s be supposed the center of rotation, then the case in Prob. 9 would apply. And because sc varies so little from se or Sa, in @ beam of considerable length, that any deviation from the truth which might arise from considering sc as r, would beso trifling as to render any turther K 2 investigation 148 ON THE MAXIMUM OF MECHANIC POWERS, AND investigation unnecessary. Supposing then sc= Sa; and call de=a, then sd=r—a very nearly. Then by Prob. 9, the p’ of the braces at one end is ~ we + 3. r—al?+6. ar—a* 307 +3. DF ee aa a aes ing k fore And therefore 2 kw 3u r—a\*+6. ar—a* will be the ve of all the braces at the sr Sd, then by Cor. 2 of Prob. 7. As R’*: :Q2kw: ae, the 7’ of all the braces shin ab to eh dititinee Re tag) Bete geate SB. Hence =— x zt Zeta expresses the p of the beam, circular ends and braces together, very nen xw, or equal kw’, by substitut- w Hei is obtained the value of p in the most useful cases that occur; and this p’ being the power, which acting at the extremity of the different fi- gures here enumerated, will give the same angular velocity, as their respective masses acting. at the center of percussion or gyration: it is therefore the masses themselves reduced to the distance from the center of motion, at which, if a weight be applied, to act as a power for overcoming a resistance, this p will be so much in addition to the mass to be moved by that weight, and must therefore be con- sidered in computing the effects of all machines after they acquire a velocity. The vse of these re- sults will appear in the following problems : _ Pros. 12. Ler AB be a beam of equal thigk- ness, whose weight call W, ' and whose center of motion C C,isinthecenterofthebeam. 4 Then if P be a given weight, . acting as a power to move the weight v; the value of Lr is required “when its mo- mentum is the greatest pos- sible. SINCE THE EFFECTS OF MACHINES WHEN IN MOTION. 149 Since W expresses the weight of the beam, 3 W will express the p’ of the whole beam acting at B. And since both ends are of equallength, P—z, will be the moving power, and P-+iW+e is the mass to be sa th with respect to angular velocity. Hence ornare is the accelerative, and is as the ve- locitys with which P will move after having over- come the resistance. But since AC=CB, this quan- tity is also the accelerative force of x, and therefore the momentum of x is cee which being a maxi- mum, its fluxion is equal nothing: hence Pi—2a% x P+iW +r—xr XPr—2’=0, from which, when 2 pw+18 pP?—w—3P — reduced, we have r = aj See _ Pros. 13.° Ler the arms of the beam AB be of unequal lengths, and let the whole beam be to the shorter end, both in length and weight, as 7 to unity. And let W express the weight of the whole beam. Then if P as a power be suspended at B, it is required to determine the weight 2; so that it may ascend, when overcome by P, with the greatest momentum possible. TueEn by Problem 6, Cor. 2, P pmemert fuvaccccr | the p of the whole beam is equal SaaeXW=s W, by putting (2) © “#3 and the weight of SFR b+3 the shorter end will be —, that of the longer —_. by the same Cor. Now the weight of the longer arm fiat: Ww being , its weight when reduced to B will be —I. Ww ; and by the same reasoning the weight of the. shorter-end AC, reduced to A, will be —: and as n—V (BC): 1 (AC): : pS AC zeduced.to B.. Again; as a—1; hive: = the weight of x reduced to B. Hence== +—~ ig that eee which if applied at B, would precisely balance the end AC, together w ith the weight 2. G4 3 Hence w === = the weight of I x 150 ON THE MAXIMUM OF MECHANIC POWERS, AND w x n—i.w . . Hence P + ota ate ae will be. the motive force or moving power. Then again, when the bo- dies are in motion, g W is the p of the whole beam acting at B: and —, the value of z when reduced to B, it follows that P+gw+— is the whole mass compared at B with respect to angular velocity. z—I.Ww 24 x is the accelerative force 2n 2nn—T n—T Hence PXgwt+,_y i at B ;—-or the accelerative force of P;—or of 2x re- ’ n—i.w w duced to B. Then as m—1:1: Ng Qn 2n.n—I- % ae eae cd pew t yoy x aot" 4 2th LSE the dectletatsve) fonte “ot u—I.P+a—Lgw+x i v suspended at A: which, by putting g for ach _— and ¢ for n—1. P+ 2-1. ¢ W, will Qn ' 3 2tt—T a— l.g—x be expressed by = —: and therefore the mo- u—I.t¢-+-n2—I.x : ee seemed! t a—L.gx—x*. — — 2 n=l t-u—i.x whose fluxion being equal to nothing, we have n—1l.gk-QeeXn—-lot bH=1. 7 ne], eRXM= td. ge-x =0, andr=Yt+n > iis g-t, a general expression, when the shorter end is unity, and the whole length of the beam, any whole number. When x is 2, so that the arms are equal, then a= — as in the last. tive force, or momentum of w will be Pros. 14. If the two arms be of any given length whatever, the shorter being expounded by a, and the longer by 6; and their weights by c and d re- spectively : then if P as in the former case be ap-- plied to act as a power at B; it is required to deter- mine the value of w in terms of a and 6, in case of @ maximum, Now THE EFFECTS OF MACHINES WHENIN MOTION. 151 Now by Problem 7, Cor. 243. x c+d will ex- press the p’ of the whole bead Fodcod to B. Hence P+ Sa XFS >> will express the mass when reduced to B, as to angular velocity. Then sine ‘ is the weight of the shorter end reduced to A; = is the weight which appee at B, would balance the shorter end: Therefore += applied at B; would sustain the shorter end, ci ether with the weight 2, in equilibrio. Hence P + +—*5— isthemoving d ac ax " — st ee power. And therefore - is the ac- 3ab*+ 363 Ket gree v" celerative force of P, or of x reduced to B, and is the accelerative force of & sus- a we ape + ox pended at A: which, by substituting q for a ae + wd ac a3 +43 —a*x Zp and ¢ for OP +a aa keta, becomes === oe b Hence “—** is the motive force, whose -fluxion be- tb+abx ing vin ae too, we have gbx—2arx Xtb+dvx—abrX gbx-a' x’ =0, ande«=- Ley Meiabid. -+. Now if a be unity, then r=? ates: t, the same as in the last Problem, when #-1 will be equal d. Note. IF in the accelerative force of P, g be sub- stituted for P oe eat and ¢ for P + ———. are c+d 3a then the saa cisiniiien a force of x is pri whe : Pee a: and its -, from whence rv = Lay Ft + tq- abgx— a> Ht+a i a r, and in the preceding problem, if g be put for P += “—, and ¢ for P+gW, in the acce- ~~ ann? lerative ‘force of P, and proceeding to find the ac- celerative forceof v, &c. thena=n=1./F -lg-n-l.t. momentum Ee Pros. 152ON THE MAXIMUM OF MECHANIC POWERS, AND _ Pros. 15. Ler ABC bea solid wheel of uniform thickness and density, revolv- — ing on its center S: and letits weight be W, and if P be a weight applied as a power, sus- pended to a line passing freely over the wheel, and to which line is fixed the weight x at the opposite end. The value of x is required, in case of a maximum. Since the weight and power are equally distant from the center of motion, P—. will be the moving power: and by Problem 8, 3 W isthe p of the wheel. Hence P+!W +12 is the mass to be moved, as to P—Xx angular velocity. Then will =——;; be the accelera- tive force and o— the motive force of x, whose w+x fluxion being equal to nothing, we have P*r+4PWx —2PWe—Wan—z" v=o andw=VW*+6 PW +s8P* —2P+W. Pros. 16. Let Aa, Bb, be two circular came, fixed to the beam a b, these ends being of equal thickness as well as the beam. Let the weight of both the former to- gether be W’, and that of the datter w: and let the beam move on its center 8.—Then if P be a given weight, acting as a power at B, it is requir ed to determine the ait x suspended at the other end under the circum- stances of a maximum. “el Now if SB=R and sb=r, then by Problem 10, the p of the beam and heads, reduced to B, will be hw! 2 ell ; mae ee where h='——- And since the beam and 72° THE EFFECTS OF MACHINES WHEN IN MOTION. 153° and heads are suspended in the common center of gravity, P—« will be the moving power, and P $+ tea the sum of all the mass after being P—x in motion. Hence P + —- pat — a be is the accelera- Px— x bw' tive, _s ee = @, bw' r2w += and by tak- ing its ANE equal nothing, ao Veen iy hi equal = nee patties ee att Pros. 17. To determine vx under the circum- stances of a maximum, when the two circular ends are braced to the main beam ad, by the braces 0; whose weight altogether is Ow. THEN, by Pr oblem il, the p of two of the vs at v*+3. 7—al?-+6.ar—a ar—a 24,3 one end, reduced to B, 18" a4 ole Ah icy 24-3. 7—al*-+6. ar—a* 30*-4-37-—-al?-+6er—ge anid wherese—a, Hub the p for all the braces ' R Friant , reduced to B, will be ==, and by the same problem +23+ A Qhre “Tue manner in which these islanders contract ‘* marriage, is remarkable. . Women there are not ef subject: to the common sexual. infirmities, and bear “« their children without any pain. When their time ‘* comes, they bring forth their children ig the streets, ‘‘and-there leave them. The children, though thus ‘* forsaken) by their parents, do net die: for. the ‘* passengers put the extremities of their fingers into “* the mouths of the infants,’ who from thence suck ‘* a most exquisite nectareous liquor, by which they ‘are refreshed and nourished. for seven’ days, in ‘‘ which time they become full grown. No-one ‘‘ then knows his own relations ; not only for the ‘< above-mentioned reason; but also because all the ‘inhabitants of the northern island are of thesame ‘‘ form and colour. Whenever therefore aman and ‘* woman struck with mutual love wish to contract ‘* marriage,’ they retire under the shade of a certain “* most: agreeable kind of a tree. If they. be not ‘* nearly related, this tree bends down its branches ‘‘ and leaves, covering them witha delightful bower, ‘‘ where they consummate their marriage: but if ‘‘ they be very nearly related, the tree neither bends ‘< down. its- branches nor leaves : and. they then ‘* knowing their consanguinity immediately abstain ‘‘trom any. farther connection. ‘These. islanders ‘are not amorous: for they never perform the con-_ frites rites more haa ten times: many abstain | ‘from cs y ee 66 46 “sé é¢ 46 66 < 4 LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 185 as them during their whole lives; and many, -after having performed them six or seven times, “ become, as if it were, perfect men and holy, who have overcome all their passions, and all the de- sires of their minds. For these reasons in this island no one weeps, no one grieves at the death of another: but as soon asa person dies, the body is deposited in a certain place, where very large “ birds, destined by fate for that purpose, carry “it away to another part of the island, and there de- ‘vour it. Although these islanders are thirteen cubits high, they are very handsome, especially the women, who excel in softness, suppleness, and elegance of limbs. ‘They are of a golden colour, of which, as we have said, the whole island par ti- cipates,, from its being opposite to the golden side of Mdienmo. ‘Turs northern island, besides, is of all others ‘the most agreeable. Tn it there. i is neither hot, nor cold, nde rainy season, nor is there any in- temperance in the air. . It contains no ferocious beasts, no serpents, nor poisonous insects, that infest the lifeof man. Its happy inhabitants re- quire no houses, but live their whole lives safe and tranquil in the open air. Every where it abounds with the most beautiful trees, of a golden colour, from whence hang, in profusion and va- riety, the most delicious tr uits, and the-sweetest scented flowers. The same trees pour forth most shining gums, which serve the natives for per- fumed ointments. . The whole island flows with streams of sandal-wood water, in which. the na- tives sportandswim. But although these northern islanders thus excel the others in happiness; they ‘ are mferior to those of the south in courtesy, pru- dence, and cunning.” Cunning among all the worshippers of BoupDHA is esteemed a ereat virtue ; and 1 much suspect, from the practise, that the doc-_ trine of the simple Pandits, as Sir W. Jones is pleased to call them, has not in this point tended to asmprove the morals of their Hindu converts. PF yy re os “J Fr / “SIL 186 | Ow THE RELIGION AND “* XIT. Tue northern, eastern, and western: ** islanders, after death, do not pass into the supe- “* yior habitations of the Nat, nor into the intérior “of the dpé or damned, as do the inhabitants of “* our southern island Zabudiba; but are constantly ** born anew, inhabitants of the same island to which ** they formerly belonged. And although this in *“ some respects be desirable, especially to the inha- “* bitants of the northern island 5 yet, whoever is en- “*dowed with reason and judgment, say the Burma ** dortors, would not wishto become an inhabitant . ** of the northern, in preference to the southern ** island: for it is in this last only thata person, by ** the merit of his good actions, can raise himself to ““the superior habitations of the Naé¢, or to that ** most perfect of ali states called Nieban. Hence ‘it is that, in the Burma scriptures, this southern “island is called the Ford of Nieban.” © XID. Arrer mankind, come the six tanks of ** Nat or genii, and their habitations, which are “ called:—1. Zadumaharit, 2. Tavateinza, 3. Jama, “4. Dussida, 5. Neinmanarati, 6. Paraneimmata- ““vassanti* ; besides these there are the Rupa and ** Arupa. The bon or habitations of the Nat are *“ thus disposed; in the plane commencing at the ““summit of Jugando, and thus extending from the ‘‘middle of Mienmo to the mountains Zetchiavala ** which surround this earth, is the habitation of the ‘first rank of Nat, called Zadumaharit. To this ‘“vank belong the sun, moon, planets, and stars, ** which, according to the Burma writings, are the *“ palaces of certain Nat called Zadumaharit. Be- ‘* ginning at the summit of Wienmo, and extending ‘‘ from thence in a plane to Zetchiavala, is the ha- ** bitation of the second rank of: Nat called Tava- “*teinza, Forty-two thousand jusana above the ** Tavateinza, isthe habitation of the Jama: andabove “that, always at the same distance of 42,000 juzana ** from each other, are the habitations of the other 635-58 aa i a eS ty ** three * Tue Brahmens, into these six abodes of the Nat, have introduced the’r Gods with their families, See Pavnini Mus, Borg. page 283. LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 187 ‘«three ranks of Nat. All these habitations are ‘* parallel planes extending to the perpendicular of *< Zetchiavala. Above the bons of the Nat are those *< of the sixteen Rupa, which are thus disposed :— ** Vive hundred and fifty-eight thousand juzana ‘< above the highest habitation of the Nat, are three ** habitations of Rupa, lying in the same plane, in ** the form of an equilateral triangle; each habita- ** tion being distant from the others 558,000 yusana: “‘the Rupa, that dwell here, are called the first ** Zian. At the same perpendicular distance of ** 558,000 juzana, are three other habitations of *< Rupa, in the same form and disposition; and the ** Rupa which occupy them, are called the second ** Zian. Ina like manner, 555,000 jezana above *‘ these, lie three other habitations, whose inhabi- *“tants are called:the third Zian, Above these also ** 558,000 juszana, lie, in the same plane, the two bon ‘© of the fourth Zan. The other five bon of the Rupa, “*are placed one above another, at the mutual “¢ distance of 558,000 juzana. And also, one above *remote. ‘The highest of these paths, and ‘* the most remote from us, is the path of the ele- ‘‘phant; the middle is the path of the ox: the ** Jowest is the path of the goat, because that animal ** delights in dry and warm places: when therefore **the sun is in the goat’s path, it produces great ** heat and dryness in the earth. Thus also, when “* the sun is in the higher path, we experience heavy *‘rain, and great cold; this path is therefore named ‘ after the elephant, an animal that frequents cool “and moist places. It is not supposed that the sun ‘‘ revolves through these paths according. to any ** general law: but his motion in them depends on *¢ the willof mankiad. When man acts with recti- ** tude, and observes the laws, the sun moves in the “middle path, which is highly salutary: but when ““he violates the laws, the sun moves either in the 3 — * upper LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 191 *< upper or lower path, with much injury: both’ to the “ produce of the earth, and the health of the peo- ‘« ple. The sun’s motion is quicker than that of the “* moon; for when he movesin the road next _Wienmo, “* he advances daily 1,000,000 jusana; when in the ‘‘ middle road, 2,000,000; and when in the outer, <* 3,000,000 yuzana. On account of this diurnal ‘* yevolution of the sun, when in the southern island ** Zabudiba it is mid-day, then in the northern it is ‘‘ mid-night, in the eastern island the sun sets, and ‘im the western it rises. iM | ‘‘ ALTHOUGH the sun, moon, and stars, appear to ‘‘ our eyes round, yet, say the Burmas, we are by ‘*no means to believe them spheres: for they are ‘‘ tapering, and appear round to us, in the same ‘* manner as does the light of a candle when viewed ‘‘ from a distance; and this the Burma doctors ‘*think confirmed by an example related in their ‘* books:—Formerly a prince of the Nat desired te ‘‘ see and converse with a certain great king of this ‘‘island Zabudiba, who by his many virtues had be- ‘‘come highly celebrated. For this purpose the ** prince sent his chaniot, with many Nat attendants, “* to conduct the king to his presence. The chariot - “* appeared to mankind in the beginning of the ““ evening along with the moon then rising in the ‘Horizon, and was supposed by every one to be *‘ another moon, till it came near to the palace of ** the king.” | | ““XVI. Brrore we finish our account of the ‘** Burma astronomy, some other circumstances, re- ‘‘ lating to this science, and to meteorology, may ** be mentioned. _ “Tr has been already stated, that the Burma ‘¢ writings-admit of an eighth planet, named Rahu, ‘“* which gives no light, and on this account is not “* visible to mankind. The form of Raku is thus *“described. His stature is' 48,000 juzana: the §* breadth of his breast 12,000, of his head 900, of “his forehead, his nostri!s and mouth 300, the “* thickness of his fingers 50 juzana; of his feet and 3 “* hands 192 Ow THE RELIGION AND ‘< hands 200. When this monstrous and foul planet, ‘who like the others is a Nat, is inflamed with ‘‘envy at the brightness of the sun or moon, he ‘* descends into their path, and devours, or rather ‘* takes them into his mouth: but he is soon obliged ‘*to spit them out, for if he retained them long, ‘*they would burst his head by the constant ten- ** dency which they have to pursue their course. *¢ At other times he covers them with his chin, or ‘*licks them with his immense tongue. In this ‘« manner the Burma writings explain eclipses of the ‘“ sun and moon, both total and partial, making the ‘‘ duration of the eclipse depend on the time that _ ‘¢ Rahu retains the planet in his mouth, or under ‘‘his chin. The Raha@ns say, that every three years ** Rahu attacks the sun, and every half year the ‘‘moon. ‘These eclipses however are not always ‘* visible to the inhabitants of this southern island; ‘« but although they may be invisible here, they are ** not so to the inhabitants of the other islands, ac- ‘* cording as the sun and moon may be opposite to ** them at the time of the eclipse. # 4 “* Tue physical cause of the phases of the moon, -“ assioned in the Burma writings, is this: When “‘ the moon is in conjunction, she can give no light, ‘< because the sun is perpendicularly over her: in ““the same manner as a house at noon gives no ‘“ shadow*: but asthe moon recedes daily from the “sun 100,000 juzana, that part of it which is freed ‘“from the disk of the sun, gives light; and this ‘light increases daily, as. the two luminaries get at ** a greater distance; in the same manner as a house ‘© produces a larger and larger shadow, in propor- ** tion as the sun advances to the west. . ‘« Recative to the heat and cold which we experience at different seasons of the year, “the DBurmas say, that from the vernal equi- ‘““nox to autumn, the sun is always tending ‘*.to the north, whilst at the same time the moon oe ) tc * Tur Burma doctors say so, as living within the tropic. LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. igz «* inclines to the fouth. The feafon is then hot, be-’ *¢ caufe of the prevalence of the fun’s rays, which are’ “ by nature hot. On the contrary, from the autum-’ * nal equinox to the vernal, the fun inclining to the’ ** fouth, and the moon to the north, we experience’ * cold, from the predominancy of the moon’s rays,’ *¢ which are by nature cold. ** For the produétion of rain, feven caufes are *¢ chiefly afligned; part of which are phyfical, and “ part moral. ft, The power Naga, or of ferpents, “a kind of Nai*. 2d, The power Galoun, or of: ‘¢ certain large birds, which alfo are a kind of Natt. ** 3d, The power Sz//a, or fidelity in contraés and ** promifes. 4th, The power Sz/a, or obedience to “ the law. _ 5th, The power of religious ment. 6th, “* The condenfation of the clouds. 7th, A certain «* kind of Nat, who prefide over fhowers, and who “ occafion rain, whenever they go out from their * houfes to fport in the air. In fome of the Burma ‘¢ writings itis faid, that when the fun is in the path “ of the goat, thefe Nat do not chufe to leave their ** houfes on account of the great heat, whence there “* is then no rain. For this reafon, the inhabitants of “ the Burma empire, in times of drought, are wont * to aflemble in great numbers, with drums and a “* long cable. Dividing themfelves into two parties, * with a vait fhouting and noife, they drag the cable “* contrary ways, the one party endeavouring to get “* the better of the other: and they think, by this VOL. VI. O means, * Page 188 of this Volume. + Ibid. + A certain Burma king, who refided at Arammattana or Pougan, is faid to have been {0 virtuous, that he could caufe rain whenever he pleafed: and that in fuch quantities, as to enable him to tranfport his fleet wherever his occafions required. This ftory was gravely told us at that city, and was faid to be authenticated in the beft hiflories of the Arammattana race of princes. This fame king was fuch a favourite with Gopama, that twice during his reign gold fell from the heavens, and covered all the fterile plain of Powgan. From the immenfe number of temples and religious buildings on that plain, there is no doubt, but that fome king of Arammattanq mutt have been very fuperftitious: and we may fuppofe, that ‘the hiltory of his reign was, written by the cletgy,. who feldom fail to give a good report of their benefactors. * i ig4 ON THE RELIGION AND ‘< means, to invite the Nat to come out from their * houfes, and to fport in the air. The thunder and ‘* jightning, which frequently precede rain, are the ‘* clafhing and fhining of the arms of thefe Nat, who *¢ fometimes fport in mock-battles: As the Burma ** writings acknowledge Nat prefiding over rain, fo ** they alfo (like the ancient heathen) believe in others 66 governing the winds and the clouds.” So far the mifionary, on the aftronomical and thy- fical ideas of the Burma doétors; ideas which, I doubt not, were brought from Hinduftan, along with their religion and laws. Such therefore, probably, was the aftronomical do€irine, taught in that country, be- fore the introdu€tion of Brahmenical {cience, which by all accounts, however deeply involved in fable, is much more perfeét. I do not conceive it to have been the invention of Gopama, or of thofe who in his name propagated a new religion, but to have been the common dottrine prevailing in Hinduflan at the time: for the Raéhans feem to confine their ftudies almoft entirely to theological, hiftorical, moral, and politi- cal fubjeéts. From the ufe of the fame figns of the zodiac, there can be little doubt of their having de- rived at leaft that part of their aftronomical knowledge from the Chaldeans ; whofe fcience may have in fome degree reached India, nearly about the time of Go- pAMa, through the conqueft of the Perfiens under Darivs. But I do not think it likely, that all the knowledge which the Hindus poffefled in the time of Bouppna Ag was derived from Badylon.* It is true, that the Perfians fhortly previous to this, as we learn from our beft guide Heropotus, were an extremely. rade and ignorant nation: f and we have very proba-. ble grounds given us by Sir Wiritram fones for be- heving that the Perfians proper were of the fame na-_ tion with the Hindus. It might therefore be con- AD on cluded, * See page of this volume. + I {peak of the Perfians properly fo called, the inhabitants of Parfifian, who under Cyrus er the frit great Perfian monarchy. LIFERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 195 cluded, that in the fixth century before the birth of Curist, the whole Hindu race were equally ignorant with their Perfian brethren. Such reafoning would, however, I conceive, be inconclufive. Why might not the Hindus of Matura or Cafhmere be as much fu- perior to their countrymen of Perfia, as the Arabs of Nineveh or of Babylon were to the wanderers of the defert? But even allowing the Hindus to have been incapable of inventing {cience, might they not have received inftru@tion from the eaft, as well as from the weft? Their eaftern neighbours, at this time, had made very confiderable progrefs; fuch, indeed, as en- abled them, about this period, to produce SO adeeas cius. But that the Hindus were themfelves capable of obfervation, fo as to make advances in fcience, their undoubted invention of cyphers, in arithmetic, is a clear proof. | During our flay at Amarapura, befides the alma: nacs, which were probably conftru€ted by Brahmens, 1 alfo faw feveral treatifes, faid to be on aftronomical fubjeéts. Jouannes Moses, Akunwun of Haynthawade, gave Captain Symes a delineation of the fixty-eight Burma conftellations, with a fhort explanation in’ the Burma language. I have here given a copy of the delineations, and a tranflation of the written part, which, for the benefit of thofe who with to know the ftru€ture of the language, I have made verbal, follow- ing exactly the arrangement of the words in the ori- ginal. In explaining thefe conftellations, it is to be obferved, that to each a fanciful figure is annexed, in the fame manner as our conftellations are delineated on globes or maps. This figure is called the Thadan, or picture of the conftellation; and the name of ‘the objet reprefented by the piéture, is often the fame with that of the conftellation: but, more commonly, the names are quite diftinét, and that applied to the conttellation is either arbitrary, or a Pale word, with which language my inte erpreter was not acquainte od. In the written account, there is, in fome cates, a diffe- 8) Tie rence 496 - ON THE RELIGION AND rence from the drawings, both in the figure, and in the number of ftars: but I have, in both cafes, fol: lowed the originals, not knowing which is right. Some of the figures, refembling a rofe, feem to reprefent planets, and are faid to prefide over fome day of the week, or fome time of the day. To the other figures are in general annexed certain cities, or countries: and the Burmas fuppofe, that, when a conftellation appears bright, its dependant country ts fruitful and happy: and that the contrary is indicated by the con- ftellation appearing dim. Of many of thefe countries I have never heard, nor could I obtaimany informa- tion concerning their fituation: but feveral of them are in the Burma empire, or in its vicinity. Unfortu- nately, the copy of the Afiatick Refearches, which I confulted, had not the figures of the Brahmenical con- ftellations, to which Sir Wixxi1am Jones refers, fo that I can make no comparifon but by the name, TRANSLATION OF THE WRITTEN ACCOUNT OF THE BURMA CONSTELLATIONS. 1. * Of Sunday the Star.” sue 2. % The Pyain conftellation five circles has, of ** Thoukkada country the conftellation.”. Pyain is the {mall fpecies of white heron, common it India, and called, by the Englifh there, paddy- bird. The circles means ftars, as they are fo re- prefented in the delineations, a cuftom evidently introduced from China. Thoukhada is a govern- ment and city in Stam, named by M. Lovuzere: Socotar. 3. * Rewade an alligator’s figure has, Kutheznnaroun * country, and nine circles it has.” This is evi- dently the fame name with the ‘Révati of Sir WittramM Jonss, which has thirty-two ftars. Rewade fignifies large water. From the letters with which Kutheinnaroun are written, it is evi- dently a Pal: or Sanfcrit word, and is probably — fome place in. Bengal, 4. ** Ultara- Aswalic Researches Vol 6page 190 2 fee & \ SI G09" wn O o) O@e ot ( Nye \@) 96T abvido JOY SOYMBIOYAYOUFE LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 197 4. * Uttara-parabaik a cow's figure has, and two cir- ‘cles, and the Kappelawut country.” Several conftellations in the lift of Sir Witu AM JONES begin with Uttara. gu? Pyouppa -parabaik of a cow the piéture has, and ** two circles, Patanago country it governs.” Paiagano is acity and government in the Burma. kingdom, oh the ealt fide of the Eyrawade, in latitude 19° 55° 6. * A couch is Sagata conftellation, four circles it ** has, and the sikathee country.” Kathee has been corrupted by us into Cuffay. It isan independent kingdom between Ava and Bengal. Its king re- fides at Munnypura. 7. * The Pyathat, of twenty-four circles, is of Kzeen s* country the conftellation.” Pyathat is a kind of {pire, permitted only to be ufed in buildings or boats dedicated to the perfonal ufe of ae of _ the king, and of the Zarado. 8. * The duck conttellation five circles has, Shan} is “its country.” From Shan our word Siam is corrupted; but the inhabitants of the kingdom of Stam make a {mall part only of thofe to whom the Burmas give the appellation of Szamme/e. g. ** The Kyabuayn aroo leaf is the Talain country “¢ conftellation, it has feven circles.” Talain is the Burma name for the original inhabitants of what we call the kingdom of Pegu. 10. * The horfe conftellation has eleven circles, Eu- rope is its country.” 31. * The morning conffellation one circle has, of ‘* Dunwun plant the fruit.” I do not know what plant is meant; perhaps it is the Trapa ? 12. * The table conftellation four circles has, of the “ Kiayn country the conftellation.” The Kiayn are a {imple innocent people inhabiting the moun- _ fains between Ava and Arakan. 13. ** Zain conftellation eleven circles has.” 14. Thattapefcia with a leopard’s picture four circles. has, . 15. * OF 21. 22. 23. 24. 28. ON THE RELIGION AND “Of Danatheidha the fifherman’s pi€iure four circles has. . & Tharawun conftellation a hermit’s pi€ture three circles has.” . “ Of Uttara the lion’s picture two circles has, ** Moranun country governing.” * The Pangiayn mountain conftellation four cir- “cles has, of Rakain country the conftellation.” Rakain is the proper name of Arakan. . % Tareindane conftellation four circles has, of ** Yoodaya country the conftellation.” Yoodaya is the Burma pronunciation of the ancient capital of the kingdom of Siam; and they in general call the Szammefe Yoodaya, in order to diftinguifh them from the other tribes of the great Shan race. ‘¢ A couch is Pagan conftellation with four cir- ‘‘ cles, of Sheth@k country the conftellation.” We had another couch No. 6. ‘The cloud conftellation has five circles, of “¢ Thulabe the conftellation.” | ‘The Shan country the elephant conftellation ‘¢ with fix circles has.” The Shan have another conftellation, fee No. 8. * The Brahmen conftellation of eight circles, “* Kaleungareet country governs.” Kaleingareet is the proper Burma appellation for Hinduftan.” * Of Pyouppathan the lion’s pitture two circles “ has, Mouttamma country it governs.” We had another lion No. 17. Mouitamma is the Burma name for Martaban. . * Of Mula the cat’s piétyre five circles has, Peen- ‘* zalareet is its country.” “ Of Sezita the goat's piture five circles has, “ Zedouitara is its country.’ . * Of Anurada the peacock’s picture has fifteen “* circles, and the Zedouttara country.” Anuradha, in the account of Sir Wiiriam Jones, is the {corpion. “© The fowl male of Peenza conftellation circles " fifty has, of Sawa country the conftellation. __ 29. ** The 29. 30. 31. 32. 33: 34: 85: 36. 37- 38. 39: 40. 41. 42. LITERATURE OF THE 8URMAS. 199 ‘© The fowl female of Vita conftellation eight cir- “ cles has, of Uzaung country the conftellation.” “* Of an alligator the -is the picture of Ut- * tara conftellation with eight circles, and the *¢ Tahu country.” Of the word a-me-kah-han, which follows alligator, I do not know the meaning. « The balance conftellation.” *“ The crab conitellation of ten circles has, Rafa- *¢ gyol country.’ *¢ The mountain conftellation four circles has.” ** Buchia the crab conftellation ten circles has.” Pu/fhya is the crab of Sir Witt1am Jones. Here we have two crabs, No. 32—34. “* The Brahmen’s Buchia has a boat’s pidure, and ** the Dagoun country.” Dagoun is the great tem- ple near Rangoun. ** OF Adara Daway is the country.” The pidture. is meant to reprefent a turtle. Daway is the country we call Tavay. ** Mecathe has of an antelope’s head the piéture, “three circles, and the Haynthawade country.” Haynthawade is the polite Burma name for the city and province of Pegu. ** OF Friday the Star.” ** Buchza conftellation has eight circles, and Yun ** country.” The Yun are the inhabitants of Saymmay or Chiamay. “* Zaduka conftellation four circles has, in' a pair ** of fetters, of Gzun country the conftellation.” { have never learned what country is meant by Giun. Itis always in the king’s titles mentioned along with the Yun, it is therefore probably con- tiguous, and may be the northern Laos, “ The crow conftellation | eleven circles has, and “¢ the Thayndua country.” Thaynduais the moft foutherly government in the prefent divifion of the Arakan kingdom. ** The Kyay {hip of twenty-eight ea + O 4 43. ** Hayntha, 205 43- 44- 45: 46. 47- 48. 49- 50. 51. 52. 53- ON THE RELIGION AND '° “* Hayntha, a conftellation of feven circles, be- *¢ longs to Radanapura.” Radanapura is the po- litename for old Ava. The Hayntha is that beau- tiful fpecies of Anas called by the Englifh in Bengal the Brahmney goofe. *¢ Of Rohane the {nake’s-head figure has ten cir- “cles.” Rohint of Sir Witt1am Jones. *¢ Kiatieka has a fowl’s piéture, and fix circies.” Critica of Sir Wir11aMm Jongs is the bull. “The names appear to be the fame. *¢ Pagan country is governed by the old cock's “ figure.” There are two cities called Pagan. The great Pagan on the weft fide of the junétion of the Kzayn-duayn and Ayrawade; the leffer Pagan lower down on the eaft fide of the Agra- wade. “© Of Athawane the horfe’s head piéture has fix *‘ circles, and the Rakain country.” Afwini, which feems to be the fame name, is; according to Sir Wiviiam Jones, the ram. Arakan has ano- ther conftellation No. 18. “ Pozoke a conftellation cf eight circles belongs “to the Talain country, like the Hayntha male ** and female.” The two rival nations of Pegu ‘and Ava have chofen a fimilar emblem, fee No. 43. The Talain have alfo another conftella- tion, No. ae Putthata conftellation feven circles has, of the * Raneezzee tree the fruit.” “ Aykatheitta a conttellation of four circles, of ** Kale country the conftellation, is like a ba- ** fon.” Kale is a Shan city near the Kiaynduayn, about 300 miles N. E. from Ava. “ Taroutiara con{tellation two circles has, and “* the Taroup country.” This is the Burma name for China. “ Of Uitarabaragounne the bullock’s piéture two *¢ circles has.” “* Of Wednefday the Star.” 54.“ Of Pyouppabaragounne the cow’s piéture dives “ circles has.” 55. * Matha. LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 201 5..‘* Matha has of a monkey the figure, four circles, 56. 57: 64: ‘¢ and the Baranathe country.’ © The balance conftellation four circles has. We had another balance No. 31. “¢ OF Athaletha the horfe’s-yard picture, four circles “has, and the Thattown country.” A/fle/ha, the fame name, according to Sir Witxiam Jongs, is the lion. Thatioun was a very large town between Pegu and Martaban. It is now in ruins. “© The flag is Pathatta conftellation, fix circles it s¢ has.” 2. . Eeffa conftellation fix circles has, of Momain ** country the conftellation.”’ us* Of Akap, a conttellation of eight circles, Daway “is the country.” This is afecond conftellation belonging to Tavay, fee No, 36. 7 . Of Thanliek, a conttellation of three circles, “¢ Kothambe is the country.” The figure is meant -to reprefent a fpear’s head. “6 Wethaga has of a buffaloe’s head the pi€ture, ad fourteen circles,” . OF Thuade a great fnake’s-head picture, ins *¢ three circles, and the Thayndua country.” Swati, the fame name, is, according to Sir W. Jones, the balance. Thayndua has alfo another con- {ftellation, fee No. 41. . * OF Zeittara the tiger’s pict ure, has one circle, “* and the Wethale country. . Hathadda of an elephant’s head the piéture has, “ Dhagnawade is its.country.” Hafta of Sir Wiiiiam Jones. Dhagnawade is the polite name for the caftle of Arakan. . * Kobiape conttellation with eleven circles has ,“ the Myamma country.” Myammais the name by which the Burmas diftinguifh themfelves, “ A fowl’s foot is Ticverdahe, a conttellation * of four circles, of Laynzayn country the con- * {tellation.” 202 .GN THE RELIGION AND *¢ ftellation.” Laynzayn is the vulgar name for ** the capital of the fouthern Laos. 68. ** A boat's ladder is Tare:ddha, a conftellation of ** fix circles, of Kula country the conftellation.” Kula is the name commonly given to Europeans, but is applicable to all the weftern nations. Atoxe with the accounts of the ‘Burma ‘conftel- lations, Jouannes Moses gave Captain Symes two circular fchemes, which evidently relate chiefly’ to a lunar zodiac. Thefe fchemés Captain Symes oblig- ingly communicated to me, but wathoue any expla- nation, Tue ultimate divifion in the larger plan is into twenty-feven figns, reprefenting the diurnal motion of the moon in her orbit. I negle&ed to procure the Burma names for thefe figns; as I was tald, that they were all contained in the delineations of "the fixty- eight conftellations; and as I thought, from the dif- pofition of the ftars, that I fhould be able to find out what confiellations were meant: but fince I have had Jeifure’ to examine them, I find that Reece is by ne means the cafe. Tse next divifion, and which is to be feen in the outer circle of both plans, is into nine figns, each containing three of the former. The names for thefe are: 1, the horfe conftellation; 2, the Pyain con- ftellation; 2, the crow conftellation; 4, the Hayntha conftellation ; 5, the Kayn crab conttellation; 6, the balance conttellation; 7, the Zangiayn conftellation 8, Dana conftellation; g, the elephant conftellation, Thefe are to be feen in the delineation, and lift of the Burma ftars, Nos. 10; 2, 41, 43) 34, 56, 61, 15, 22. i Thefe JShasire fc ks Se Ya , + ’ t Vol 6 page 202, Ashe Rescarche ‘oe wo N : S NY S S a: S Publifned by I Sewell Ce Feb 41,1802, * LITERATURE ON THE BURMAS, 20% Tue inner divifion in both fchemes is into four. Thefe are named raung, the meaning of which word i do not know: the firft is named Banraung, the fecond Neue or filver raung, the third Shue or golden raung, and the fourth Mya-raung. Thefe, I cans ceive, reprefent the {paces of the zodiac pafled through by the moon in each of her four phafes. Turs lunar zodiac is alfo inufe among the Brahmens, and Sir Wixziiam Jonss has favoured us with a repre- fentation of it after their manner*, They have the divifions into 4, 9, and 27: and the. figures in the center are no doubt a reprefentation of Mienmo, and the furrounding iflands, with the princes of the Nat Zadumaharit fitting on mount Fugando: in one thing however there is a material difference. Sir W. Jones fays, that the nine figures reprefent the fun, moon, and planets, with the dragon’s head or afcending node, and tail or defcending node. It is true, that the Burmas believe in a planet, which performs the fame effe&t as the moon does when near her nodes at the time of a conjunction or oppolition, that is to fay, which produces an eclipfe: but the divifion into nine, in ufe among the Burmas, is evidently zodiacal. The divifions are not called Kay, which fignifies a planet: but they named Tara, or a collection of fixed ftars: and in both the written account, and in the delineation of the fixty-eight conftellations, there is an account of the number of ftars contained in each. Were we fure that thefe fchemes were mentioned in the writings of the Rahans, and not lately introduced into the Burma kingdom by the Brahmens, we might eafily account for ‘this difference. It would in that cafe be probable, when, in compliance with the prejudices of their new converts, the Brahmens adopted this lunar zodiac, that feeing no utility in the divifion into nine, and hav- ing a more juft notion of the planetary bodies, they filled up the places of thefe nine conftellations with the different parts of the folar fyftem. I make little doubt * Apatick Refearches, II, 291, et feq. 2G4 » ON -THE RELIGION AND doubt indeed, but that the Brahmens originally in- finuated themfelves into the courts of the Hindw princes as aftrologers, in the fame manner as we fee them now doing in the courts of the Indian princes beyond the Ganges. By degrees they alfo introduced their fuperftition, building it in part on.the doétrine previoufly exifting in the country, and at length firml eftablifhing their favourite and deftruétive fy {tem of caft. .- In the larger plan, between the four raung and the twenty-feven conftellations of the zodiac, we have a divifion into twelve, which, I fhould imagine, is meant to reprefent the fun’s motion through the zo- diac, during the twelve, lunations of which the Bur~ ma year comifts, At any rate, as has been men- tioned before, the Burmas are acquainted with a folar zodiac divided into twelve figns, and reprefented by figures the fame or analogous to ours. My friend SANGERMANO gave Captain Symesa filver bafon on which they wereembofled. He conceived, and I think juftly, that this zodiac had been communicated to the Burmas from Chaldea by the. intervention of -the Brahmens. And I find that in this conje€ture he is fupported by Sir W. Jongs*. Both however, I am afraid, will excite the indignation of the Brahmens, who, as the learned judge in another place alledges, have always been too proud to borrow fcience from any nation ignorant of the Vedas. Of their being fo proud as not to acknowledge their obligations, I make no doubt: but that they have borrowed from the Chaldeans, who were ignorant of the Vedas, Sir W. Jones himfelf has proved. Why then fhould he have oppofed the farcaftic fmiles of perplexed pandits to the reafoning of M. Monructot, when that learned man a!ledged that the Brahmens have derived aftronomical knowledge from the Greeks and Arabs ? The Chaldeans were certainly a branch of the Arab nation; and the expreffion of the Brahmens quoted by /* Afiatich Refearches, 11. go6. + Afatick Refearches, II. 303, 289, ~ LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 208 by him as proof, namely “ that no bafe creature can *¢ be lower than a Yavan or Greck™,” only expofes their miferable ignorance, and difgufting illiberality. “ XVII. Betow the habitation Zadumaharit,” fays | the miflionary copying from the Burma writings, © “are found many Nat who inhabit waters, woods, ** and mountains, in the fhape of large birds, dragons, *¢ and the like. The Burma writings however by no ** means alledge, that thefe beings enjoy the fame hap- %¢ pinefs, or the fame duration of life, as the Nat “ Zadumaharit. ‘Thefe circumftances vary, accord- ** ing to the nature of the aftions performed by thefe ** Nat, when in a human form. It is faid that the. ** king of the dragons faw the firft God, who appeared “in this worldt, and that he will fee the laft; or in “ other words, that the duration of his life will be ** nearly equal to'that of the world. It is alfo faid * of this king of the dragons, that he always fleeps *¢ at the foot of thofe mountains, from whence the “ river Caffe {prings; and that he only awakes on the ** appearance of a new God. That is, when any ~ *¢ being has arrived at fuch adegree of merit, as to “ deferve to be declared a God, he eats rice, which’ “has been boiled in a golden goblet; he then, in *¢ order to give the people a proof of his having ac- ‘© quired divinity, throws the goblet into the river * Caffe. The goblet fwims up again{t the ftream, till “¢ it arrives at the place where the king of the dragons “ fleeps. There it ftrikes againft the rock, and makes * a noife, fill the king awakes. There are alfo akind “of Nat, named Bommazo, who live longer than * thofe of Zadumaharit.” “XVIII. Asove Zadumaharit is the bon or habi- “ tation Tavateinza, which, as has been faid, is fituated s* onthe plane of Mzenmo’s fammit. The fupreme ruler “or emperor of this habitation has fubje& to him ‘thirty-two inferior: Nat princes. ‘The great city . Mahafudaffana, Lal * Afiatick Refearches, II, 306. 4 The Burmas believe: that in every world there arife four or five Gods, one after the other. 206 ON THE RELIGION AND “© Mahafudaffana, in which this emperor refides, has “a {quare form. The pavement, ftreets, and ways, ** are entirely covered with filver or gold. The gilded *¢ wall, which furrounds the city, is a perfeét fquare. ts Bach, of its fides vis,:in length 10,000 juzana, ip “height 150*, and in width one juzana and a half, “ The gates are forty juzana high, are covered with gold and filver, and adorned with precious ftones. ** Seven ditches, diftant one juzana from each other, “ furround the walls of the city: and a juzana beyond ** the laft ditch is a row of marble pillars, gilded and ** ftudded with jewels. At the farther diftance of a ** juzana and a half are feven rows of palm trees, loaded ** with gems, pearls, gold and filver. Every where are to be found lakes of the moft limpid water, where are kept gold and filver boats, into which the male and female Nat entering with their drums and mu- fical inftruments, and purfuing one another through ‘ thefe delightful lakes, now dance, then fing; fome- * times pluck the odorous flowers from the trees, which hang over them; and fometimes admire the beauty of the birds, which frequent the trees and * Jakes. Beyond the palms every where grows the abovementioned Padeza- byan, the trees on which, “in place of fruit, hang the cloathing and food of ** the Nat Twenty juzana to the north of this city is a f garden named Nanda, 100 juzana in length, and as ‘much in breadth. In its center is a lake of the ** fame name, and equally pleafant with thofe juft “now defcribed. In this garden chiefky grows that celebrated flower, which is as large as a chariot ““ wheel. The garden is named Nanda, which fig- ** nifies a crowd, becaufe the Nat frequent it in mul- titudes, in euler to pull the flower, and wear it in * their hair.” ‘“* To the eaft of the city, at the diftance alfo of twenty juzana, is another garden, equally large and *¢ pleafant ‘ o ae +4 ec 4&6 ei ies, that either the Latin copieft or 1 have added hefe a cypher too much. ow LITERATURE OF THE BURMASs 207 *¢ pleafant as the former. It is named’ Zev/talata*, “and in it grows that renowned twining plant, which * every thoufand years produces a moft exquifite “ fruit. In order to get this fruit the Nat affemble ‘¢ here in crowds for a hundred years before it ripens: * and for one whole year, fing. and dance, accom- ** panied by drums and other mufical inftruments. ** Having eat of that fruit, the Nat become inebria- * ted for four entire months.” “To the fouth and weft of this city are alfo two ** other gardens of the fame fize, and ornamented with *¢ Jakes, and beautiful trees. The garden to the fouth * is named Para/u, that to the weft Mi/fata.” “To the north-eaft of Mahafudaffana is a very large hall, extending every way 300 juzana. In *¢ circumference it. is goo juzana, and in height 450. ‘* From its roof hang golden bells: and its ftairs, *¢ wails, and pillars, every where fhine with gold and s¢ filver, intermixed with precious ftones. The pave- ‘¢ ment is of cryftal, and each row of pillars contain «6 100 columns, The road, which leads to this hall, ‘is twenty juzana long, and one broad; and from *¢ {pace to {pace are planted trees abounding with all ** kinds of fruits and flowers. When the great, em- ** peror wants to go to this hall, winds arife, which s¢ blow off all the leaves and flowers from the trees, ** and frefh ones ammediately fucceed. With thefe *« flowers, the Nat prefiding over the winds, adorn the ** whole road to the hall; and the flowers are fo «* abundant, that they reach up to the knees of the ** paffengers. In the middle of this hall ftands the “* great imperial throne, whofe plane extends a juzana ; **and over it is the white umbrellat.. No throne . fhines al on * Lata, Lota, or Lot, in the languace of the Hindus, fignifies ; a chinbing “plant. : + Different ranks in the Burma’ empire are diftinguifhed by their um- brellas. That of the king 1s white, with a deep fringe adorned with gold Jace and plates. Thofe ay the princes of the bloed are gilded, and without a fringe. Thofe of the four great miniflers of flate, called Wungyes, are oF | the fame fh: ape with the royal one; bur are red. Thole of the hereditary ~ 208 ' ON THE RELIGION AND *¢ fhines like this with gold,- pearls, and jewels. It is ** furrounded by the thirty-two thrones of the in- *¢ fertor Nat princes, and behind thefe fit the other *¢ Nat, each in his proper place. In this grand con- ** vention are alfo prefent the four chiefs of the Nat “© Zadumaharit. At the time in which the Nat thus ** crowd round the great emperor to do him honour, *‘ they touch their mufical inftruments, and fing me- * lodioufly. The four Zadumahari princes then call the Nai under their jurifdiétion, and fend them into this fouthern ifland Zadudiba, commanding them **to enquire diligently, if its inhabitants obferve the * holy days and laws, and exercife charity; or if, on * the contrary, they violate the laws, and negleé their ““ duty. At this command, quicker than the winds, “the Nat pafs through all the parts of this ifland; “‘ and having carefully noted, in a golden book, the “¢ good and bad actions of men, they immediately re- “turn to the hall, and deliver their writing into the “* hands of the four Zadumaharit princes, who pafs it ** tothe leffer princes Tavateinza, and thefe forward it, “till at length it reaches the great emperor. He, ** opening the book, reads aloud, and his voice, -if it ** be natural and even, is heard to the diftance of * twenty-two juzana: but if it be raifed, founds over ** the whole habitation Tavateznza. If the Nat hear ** that there are many men who obferve the law, ** pra€tife good works, and beftow alms, they ex- * claim, “* Oh! now the infernal regions will be ‘* empty, and our abode will be full of inhabitants.” ** If, on the contrary, there have been found few good ** men, “*O wretches, (fay they fmiling,) menand fools, ‘* who feafting for a fhort life, for a body four cubits *‘in length, and for a belly not larger than a fpan, “have heaped on themfelves fin, on account. of ‘which they muft be miferable in futurity.” i St. the * " wn s tal ‘ Lal . hereditary governors of provinces, or tributary princes, are yellow. Thofe of governors of royal provinces, called Myoowuns, are blue. Lower officers have black umbreilas, but fupported by very long fhafts. People who have no rank, ufe black umbrellas with fhafis of moderate length. LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 209, *s the greatemperor, that he may induce men to live vir- ‘‘ tuoufly, charitably, and juftly, {peaks thus: ‘Truly, “if men fulfilled the law, they would be fuch as I 66 66 66 (14 GG am.” After this he, with all his train, to the number of 36,000,000 of Nat, return to the city, in the midft of mufic. | In the center of this glorious city is built the palace of the emperor, of which the height is 500 guzana: but who can defcribe its beauty, ornaments, treafures, or the abundance of gold, filver, gems, and precious ftones, with which it fhines? Small ftand- ards, of gold and filver, are placed in every part. The chariot in which the great emperor is carried, extends 150 juzana, and in it are placed a great throne, and a white umbrella. This chariot is drawn by 2,000 horfes, before whom is the great ftandard, * 150 juzana high, which, when moved by the wind, yields a moft agreeable murmur.” “ Twenty juzana to the north-eaft of the great city is amoft celebrated tree, the facred image of the ha- bitation, which, like the facred trees of the four great iflands, lives for the duration of one world. Under this tree is a prodigious ftone, fixty juzana long, fifty broad, and fifteen high. It.is fmooth and foft like cotton, and under the feet of the great emperor is e- laftic, being deprefled when he ftands on it, and rifing again when he defcends, as if it were fenfible of the honored weight by which it is preffed. When the affairs of our fouthern ifland are profperous and quiet, the half of the emperor’s body finks into the ftone: but when a contrary ftate of affairs exifts, the ftone remains tenfe and rigid like adrum. This fa- cred tree is furrounded by fome of the kind called _Padeza-bayn, and by others producing both fruit and flowers. The road leading to this tree is twenty ju- zana long, and is every year frequented by the Nat reforting to the place. When the tree flowers, its ruddy f{plendour extends, all around, to the diftance _ of fifty juzana, and its moft agreeable odour is dif- fufed twice that length, When it has flowered, the VOL. VI. big ‘6 Recver 2i0 ON THE RELIGION AND , * ‘ keeper of the tree informs the emperor, who is im- ** mediately feized with a defire to fee it, and fays, if *¢ an elephant would now appear, it would be both a- ** sreeable and convenient. . No fooner has he {poken,. ‘¢ than the elephant appears: for here, as well as in all *¢ the other habitations of the Wat, there are no animals, «* fuch as in our earth; but whenever any Wat has ufe “¢ for an animal, a temporary one is immediately creat- ‘ed. This elephant has thirty-three heads, corref- ‘* ponding to the thirty-three Nat princes.- Every head “* has feven teeth, which are fifty juzana in length. In ** every tooth are feven lakes, in every lake feven ** flowering trees, on every tree feven flowers, i in every _ flower feven leaves, in every leaf feven thrones, in: “* every throne feven chambers, ineyery chamberfeyen “© beds, in every bed feven Naé dancing girls. . The ** head, on which fits the fupreme emperor, is thirty ** juzana in bulk ; and is ten times larger than the other *¢ heads. On the large head is raifed a pavilion three ** juzana high, under which is fixed the ruby throne of ‘‘ the emperor. This elephant, called Eravum, ap- “6 proaches the. emperor, and after him the thirty-two “« princes mount. After the elephant the other Wat» ** follow, cach in his couch of ftate. Having come to “ the facred tree to colle@ the flowers, this vat mul- * titude difmount; and the emperor being feated on ** the ftone, the whole fitdown, each in his proper place, ** and begin to celebrate the feitival, which continues - *« for four months. They then gather the flowers, to ** do which they have no need to afcend the tree: for ‘© the Nat of the winds fhake it, and make the flowers - “* fall; and left the beauty of the flowers fhould be is fpoiled, the winds jupport them, nor permit them to ** touch the ground. ‘The whole bodies of the Naé are. then covered with the odorous duft coming from the *¢ framens of the ilowers. “ Tue fiature of thefe Nat is three gauk: and the c du- * ration of their lives four times that of the Wat Zadu- * maharit, or thirty-fix millions of our years. The 66 Nat a - ei LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 214 © Nat of this habitation, like thofe of the higher kinds, © donot require the light of the fun or moon, the light *¢ of their own bodies being fufficient: for they fhine “¢ like fo many funs or ftars.” ‘© XIX. Ithas been mentioned *, that the mountain *¢ Muenmo is fuftained by three feet of carbunclet. “¢ Now the fpace that lies between thefe is the habitation “ of a kind of Nat named A/fura. Although thefe Nat inhabit a different abode, yet are they exaétly of the ‘¢ fame kind with the Tavateinza: for they were driven “¢ by guile from that habitation, which formerly they *¢ occupied. The manner in which this happened, is re- *¢ Jated as follows in the Burma writings. Gopama, be- ** forehe becamea god, when he wasin the flate of aman “ in Zabudiba, with thirty-two other men of the fame *¢ village, by the good work of repairing the high ways, *“« and by other virtuous actions, deferved after death * to become Nat Tavateinza, On their arrival the an- cient inhabitants of that happy abode, in fign of their “* joy, and with flowers in their hands, defcended half *¢ way down Mzenmo, in order to welcome their future ** companions. Gopama, who then was called Macat, ** began to contrive, how he might drive thefe Nat *¢ from their ancient poffeffions. He and his compa- “* nions accordingly pretended to have drank wine: but what they drank, was not true wine. The former Nat Tavateinza, imitating the example of thefe men, drank real wine, and became intoxicated. Then “¢ Maca making a fignal to his companions, they drag- *¢ ged the Nat, while infenfible with wine, by the heels, *¢ and caft them out of the abode Tavateinza. But as the lot, acquired by the merit of the good aétions of thefe Nat, was not expired, a habitation formed it-. P 2 “ felf n 6 nan no non 6 La) an no w 4 6 n v wn no wn 4 ¢ “- & * Page 176 of this Volume. + In place of faying that Meru is fupported by three feet, the Brahmene _alledge, that it is placed on the back of a-prodigious tortoife. ~ Gonvama is faid by the Brahmens to be the fon of Maca or Maja. 212 ON THE RELIGION AND Ge ee 6c i74 “6 ee i714 ee 66 re 66 felf for them between the feet of Mzenmo; and this habitation is called A/fura bon, which in every thing, except its facred tree, refembles that called Tavatein- za*. In Affura bon there is alfo a tree, under which there are four immenfe ftones, each of them 300 ju- zana {quare. On thefe rocks fit the four A/fura princes, when they determine fuits, and adminifter juftice to their fubjeéts. Among thefe princes, in the length of time, one has obtained fupreme domi- nion, and has become emperor of all the Nat dwell- ing in this habitation ft. ** Besipes this injury, the 4/fura have received an- other from the new inhabitants of Tavateinza: for the great emperor ravifhed a daughter of the A/fura prince. Mindful of thefe injuries, the A/fura Nat vowed perpetual war againft the inhabitants of Ta- vateenza. When they ufed to fee their facred tree producing flowers different from thofe of their for- mer abode, breathing revenge, they were wont to af- cend Mienmo, and to take prifoners the giants, dra- gons, vultures, and other fimilar Nad, retained by the Tavateinza emperor as a guard for his frontiers. On the report of this, the emperor mounting his elephant 150 juzana high, ufed to call to his affiftance the Nat ‘ of the fun, moon, and ftars, and thofe of the winds and clouds. He then created new forms of Naf, and of thefe raifed an army without the walls of the great city. But the A//ura prevailing, forced him to retire within the walls. The rage of the A/fura was then wont to abate; and the emperor having colleéted his forces, ufed to drive them from his walls, and to pur- fue e * We have here the moft abominable cunning of Gopama related as a laudable aétion: for, as I obferv ed before, among his followers, cunning is looked upon as a virtue. (Page 185). + The Burma monarchs, i in their cities, courts, and manners, imitate as much as poflible, thofe defcribed as belonging to the Nat princes; and of courfe maft greatly refemble the ancient princes of weftern India; from whom undoubtedly thefe defcriptions have been borrowed; and probably as much refemble the originals, as the defcription in the Axalitin Nights Enter- tainments do the courts of Mohamedan kings. ce 66 66 74 66 66 66 ' 66 a4 i749 66 66 LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 213 fue them in their flight. The Affura having failed, touched a drum made of the claws of Cancer, and then retired to their own abode. In thefe battles no one was killed: the Nat only tore one another. Now, however, the A/fura remain quiet at home: nor do they any more engage in warlike enterprizes*. * Accorpine to what Gopama taught, whoever honours his parents +, and old age; whoever refpeés the three excellent things, namely, God, the law, and the Réhans; whoever abhors wrangling, and difputes; © whoever is charitable, particularly to the Réhans: all fuch perfons fhall after death tranf{migrate into Tavateinza.” ' @ XX. Concernine the happinefs enjoyed in the (14 66 6s (a4 (a4 66 66 74 (14 66 66 6¢ 66 6G 66 higher abodes of Nat, and by the Rupa, and Arupa, the Burma writings are filent: they only in general ftate, that the happinefs of each habitation is double of that in the one immediately below. It is alfo ftated, that the lives of the inhabitants of each bon, endure four times as long as thofe of the next infe- riour {fpecies. According to this ratio, the duration of the life of all the beings above Tavateinza in- creafes: fo that the higheft rank of Nat, called Para- nerminatavaffants live 576 millions of years. The prince of thefe Nat, whofe name is MANNATMEN, has dominion over all the Nai of the other inferiour habitations, and declares war againft any new god on his firft appearance. All his fubjeéts being drawn out in battle array, occupy a fquare of eighteen gil JUZana : * Thefe Nat are evidently the Affura Loka, or demons of the Brahmens, who place them at the fouth pole, while the north is occupied by the Devas or Deities, + Filial refpeé feems to be almoft equally ftrong among the Burmas as among the Chinefe. No Burma is permitted to fit on a feat equally honour- able with that of his father: if the father is on a chair, he muft fit on the * ground; if the father is on the ground, the fon muft fit behind. The fon doesnot eat in. his father’s prefence, and rarely fpeaks, except to anfwer a queflion, 214 ON THE RELIGION AND 66 & suzana*: he himfelf being in the center, is ieee on an elephant 250 juzana high.” “¢ X XI. The Burma writings, as ‘icghoas faid, make no mention of the kind of happinefs enjoyed by the Rupa and Arupa; but if we may judge from the length of their lives, they muft be infinitely more happy than the Nat. OF the three habitations, which form the firft Zian, the firft Rupa live twenty-one Andrakat ; the fecond live thirty-one Andrakat ; and the third live one Affemchiekat. Of the three abodes in the fecond Zian, the Rupa of the firft live two Makakat; of the fecond, four Makakat; and of the third, eight. Again, of the abodes which are called the third Zan, the Rupa of the firft live fixteen Makakat ; of the fecond, thirty-two; and of the third, fixty-four Makakat. Of the two abodes forming the | fourth Zzan, the Rupa live 500 Makakat. Of thefe five remaining abodes of Rupa, which are placed perpendicularly above one another, the inhabitants of the firft live one thoufand, of the fecond two thou- fand, of the third four thoufand, of the fourth-eight thoufand, and of the fifth fixteen thoufand Makakat. Again, the life of the inhabitants of the loweft order * of Arupa lafts for 20,000 Makakat, of the fecond for 40,000, of the third for 60,000, and of the men for 84,000 Makakat. ‘¢ Tue happinefs and length of the lives sdibiniiare increafing in proportion as their habitations are higher, a greater and greater elevation will be pro- cured by perfons after death, in proportion as during life they have performed more good aétions, and_as they have pofleffed more vee sin beitowing charity.” “ XXII. Iam now to give an sopseutel ap the ae + of wretchednefs, of the punifhments inflicted on their - & inhabitants, * J fufpeét that there is an error in the number here fated. LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 215 ¢ inhabjtants, and of the duration of their exiftence. “¢ There are four ftates of Apé or mifery. 1. That of ** animals, whether they live in the ‘water, or on the ** earth, or whether they fly in the air: for, according sah 0) the Burma writings, the ftate of all animals in- *¢ ferior to man, Is a flate of mifery.. 2. That of the ¢¢ wretched beings called Preitta. 3. The ftate of ** thofe called Affurzghe. 4. The ftate of the inhabi- * tants of Niria, which may properly be tranflated * hell. Of thefe beings I fhall treat in order. * Tue Burma fcriptures mention nothing concern- ** ing the wretchednefs or length of life of animals. s* Some doftors however affert, that domeftic animals “follow the fortunes of mankind: and that, when * men live long, they do fo likewife. Thefe do€tors “ alfo fuppofe, that animals not domeftic have a fhort or along life, in proportion to the merit of their *¢ aétions in a former exiftence. It is however, fay * they, found by experience, that the elephant lives * fixty years, the horfe thirty, the ox twenty, and the * dog ten. By-.the fame doétors it is alledged, that “lice, and other fimilar infeéts, live feven days; and “they confirm this by a ftory related in their books. *¢ A certain prieft conceived a violent liking for a ‘* beautiful robe, which he preferved moft carefully “from being worn. It fo happened, that when this “ prieft died, he was immediately changed into a loufe, s¢ which took up its refidence in the favourite robe. “ According to cuftom, the other priefts divided a- “ mongft them the effets of the deceafed, and were ** about to cut up the robe, when the loufe, by his fre- *¢ quent going and coming, and by his extraordinary * seftures, flowed, that the divifion of the ‘robe “ would be by no means agreeable to his feelings. * The priefts being aftonifhed, confulted Gop. on . ‘¢ the occafion, who commanded, that they fhould *‘ delay for feven days their intended divilion, leaft “ the loufe fhould be enraged, and on that account - Py ** defcend 216 ON THE RELIGION AND ** defcend into a ftate of mifery yet more wrétchéd. ‘* Thofe men are changed into animals who do not ‘¢ refrain their tongues, or the inordinate motions of * their bodies or minds, and who negleét to beftow * alms.” * XXIII. Tue fecond miferable ftate of exiftence “+ is called Preztta, of which there are various kinds. ‘© Some Preiita are nourifhed on fpittle, excrement, §* and other foul fubftances, and dwell in public halls, “ cifterns, and fepulchres. Others, wandering about «in woods or deferts, half wafted by hunger and * nakednefs, pafs the whole duration of a world in ‘‘ howling and groans. Some by fiery whips are forced ** to plough the earth with red-hot iron. Some, who *¢ live on their own flefh, with their nails tear to pieces ** their own limbs. Others, who are a gaut in fize, ‘have a mouth no larger than the eye of a needle, “‘ hence are they tormented with perpetual hunger. ‘¢ Others are within on fire, fo that at times the flames ** even burft through their bodies. There is ftill ** another fpecies of Preztta, who by day enjoy the “* pleafures of the Nat, but by night are tormented *¢ as above. Thofe in a future life are changed into “* Pretita, who during this give no daily provifions ** to the priefts, who do not fupply them with cloath- **ing, who corrupt their manners, or who offer “* violence to their perfons, who give abufive language ** to the obfervers of the law, who are avaricious, &c.” “ XXIV. Tue third miferable fpecies of beings, $¢ called A/furighe, refide chiefly in the roots of certain ** mountains far remote from the habitations of men. ‘¢ Some of them however dwell in woods, and on the ** defert coafts of the fea. They are fubje& to punifh- ** ments nearly the fame with thofe of the Preztta. ** There is a kind of intermediate, fpecies, called * Affurighe-Prewtia. ‘Thefe beings have bodies three *< gaut in length, but as emaciated as a corpfe deprived ** of flefh and blood. Their eyes projeét fromthe fockets % like thofe of a crab: and their mouths are on the - ** crowns . n te 2 ee 2 ee a Oc an 4 8Y nae. ovo Un o nan fa nw ao fH # 4 no nr ff A OR OR a © 8 HH # ow “ a * 66 LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 217 crowns of their heads, and as {mall as the eye of a needle, fo that they are tormented with hunger. - Thofe are fubjeé to this punifhment, who in their quarrels ftrike with flicks, or deftruétive weapons. ‘“* Tue durationof thefe three Apé is not fixed, but de- pends on the lot of evil aétions, as the Burma doétors {peak. * If this lot be heavy, the mifery will con- tinue long: but if light, the unhappy beings ' will be the fooner relieved from punifhment :” that is to fay, according to the greater or le{s atrocity of the fins committed, the punifhment will be of longer or fhorter duration.” * XXV. Niria is the fourth miferable condition; and its habitation may be properly called the infer- nal regions. ‘Thefe are placed by the Burmas in the depths of this fouthern ifland Zabudiba, in the midft ‘ of the great rock Sila pathavy, and confift of eight great hells. Each great hell towards the four car- dinal points has four gates, leading to as many fmaller hells: fo that every great hell communicates with fixteen fmaller ones, and befides is furrounded to the right and left by 40,040 ftill fmaller. A fpace of 10,000 juzana fquare is occupied by each of the large hells, and its dependant {mall ones. ** BeroreE the gate of each great hell fit the judges, who condemn the guilty according to the weight of their lot of evil deeds. Thefe judges are feleéted from the Nat Affura: but their office does not pre- vent either them or their affiftants from enjoying the pleafures of their happy companions. Thefe judges have no occafion to examine into crimes of a very atrocious nature: the weight of thefe, fay the Rahans, finks the perpetrators at once into hell. Thefe Jmamen or judges then determine the punifh- ments for fmaller crimes. The worfhippers of Bouppua, when befiowing alms, or performing ** other 218 ON THE RELIGION AND a T4 6 6s “sc 66 “ec “cc a 73 éc 6c ce 14 73 +4 66 6 “o ww“ é “ & é ” é -~ 6 ry ‘sc a4 « 6c rT &s °T3 13 6s ‘ % 6 6 ‘ 6s “_ = other good aétions, commonly ufe the ceremony of pouring a little water on the ground, which is explained to be. emblematical of their wifhing to participate the merit of good works with other be- ings. Thofe criminals, who during life’performed this ceremony, the Jmamen will mildly raife up, will affuage their fears, and exempt from the torments of hell, unlefs they have been guilty of any great crimes. But tothofe who have negleéted this cere- mony, the Jmamen, with a horrible countenance, will declare, that they have done no good aétion; then the criminals, all trembling, will dare advance no excufe: but the demons will advance, and {natch them away to punifhment.” ‘Raab “© X XVI. Tue duration of thefe punifhments, as has been already faid, is not fixed and determined, but depends upon the lot of bad aétions. The Burma writings enumerate four of thefe lots: the ~~ firft they fay is heavy, the other three light. The evil deeds, which after death produce the heavy a lot, are chiefly five: 1, matricide; 2, parricide; 3,. rf “$e Sey flaying a Réhan; 4, ftrikinga’ God; (thus Dev. rep pat, the name by which the Réhans know’ Jesus, Dp * . ia incurred the heavy lot by throwing a ftone at Go- DAMA;) 5, exciting diffentions among the’ Réhans. — Thofe who have been guilty of fuch crimes, for the whole duration of a world, fuffer, in one of the great hells, the punifhment of fire, and other cruel torments. This lot is called heavy, and the firft, becaufe thofe who die under its-weight, enjoy no benefit from the good aétions they may’ have per- formed; at leaft, till the whole time of their punifh- ment has expired. But even more fevere than this is the lot of thofe called Deittz, or thofe impious perfons who have difcredited the evidences of Go- pama, or of fome former God: who, contrary to the exprefs doétrine of all Gods, deny Nieban, and the tranfmigration of men into animals, or into’ fu- perior beings, according to the merit of their a€tions ; | “ who LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 21g who teach, that there is no merit in beftowing alms, or in performing the good works commanded by Gop; or who adore the Nai prefiding over the woods and mountains. All fuch perfons, if they obftinately perfiit in their infidelity, and irreligon, will be tormented, not for the duration of one world, + but to all eternity. After the world is deftroyed, they will pafs to other places, or be eternally pu- nifhed in the air. Butif obftinacy be not added to their crimes, the punifhment will ceafe at the end of the world. “ Or thofe lots which are not heavy, the firft is that which receives a reward or punifhment after death; and fuch crimes are punifhed in one of the great hells, according to their greater or lefs atro- city.* After this comes the lot of habitual fins; and though thefe fins be not atrocious, yet if they ‘have become habitual, they occafion a lot, which induces a punifhment in one of the feven great hells; but not in that named the great Avirz. The fourth lot arifes from wicked defires, and is not punifhed in any of the great hells, but in fome of the fur- rounding {mall ones.” ; s* X XVII. Berorze we mention the punifhments which the damned fuffer, it muft be premifed, that of the eight great hells, four are called Avirz or hot, and four Logantret or cold hells: becaufe in thefe’ laft the damned fuffer intenfe cold. The infernal days and years alfo differ from thofe on earth: for every day in the great hells is equal to a thoufand terreftrial years; whilft in fome of the fmall hells it equals 600 years, in others 700, and in others 800.” s* aff. Tuose who are irafcible, or cruel, quarrel- ** Jous, * Tue original here is very obfcure. I have tranflated it, as nearly as I could, word for word: but I am not fatisfied about the meaning. Per- haps it is, that fuch crimes induce this lot, as are ofa nature not to require the determination of the Imamen; and fuch, as that their oppofite virtues Jead to immediate high rewards ? 220 ON THE RELIGION AND ** lous, or drunken, who are difhoneftin deed, word, *- or thought, or who are lafcivious, will, after death, <¢ in the great hell Seznz: be torn to pieces with glow- * ing hot irons, and then expofed to intenfe cold: ® after a time their limbs will again unite, and again ‘¢ will they be torn afunder, and expofed to the cold: “¢ and this alteration of mifery will endure for 500 in- ‘© fernal years. : a “© edly. Tuosz who either by aétion or ‘fpeech ridi- *¢ cule their proper parents, or magiftrates, or Réhdns, *- or old men, or the ftudious of the law; thofe who *¢ with nets or fnares entrap fifh, or other animals; all thofe will be punifhed in the great hell Chalafot ** for 1,000 infernal years: on a bed of fire they will be extended, and like fo many trunks of trees with *¢ burning iron faws and hooks they will be cut into eight or ten pieces. . f ‘¢ adly. Tuose who kill oxen*, fwine, goats, or *¢ other fuch animals; and who are by profeffion hun- « terst; warlike kings; minifters and governors who opprefs the people; all fuch will in the great hell ‘ Sengata be ground between four burning mountains for 2,000 years. cas haa “6 gthly. Tose who do not mutually affift their *¢ neighbours, and who on the contrary deceive and vex them; thofe who kill animals by immerfing *¢ them in boiling oil or water; thofe who ave drunk- “ ards, or Lad no n n Lal Lal La » ta " " n * Tue prefent Burma monarch, who enforces religious duties with confiderable rigour, in a very particular manner punifhes the death of the cow kind. The Rahans, it is evident, look on the killing of all anumals with equal abhorrence ; and it is probable, that the Brahmens have in this inftance influenced the councils of the prince, and have deprived his fubjects of a moft wholefome and invigorating aliment. i + Ventson is the only meat permitted to be fold in the markets of the Burma empire, a privilege allowed to hunters, moft probably on account of the Royal family. The hero ALouncsurA, the deliverer of: his country, and father of the king, was originally a hunter. He had the good fenfe not to be afhamed of his origin, and, when he firlt rofe into notice, affumed the name of Moutzobo, or the hunter-captain, a name which he beftowed on his favourite refidence, when his merit and fortune had induced his fubjeéts to call him the lord of the world, vii &s ‘6 LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS, 2ESE ards, or who commit indecent and forbidden ac- ‘ tions; thofe who difhonor others; all fuch will have their bowels confumed by fire entering their mouths. This punifhment will laft for 4,000 infernal years. “ sthly. Tuost who take any thing contrary to the exprefs: will of the proprietor, whether it be by theft, guile, fraud, or by open violence; thofe magiftrates who receive gifts, and in confequence decide caufes unjuftly; thofe officers who, after having poffeffed themfelves of an enemy’s country, deftroy the inhabitants; thofe who deceive in {cales, weights, or meafures, or who by any other unjuft means appropriate to themfeives the goods of others; thofe who injure the property of the Réhans, or | temples; all fuch, for the fpace of 8,000 infernal years, will be punifhed in the.great hell Maharo- ruva by fire and fmoke, which will enter by the eyes, mouth, and other openings, and wafte away their whole bodies. © 6thly. Tuose who having killed hogs, deer, or fuch like animals, {kin them, roaft their flefh, and eat it; thofe who make arms; thofe who fell hog’s flefh, or fowls, or wine, or poifon; thofe who burn towns, villages, or woods, fo that the animals liv- ing there perifh; thofe who’ kill men by poifon, arms, or incantations, or who kill animals by nets or gins; all thefe after death for fixteen thoufand ‘ years will in the Beat hell Tapana be. tumbled down headlong from a lofty burning mountain, there being transfixed on an iron fpit, they will be cut and torn by the demons with fwords and {pears. ‘¢ athly. The Deztt:, or infidels, who have been already mentioned, will in the hell Mahatapana be firft fixed with their heads downwards, and then pierced with hot {pits as large as palm trees: 2 “ 8thly. 222 ON THE RELIGION AND “ Sthly. Parricipes, matricides, and fuch as have « the heavy lot, will be punifhed for the whole dura- *¢ tion of a world in the terrible of all hells Mahavirz, “* the pavement of which nine juana in thicknefs is of ‘red hot iron, and emits the moft horrible peake; ** and the moft piercing flames.” « XXVIII. Or the fmaller hells, which furround “¢ the eight great ones, and which are called by one “ common name U/antrek, fome are mentioned by “* particular names. In the excrementitious hell, for “¢ inftance, there are worms as large as elephants, “ which bite the damned while they are floating in * excrement. There is alfo a hell of burning afhes.. *¢ In the hell of {words the damned are torn 1n pieces “ by the knives, fwords, and other fharp inftruments, *¢ among which they are rolling. The damned in the ‘hell of hooks have their lungs, livers and bowels “ torn out by thefe cruel inftruments: and in the ‘¢ hell of hammers they are miferably beaten with red ‘¢ hot implements of that kind. There is a hell of *¢ thorns and prickles, a hell of biting dogs, a hell:of * crows and vultures, which with their beaks and - “¢ claws tear afunder the flefh of the damned. There *¢ is a hell in which the damned are obliged conftantly “* to afcend and defcend a tree named lappan, and * armed with the fharpeft thorns: another in which “* they are forced to drink putrid gore; and ftill another, ** where fiends beat, whip, and torment the damned. ‘In the fmaller hells are punifhed thofe who did * not honour their parents, magiftrates, and old age; _% who took wine or inebriating drugs; who corrupted ** the watersoflakes or wells; whodeftroyed highways; ‘* who were fraudulent and deceitful; who fpokeroughly “ and angrily; who ftruck others with theit hands or ** fuicks; who paid little attention tc the words of pious’ “ men; who aifliéted others; who were penny: - & dal, LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 223 * dal, paflionate, envious, undervaluers of their neigh- < bours; who ufed abufive language; who confined “¢ their fellow creatures with chains, bonds, or fetters; “who admitted any forbidden thing in their words, *¢ actions or defires; and who did not confole the fick * with foothing words, All thefe crimes, will be *¢ punifhed in the fmaller hells, and that in propor- 6 tion to the atrocity of the deed, and the frequency *¢ with which it has been repeated. ee ae thefe places of punifhment there ‘is ¢¢ another hell, which may be compared to animmenfe * kettle filled with melted brafs. The damned are “¢ forced to defcend to the bottom of this kettle, then “to rife to the furface, and 3,000 years are confumed «¢in each defcent, and in each afcent. To this hell _ are condemned the fenfual perfons, who corrupt “the wives, the daughters, or the fons of others; ‘¢ and who, during the courfe of their lives, negleét- “ing to obferve the holy days, or to give alms, pafs wind, form on their furface a cruft, out of which * arife, firft, the habitations of the Zzan, and then ‘© Mienmo, withall the abodes of the Nat who dwell ‘¢ near that mountain. ‘The rain continuing to be in- ‘¢ fpiflated, forms our earth, with the mountain Zet- “¢ chiavala, and finally all the other 1,010,000; and ** allthefe are exaétly in the fame difpofition, order, - fituation, and form, which they had in their former ~ “exiftence, Thefe changes, both in the deftruétion _ “and reproduétion of worlds, take place, not by the -.* influence of any creative power, but are occafioned | “by the power Damata, which is beft tranflated by *¢ our word fate.” : R3 sap, GP, G12. & 246 ON THE RELIGION AND o J 66 a4 ee “© XX XIX. Ir farther remains to be explained, ‘how the inhabitants of a new world ate produced. The Burmas conceive, that on the furface of the ‘newly-regenerated world a cruft arifes, having the tafte and fmell of butter. This fmell reaching the noftrils of the Rupa and Zian, excites in thefe beings a defire to eat the cruft. The end of their lives as fuperior beings having now arrived, they affume human bodies, but fuch as are fhining and agile, and defcend to occupy our earth, and the other 1,010,000, which are adjacent*. Thefe human beings for fome time live on this preternatural food in tranquillity and happinefs. But being afterwards feized with a defire and love for property, the nec- tarious cruft difappears as a punifhment for their — crime; and their bodies being deprived of tranf- parency and f{plendour, become dark and opaque. From this lofs of light, dark night commences, and mankind are in the utmoft perturbation : for as yet there is neither fun nor moon. Immediately how- ever the fun begins to appear in the eaft, diffipates the fears of man, and fills him with delight. Hence is the fun called Suria. But this joy is foon fol- lowed by new diftrefs: for the fun performing round Mienmo his. daily revolution, is foon hid by that mountain, and darknefs again commences. Menare again afflicted by this new deprivation of light, and ‘in perturbation exclaim, * O that light, which came to illuminate the world, how quickly hath it vanifh- ed!’ While they are with ardent vows defiring another light, behold in the fame eaftern region, and ‘in the beginning of night, the moon appears accom- ** panied by all the ftars, and ali mankind are wonder- fully delighted. Now they fay to one another, ‘ How timely is this appearance! This luminary has appeared as if it had known our neceflity; let oe us - * The fouls defied to animate human bodies are by the Blin s atled Brama, which ts ev idently the fame word with the Biamma, or firit sclehisktie of the earth, aceording to the Réhans: for the Burma pro- nunciation makes no difference between R and 4. LITERATURE OF THE SURMAS, 247 ‘us therefore call it Zanta*.’ This appearance of ** the fun, moon, and ftars, happened on a Sunday *¢ at the full moon of the month Tadoun, which corre- **fponds partly with our Marcht: and at this very “« inflant of the fun’s appearance, every thing on the *¢ earth became fuch as it has ever fince continued to *¢ be. As when rice is boiled, fome of its particles *¢ will remain crude and undreffed, while the remainder *‘is fufficiently boiled; fo likewife, fay the Burma ** dottors, by the power of Damata, or fate, part of ** the earth remains plain, part rifes into mountains, ** and part finks into vallies.” ‘ “XL. In the foregoing paragraph it has been ** mentioned, that on the furface of the earth there had been generated a certain cruft like butter, which had difappeared, as foon as avarice, and the defire ** of property, began among men. This cruft pene- ‘ trating the interior parts of the earth, and reaching the great rock Sila-pathavy, converted its upper parts into mud, earth, and duft. When the buty- ** raceous cruft defcended into the earth, in its ftead *¢ fprung forth a certain climbing plant, which alfo had the tafte of butter. This plant continued to be the common food of men till avarice again pre- ** vailed; thenit difappeared. In its place, from the *¢ merit of certain good men, there came out of the ‘earth’s bowels a kind of excellent rice already cleared of its hufk. Pots alfo filled with this rice ‘grew of their own accord; and men had only to ‘place them ona ftone then common, which {pon- taneoufly emitted fire fufhcient to boil the rice. Every where alfo were to be found meats various according to each perfon’s defire. *¢ In the beginning, when men fed on the cruft, and on the climbing plant, the whole of this food was * changed into flefh and blood: but when they began ‘to eat rice, the grofler parts of that diet required R 4 “¢ after no nH , a ee) or. i i Mee 2 “a no © al c. La o Ca La nn w «€ . “ € a.) aon Ps : ° * The Pali word for neceflity, + See page 179 of this Volume. * 948 ON THE RELIGION AND és 65 after digeftion to be evacuated. In confequence, the different canals, and organs, neceflary in. the human body for evacuation, were of their own ac- cord generated. After having eaten rice, men began to have luxurious defires, and the different organs of fex appeared; for before that time mankind were neither male nor. female. Thofe who in a former . life had been males, now obtained the male organs of fex ; and thofe who had been women, obtained ‘female organs. When the difference of fex firft appeared, men contented themfelves with mutual lafcivious glances: but afterwards they married. Neverthelefs there remained many virgins of great virtue, and many holy men, who were called Manuffa Biamma. Thefe neither praétifed agricul- ture, nor any mechanical art; but only underwent the great labour of making offerings and beftowing alms. Thefe men long obferved inviolate chattity: but when in the progrefs of time they perceived ‘their numbers daily leflening, many of them, in ‘ order to raife up an offspring, contratted marriagess and thofe who are now called Brahmens, are de- {cended from thefe laft alliances. The Manu/ffa Biamma, who had retained their chaftity, were very indignant on hearing of this conduét in their com- panions ; and loathing much their depravity, ever after held them in the utmoht contempt, {pit in their faces, and abhorred to have any community. with them in eating, cloathing, or dwelling. From this, fay the Bur ma ‘doftors, has arifen among the Brah- mens the cuftom of not eating or wafhing with the reftof mankind. But although the law of GopaMa — permits marriages; yet as, without the ftriét obfer- vance of celibacy, no perfon can arrive at Nieban, fo therefore all wife men have confidered marriage. as a deed not of a perfect nature.” “ XLI. Tur Biamma, who had married, by de- © orees built houfes, villages, and towns: but when “they began to multiply, there arofe among them bd contentions ‘LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 249 ‘¢ contentions and quarrels; for avarice prevailing, * every one confulted his own immediate intereft, ‘¢ without attending to the injury he might do to his “neighbour. At length thefe difputes came to be determined by ftrength; and to put a ftop to this *¢ violence, it was determined in common council ta *€ eleGt aprince, who fhould be able to reward accord- *¢ ing to merit, and to punifh according to the atrocity ‘ of crimes. Anda certain man being found amongit ** them, who excelled the reft in ftature and beauty, ** and who had always been more obferyant of the laws than the others, this perfon was created king and lord of the earth: becaufe he had been chofen - ** by common confent, he was called Manasamata ; *¢ becaufe he was made lord of the earth, he was called Karrtia; and becaufe he punifhed according to the §* laws, he was named Raza, From. this Maua- ** samata defcended a feries af forty-four kings, of ‘** whom, according to the moft learned of the Burmas, ‘the tenth was Gopama*.” _ Tue account of the miffionary here is not very clear. It is not evident, whether Gopama, as de- {cended from Mauasamatra, was a Brahmen; or whether both princes are confidered to be defcended from the Biamma, who married before the Brahmens. If the former-be the cafe, the Réhans make their god to be an apoftate Brahmen: if the latter be their meaning, they fuppofe the Brahmens to be a fett of diffenters from their religion. I imagine, that little credit can be given to either opinion. The Réhans are evidently miftaken in their account of the origin of the Brahmens ; for the averfion to eating in common with others does not originate with mankind, but with the Brakmens. I think it indeed probable, that this account has been lately framed by the Réhans, with a view of rendering odious to their followers a race of priefts, . na o o “ - nN © * Compare this account with the ‘Hiftory of Cafhmere, p. 165 of this Volume. 250 ON THE RELIGION AND priefts, fo formidable among ignorant people from their hypocrify, mortifications, and impudent me tenfions to fupernatural powers. 1 ruinx that Sir W. Jonzs and Pautinus have fucceeded in proving, that the religion of the Brahmens is effentially the fame with that of the Egyptians ; and therefore I muft think it probable, that the two reli- gions had a common origin: but notwithftanding the etymological labours of the latter author, I muft agree with the former, and with M. Anguerir pu PERRoN, in thinking, that Egypt is the fource from whence this worfhip has been fpread over a great proportion of the world. In faét, during the moft remote periods, to which hiftory reaches, we find this religion univer- fally eftablifhedin Egypt. Later, but as foon as our knowledge extended to Jndza, we find there eftablifhed two ees’ the Mazi, and the Samanians, or priefts of Gopama. We afterwards learn, that the Brahmens were a fet of priefts in India following nearly the fame worfhip with thofe of Egypt. We find them about. the time of Curisr gaining a fuperiority over the worfhippers of Bounppna; and about nine hundred years afterwards, we find them totally overthrowing his do€trine in its native country*. That the Vedas, which are commonly fuppofed to be the oldeft books of the Brahmens, are inferior in antiquity to the time of Bouppna, is evident from the mention which they make of that perfonage. The ftrongelt objettion againft this opinion of the Egyptian origin of the Brahmenical worfhip, appears to me to be the cofmo- graphy of the Brahmens, the fame nearly with that of the Rahans, and in my opinion evidently framed in the north of Hinduflan. A folution of this dificulty may however be given. We may readily fuppofe the Bralmens to have been a colony of Eg yptians, who formed their firft eftablifhments in the * Pace 165 of this Volume LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. ‘251 the vicinity of Bombay*; and by degrees engrafted their fuper{tition on the ignorance of the Hindus, adapting the African deities and miftical philofophy to the Afratick fables and heroes, and carefully intro- ducing the £gypiran caft and ceremonies with all their dreadful confequences. “Tue Burma dottors,” continues the miffionary, “ admit of four claffes ofmen: the firft, defcended from “ ManasaMaTa, are princes; the fecond, defcended “from the Manuj/a Biamma, who married, are the “© Brahmens ; the third, defcended from fuch men as “married before the Manu//a Biamma, are the Sathe “ orrich: in the fourth clafs, called Suchzve, are in- ** cluded ail other men, merchants, artificers, labour- ‘ers, and the like.” This opinion might be fuppofed to imply, that the fe&t of Bouppxa admitted of caft, in a fimilar man- ner with that of the Brahmens; but as far as relates to its followers in the Burma empire, and in Siam, I can affure the reader, that fo cruel and fo abominable a diftinétion is utterly unknown, except by report, and from the example of the Hzndus fettled in thofe countries. At what time then was the dottrine of caft eftablifhed in Hinduftan? Piiny is the only antient author to whom on this fubject I can at prefent refer. He mentions a divifion of ranks among various Jndian nations, which he calls vata multipartita: but from what he fays, it would not appear to have been univerfal at the time he received his intelligence: neither is it by any means clear, thathis vita multipartita means caft. Itis to be obierved, that all Roman citizens followed nearly the fame manner of life: they were foldiers and ftatefmen ; and when not employed in cither of thefe * Tue images in the cave at Elebhanta appear to me, now that I am acquainted with the fubjeét, evidently to be thofe of the gods of the Brah- mens. I well remember, when I viewed them, (although then quite un- acquainted with the controverfies concerning their origin), that I was ftruck with the African appearance of their hair and features; and con- ceived them to have been the work of Sesostris, as 1 had imbibed the vulgar idea, that they were not the idols of the Brahmens. : 252 ON THE RELIGION AND thefe capacities, they were all cultivators of the land. To them therefore a diftintion of profeffions in the citizens of a ftate would appear ftrange: and I am apt to think, that the va multipartita of PLtiny more re- fembles the divifion of ranks and profeffions among the Burmas, or in modern Europe, than it does the caft of the Brahmens. The pafflage 1 allude to is, “ Namque vita mitroribus populis Indorum multipartita 6 desitur. Alii tellurem exercent, militiam ali ca- s peffunt, merces alii fuas evehunt, refpublicas optime * ditiffimi temperant, judicia reddumt, regibus affident. * Quintum genus celebrate illic, et prope in religionem, * verfa fapientia deditum, voluniaria femper morte vt- “tam, accenfo prius rogos finii*. Unum fuper hec eft & femiferum, ac plenum laboris immenfi, et quo fupra * diéla continentur, venandz clephantes domandique, 6 Tis arant, 11s..nvehuntur, hec maxime novere pecu- aria: ws militant dimicantque pro fintbus.t” It is to be obferved, that this defcription neither agrees well with the prefent divifions of the different catts, nor does it call the learned Brahmens ; on the contra- ry, Puiny fpeaks of the Brachmane not as a clafs or order in fociety, but as a nation, or as a name. common to many nations. He mentions, that Srnr- ca had attempted to procure the names of all the peo- ple inhabiting Jndia, and had attually heard of one hundred and ‘eighteen nations. The moft confidera- ble of thefe he “alieee wards enumerates: ** Gentes, quas “ memorare non pigeat, Ifmart, Cofyre, Izgt, et per “mea Chiftotofagt, multarumque gentium oognomen * Brachmane quorum Maccocalinga, flumina Pumas et ** Cainas (quod in Gangem influit) ambo navigabilia.t” This | ' i is to be obferved, that this manner of ending life, attributed to the learned of antient India, more refembles that in ule among the priefts of Pezu (LouBERE’S Relation du Stam) than it does that recommended by ‘the Brahmens, who according to Azut Fazit (Ayeen Akbery) think it meritorious to terminate life by cutting the throat at the confluence of the Ganges and Jumna, or by expofing themfelves to the mligators at the mouth of the holy river. + Nat. Hift. L. 6, c 19. + Nat. Hilt, L. 6, ¢ 17, LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 253 This circumftance furprizes me, as the general recol- leétion of my reading induces me to believe, that the Brahmens, as a religious feét, had been eftablifhed in India before the time of ALzexaNnpeER, from -whofe expedition Piiny’s knowledge of the northern parts of Hinduflan is chiefly derived. To thofe who have an opportunity, I leave it to determine the time when Brahmen came to bethe name applied to the religious of India. With Purny it feems to be analogous to the Brahmens of Kufhup*, or perhaps the Bzamma of the Réhanst. Mr. Haxrineron has fuggefted to me, fince I wrote the above paffage, that all the countries in which Brauma was worfhipped might be called Brah- menical, an opinion which I think not improbable. Ti it be jut, it will fhow the progrefs made by the Brahmens in India in the fourth century before the birth of Curist. ‘© XLII. Ir being admitted, that all mankind are * the offspring of the fame ftock, namely of the Bz- ** amma, who defcended from the abodes of the Rupa ; **a certain Burma dottor afks, why there is not the ** fame language among all nations; and whence ari- * fes that variety of manners, religions, complexions, *eand features, fo obfervable among the inhabitants “© of this earth? This fame dottor thinks ‘he anfwers ** this queftion, by faying that the firft inhabitants of “ the world, after having greatly multiplied by mar- ‘* riage, were forced to emigrate into various parts of $4 dais earth; and as in thele the climate, air, water, ‘¢ natural produétions, and temperature, are extremely *¢ different, fuch circumftances could not have failed ** to produce an effect on the manners, religion, and ‘appearance, of thofe who were under their influ- “ence. For if in one kingdom the inhabitants vary “in ftature and colour, how much more evident mutt “this difference be amonett the inhabitants of remote “countries? And as children defcended from the © **fame parents “are called by different names; fo of | ! : tHe * Page 164 of this Volume. + Pages 245 & 248 of this Volume. 254 ON THE RELIGION AND * the defcendants of the Briamma, fome are called ** Burmas, fome Cuffays, fome Peguefe, and fome * Scammefe. He alfo alleges, that, according to a “¢ perfon’s lot of good or evil deeds, he is born either a Burma, or a Siammefe, ora European. It fome- ** times alfo happens, that he who was at firft born of anignoble family, fhall afterwards be born of an ““illuftrious race: but this not from his original Jot ‘of nativity, but from fome accidental good works. ‘6 For diverfity of names the fame author thus ac- “counts. It may fo happen, fays he, that the fame ** perfon, according to the different a¢tions he may “have performed, may be confidered in different “ points of view, and thus~ obtain different appella- ‘** tions: and this he confirms by the example of Go- ‘¢ pama, who, according to his various attributes and “ excellencies, is called by various names. | “Tue fame author inquires, by what power and *‘ caufe the various kinds of trees and herbs have ‘*¢ appeered in the world? He fuppofes them to have “‘arifen from the feeds of the antecedent world con- ‘tained in that rain by which the new earth was ** reproduced. ‘The fame however he does not ven- _* ture to afhrm of the mines of gold, filver, and ‘precious ftones, which he alleges have not from ** the beginning exifted in the world, but have origi- nated from the virtues of good men. Thus when ‘* juft and upright princes reign on earth, and when ‘‘many men are celebrated for fan@ity and virtue, “then the tree Padeza appears ; from the heavens ‘“‘ fhowers of gold and precious ftones defcend ; in “the bowels of the earth many mines of gold and ** filver are difcovered ; the fea alfo throws up on its *¢ fheres various indi of riches, and whatever is ‘¢ {own comes to perfeétion. On the contrary, when *‘unjuft kings have reigned, or when men hava neg- ** letied the laws, not only have new riches remained ** undifcovered, but all the old wealth has difappeared ; “the mines of gold and filver have been iiss an LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS,. 255 - « and the fruits of the earth have become of fuch ‘6a noxious quality, as to induce upon mankind * misfortune, difeafe, and'peftilence.” Such are the general doétrines of ihe fe& of Boun- pHA,; as extratted from the writings of the Réhans by Sancermano; doétrines which, although intended to lead mankind to the performance of good works, are involved in the moft puerile and abfurd fables. Tue religion of the Burmas is fingular, as exhi- biting a nation confiderably advanced from the rude- nefs of favage nature, and in all the a€tions of life much under the influence of religious opinions, and yet ignorant of a Supreme Being, the creator and pre- ferver of the univerfe. The fyftem of morals how- ever recommended by thefe fables, is perhaps as good as that held forth by any of the religious doétrines prevailing among mankind. The motives alfo by which thefe fables excite to good works, unite the temporal nature of the Fewz/h law to the future expectations of the Chriftian difpenfation: while hav- ing adapted the nature of the rewards and punifhments to the conception of our prefent faculties, they have _all the power of the Mohamedan paradife ; and having proportioned thefe punifhments and rewards to the extent of virtue or vice, they poffefs the juftice of the Roman purgatory, but without giving to priefts the dangerous power of curtailing its duration. Bouppua has no doubt given to the beftowing alms on the clergy a con{picuous place amongythe virtues : but his clergy for fupport are entirely dependant on thefe alms; as they have not ventured to propofe any ftated, lafting, or accumulating property, being an- nexed to their order; nor have they aflumed to them- felves any rank or power in the management of fecu- lar affairs. Except this elevation of an inferiour virtue to the rank of an important autya and the merit which we fhall find given to the ceremony of 256 ON THE RELIGION AND of pouring forth water on certain occafions, there is perhaps no confiderable objeftion to any of the morality recommended by Gopama, unlefs it be his confidering it criminal to put any animal to death for the ufe of man*; and his reprefenting celibacy as a kind of virtue, or at leaft as a more perfeét ftate than marriage: an idea, though common to fome of the authors of prevailing religions, yet certainly produc- tive of much mifery, anid of the worft confequences. It muft however be confeffed, that the praétice of morality among the Burmas is by no means fo correét, as might be perhaps expected among a people whofe religious opinions have fuch an apparent tendency to virtue. In particular, an almoft total want of veracity, and a moft infatiable cruelty in their wars and punifh- ments, are obfervable among them on the {flighteft acquaintance. Havine now confidered in a general manner the religion and fcience of the Burinde I mutt defcend fomewhat more to particulars: and in giving an ac- count of their faith, I cannot follow a better guide than the treatife of the Zarapo. It will give the reader not only a faithful abridgment of the religious dottrine, of the Réhdns, but will alfo fhow him the country in the art of compofition and inftruGi ion. Bur as a preface to this treatife, 1 muft here i } fome obfervations on the hiftory and name of god. _ 7 Bae Tue author of the Alphabetum Tibetanum iit fed Bouppnatohave been the fame with the Jesus of the Manicheans; and father Pauxinvs, in his triumph over this abfurdity, denies that any fuch perfon ever _ exifted. Entirely negleéting the authority of the © * mumerous * THE worlhippers of Govama do not look on any animal food as unclean : it is only the depriving it of life which they regard as criminal. Accordingly they eat all manner of carrion, and many difgufting repules are their favourite food, LITERATURE OF! THE BURMAS. 257. numerous feét of Bouppua, who all fuppofe him.to. have really lived, and to have been an Jndian prince, the learned Carmelite from fome coincident attributes believes Bouppyaand Hermgs to have been the fame. He fuppofes them, as well as all the other gods of the. Greeks and Brahmens, not to have been real beingsy. but. perfonifications of the elements and heavenly bodies. In applying this fuppofition to Bouppua, as worfhipped by the Réha@ns, he quite overlooks the effential difference of their making Gopama an only God, and that the doétrine of perfonification neceffa- rily implies polytheifm, a fyftem of belief held in ab- horrence by thefe priefls. I thinkit a more probable opinion, when the Brahmeas introduced their dorine into Hinduftan, that they could not venture to deny the divinity of the god of the country; but on com- paring his attributes with thofe of their different gods, that they alleged him to be the fame with their Toru; and by adopting him and his titles into the lift of their deities, and many of the prejudices of his followers into their capacious fyftem, they greatly facilitated the progrefs. of their doftrine. It is true, that the various accounts of Gopama, faid to be given in the pecends of the different nations following his religion, agree fo little together, that they can hardly be made mattervof hiftorical evidence. _ But many of thefe dif- _ ferences may have arifen from the miftakes of travel- A ; and it is only by procuring faithful tranflations of _ the different legends, that we can be enabled to deter- mine what credit is due to their contents... In the mean time I muft fay, that 1 know.of no plaufible reafon for believing that Gopama did not exift, and was not an Indian prince, as. his followers univerfally allege. _ The father, although a catholick, feems to found his - objeétion on the fuppofition, that mankind could ne- _ ver be fo abfurd as for any length of time to worfhip aman,* But the whole difficulty of Pautinus is - VOL, VI. . S removed * Mus. Borg. page 37 258 ON THE RELIGION AND removed by the do€trine of Gopama. His followers: are, ftriétly fpeaking, atheifts, as they fuppofe every thing to arife from fate: and their gods are merely) men, who by their virtue acquire fupreme happinefs, and by their wif{dom become entitled to impofe a law on all living beings. If the Bouppma of the Réhans were merely the genius of the planet Mercury, as Pautinus {fo violently urges,* why do his followers place his abode or palace in the loweft habitation, of © ‘Nat, among beings equally liable with mankind to old age, mifery, change, and gravity? Thatthe Egyp- tian religion was allegorical, I think, the learned fa- ther, with many other writers, have rendered extemely probable; and confequently I think that the doétrine of the Brahmens has in a confiderable meafure the fame fource: but I fee no reafon from thence to fup- pofe, that Bouppna, Rama, Kisuen, and other gods of India, may not have exilted as men: for I have al- yeady ftated it as probable, when the Brahmens arrived in India, that they adapted their own religious doc- trine to the‘heroes and fabulous hiftory of the coun- try. Neither do I think it altogether impoffible,, that éven in Egypt the priefts, who at firft imtroduced the worfhip of the elements and heavenly bodies, after- wards applied to thefe deities the names of fuch per- fons as were moft celebrated among their country- men, and intermingling the legendary tales concerning ~ thefe perfonages with their own myttical philofophy, prodaced that abfurd mafs of theology, by which’a great partof mankind have been fo long fubjugated. . DirrerenT learned men have fuppofed BouppHa to have been the fame with Noau, Moses, or Si- pHoAS, thirty-fifth king of Egypi : but as I have not at prefent accefs to the works of Huzr, Vosstus, or Tourmonr, I do not know on what reafons fuch fuppofitions have been formed. Sir W. Jonzs fup- | Soh Bovuppua to have been the fame with Szsac or SusQsTRis, * Mus. Borg. page 6g, LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 259 Srsosrris; king of Egypt, ** Who by conqueft fpread ‘* a new fyftem of religion and philofophy, from the “ Nile to the Ganges, about 1,000 years before “ Curist*.” The affinity of the- religion of Egypt with the prefent fuperflition of Hinduftan, and the fatal refemblance of the’words Szsac and Saxya, one of the names of Gopama, feem to have given rife to this fuppofition. In my opinion, however, no two religions can be well more different, than that of the Egyptian polytheift, and that of the Burma unitarian. Sesac or Srsosrats is indeed placed by antiquarians at the.time to which the ‘learned judge alludes: but I fhall hereafter have eccafion to fhow, that, according to the moft probable accounts, the origin of the reli- gion of Gopama ought to be’referred to a much later -periodT: That the religion of the Brahmens was introduced from Egypt, I have already mentioned as an opinion highly probable: but I fufpeat that this happened by no means fo early as the time of Szsos- Tris, whofe objeét in his military expeditions appears rather to have been plunder, and the capture of flaves, than the propagation of religion or philofophy. The perfecution of the Egyptian priefts by Camsyses Is a more likely period for any very extenfive emigration into India ; at the fame time it is not improbable, that the Eg ypiians, who before this traded to Jndza, had previoufly communicated fome knowledge of their {cience to the Hrndus. Ir muft be obferved that the god, of whofe doétrine we are now going to give an explanation, has a great variety of names, which are apt to produce much .confufion. Gopama or Kopama Is the moft common appellation among his worfhippers in India beyond the Ganges. It feems alfo to be common among the Hindus, and by Sir Wititam Jones copying 1 fup- pofe from the Sanfcrit, is written Goramas.|| This S 2 name * Afiatick Refearches, 11, 380. t See note + in page 265 of this volume, t See page 148‘of this a i Afiatick Refearches, IV, 170. 260 ON THE RELIGION AXD name Pautinus informs us may be written Gopama er Gaupama, and literally fignifies cow-herd, but metaphorically king*. It has however been mentioned to me, on the authority of a pundit belonging to our fupreme native court in Bengal, that the meaning of Gopama Is eminently wife, a fage. Somowa, the name prefixed to this appellation by M. Dz 1a Lousersg, fignifies that he had adopted the drefs of a Rahan, as I was informed by Mur-paune SeiTacio, amin ‘telligent Szamme/fe painter at Amarapura. The fame circumftance is implied by Bura-zaynpv, one of the moft common titles beftowed on him in the Burma empire: for his images are almoft always in the drefs of a Réhin. Many other appellations are given to Gopama from the poftures in which he is reprefented in his various images. Thus a famous image at Pougan is named Ananpva, which fignifies plenty, from its — fuppofed efficacy in producing that blefling. © _ In the Pali language, and among the Czngalefe, a common. name for this divinity is Bouppua. This Mr. Cuamaers writes Buppout, Pauztnus Buonat, and from thefe two authors I have colleéted the fol- lowing corruptions of thatname. Buppa, or Burra, of Beausozsre and Bocuart, Bop of the Arabians, Boppa of Eprist, Borre of CLEMENS ALEXANDRINUS, and Baourn of M. Genrit. This name is, faid to be an appellation expreffive of wifdom||. 'I can readily agree with thefe two learned men, that the Pour of the S:ammefe, Pour, Port, Poti, Por of the natives of Thzbet, and the Bur of the Cochinehznefe, may alfo be corruptions of Bouppua. The Siammefe painter — told me, that the moft common name for Gopama among his countrymen is Pourrze Sat, which he interpreted into BuraLtoun, a common appellation among the Burmas. Among thefe indeed I very rarely heard Bouppua uled, probably becaufe Buratoun has the * Mus. Borg. page 8. + Afiatick Refearches, I, 142. ft Pauiinus Mus. Borg. page 71. | Srepuens’s tranflation of Faxrra y Souza, II, page 4, chap. 19, par. 26. ‘ LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 261 the fame meaning. Mr. Cuampers, following M. GenriL, and followed by Pau.inus, conceives the Foor Foui of the Chinefe to be alfo a corruption of Bouppua. The etymology is here fo forced, that I do not think it merits great attention: yet I allow it to be a probable opinion, although not completely eftablifhed, that Fo and Bouppua are the fame god*. The derivation of Taautos, Toru, or Tourn, the Egyptian »name for Hermes, from the fame word Bounpua, t feems to me perfeétly fanciful: andI mutt entirely diffent even from the rational Mr. Cuampers, when he fuppofes Bouppua to be the fame with the Wopen of the Scandinavians. No two religions furely can be more totally different; nor can I conceive it to be a fufiicient proof of acommon origin, that the fame day of the week is called after the two gods. No circumftance indeed feems to have occafioned more miftakes among the antiquarians, than from one or two coincident attributes to fuppofe two divinities of different nationsto be the fame: anerror adopted by all the Greeks and Romans, whether from refpeét to their gods, or from national vanity. het degree of confufion is to be found i various accounts of the religion of the Chine/e. Grosisr, the lateft author on the fubjeét, with whom Ihave met, feems by no means to have had good in- formation. I know well that fome of the Brahmenical gods are worfhipped in Chzna, having feen their images in that great temple oppofite to Canton, which was the palace of the laft native princes of the Chznefe empire. { have lately feen fome elegant drawings of the Chinefe gods, belonging to the Reverend Mr. Brown, of Calcutta: and as far as I can truftto my memory, they appear to be very exaét reprefentations. Although the Chinefe have given to thefe idols their own fea- tures, and drefs, with new names, yet there can be no doubt of their being the fame with the gods of the Brahmens. Among them You-tor-rat, the god of S -wifdom, * See note + in page 268 of this volume. + Paurinus Mus, Borg. page 73. 362 ON THE RELIGION AND wifdom, has.a very ftrong refemblance to the images - of Gopama; and perhaps the Chinefe ambafidors, and their fuite, whom I faw at Amarapura worthipping the images of Bouppua, conceived the two deities to be the fame. When in the firft century of the Chrifiian zera the fuperftition of a Chinefe monarch had intro- duced into his dominions the religion of the Brahmens, his fucceffors were too juft to hinder their fubjeéts from worfhipping what gods they thought proper; but they were too wiie to admit the Brahmens as prietts, or to tolerate their intriguing fpirit, or their deteftable fyftem of government: a conduét entirely fimilar to that wifely adopted towards the Fe/wits by the late emperor Yone-tcuine. On the whole I am inclined to believe, that the religion moft commonly profefled | by the vulgar Chine/e, has nearly the fame affinity to. that of the Brahmens, which the fe& of quakers has to our eftablifhed church. It is true, that they have Bonzes, or regular priefts: but thefe are neither Brah- mens, nor are they acknowledged by the Rahans to be legitimate priefts.of Bouppua, But the wor- fhip of thefe Brahmenical gods, as communicated to the Chinefe, is quite diftinct from that of Gopama, ‘Whether the god I’o be one of thefe gods of the Brahmens, or whether he be SHaxa, or whether all the three be diftin@, I will not prefume, for want of fufficient information, to affert: but. there is a great probability, that a very canfiderable fett among the Chinefe worfhip Govama under tbe name of Suaka, or, as the Portuguefe write it, Kaca. aE Tue fect of Bouppua is faid by fome to have been introduced into China in the year of our era 63*. Others allege, that this event did not happen till the year 519: and that the apoftle was a certain Darma, third fon of an Jndian king, the twenty-eighth in defcent from Suaxa, or as, the Dutch write, Sjaka. * Faria y Souza tranflatedby Steppes, Il. p. 4. C. XVL-par. 12. Grosier’s general defcription of China, II, 215, LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 263 © Syaxa.* The name Smaxa Sir Wiyttam Jones wrote Saxya, and Paurinus Suaxya. It fignifies, according to. that learned etymologift, the cunning, the god of good and bad fortune t. From ChAina the religion of Suaxa feems to have fpread to Fapan, Tonquin, Cochinchina, and the moft remote parts of Tartary. wiry Ir muft however be obferved, that the religion of Cochinchina, def{cribed by Botrert as that of Buz, Tuat-patna, Nuin-nuuc or Tuica Mauni-psuz, and alleged to have beenintroduced from Cey/om in the reign of the Chinefe emperor Minu-pe, feems to differ in many effential circumftances from the do€trine of the Burma Réhans. The Cochinchinefe are alleged to fuppofe, that Bur created the heavens, the earth, and indeed the whole univerfe: and from Borrer’s men- - tioning that they adore Bur as the principal deity, we may infer, that they allow of other gods. The priefts of the Cochinchinefe are alleged to be pretenders fo the arts of magic, enchantment and necromancy, and to implore the divinity to aflift them in fuch deceptions. In thefe circumftances the worfhip of Bur in Cochin. china differs from that of Bouppua in Ava; and I fufpeét, that there, as well as in China, the prevailing vulgar religion is the worfhip of the gods of the Brahmens freed from the doétrine of caft; and that Bovunpona is with them the favourite god, as different members of the Egyptian theocracy in different places met with very different degrees of refpe&. Still how- ever the accounts I have feen of the vulgar religion in thefe eaftern regions are very unfatisfattory; and the hints given us by Arexanper of Rhodes, || concern. ing the dotrine of Tuicca in Tonkin and Cochinchina, S4 bear * Kamprar, Amen, Exot. 608, as quoted in Harris’s voy ages, I. 543. + Mus. Borg. pag.80. }$ Paurinus Mus. Borg, pag. 8g et feq. || Diétionarcum Anamiticum Rome, 1651, page 761. (264 . ON “THE RELIGION AND ‘beara much, ftronger refemblance to the worfhip of the Réhins, than the accounts of Borrer. .. Turse various names applied to the god, of whom I ‘am treating, are all appellatives, expreffing his various attributes,.as we ufe the terms, almighty, the moft high, and other fimilar phrafes, to denote the Creator of the univerfe. Many other appellations of Boup- DHA may be feen in Pautinus, who copies them from the Amarafinha, a work of the Hindus; but as I donot know, that thefe titles are ever beftowed on Gopama by thofe who worfhip him as the only god, I hall ‘forbear to enumerate them. Tue name by which this divinity was called on earth, was probably Duerma or Duarma rajah; al- though it muft be obferved, that among the Hindus it has never been cuftomary to call any prince by his proper name. This cuftom has been communicated to the Burmas with-fuch ftrength, that it is almoft im- poffible to learn the name of any prince during his reign. His titles only can lawfully be mentioned; and the law is enforced with fuch rigour, that Burmas, even in Calcutta, fhudder when requefted to mention the dreadful name; nor am I fatisfied, that either Captain Symes, or I, could ever procure the real name of the reigning monarch. Duerna rajah fignifies, according to Pautinus, the virtuous or beneficent king,* and may be only a title beftowed on that prince, whofe real name, as his reign {till continues, it may not be lawful to mention. This etymologift alfo al- leges, that the name Hermes muft be derived from the Sanfcrit word Dherma, fignifying virtue or benefi- cence: although interpreter was imagined to be the meaning of this word by the Greeks, as the father pro- bably would fay, owing to their ignorance of the Samfcrdam, as he has chofen to name the language of the Hindus. His opinion however is fupported with ingenuity; and the word Turm, which WincKELMANN 1uekify found upon two old pots in Italy, is by no means * Mus, Borg. page 75. LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 265 means a weak fupport to an etymological reafoner. Having thus endeavoured to colleét the various ap- pellations beftowed onthe god of the Burmas, I pro- ceed with the tranflation of | A SHORT VIEW OF THE RELIGION OF | eo GODAMA*, | ‘© A catuoticx bifhop, refiding at Ava fometime *‘ ago, afked the chief R4han, called Zarapo3 uRa,to *¢ sive him fome fhort treatife, which would explain *¢ the heads of the law taught by Gopama. The Za- “¢ Rado, willing to fatisfy the bifhop, wrote for his ufe *¢ the following treatife: | “’ Tue gods who have-appeared in this prefent *¢ world, and who have obtained the perfeét ftate S6 Nieban, are four; CuaucHasam, Gonacom, Gaspa, “6 and Gopama. hale ** Q. Of which of thefe gods ought the law at prefent ** to be followed ? “© A, Of the god Gopama. * Q. Where is the god Gopama? ite ** A. Gopama, at the age of thirty-five years, having *‘ attained divinity, preached his law for forty- *“* five years, and brought falvation to all living “beings. At eighty years of age he obtained * Nieban, and this happened 2362 years ago.t ** Then Gopama faid, After I fhail have departed ** from this earth, I will preferve my law and difci- 66 ] ples " * T wave little doubt, but that the author of this treatife was the fame ZARADO who wrote the Compendium legis Barmanorum, of which PAULINUS gives us an account. The treatife however tranflated by SANGERMANO does not contain feveral of the circumftances faid to be menuoned in that of the mufeum of the liberal and learned. cardinal Borecia. + Iam not certain whether the original means, that Gopama died 2362 years before the period at which the bifhop received the book from the Zarapo; or whethe:, in tranflating it, father SanceRMANO te- duced the time to the year ‘795, in which I faw him: I believe: the latter to be the cafe, although the difference will not be great, as the bifhop died at Ava a few years ago. Much reafoning of Sir Witt1am Jones, on the age in which Bouppua lived, may be {een in the Afratick Refearches, ! (I, 266 ON THE REILGION AND ** ples for five thoufand years: and he commanded *¢ that his images and relics fhould be worfhipped, ** which has accordingly been ever fince done. * Q. In faying that Gopama obtained Nieban, what ** is underftood by that word? | <¢ A. When a perfon is no longer fubjeét to any of the * following miferies, namely, to weight, old age, ** difeafe, and death, then he is faid to have ob- “tained Nicban. No thing, no place, can give us. *‘ an adequate idea of Neban: we can only fay, * that to be free from the four abovementioned *¢ miferies, and to obtain falvation, is Nieban. In ** the fame manner, as when any perfon labouring “* under a fevere difeafe, recovers by the affiftance “* of medicine, we fay he has obtained health: but “if any perfon wifhes to know the manner, or * caufe of his thus obtaining health, it can only ** be anfwered, that to be reftored to health fignifies ** no more than to be: recovered from difeafe. In ** the fame manner only can we fpeak of Nieban, ‘* and after this manner Gopama taught. * @Q. Is not Gopama the only true god on the face «¢ of this earth ? “* 4. GovaAMA (II, page 121, and the following). It would appear by this, that the. Brahmens differ fome thoufands of years in their accounts of the time of his appearance. From the immentfe variations of time in the chronology of the Brahmens, no truft can rationally be put in their account. The opinion of the Chinefe ftates SHaxa to have lived 1028 years before Curist: but as this opinion can only be founded on the authority of the Indians, who introduced the worfhip of Bouppua into China, it proves no more © than the Indian ideas at the time: otherwife it would deferve much credir. Geroret, from the writings of Thzbet, reduces the era of Bouppua tothe year 959 before Curist. If Iam might in my conjefture, the Zara. p0’s 2362 Burma years, equal to nearly 2341 of the Julian reckoning, would place the death of Gopama 546 years before Curtst. The Siammefe, whofe vulgar era commences with the death of Gopama, make that event to have happened in the year 544, (Relation du Royame de Siam, par M. ve 1a Lousere, II, 160,) within two years of the ZARADO’s eftimate. The Cingalefe, according to Mr. Harincton, make the era of Gopama’s death 542 years before Curist.PauLinus, calculating from the date given in the Borgian manufcript, reduces the Siammefe period four years: andin all fuch differences of opinion, the fafelt to follow is the lateft date, as moft likely to approach the truth, ” LITERATURE QF THE BURMAS. 267 © 4. Gonama is the only true and pure god, who *¢ knows the four laws called Szzza, and who can © beftow Nicban. In the fame manner as on the #6 deftruction of a kingdom many arife, who afpire -¢ to the throne, and who affume the royal infigina ;. * fo when the time fixed for the duration of the *¢ law preceding Gopvama had expired, and it had © been prophefjed for a thoufand years, that a new *¢ god was about to appear, fix men before the “ coming of Gopvama pretended, that they were -*© gods, ahd each of them was followed by five * hundred difciples. Q. Did thofe falfe gods preach no doétrine ? A. They did preach: but that, which they taught, *¢ was falfe. « deen-giut there are illuminations: every houfe has. erected by it a kind of maft, from which are fufpended one or more lamps. In the royal palace, a pyramid of lamps, at leaft 150 feet high, was fupported by a bamboo fcaffolding. From the lodgings of the de- putation, this illumination of Amarapura made a very {plendid appearance acrofs the lake, by which we were feparated from the city. It is at this time that the nobles from all parts of the empire refort to - court to pay their homage to the king. On this oc- cafion we had an opportunity of feeing a model of the hill Mzenmo, which was erected in the outer court of boty kh | the 300 ON THE RELIGION AND the palace. It was conftruéted of paper and bam. boos, and agreed very well with the account given by the miffionary SanceRMANO. Duaine the principal days and nights of thefe feftivals, there is an almoft conftant fucceffion of wreftling, dancing, mufic, proceffions, fireworks, and theatrical entertainments: hut of thefe, it is not at prefent my intention to give a defcription. 4 To finifh what I have to fay on the religion of Gopama, it would appear by all the accounts given me, that the Burmas received their laws, religion, and government, from the people of Arakan, a people fpeaking the fame language with themfelves, and from thefe circumftances often called Myamma-gye, or great Burmas. This happened about Goo years ago: but the people of Pegue and Arakan, had received the fame gifts from Ceylon a confiderable time “earlier. Previous to this, the Burma empire had probably been occupied by tribes in a ftate of civilization fimilar to that of the Karayn, Kzayn, Lowa, and other fimple nations, who now inhabit the wilder parts of /ndza beyond the Ganges. Whether or not this knowledge, derived from Ceylon, has been of ule to thefe eaftern nations, cannot eafily be de- termined. Thefe fimple tribes have perhaps more fkill in agriculture, and more induftry than the Bur- mas; they have art enough to manufa&ure comfort- able, and even handfome cloathing: they are a peace- able people, little inclined to war: among themfelves they retain that civil liberty, which moft tribes in a fimilar flate enjoy; and it is univerfally agreed, that their mcrals are extremely good: but then they have no laws; are ignorant of even the art of reading; and their religious notions are fo crude, that although they believe in a future ftate, yet they are ignorant of its being a ftate of reward or punifhment. Tuose of the Chinefe, who have adopted the re- ligion of Suaxa, have probably obtained it from Hinduftan, LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 80% Hinduftan, by the route of Thzbet. It is undoubtedly the Chinefe who have communicated this religion to Japan, and to their former dependants in Tonken and Cochinthina. Nor is it by any means improbable, that it is through CfAzna@ that this worfhip has extended to Stam. M. Dexa Lousere informs us; that the Siam- mefe pretend to have got their religion from Laos, in which cafe it muft have come from Chizza. Indeed, from its very early introduction into that empire, at the lateft in the fixth century of the Chrzfiian era, it has had abundance of time to have reached Siam’ as early as we can fuppofe that country to have been civilized. In confequence? of this univerfal diffufion of the religion of BouppHa over the countries to the eaft of Hindujtan, it has been imagined, that all the na- tions inhabiting thefe extenfive regions, and that even the Chinefe, are of the Hindu race; but can we be juftified in forming fuch an opinion, becaufe about 1700 years ago fome priefts came from Hindu/tan into China, and converted to their opinions a multitude of the lower people? As well might we fay, that the Romans in the time of Trajan, and of his ‘virtuous and powerful fucceflors, were Fews, becaufe fome priefts had then come from Ferufalem, and had con- verted, to their opinions, a great number of the Ro- man populace, and flaves. The learned and manly Sir W. Jonzs, among the valt variety of objects which engaged his attention, feems to have haftily adopted this opinion. He fupports the hypothefis entirely ona paflage in the inftitutes of Menu, where, fays he, ‘** we find the following curious paflage= ** Many families of the military clafs having gradually - “ abandoned the ordinances of the Vedas, and the “ company of the Brahmens, lived in a ftate of de- ‘** gradation, as the people of Pundraca, the Chinas, s¢ and fome others.” He then fays, “ this being di- ** rett, pofitive, difinterefted, and unfufpetted, would ‘* decide the queltion, if we could be fure that the word 302 ON THE RELIGION AND word China fignifies a Chinefe*.” Setting afide the difficulties attending the proof of this, of which he has by no means given a compleat folution, I would afk, if it is not to be highly fufpetted, that the Brahmens, like all other bigotted and ignorant feéts, wifh to exalt themfelves by making all nations inferior to their own ? I have before obferved, that the laws of Menu in ufe among the Burmas are very different from thofe tranf- lated by Sir W. Jonest.. The Burma code is cer- tainly more than fix hundred years old, as it was introduced from Ceylon at leaft fo long ago; but it would be very difficult to fhow, in a*country where there are no annals, that the inftitutes of Menu have exifted in their prefent form for the half of fuch a period. The Burma copy. makes no mention of this ftate of degradation. Were it afcertained, that the Gotrama mentioned in the Vedas ¢ was the fame with Gopama of the Rahans, it would be evident that the Chinefe could not have abandoned the ordinances of the Vedas: for at thetime of Gopama, the Chine/fe were a civilized people, with nearly the fame laws which they at prefent enjoy, and the Vedas of confe- quence would be of later date than their inftitutions. It is however alleged, that there have been more than one Gopama or Bovppxa: but whether this opinion be well founded, or whether the Gopama mentioned in the Vedas, be the inftitutor of the: Burma religion, or whether he lived earlier or later than that legiflator, I do not pretend to afcertain. op tote A rew more particulars remain to be mentioned re- lating to the learning of the Burmas. wh Tue Burmas have among them many hiftories, con- taining an account of the lives and a¢tions performed by the different famiites of their princes. ‘Thefe hif- - tories * Afatick Refearches, II, 369. + Page 292 of this Volume. t Sir Witiiam Jones, in the dfatick Refearches, IV, 170. LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 303 tories are, I am told, very fabulous; every aétion being attended by omens and prodigies. Still how- ever they may throw fome light ona part of the world hitherto fo little known: and I am hopeful foon to be able to lay before the learned, a tranflation of the Maha-rafa Wayn-gye, the moft celebrated hiftorical work of the Burmas. Thefe people have alfo tran lated hiftories of the Chznefe and S:ammefe, and of the kingdoms of Kathee, Ko-/hanpyee, Pagoo, Saymmay, and Laynzayn, Of all thefe I faw copies, and feveral of them I procured for Sir Joun Murray. _ Own medicine the Burmas have feveral books. They divide difeafes into ninety-fix genera, and of thefe feveral are fubdivided. into many fpecies. Their books contain defcriptions of all the ninety-fix dif- eafes, with various recipes for their cure. Of the animal kingdom, mummy is a favourite medicine. The Burmas are acquainted with the ufe of mercury in the cure of the veneral difeafe: but their manner of giving it is neither certain nor fafe. They make a candle of cinnabar and fome other materials, and fet- ting fire to it, the patient inhales the fumes with his noftrils. The patient is however rarely able to per- fevere long in this courfe, as it always produces a want of appetite, and extreme langour. The greater part however of the Burma remedies are taken from the vegetable kingdom, efpecially of the aromatic kind, nutmegs being one of their moft favourite me- dicines.. They are well acquainted with the plants of their country, and for a vaft number have appropriate names. On the whole, however, the prattice of their phyficians is almoft entirely empirical; and almoft every one has, or pretends to have, a number of pri- vate recipes, on which the fuccefs of iis practice chiefly depends. I was often tempted by wonderful ftories concerning the efficacy of thefe noftrums, in order to induce me to purchafe the fecret, which fome of them pretended to have been handed down from their fathers for feveral generations. Indeed I found. 304... ON THE RELIGION AND found a great {pirit of illiberality among my brethreft of trade; nor were they exempt from impofing on the weaknefs of the fick, by a pretenfion to fupernatural powers. In fpite however of all thefe indireét means of influence, I found them defervedly not in pof- feflion of an honourable eftimation among their coun- trymen. One curious cuftom relating to the Burma phyficians may be mentioned. If a young woman is dangeroully ill, the doctor and her parents frequently enter into an agreement, the dotior undertaking to cure her. If fhe lives, the dottor takes her as his property; but if fhe dies, he pays her value to the parents: for in the Burma dominions, no parent parts with his daughter, whether to be a wife, or to be a cancubine, without a valuable confideration. I do not know whether the doctor is entitled to fell the girl again, or if he muft retain her in his family ; but the number of fine young women, which I faw in the houfe of a doétor at Myeda, makes me think the practice to be very common. iat 2 In furgery, the {kill of the Burmas, I believe, goes no farther than drefling wounds, and fetting bones. Of late indeed they have introduced from Arakan the art of inoculation for the fmall-pox. This prattice has however not become general, as a very great proportion of the people’s faces are pitted by that difeate. ’ che tt On law, the Burmas have many treatifes; both containing the laws of Menu, and copious com- mentaries on thefe. Whether theys {till have any copies of the law, as originally imported from Ceylon, £ know not: but I was told, that the Damathat-gye, er code in common ufe, has fuffered. feveral alter- ations, and additions, made by the decrees of various princes. . I nrarp of no poetry, which the Burmas poffefs, except fongs. Of thefe they have a great number on a varicty of fubjeéts, and are fond of quoting ‘ , | LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 3035 them on many occasions. ‘Their music, both vocal and instrumental, appeared to me very bad. Some of their musical instruments are, indeed, not so barba- rously noisy, as those of the Hindus and Chinese ; but the airs, which the Burmas performed on them, I could not at all comprehend. On the contrary, many of the Hindu and Chinese airs seem to me not at all unpleasant: but I must confess, that I am entirely unskilled and rude in the science of music. The Burmus have dramatic entertainments, used at-all festivals, and well described by M. pr La Lov- BERE in hisaccount of Siam. The performers in- deed, which we saw, were all Stammese. Although these entertainments, like the Zéalian opera, consist of music, dancing, and action, with a dialogue in recitative ; yet we understood, that no part but the songs was previously composed. ‘The subject is generally taken from some of the legends of their heroes, especially of Rama; and the several parts songs, and actions, being assigned to the different performers, the recitative part or dialogue is left to each actor’singenuity. If, from the effects on the audience we might' judge of the merit of the per- formance, it must be very considerable ; as some of the performers had the art of keeping the mul- titude in a roar. I often, however, suspected that the audience were not difficult to please : for I fre-— quently observed the JALyoowun of Haynthawade (the man of high rank whom we most frequently saw), thrown into immoderate laughter by the most childish contrivances. These eastern nations are _indeed a lively, merry people ; and like the former French, dance, laugh, and sing, in the midst of oppression and misfortune. | ~The original of most of the Burma books on law and religion isin the Pali or Pale language ; which undoubtedly is radically the same with the Sanscrit. I was assured at Amarapura that the Pali of Siam, and Pegu, differed considerably from that- of the Burmas, and an intelligent native of Vot. VI. ~ Tavay, 2 306 ON THE RELIGION AND Yavay, who had been at Cingala or Candy, the pre- sent capital of Ceylon, and at the ruins of Anurada- pura, the former capital, assured me, that the Padi of that island was considerably different from that of Ava. In many inscriptions, and in books of ceremony, such as the Kammua, the Pah language is written in a square character, somewhat resembling the Bengal Sanscrit, and called Magata. Of this; a spe- cimen may be seen.in Api description of the Bor rgian museum by Pautinus*. But in general it is writ- ten in a round character nearly resembling the Bur- ma letters. Of this kind is the specimen given by the accurate M. pe ta Lovsere, and which some persons have rashly conceived to be the Burma. There is no doubt, however, that all the different characters of Jndia, both on the west and onthe east of the Ganges, have been derived from a common source: andthe Burma writing of the whole appears to be the most distinct and beautiful. . In their more elegant books, the Burmas write on sheets of ivory, on very fine white palmira leaves. The ivory is Stained black, and the margins are or- namented with gilding, while the characters are ena- melled or eilded. On the palmira leaves the cha- racters are in general of black enamel; and the ends of the leaves, "and margins, are painted with flowers im various bright colours. In their more common hooks, the Burmas with an iron style engrave their writing on palmira leaves. A_ hole, through both ends of each leaf, serves to connect the whole into a volume by means of two strings, which also pass through the two wooden boards, that serve for bind- ing. "In the finer binding of these kind of books the boards are lacquered, the edges of the leaves cut smooth and gilded, and the title is written on the upper board, the two cords are by a knot or jewel secured at a little distance from the boards, so.as to preyent the book from falling to PIE / * Page 1 5. but LITERATURE OF THE BURMAS. 307 but sufficiently distant to admit of the upper leaves ~ being turned back, while the lower ones are read. The more elegant books are in general wrapped up in silk cloth, and bound round by a garter, in which sa Burmas have the art to weave the title of the ook: As there are but few of the Burmas who do not read and write, almost every man carries with him a parawaik *, in which he keeps his accounts, copies songs, till he can repeat them from memory, and takes memorandums of any thing curious. It is on these parawaiks that the Zares or writers in all courts, and public offices, take down the proceedings and orders of the superior officers : from thence copying such parts, as are necessary, into books of a more durable and elegant nature. The parawaik is made of one sheet of thick and strong paper blackened over. A good one may be about eight feet long, and eigh- teen inches wide. It is folded up somewhat like a fan, or thus a 7\“~\._7\ beach fold, or page be- ing about six inches, and in length the whole breadth of the sheet. Thence, wherever the book is opened, whichever side is uppermost, no part of it ~ can be rubbed, but the two outer pages, a. 6. and it only occupies a table one foot in width by eighteen -inches long. The Burmas write on the parawaik with a pencil of steatites. When in haste the Zares use many contractions, and write with wonderful quickness. I have seen them keep up with an officer _ dictating, and not speaking very slow. But when _ they take pains, the characters written on the para- - waik are remarkably neat. Indeed this nation, like the Chinese, pique themselves much on writing an elegant, and distinct character.. When that, which has heen written on a parawaik, becomes no longer useful, the pages are rubbed over with charcoal, and the leaves of a species of Dolichos: they are then clean, as ifnew, and equally fit for the pencil. * I do not know, but that this ought to be written Paruck. eS Every 308 ON THE RELIGION, ‘&e. ‘very convent has a collection of books: sererai of which are pretty considerable. The most common copiers are indeed the Rakans, who, prepare books hoth for their convents, and for presents to their lay henefactors. ‘These books are kept in chests, much ornamented with gilding, and bits of looking: glass, . fastened on with lacquer, in the shape of flowers. At Amarapura we were shewn a part of the royal li- brary. ‘This is a brick building, surrounded by en- closed courts, and temples, which oceupy a delight- ful situation, in the N. W. angle of the city. Near it isa small, but most elegant Aiaung. To this, at times, the monarch retires; and we were shewn the gilded couch on which he reposes, while the Zara- no reads to him, and mstructs him in the duties of religion. ‘The hbrary itself is neither a convenient nor handsome building. The gallery, imto which we entered, contamed about a hundred chests, gilded on the sides, and lacquered above, with the general title of their contents written in golden letters. ‘The chests were large, and if full, must have contained many thosaud volumes. As we saw only a part, I pre- sume that the king’s collection is very extensive. He is, indeed, said to be a very intelligent, and learned prince. He was very desirous of obtaining some Brahmen more jearned, than those he had, to in- struct him, in astronomy ; and he had caused the institutes of Meno to be translated from the English of Sir Witutiam Jones. He must therefore have heard of what is pursued among the Europeans, in at least oriental literature: and it is to be hoped, that some more useful books may attract his notice : books which might tend to improve the people, and give them more enlightened notions of politics, of the arts, and of science. Hitherto, I suspect, the laws, orreligion, of the Burmas, have contributed little to the happiness of the people ; but fortunately they have not, like those of the Brahmens, placed any insurmountable obstacles in the way of national improvement. : IX, NARRATIVE ee NARRATIVE Pa GF A JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. By CAPTAIN THOMAS HARDIWICKE. bd fa CEREUS oF TT) Havinc sometime ago visited the mountainous country of Strinagur ; I hope a succint detail of some of the most remarkable circumstances, which occur- red in that journey, will not be unacceptable to the Asiatick Society. f On the 3d of Afarch, 1796, J commenced the jour- ney, from futtehghur, in company with Mr. Hun TER; and we arrived, on the 19th of the same month, at Anoopsheher : our route was circuitous, for the purpose of visiting the several indigo plantations, established by European gentlemen, in this part of Dooab. Here were conspicuously displayed, the effects of skill, of industry, aud of a spirit of commercial enterprize, in beautifying and enriching a country, which in other arts exhibiting only waste and forest, supplies, in- deed, matter to'gratify the curiosity of a naturalist, but suggests to the philanthropic mind the most gloomy reflections. At Anoupsheher I recruited the necessary supplies for the prosecution of my journey, and on the 23d, con- tinued my march alone; for my fellow-traveller was under the necessity of returning, from this place, to attend the residency with Dowiur Row Sinveau, on a visit to the A/arhatta camp. On the 30th of Aarch, I arrived at Nejeebabad: the town is about six furlongs in length; with some regu- lay streets, broad, and enclosed by barriers at different . x3 distances, 310 NARRATIVE OF A distances, forming distinct bazars. In the neigbour- hood, are the remains of many considerable buildings. Near the south-west end of the town is a large gar- den, called Sultan Bagh; containing in the center a spacious square building, erected by one of the sons of NEJEEB-UD-DOWLAH. : On the north-east side of this garden, and at the distance of 300 yards, is another, in which lies buried NEJEEB-UD-DOWLAH: his grave is without orna- ment, raised on a terrace, afew feet from the ground, in an area of about eighty yards, surrounded by a square building, formed into apartments and offices, for the accommodation of the servants, appointed to perform the usual ceremonies, for the benefit of de- parted souls. A considerable traffic is carried on here, in wood, bamboos, iron, copper, and tincal, brought from the hills. It is also the center of an extensive trade from Lahore, Cabul, and Cashmir, to the tast and south-. east part of Hindustan. . At the distance of ten miles and six and a half fur- longs, from Nejeebabad, on the road to Hurdwar, is Subbul-gurh, avery extensive line of fortification, en- closing the town ; both of which exhibit little more than naked walls falling.to decay. Much of the ground, within the fort, is in cultivation. In the south-east curtain, or face of the fort, is a lofty brick-built gateway. The high road leads close past the north-east bastion, and continues along the north face, the whole length, within thirty or forty yards of the ditch. | On the 1st of April, I arrived at Unjennee Ghat, about three miles below Hurdwar, on the eastern side of the river. The town of Hurdwar occupies a very small spot, consisting of a few buildings of brick,+the property JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 311 property of eminent Goosseyns. It is situated ou the point of land at the base of the hills, on the western side of the river. The stream here divides itself into three channels, the principal of which is on the eastern side, and running along a pleasant bank, called Chandee Ghat, meets the base of the hill, which gives this name to the Ghat below. The deepest channel at present is in some places about fifteen feet, a depth not long con- tinued; and near the termination of each reach of the river, the stream breaks, with rapidity, over beds of large loose stones, sometimes with no more water than sutficient to give passage to large unloaded boats. The points of the islands, several of which are formed in the bed of the river, are principally of loose pebbles and sand; but, the rest of the land, between the dif- ferent channels is covered with the JZunosa Catechu. The ascent of the hill, called Chandee, commences ata little distance from Unjennee, from which, to the top of the hill, I consider about two miles anda quarter. Some part of this distance, however, is a long and elevated level bank. The ascent tothe high part of the hill, is very steep; the path narrow, and requiring much attention and exertion, to prevent ac- cidents in stepping, from the looseness of the stones and earth. On the top of this hill is a Tersool or trident, about fourteen feet high, of stone, supported by a small square base of mason-work ; the base of the forks is ornamented, on the east side, with figures of the sun and moon, between which, upon the shaft, is the figure of GaNEsa, Near the base of the shaft, are the figures of Kaat- KA Devi, and Hanuman, the former on the east, . the latter west. The space on the summit of this. hill, is not twice larger than the square of the pe-- destal $12 NARRATIVE OF A ; destal of the trident: from this, a narrow ridge leads to another hill, something higher: and in this man- ner, the hills here are mostly connected; the highest | being generally of a conical form. They are very thinly clad with vegetable productions: the trees are few, and small; and the grass, at this season of the year, parched up. In some parts of the hills, how- ever, where the aspect is more northerly, the grass is more abundant, finer, and seemingly much liked by the cattle. On the top of Chandnee, a Bramen is stationed to receive contributions from visitors during the con- tinuance of the A/e/a: the produce, he says, upon an average, is forthat time, about ten rupees per day. This Adela, or fair, is an annual assemblage of Hindus, to bathe, for a certain number of days, in the © waters of the Ganges, at this consecrated spot. The petiod of ablution is that of the Sun’s entering Aries; which, according to the Hindu computation, being reckoned from a fixed point, now happens about twenty days later than the vernal equinox. It ac-. cordingly tell on the evening of the 8th of April. But every twelfth year,, when Jupiter is in Aquarius, at the time of the Sun’s entering Aries, the concourse of people is greatly augmented. The present is one of those periods, and the multitude collected here, on this occasion, may, I think, with mode- ration, be computed at two and a half millions of souls*. Although the performance of a religious duty is their primary object, yet, many avail them- * This estimation may appear enormous ; and it therefore becomes necessary to give some account of the grounds on which it was formed. Small sums are paid by all, at the different watering places ; and the collectors at each of these, in rendering their accounts to the. Mehunts, who regulate the police, are obliged to form as exact a register, as a place of so much bustle will admit of. From the prin- cipal of these offices, the number of the multitude is found out, pro- bably within a few thousands. The Goosseyn, on’ whose informa- tion the calculation was formed, had access to these records; and the result, as delivered above, was thought more likely to be tinder, thany aver the truth. ‘ Pty! to selves JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 3138 selves of the occasion, to transact business, and carry on an extensive annual commerce. In this concourse of nations, it is a matter of no small amusement to a curious observer, to trace the dress, features, manners, &c. which characterize the people of the different countries of Cabal, Cashinir, Lahore, Butaan, Sirinagur, Cummow, and the plains of Hin- dustan. From some of these very distant countries, whole families, men, women, and children, cide: take the journey, some travelling on foot, some on horseback, and many, particularly women and chil- dren, in long heavy carts, railed, and covered with sloping matted roofs, to defend them against the sun and wet weather: and durig the continuance of the fair, these serve also as habitations. Among the natives of countries so distant from all intercourse with people of our colour, it is natural to suppose that the faces, dress, and equipage of the gentlemen who were then at Hurdwar, were looked upon by many as objects of great curiosity : indeed it exceeded all my ideas before on the subject, and as often as we passed through the crowd in our pa-- lanquins, we were followed by numbers, of both women and men, eager to keep pace, and admiring, with evident astonishment, every thmg. which met theireyes. Elderly women, in particular, salaamed with the greatest reverence; many shewed an eagerness to touch some part of our dress; which being permitted, they generally retired with a ‘salaam, aud apparently much satisfied. At our tents, parties succeeded parties throughout the day, where they would take their stand for hours together, silently surveying every thing they saw. Sometimes more inquisitive visitors approached even to the doors of the tent, and finding they were not repelled, though venturing within, they gene- rally retired, with ‘additional gratification ; : and fre- was quetnly 814 NARRATIVE OF A q quently returned, as introductors to new visitors, whose expectations they had raised, by the relation of what themselves had seen. The most troublesome guests were the Goosseyns, who being the first here in point of numbers and power, thought it warrantable to take more freedoms than others did: and it was no easy matter to be, at any time, free from their company: it was, how- éver, politically prudent, to tolerate them ; for, by being allowed to take possession of every spot round the tents, even within the ropes, they might be con- sidered as a kind of safe-guard, against visitors of worse descriptions ; in fact, they made a shew of be- ing our protectors. In the early part of the ela, or fair, this sect of Fakeers erected the standard of superiority, and pro- claimed themselves regulators of the police. Apprehending opposition, in assuming this autho- rity, they published an edict, prohibiting all other tribes from entering the place with their swords, or arms of any other description. This was ill received at first, and for some days it was expected force must have decided the matter ; however, the Byraagees, who were the next powerful sect, gave up the point, and the rest followed their example. Thus the Goos- seyns paraded with their swords and shields, while every other tribe carried only bamboos through the fair. The ruling power was consequently held by the priests of the Goosseyns, distinguished by the appel- lation of A/ehunts, and during the continuance of the A/ela, the police was under their authority, and all duties levied and collected by them. For Hurd- yar, though immediately connected with the A/ah~ ratla 7 JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 315 ratta government, and, at all other seasons, under the rule and controul of that state, is, on these oc- casions, usurped, by that party of the Faicers, who prove themselves most powerful; and though the col- lections made upon pilgrims, cattle, and all species of merchandize, amount to a very considerable sum; yet no part is remitted to the treasury of the Aahratta state. These Mehunts meet in council daily: hear and decide upon all complaints brought before them, ei- ther against individuals, or of a nature tending to dis- turb the public tranquillity, and the well manage- ment of this immense multitude. As one of these assemblies was on the high road near our tents, we had frequent opportunities of no- ticing their meetings; and one of our sepoys, having occasion to appear before it, in a cause of some con- sequence, it gave us an opportunity of learning some-~ thing of the nature of their proceeding. The sepoy, it seems, on leaving the station, where his battalion was doing duty, was entrusted, by one of the native officers, with fifty rupees, and a com- mission to purchase a camel. With the intention of executing this trust, he mixed with a crowd, where some camels were exposed for sale; and while endea- vouring to cheapen one to the limits of his purse; shewing the money, and tempting the camel mer- chant to accept, for his beast, the fifty rupees, he drew the attention of a party of Marwar men, who were meditating a plan to get it from him. Five. or six of those men, separating from the crowd, got round him, said, they (or one of them) had lost his money, to the amount of fifty rupees; that he, the sepoy, was the man who had it; and, with much cla- gmour and force, they got the money from him. For- tunately, the sepoy’s comrades were near; he ran to- wards them and communicated the alarm, and got assistance, 316 NARRATIVE OF A assistance, before the fellows had time to make off, or secrete the money; they, however, assumed a great deal of effrontery, and demanded that the mat- ter should be submitted to the decision of the AZe- hunts: before this tribunal the cause was consequent- ly brought, and an accusation laid against the sepoy, by these men of JZarwar: the money was produced, and lodged in court, and the cause on both sides, heard with deliberation. Unlucky for the Marwa- rees, they had neither opportunity. to examine or change the money; and knew not what species of coin made up this sum: which circumstance led to their conviction : for bemg enjoined by the ALehunis, to describe the money they had lost, they nained coin very different from what the purse contained: but when the sepoy was called upon to answer the same question, he specified the money exactly. The judges immediately gave a decision, in favour of the sepoy, and restored him his money: the AZarwars were fined each in the sum of five rupees, and sentenced to re- ceive each fifty stripes, upon their bare backs with the Korah. 2 . The Goosseyns maintained an uncontested authori- ty, till the arrival of about 12 or 14,000 Seek horses men, with their families, &c. who encamped on the plains about Jualapore. Their errand here was avowed to be bathing; and soon after their arrival they sent OopasseF, their principal priest or Goosroo, to make choice of asituation on the river side, where he erect- ed the distinguishing flag of their sect, for the guid- ance and direction of its followers, to the spot. It ap- peared, however, that no compliments or intimation of their intentions, had been made to the ruling pow- er; and the Goosscyns, not willing to admit of any in- fringement of their authority, pulled down the flag, and drove out of the place those who accompanied it. Some slight resistance was shewn by the Seeks, in support of their priest, and the dignity of their flag, but was repelled with much violence, and the Croosseyns, er JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 317 Goossey ns, not content with driving them away, abused and plundered the whole party, to a consi- derable amount. The old priest OopAssEE, on his return to the Seck camp, complained to Rajah SauEB SiNG, their chief, in the name of the body collective, of the insult and violence they had met with from. the Goosseyns. A consultation was immediately held by the three chiefs of the Seek forces, viz. Rajah” SaneB Sine of Puteealdh, and Roy Sing and SHERE Sine of Boo- reah, who silenced the complainants by promising to demand redress and restitution for what they had been plundered of. A VAKEEL was immediately dispatched, with a re- meeecton, from the Seeks to the Alehunts, .or priests of the Goosseyns, pointing out the right, they conceived they possessed, in common with all other nations, to have access to the river; and complaining of the wanton insults they had met with, from their tribes, when in the peaceable execution of their duty: however, as they had no remedy, to make amends for some part of the ill treatment they met with, yet they demanded an immediate retribution of all they had been plundered of, and free access to the river or: place of bathing. The Mehunts heard their complaints, expressed concern at what had happened, and promised their assistance, in obtaining the redress sought for: and the matter, for the present, rested here: the Goos- seyns giving back, to the Seeks, all the plunder they had taken, and admitting of their free ingress and egress to the river. All was pretty quiet, during the few remaining Gays 518 — NARRATIVE OF A days of bathmg; but on the morning of the 10th of April, (which day concluded the Mela) a scene of much confusion and bloodshed ensued. About eight o'clock on that morning, the Secks (having previously deposited their women, ~ children, and property, in a. village, at some distance from Hurdwar) assembled im force, and proceeded to’ the different watering- places, where they attacked, with swords, spears, and fire-arms, every tribe of Fakeers that came in their way. These people made some resistance, but being all on foot, and few, -if any, having fire-arms, the contest was unequal: and the Seeks, who were all mounted, drove the poor Sannyassees, Byraagees, Goosseyns, Naagees, &c. before them, with irresis- tible fury. Having discharged their pieces within a few paces, they rushed upon those unfortunate pil- grims with them swords, and having slaughtered a great number, pursued the remainder, until, by flight to the hills, or by swimming the river, bili escaped the revenge of their pursuers. The confusion, spread among other descriptions of people, was inconceivable ; ee every one, thinking himself equally an object of their resentment, sought every means of safety that offered: many ‘took to the river, and in the attempt to swim across, several were drowned : of those who endeavoured to escape to the heights, numbers were plundered, but none who had not the habit of a /akeer was in the least hurt: many parties of straggling horsemen now rang- ed the island, between Hurdwar and U: npinnee gaut ; plundering the people to the very water’s-edge, im- mediately opposite to us; fortunately for thousands, who crowded to this gaut, the greatest part of one of the vizier’s battalions, w ith two. six- pounders were stationed here; two companies of which, with an addition of a few of our own sepoys, - a native officer, whom Captain Murray very judi- ciously sent across the river, kept the approach of the horse in check. Finding they could not attack the crowd on the water 's-cdge, without receiving a smart fire JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 319 fire from the sepoys, as well as exposing themselves to the fire of their guns, they drew off, and by about three o’clock in the afternoon, all was again quiet. At this time, the cause of such an attack, or the future intentions of this body of See/s, was all a mys- tery to us; and popular report favoured the conjec- ture, that they intended to. profit from the present occasion, and by crossing the river, at a few miles _ lower down, return, and plunder the myriads of _ travellers who crowded the roads through Rohilcund. However, the uext morning discovered they had no such intentions ; as, from the adjacent heights, we saw them take their departure, in three divisions, bending their march in a westerly course, or directly from us. The number which had crowded to the river side, opposite to our tents, was too great to be ferried over in the course of the night, and conse- quently remained in that situation: fearful of the approach of day, and in dreadful alarm from the ex- pectation of another visit from the Seeks, but by eight o’clock, their minds were more at ease, and they offered up their prayers for the Lnglish gentle- men, whose presence, they universally believed, had been the means of dispersing the enemy. From the various information we had now collected, we concluded this hostile conduct of the Seeks was purely in revenge against the tribes of Lakeers : many of the wounded came to our camp to solicit chirurgical assistance and they all seemed very sensi- ble, that they only were the objects of the enemy’s fury. : Accounts agree that the Fuakeers lost about five hundred men killed, among whom was one of their Mehunts, or priests named Maunpooree; and they had many wounded: of the Seeks about twenty were killed, but the number of wounded not known. ‘The yn Be 320 NARRATIVE OF A ‘ ‘The mountains in the neighbourhood of Hurdwar afford, but little amusement for the mincralogist ; nor is a fossil to be found in them, impreguated with any other metal than iron. In some situations, where the fall of water bict ex- posed. their surface, for one or two hundred feet, nothing more is exhibited tlian an argillaceous marl, varying in hardness and colour, according to the wieeate particles they contain ; sometimes this yari- ety is shewn very distinctly, stratum super stratum, the lowest consisting rather of siliceous particles, having loose quartzose sand, with very little earthy mix ture ; and crumbling to pieces with the least ap- plication of force ; the next a fine smooth marl, of a dull cineritious erey, compact, and soapy to the touch : it is quick ly diffusible in water, and does not effervesce in acids. The next is of a pale liver- coloured brown, possessing properties like those of the preceding one, but somewhat more indurated, and most likely containing more iron: the fourth, or superior stratum is still browner than the last; and exhibits, in its. fracture, small shining micaceous. particles. In other places, the whole side of a mountain consists of siliceous sand, mixed with mica and some calcareous earth; the whole very slightly connected, laminated, and tumbling in large. quantities mto the water-courses below ; soriietitnes found sufficiently indurated to bear the violence of the fall. rom the place called Neel Koond, a wind- ing nullah, of about a mile in length, Falls into the Ganges a little above Unjinnee : ix the bed of it, a ercater variety of stonés is found than might be ex- pected from the nature of the hills, in which: the source of it lies ; thus granite, and opaque quartz, of different colours, are found in pretty large round- ed masses: yet no such stones, as far as observation can trace, form any part of the mountains, in this neighbourhood. The high ground betwe cen the bank of the Ganges ha JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 391 and the mountains, also contains many of these stones, in a loose unconnected state; some lying very deep in the earth, as may be seen on the side of the bank exposed to the river: these bear a-perfect resemblance to those stones in the beds of the nullah, and Ganges, which owe their form to the attrition of rolling currents for ages: but the elevated situation in which these are bedded, leaves no room for supposition, when, if ever, they were subject to such action. Le The riches of the vegetable kingdom, however, made ample amends for the want of variety in the mineral productions. As an enumeration of the plants I met with, during my stay at this place, would interrupt the thread of my narrative, I have subjoin- ed them in the form of an appendix, together with, all the others found in the course of my tour; adding such remarks on their history, or economical uses, as I judged might be interesting. I have only to ob- serve, that the season just now is not very favourable for finding herbaceous plants in flower; the greatest. abundance of this description is brought forward by the periodical rains, and a visit im the. months of September and October, would, no doubt, be attended with a very successful investigation. On the other hand, to explore the loftier products of the extensive forests, with the deliberation the research requires, it should be begun in January, and continued to the end of April. $i «2M | 7 __ As a necessary measure, previous to my proceeding onmy intended journey to Sirinagur, | dispatched a servant, with a letter, to the rajah of that place; sig- nifying my intentions of visiting his capital, and forwarding, at the same time, a letter I bad the honour to receive, from the vizier, AsopxH-u1L-DowLau, | through. the. kind influence of the resident, Mr. Currry. . My. servant returned on the day, Iwas quitting Hurdwar, (18th Jpril) with the rajah’s. ac- knowledgement of my letter, and a perwannah or pass Vou. VI. _ : ~ through are 8o¢g NARRATIVE OF A through his dominions written in the ancient Flindws character, . On the 12th of April, I took my departure from Hurdwar, or Unjinneeghat; and on the 13th, making . two marches of it, arrived at Neeebabad. ‘This was certainly a retrogade motion, but two or three rea- sons operated, to induce me to change the route I originally intended to take} first, Hurdwar was a place of less security: for the cattle and’ baggage I must leave behind, and the difficulty of feeding them greater, than i a place where established bazars pro- duced abundance of grain. : Secondly, some little conveniences necessary to my manner of travelling, I could not get made up here; and thirdly, the road direct from Hurdwar to Strina- gur, was more difficult of access and worse supplied with provisions and water, than the one recommend- ed from Wejeebubad; 1 therefore decided in favour of the latter. tahin Duebiar _ Among other preparations while here, a substitute for a palankeen was requisite, and I made up what is called a Chempaan, which is nothing more,than ja litter, of about five feet in length and three in breadth, supported between two bamboos, or poles, fixed to the sides a little above the bottom, and carried in the manner of what is called in, Bengal a Tanjaan, by a _ short yoke fixed between the poles near the ends, and parallel to them. | ath Del baivatt On the 20th, I commenced my march from Nejee- babad, and encamped at the petty village of Coadwara, at the distance of eighteen miles. ‘This village is si- tuated at the distance of three furlongs, within the barrier of this ghat, where is the first ascent of the hills through a rugged road, | The barrier is a large double gate of plank, flanked on the left by a pre- cipice, and on the right by a wall of loose stones, connected with the neighbouring ridge of hills. This: point of land, including the village, is nearly encircled by the Koa-nullah, a shallow, but clear and rapid stream ; but being surrounded on ah the L JOURNEY TO SIRINACUR. 333 the north, east, and south, by higher mountains, the situation, must be, at some seasons, intolera- bly hot, and probably unhealthy. These ranges of hills rise, with a moderate, though unequal slope, from the plains below, and are skirt- ed by deep forests, extending from Hurdwar through Rohilcund, Oude, and the countries to the eastward, and produced many kinds of valuable timber, and an abundant store of plants, never yet, perhaps, brought under the systematical examination of the botanist. They also abound with game of many descriptions. Klephants are found here, and sometimes range be- yond the skirts of the woods, to the great injury of whatever cultivation they meet with: but their de- predations are particularly directed to sugar planta- tions. They are considered inferior, in size and value, to the elephants brought from the eastern countries ; and are seldom caught, but for the purpose of taking their teeth. The soil of these forests varies, from a black fat earth, where the trees or shrubs which it nourishes, acquire a large size; to a firm reddish clay, and mix- tures of gravel and loose: stones of various descrip- tions. _ On the 21st, I marched to Amsore, a small village on a little cultivated spot. The first part of the road lay in the bed of the Koa-nullah, and the whole of it was so rugged, that although the distance is only © computed four coss, and I judge it not to exceed” seven miles, I employed three hours and a half in walking it, and my baggage did not arrive till six hours after I set off. The general direction of the road is about N. E. by. E. On the 22d, a walk of two hours and forty minutes | Y 2 carried 524 ‘NARRATIVE OF A carricd me to Ghinouly, the distance of which from Amsore, I compute to be cight miles ;, the road being much less obstructed. than yesterday. Towards: the beginning of this day’s march, the road passes be- tween two stupendous rocks. ‘The stones, in this part of the nullah, lying in very large masses, the stream passing between with very great rapidity, and the only path across being on spars laid from rock to rock, the passenger is exposed to imminent danger. Farther on, I met with one of the small water-mills, called Punchickee, which was now workine. «The construction is: very simple: the stones which are little larger than those turned by theshand, and call- ed chuckies, are worked by means of; an horizontal’ wheel ;. the spokes of which are cut like the valves of a venetian window, and set obliquely into the case) of a perpendicular shaft ; and, upon these valves, a stream of water, from a narrow spout, at about four feet. elevation, falls, -with «foree »enough,s to’ give brisk motion to the machine. || The water: is brought to.it, by banking up ‘the stream of the nullah, | till it: acquires the necessary elevation. ‘The hopper isa co- nical basket, suspended with the narrow end of the cone over the hole im the stones ;:and being kept in a gentle motion, it supplies them constantly and’ re gularly. - In. this: manner, two} menerelieving each other, will grind from-tour to six maunds of grain in’ twenty-four hours. 24101 The village at Ghinouly consists’ of: three’ huts. Seldom more than five or six together are to be met with;,and it isa large village that has somiany as ten. . { Dy oe Garr ui ok hoe eee The hills im this situation, are not so close as those in the road behind me ; the ground between; on'each side the nullah, clevated and very pleasant’; and the cultivation carried to the very) summits of ‘those’ mountains. The sides of all, look greener than those hitherto seen, but I was not yet sensible of : any JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 395 any moderation in the heat of the day. The thermo- meter was up to ninety-five, and never lower than seventy-two within my tent. ' On the 23d, after a walk of three hours and ten minutes, I arrived at Dosah, an inconsiderable village on the banks of the nullah, alone which lay the great- est part of the road, from last encampment. ‘This day’s journey exhibited a considerable variety of sce- nery, being now a rugged path, between abrupt im- pending rocks, and now, little open spaces, surround- ed with gently sloping hills, the sides of which are diversified with clumps of fir, oak, and saul, and with cultivated ground. In one of these latter situations, the water is conducted from one side of the nullah, to the fieids on the other by an ingenious, though simple contrivance. A trough, formed by hollowing the body ofa large fir-tree, is placed across, where the over-hanging rocks favour the communication, and conducts a stream, sufficient for the purpose of irrigation. The Koa-nullah has its source about three miles above Dosah to the north, and its first small branch rises in a spring at Dewara-Kaal, and receives in- crease from several small rills, issuing from the sur- rounding hills, between Dewara-Kaal, and this place. The bed of the nullah here contains great quanti- ties of AZica, of various tints, according to its im- pregnation with iron or other metallic ores; the mountains exhibit it in very considerable masses ; and, in many places, it falls crumbling down their sides, into the water-courses below. ‘thence it is carried away, by the currents, shining at the bottom, with a lustre little less brilliant than silver. None of it, however, is of so pure a transparency as to serve the purposes to which this substance is usually applied, ; ¥ 6 | | The $26 NARRATIVE OF A : The thermometer, to-day, was at the highest nine- ty, and at four in the morning down to sixty-five ; the wind variable and threatening change of weather. The sportsman may here find ample source of amusement. Black partridge, hares, and quail, are © found in plenty, without much labour ; and the eager pursuer, who does not consider the ascending of | heights, and creeping into jungles, material obstacles to his amusement, will find two species of fowls, and the deer called parah, by the natives (Cerous Porci- nus, L.). | . The fish of the nullah are small, but make a very tasted fry, and are an acceptable variety to thescanty supply of animal food procurable : they are mostly of the genus Cyprinus, four species of which I parti- cularly remarked. The manner of taking fish in these shallow rapid nullahs may not be unworthy of notice. One method is by rod and line ; about eight or ten . . - t yards of one end of the line is filled with nooses, or snares, formed of horse hair from one to three or four hairs strong, according to the size of the fish expect- ed to be caught; and at intervals of about fifteen inches, oblong pieces of iron are fixed, to prevent its being carried away by the force of the current: the other end of the line, perhaps ten or twelve yards, is . passed through a bow, at the end of a short rod, and kept in the hand below, and both are managed in the same manner as a trowling rod and line; thus prepared, the fisherman casts the end with the snare across the stream, where he lets it remain about half aminute, during which time, he pokes a light forked stick, carried in the right hand, into holes about the stones, thus driving the fish up the stream, against - the snares of the line, and on taking it up, generally has secured from one to four fish. By these simple means, he seldom fails, i about half an hour, to get a tolerable fry. ais | Another a) JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 397 Another method, practised by the natives, is to stupify or kill them, with vegetable substances: for this purpose they make choice of a pool formed by the current, and turning the stream, by heaping up stones, stop up the supply of fresh water into it, in the same manner, closing every outlet, then bruising the fruit of atree common here, they cast a quantity into the pool, and in about half an hour, its deleterious effect seldom fails to shew itself: the fish, unable to pre- serve their equilibrium, tumble about, rise to the sur- face of the water, and are easily taken with the hands, On the 24th, in three hours thirty-five minutes, I reached Betkate. The scenery, on this day’s march, was more beautifully diversified, than in any preced- ing one. © The forests of oak, fir, and boorans*, are here more extensive, and the trees of greater magni- | tude than any I have yet seen. Unfortunately,. nei- ther the traveller’s mind, nor his eye, can be enough disengaged, to admire, in security, the sublimity of this prospect: for after the ascent of a pretty high ridge of mountains, the road is continued along their side; winding, and so narrow, that without constant attention, you are in danger of being precipitated inte an alarming depth of valley on the right. The spot, on which I encamped, is a narrow val- ley, separating the villages of Bedeyl and Belkate, which are nearly opposite to each other; the river Nayaar running between, with a stream beautifully transparent, in the direction of W. N. W. The principal source which forms this river, if I am to trust the authority of the natives, lies at a place called Doobree, about forty eight coss, or four days journey east (to a man on foot, without burthen;) and issues, in a considerable stream, from the root of a tree called Beh-kul. It fails into the Ganges, about * See the catalogue annexed to this paper, Y4 nine 528 NARRATIVE OF A nine miles below Dew-praag, with which I find the natives have some communication in the rainy sea- son; and through this channel carry on a small traf- fic in iron, grain, &c. in canoes fous from the trunk of large Semel trees. yr I crossed the river, in knee-deep water, and pitch- ed my tent under a large mango tree, where two or threé trees more afford ample shade for servants of all descriptions. ees The mountains in the neiehbenghaaal of: shia? val- Jey lie in lamellated strata of various coloured fissile stones or slate, from adull clay colour, toash, bluish black, light btown, and ferruginous brown: in some places a vein of white quarts runs through, in an ir- regular direction. ~ The houses here are Bisvevedl with a kind, much resembling the common writing slate. i On the 25th I walked, in two Notte and fifteen mi- nutes, to Nataana, a village of five or six houses upon the brow ofa sloping hill. It looks into an ex- cessiye deep valley, formed, by the surrounding hills, into a narrow bottom, resembling an inverted cone, and cultivated in ridges, down their ‘sides, to the very base. ‘he road from Belhate ascends gradually, and the elevation here is such as considerably to reduce the temperature of the air. From an accident to my thermometer, I could only estimate this by my sen- sations, which did not indicate a higher degree than eighty: -five at noon. The natives say, it continues thus ‘cool, all the month of May, and they seldom, at any time, experience excessive heat Ms A i I pitched my tent, at the distande of three quarters, ofa nile froin’ the village, near a little stream of wa- ter, SS | JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. . 329 ter, which supplies the wants of the inhabitants. It issues from’ the mouth of a bull, rudely hewn out of the rock, and fall intoareservoir below. The stream is not larger than a musquet barrel, but the supply is always constant and clean. The wheat, in some parts, is now ripe, and the women employ ed i in reap- ing it. The mountains, for some miles round Nataanee, have a naked appearance. No trees to be seen, but upon distant hills; some bushes grow along the ridges, formed for banking up the earth ; and the standing corn is almost the only vegetation besides, to be seen. The soil is scanty, and’ very stony ; and the crops thin, except those near the village, which are improved ‘by the little manure the inhabitants give the land; they seem too indolent, however, to extend this improyement beyond one or two ridoes: indeed, as the carriage must be upon their own hacks, the labour would be great. Their only cattle are bullocks, but those, as far as I could observe, are not used for the carriage of burthens. They draw the plough, trample out the corn: and the milk of the cows forms a principal part of the people’s sustenance. Eyer since I ascended the ghants, I observ ed the same features mark the br eed of oxen in those hills; they are low, not exceeding the height of the small Bengal cows; their bodies short and 1 thick, legs very short; but. slight appearance of that ean protube- rance,-common to the male of these animals in Ain- dustan: their horns are short, tapering, wide at their base, and gradually approximating towards their points, with, a slight curve inwards: their heads short, and thick: the prevailing colour is from red to dark brown ;_ with black noses, and black tips to their tails, — Curiosity led me pa the village, but what chiefly excited my attention, was the appearance of wnelean- liness, indolence, and poverty; the only proof of their attention to some kind of comfort, is in the struc- | ture 330 . | NARRATIVE OF A ture of their houses, which are of stone, laid in common mortar, with a sloping roof, covered with fine slate, raised to a second floor, which is occupied by the family, while the lower, or ground one, gives cover to their cattle i in bad weather. “Their cows are the only animals to be met with among them, they have neither dog, cat, goat, sheep, nor common fowls. ‘ On the 26th, I marched to Hagens alony a range of mountains, covered with forest trees, of va- rious species. ‘The distance from Nataana, by com- putation of the natives, is six coss. I was three hours and five minutes in walking it, and consider- ing the nature of the road, na time lost by the stopping, I conclude the true distance to be about eight anda half miles. The di istance would be con- siderably less, on a line drawn from Nataana to this place, which regains the former direction, and places A dwaanee abant N. E. from the point marched from. This situation is a narrow, elevated ridge, expo- sed to the influence of a bleak and chilling Wind. The only remnant of human industry is the scatter- ed ruin of a house for the acoctmndedl of travel- lers. On the 27th, at half an hour past four in the morn- ing, I proceeded on my journey. The road con- tinuing with an ascent, for about half an hour, brought me tothe summit of aridge, from whence is seen “the lofty chain of snowy mountains, in a very extended line, from east to west. Those mountains are seen from some parts of Lohilcund; but so re- mote and indistinct, as to give no idea of the mag- nificent scenery that now opened to my view; ‘the grandeur of which was every moment encreasing by the more powerful illumination of the rising sun. . ’ Ong JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 331 One of the most conspicuous summits of this chain is distinguished by the name of Hem, near the base of which is the famous place of Hindu worship called Buddee-nauth. It is marked to travellers by the greater breadth of its top; and rising in four or five rugged, but rather conical points. Its bearing from where I made these notes was N. N. E. The road, from this ridge, gradually descending, I arrivéd, at thirteen minutes past seven, at Zeyha-ca AMaanda. Here is only one indifferent building, for the accommodation of travellers, and a few scattered hamlets appear on the sides of distant mountains. The air proved here as cold as at Adwaance, and having no shelter from trees, was the more smartly felt. The rocks are of a course dull granite in some places; and in others, extensive beds of various kinds of schistus appear; most of them lying in a vertical position and near the upper surface, dividing into fine lamine, exhibiting colours, inclining to purple, yellow and green. ‘That most exposed to the air crumbles to dust under its influence. _ On the 28th, I walked, in two hours fifty-five mi- nutes, to Chet-kote, situated in a confined valley, where the heat was excessive. In the early part of the march, over a gentle ascent, the snowy moun- tains, which had been concealed by a hill in front, suddenly emerging, presented a spectacle truly mag- nificent. 29th April, 1796, Sirinagur. I left Chet-kote this morning at twenty-five mi- nutes past four, the descent still continuing; and twenty minutes walk brought me to a pretty large nullah which falls into the d/eknundra, a short dis- tance below Sirinagur. By banking up the stream, it is raised to an height sufficient to work two or, PL 2x co daa loam $52 NARRATIVE OF A three of those little mills called Pun Chukees, which from their vicinity to the metropelis, are kept in con- stant employ. ‘This nullah is called Koonda Gaad. The road continued along it for twenty-two minutes through little fields of unripe corn: Jeaving the nullah, I ascended for thirteen minutes, which brought me to the summit of a ridge, from whence I had a distinct view of the town and valley of Sivi- nacur; and the winding course of the dluknundra river through it, running in a direction from east to west along the north side of the town. On the top of this hill, a Fakeer has stationed himself, to con- tribute to the relief of the thirsty traveller, and deals out the waters of the holy Ganges ys a sve apt compensation. About fifteen minutes before six o o'clock, T os the valley, and the banks of the river five minutes after. I was here met by a person ‘of the rajah’s household, who was sent to congratulate me, on having surmounted the obstacles of a difficult jour- ney; and to know what he could do for me, or what contribute to my immediate accommodation ; offer ing, if a house would be acceptable, to clear one $74 my reception. The compliment was pleasing, but I knew too well the structure of their habitations, ta suppose they could furnish me with better accom- modation than my tent. Therefore I declined the offer, and chose for my encampment, a pretty thick mangoe grove, on the south west end of the tOWPa near “the foot of the hills. As I may now promise myself a little rest Fei daily fatigue, I will take a slight retrospect of the country T have travelled over, before my attention is called to the objects that may here i worth particu- lar notice. From the ghaut of Coad«dra to Siri inagur, 18 an assemblage of hills, jumbled together im many forms and direction ns, sometinies n chains, lying parallel to each other, but of no great extent, and often con- nected JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 333 nected at their termination, by narrow ridges, run- ning at right angles across the vallies between. ‘The summits of all are very narrow, and of various shapes, and the distances between each range short, conse- quently the vallies much confined, and a late tra- vellergustly observes, ‘‘ Not a spot is torbe seen that would afford room to accommodate one thousand men in tents.” Some of these ranges are covered with forests, and are always green, some are naked and stony, neither affording shelter to the birds of the air, nor the beasts of the field. ‘The number in cultivation form the smallest part, but so few traces of either houses or inhabitants are to be seen, that to sum up the whole in one general conclusion, depopulation and poverty are striking features throughout, and a greater share of the country seems in the undisturbed possession of the birds and beasts of the forests, than appropriated to the residence of man. ane “In the evening of this day, the rajah paid me the compliment of a visit, accompaniéd by his two bro- thers, and some other officers! of his suite, besides a considerable crowd ; of which, however, many more were led to gtatify curiosity than..belonged to the train of the rajah... Himself and brothers’ were on horseback, and except one or two others, the rest followed on foot. . They dismounted at the entrance into the grove, where 1 met the rajah, and after the usual salutation, he introduced me to his brother Pra-Kerem-Sau and PrereM-Sau. _.This ceremony over, we proceeded to the tent, which was soon filled by this party of all descriptions: much order, however, was observed, and the rajah,’ after some few questions and complimentary remarks, staid about twenty minutes, when night approaching, he apologized for his hasty departure, and took leave. He 334 NARRATIVE OF A He appears tobe about twenty-seven years of age, m stature something under the middle size, of slen- der make, reoular features, but effeminate. He speaks quick, and not remarkably distinct. His elder brother is a stouter and more manly per- son; about twenty-four years, though he has the looks of riper age than his brother. They bear no resemblance to each other.. The younger is a strong _likeness of the rajah in make, features, ‘and voice; a little under him in size, and, I pag td about nine- teen years of age. Tn their dresses, no signs of. oreatness or ostenta- tion appear; they were in plain “muslin jamahs with coloured turbans and kummerbunds, without jewels or other decorations, nor was the dress of the rajah_ in any respect more distinguishing, than those of his brothers. — cytes uate I found the heat of this day. very distressing ; sometimes without a breath of air, and when any was cyident, it came with an unpleasant warmth, | i the evening of the followinis day, I seurtied my visit to the rajah. He received me at the entrance of a court in front of the house,’ and conducted me by the hand to a square terrace in the center of it. 1 was here introduced to his vizier and dewan; and after being seated, and compliments over, he com~- menced a "conversation, by asking several questions — relative to my journey, manner of travelling, pur- pose for which I undertook such an expedition, Te- peating several he had asked the preceding day, sig that gta He made some remarks relative to the extent \ of the British possessions. in India, i fi of the late —— Rohilla JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 835 Rohilla expedition, and noticed the knowledge the Jinglish possess in the art of war with: admi- ration, and as unequalled by any other-nation. He begged to be indulged with a sight of the exercise as practised by our troops, and the little party of sepoys with me performed it, much.to his ,amuse- ment and satisfaction. After a stay of about an hour, the evening being far advanced, I took my leave. sf ) The valley of Sirinagur extends abo ut am ile an a half to the eastward, and as much to the westward of the town. ‘The river Aluknundra enters the val- ley near a village called Seerkote, which bears E. , N. from the town. Its course is nearly from east to west ; the breadth of the channel from bank to bank about 250 yards; but in the dry season it does not exceed eighty or 100 yards. At the western extre-_ mity of the valley, the current strikes with violence against the stony base of the mountain. Near this place, the river is crossed by means of a contrivance called here a joolah. ‘Two scaffolds: are: erected) in form of a gallows, one on each side of ‘the stream: over these are stretched very thick ropes, to ‘form, on each hand, a support for the:rest.of the bridge. To these, by means of pendant ropes, a ladder is fixed horizontally,.. and over this tottering frame the travellers pass. ‘The,main ropes.are,so slack that the middle of the bridge is within a foot of the water, its breadth will barely admit. of two persons abreast. The current beneath runs with rapidity, and it would be dangerous even to a good swimmer, to fall from this bridge into the river. The breadth of the stream, at this part, is about eighty yards, and its depth from ten to twenty feet. Its bed is composed of large rounded stones, ‘peb- bles, gravel, and sand. In two or three places, Jarge | fragments $36 NARRATIVE OF A fragments of rock remain; but: if no obstacles of greater consequence exist, to retard the navigation of ‘his branch of the river, floats of timber, or canoes, eri at in seasons find a passage are Qe ‘The town of Sirtnagir occupies. nearly tlie center of the valley ; it is in 1 length about three quarters of a mile; the breadth is much less ; its form some what elliptic. It is formed with ‘little attention, either to order or convenience. The houses are of stone, rough and irregularly put together, with the common earth ; generally raised toa second floor ; and «ll aré covered with slate." They are so crowded as to Teave little more space for the street, than is sufficient for two persons to pass one another. The principal street, and indeed the only one deserving that name, runs east and west, through the middle of the town: this is. pretty broad, ate is the only bazar, or market of the place. f » Sy ; , oft 19 Yu r : 4 » ; J >» 814 The hack s house. is alec the mnaddialent are ile, and is the largest in it ;-one part of it being raised to a fourth storys) It is built of a coarse granite, has the appearance of being very old, is much out of Sea aud exiceading shabby. id} meric da) , - - ‘ : ‘ , ’ ‘ 735) ; errs “i\ pil df regi) - ‘The town, viewed froin? an eminence, exhibits nothing striking or pieasing pete fancy. aa The roads which lead into the tie n, excepting “one, aré very narrow, planted « on each side 4 wit C ges of Euphorbia Canari iensis, and backed with, a Wwe all .of loose stones. n oe id oats In a country, possessing pe a vanicts of am mate, it.is natural to ask, what advantages induced the primitive settlers to prefer the burning valley "SO JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. : 357 of Sirinagur for the seat of government, to the more temperate and healthy situations in other parts of this mountainous tract. The result of my enquiries was whaf I expected. No other parts of the mountains, in the vicinity of the holy waters of the Ganges, pos- sess, at the same time, an equal extent of plain ground, and convenience of a sufficient and constant. supply of running water, two indispensable requisites in the formation of an extensive settlement, and particularly © to settlers whose religious tenets teach them (and just- ly so) to consider the former among the most valu- able gifts of nature; and enjoin them to a very liberal use of that blessing in the performance of some of the sacred functions of their cast. The foundation of this raje, by the records kept in the archieves of the state, is placed at a very remote period, but they are so blended with fabulous descrip- tion, that the account will hardly admit of being re- lated, much more of receiving the sanction of au- _ thenticity. It is stated that 3774 years before the accession of the present rajah, the country was divided into twen- tv-two purgunnahs, under the government of several chiefs, independant of each other, that they were united by the victorious exertions of a native of dAh- medabad Gujerat, named Boue Daunr, who with his brother Sepsze Duunrt, left their native country, to seek for better fortune: and entermg the hilly tract, now called Strinagur, took service with the ra- jah of the country. The former entertained in the service of the Chaandpore rajah, with whom, in a few years, he acquired considerable consequence, and was entrusted with high military authority. In this situ- ation, at the advice of a Jougee, who appeared in a vi- sion, he formed the ambitious design, not only of seizing the possessions of his master, but of aiming at the conquestof the whole country; and such was luis success, that after deposing the rajah of Chaand-— pore, who was by far the most powerful in the coun- Vou VI. Z try, 338 NARRATIVE OF A try, the rest became an easy conquest, and in the space of a few months, the whole twenty-two dis- tricts are said to have been subdued to his controul, and he continued to govern them under the title of rajah of Geruaal (the ancient name of the country) during the rest of his life. Dates are wanting to as- certain the length of his reign, as also to prove who were his successors, till the fifteenth generation of lineal descent, when Ansey Paatu appears. He is said to have been the founder of Sirmagur, and there fixed the seat of government, where it has continued, under a succession of sixty rajahs, including the pre- sent reigning one Purpoo Maan Saa. At my particular request to the rajah, I was, fur- nished with the following table of the princes who have governed this country. | eee ese See ee eee Number Number NAMES. Be feet NAMES. Mie isogh-Dhunt, the first Mungul Sain, pi rajah, between whose -15 Choora Mun, 29" reign and Adjey Pa- Chmta Mun, — 83 al, 900 years passed, Pooren Mun, 27 of which no records Birk-e-Baan, 79 exist, '” 900 Bir Baan, 81 Adjey Paal, - 50. | 20 Soorey Baan, 79 Tis son, Bejey Pa- Kerreg Singh, 60 — al, 60 Sooret Singh, 72 Laak Paal, 55 Mahah Singh, = 75 5 Dehrm Paal, 65 Anoop Singh, = 59 Kerrem Paal, 70 |25 PertaurSngh, § 29 WNarrain Deo, 72 Hurree Sngh, , | 39 Hurr Deo, AS Jaggen Naat, 55 Govin Deo, 49 Byjee Naat, 65 10 Raam Deo, 51 Gookul Naat, 54 Rinjeet Deo, 53 |30 Raam Naat, 75 Inder Sain, 35 (roopee Naat, $2 Chunder Sain, 3 Lechme JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 359 Number MMe nic a ne Meseaper + as a | re omy Pat ae Neionadl. Lechme Naat, 69 Kenjeet Narrain, 31 Preeim Naat, 71 Raamroo, 33 Saada Nund, 65 Chirstnroo, AY 35 Perma Nund, 62 Jeggeroo, 4.2, Maha Nund, . 63 | 55 Herroo, 3¥ Sooka Nund, 61 Futteh Sah, 39 Suba Chund, 59 Dooleb Sah, 50 Tarra Chund, 44 Purteet Sah, 35 40 Maha Chund, $82 Lallet Sah, 40 Goolab Chund, 41 who died in 1781, Ram Narrain, 59 and left foursons, Gobind Narrain, 35 was succeeded by Lechmen Narrain, 37 the eldest 45 Jegget Narrain, 32 | 60 Jakert Sah, _ QE Mataub Narrain, 25 and was succeed- Sheetaub Narrain, 37 ed by his brother Aunund Narrain, 42 the present Rajah, Herry Narrain, 45 | 61 Purdoo Maan Sah. 50 Mahah Narrain, 33 Total of years 3,774? The extent and limits of this raje, according to the information given by the rajah’s dewan, are marked on the south by Koadwara ghat computed forty coss from Sirinagur. On the north by Bud- dreenaut, called ten days journey, and on the west by Beshaw, thirty days journey. The annual revenue of this country, if the.rajah’s word is to be taken, does not exceed five lacks and six thousand rupees. This includes duties on ex- ports and imports, the produce in grain, &c. working of mines, and washing of gold. Z2 oe The 8340 NARRATIVE OF A The coHections on cultivation are in some places paid in kind, in others'in specie, and generally inthe propoition of one half of the produce of the soil. The remittances in specie, to the capital, I believe, are yery inconsiderable; for a great deal goes in the payment of the troops allowed to each district, one fo. th of whom are never in employ. It is also a custom to pay, by ¢uzkhas on different districts, the troops abcut the capital, some descriptions of ser- vants, and even the dancing girls and musicians who are kept in monthly hire. | Of the latter description I met several, travelling, perhaps twenty or thirty cosses, with an order on some Zemindar for three or four months. arrears of Pay The produce on washing the sands for gold does not depend on the quantity found, but upon the number employed in this business, each man under- taking this research; pays to the rajah, for that pri- vilege, the sum of one hundred rupees yearly, and the quantity obtained is the property of the worker, without deduction. eR The different places, where it is sought for, are Kerempraag, Pacenkunda, Dewpraag, Rickercase, and Laker-ghat. The position of these five places, from the best descriptions I could obtain, are as follows: Kerem- praag lies three days journey to the eastward of Kedarnaat, and on a sinall river called«the Pinder, which has its source in the district called Budhaan, farther east, but here joins.the Aluknundra. Paeen- kunda JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR, S41 funda is on the Ganges; Dewpraag at the conflu- ence of its two branches, called Aluknundra and Baghyretty ; Rickercase is on the Ganges about 120 cosses above Hurdwar ; and Laker-ghat a few cosses lower, on thesame river. At Naagpore and Dhunpore, the former forty cosses N. KE. and the latter fifty cosses N. of Sirina- gur, are two copper mines. ‘These are worked eight months in the year, the richness of the ore varies much, but upon an average produces fifty per cent of pure metal; one half of which goes to the rajah, the other to defray the expence of extracting it from the mines, smelting, and paying overseers. At Dessouly fifty or fifty-five cosses east of Sirina- gur, isa lead mine, the whole produce of this gves to the rajah, and the people, who work it, are kept in constant pay, though their labour is only required ‘eight months out of twelve, and sometimes not so long; the quantity of ore extracted being in pro- portion to the demand the rajah has for it. Asa greater encouragement to the people who undertake the working of this mine, and in consideration of the injury to which their health is exposed, they have ‘small portions of land given to them, on the produce of which no tax is levied by the Zemindar, Iron is produced in several parts of the country ; but particularly at Chaandpore, Belungh, Beechaan, ‘and Cholah, but the labour of extracting it is so great, that the rajah gives up the whole to those who will work it. Other sources of revenue are the importation. of rock-salt and borax from Bootan ; musk in pods, chowries, hawks male and female, from the countries bordering on Buddreenaat. 293 From / 342 NARRATIVE OF A From Paeenkunda comes a species of blanket call- ed Punchee. They are of sheep’s wool, of a texture resembling those sold in the Dooab and called Looces, but stronger and finer. | From Rohilcund allkind of cotton cloths are im- ported, as also considerable quantities of salt, the kind brought from Lahore, known commonly by the name Nemuk Lahooree. ‘This the Bootan people carry back in exchange for the merchandize they bring. A kind of rice is also imported from the southern coun- tries, below the ghats, remarkable for the odour it diffases, when boiled. It is produced in several parts of Hindustan, but particularly in the mountain- ous countries of Ramghur. | , , : - At the different ghats or passes into the mountains, duties on imports and some kinds of exports are levi- ed; which, according to the best information I could obtain, is on an average about six per cent on their value, but on some particular articles, an additional duty is laid. The pass at Coadwara is rented. by an otficer called Hakem, who pays annually to the rajah twelve thousand rupees. | | Upon the authority of the rajah’s historian, this rage was, for many years, exempt from tribute to any one. In the reign of AcBar, that prince de- manded of the rajah of Sirinagur, an account of the revenues of his raqje, and a chart of the country. The rajah being then at court, repaired to the pre- seuce the following day; and in obedience falthe commands of the king, presented a true statement of his finances, and for the chart of the country, he humorously introduced a lean camel, saying ‘‘this — is a faithful picture of the territory I possess ; wp and down (ooncha neechu), and’ very’ poor.” The kin smiled at the ingenuity of the thought, and ‘told him that from the revenues of a country realized with so much labour, and in amount so small, he had no- thing ~~ JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 345 thing todemand: From that period, to the invasion of the country, by the Gorka rajah, it does not ap- pear that tribute has been paid to any one ; but on the restoration of peace, some time in the year 1792, that rajah demanded, in consideration of relinquish- ing all the conquests he had made in the Sirinagur country, that it should be subject to the payment of the sum of 25,000 rupees annually. ‘This stipulation was ratified by the Strinagur rajah, and the tribute is regularly paid. A vakeel, on his part, resides at the court of the Gorka rajah ; and at the period when the tribute becomes due, an officer is sent, half way be- tween Napaul and Sirinagur, to meet and receive it. The standing forces of the rajah consist of about 5000 men, commonly called Peadahs: these are va- riously armed, according to the custom of the part of the country in which they are stationed ; that is to say, with match-locks, bows and arrows, and the sword and shield: the greater number bear the latteu, and it is the established and favourite weapon of the country. This body of men is distributed through the several districts, to assist in the collections of the country. One thousand of the number remain at the capital. No attention is shewn either to their dress, or discipline, and they are paid with little re- gularity. _ The natives of Sirinagur profess the Hindu religion, ‘in the exercise of which I could not discover any va- riation, from the practice of the lower parts of Hi- dustan. \ | The town is inhabited by two races of people, dis- tinguished by a difference of feature. This I am in- clined to account for, by supposing that many of the natives of the lower countries have, at different and. distant periods, emigrated to this part of the world, for the advantage of commerce. It is also common for men of opulence and extensive trade, in other Z 4, | parts - 344 NARRATIVE OF A parts of India, to send their ag«nts here, to establish a kind of central communication, between Bootaan and the lower Hindustan.. Many of these people have settled for the rest of their lives, and their families, naturalized, and knowing no other homes, have con- tinued, and encreased. From the difference, in stature and features, between these people and the aborigines of the country, it may be concluded that they have little or no intercourse together. The lat- ter are of lower stature, they have better proportioned limbs, faces rounder, eyes a little smaller, and noses shorter, but not flattened. s The dress of the Sirinagur mountains is seldom more, among the men, 1n the cold season, than a course thick blanket, folded loosely over the body, so as to cover all the br east, and reaching just helow the knee. The legs and arms remain uncovered ; on their heads they wear a small cap, and on their feet, a kind of netted sandal, made of leather thongs, with soles of thicker leather. In the hot season, they wear a kind of frock, of a coarse cloth, manufactur- ed in the country, from the common cultivated hemp. This the women also wear, made mto a close bodied kind of gown and petticoat, with sleeves to the el- bew, above the breast drawing together with a string. Overall, they wear a loose cofton cloth, of lighter texture ; they have seldom any other orna- ments than be eillacor elass about their necks, and no's of various coloured glass upon their wrists. T observed many of the natives of Since afflicted with those tumours in the neck commonly called wens: some were of a very. large size, but never troublesome, or attended with: pain. - From my en- quirics, this disorder. is “hot general through the country, but incident only to those natives who re- side near rivers which receive merease from the melt- ing snows. Th¢. JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 345 > The country to the northward of Sirinagur, when viewed from one of the highest ridges, above the valley, discovers five or six ranges or broken chains of hills rising with a gradation above each other. The last or most elevated, reaches, to appearance, about half way up from the base of the stupendous Himalaya, whose snowy summits terminate the view from hence. None of the intermediate ranges ex- hibit the smallest appearance of snow; and though, in the winter season, those nearest to the high ridge, may receive partial falls of it, yet no part remains Jong upon their surfaces. | With the inclination to pay all possible deference -and submission to the accuracy and judgment of Mr. DaniEL, who visited this capital in 1789, yet I must here notice a remark by Mr. RENNELL in_his last _ valuable memoir ofa map of Hindustan, given upon the » authority of the former. The reader is there induced to conclude that a part of the base of the snowy mountains, is at a very inconsiderable distance from the valley of Strinagur. Mr. Dawrex acknowledges, however, he trusted to the reports of the natives, who make the distance fourteen or fifteen geographic miles. But it is cer- tainly much greater, and, I believe, cannot be less than eighty English miles. I have observed elsewhere that in tracing the river Aluknundra from below upwards, through the valley of Sirinagur, the course is eastern; and I find, as far as the information of the natives can be trusted, that in a distance of about three days journey, it takes a more northerly direction, near a place called Roodreepraag, where it is joined by a river about half its size, called Kallee Gonga, the source of which is in the mountains near Kidaar-nauth to the north: and its principal branch from a place called Sindoo Sogur, issuing out of the rocks. From Jtood- reepraag the course is continued about N.E. and me at 546 NARRATIVE OF A at the distance of three days journey, in that. direc- tion, near Kerempraag, the Aluknundra receives a small river, called Pinder, the source of which is in Budhaan, the country bordering the rajah’s_territo- ries on the N. E. | From Kerempraag, at the distance of two days journey, in much rae same direction, and near a place called Nundpraag, it receives the Gurrela Ganga. ‘This, branch i through the district of Dessouly, and has its source in ihe: mountains to the eastward. ) from Nundpraag, the Alukntndea 3 is said to take ‘a more northesly direction, and at Bissenpraag, re+ ceives a river from the eastward as large as .itself, called Deod Ganga, or the milk river, it oy: is known by the name Di: ode: Pretty near its junction with the Aluknundra, it runs between two villages called Gurra and Nitty. Bissenpraag is situated near the base of the moun- tain, on which stands the famous temple of Buddree- naat; and is of some importance, as being the resi- “dence of the pundits and principal Hindus of Buddree- “naut. Were they hold their durbars, exercise their laws and the duties of their religion, in the greatest state of security from foreign intruders, | and can at any time seclude themselves from the rest of the world, by a removal of the Joalahs. or rope bridges, which form the communication across the Aluk- nunara, The town consists of about 800 houses, it is 2 Migs of some trade, and the inhabitants are all Hin- dus: my imtormer told me, no one of any other reli- gion, has yet found’ his way to Buddrenaat, and that if I attempted the yisit, it must be at the ex- press permission of the rajah of Sirinagur. Tt was, hitherto, a part of my plan, to proceed” as far as that celebrated spot and I had every encouragement to believg JOURNEY TO SIRINAGUR. 347 believe this permission would have been granted me. But I found, on the most particular enquiry, as to the nature of the road, that I should not be able to execute the journey in less than fifteen days; even without halting, for the purpose of rest, or prose- cuting any enquiries, relative to the nature or pro- ductions of the country. My return, therefore, could not have been effected in time to leave the moun- tainous country before the commencement of the pe- riodical rains. I consequently determined on leaving Strinagur, and marching back by the tract I came. The immediate execution of this plan became ne- cessary, because the excessive heat had already begun to shew its influence upon my servants, two or three of whom were laid up with violent fevers. I there- fore took leave of the rajah on the evening of the 2d, and next morning began my march. towards Futtehgurh; which was accomplished, without any occurrence, that merits to be recorded. EnNuMERATION 848 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS. Exumeration of Prangs noticed in the pres ceding Tour, between Hurdwar and Sirina- gur, in the months of April and May, 1796. MONANDRIA: MONOGYNIA. Costus Speciosus of : Dr. Sarre. Common to the skirts of these mountains; the stems now in a dry and withered state, the roots brought thence have- _ since flowered. Flowers white, large, produced in a close imbricated terminal spike. ” Leaves sessile, in spiral like order, lanced, entwe, one nerved, smooth, veinless, Calyx x above, cylindrical, tubu- ler, three eleft; divisions lanced, erect, coloured, permanent. Petals three, unequal, ovate, pointed, with the base slightly truncated. Nectary one Ieaved, large, waved, spreading, two lipp’d: base tubular, superior lip oblong, lanced, three toothed, shorter than the inferior, anther-bearing. Anthers oblong, two parted, adhering to the upper lip of the nectary, an inch below the pomt. Germ be- neath, roundish, gibbous, style shorter than the nectary, filitorm, placed between the anthers. Stiema headed. “Pericarp, &e. as in Lrn. crown- ed with the highly coloured calyx. Flowers in August, Curcuina.—In the forests between Hurdwar and Coadwara ghat, now in flower. «Scape from nine to twelve inches high, crowded with yellow flowers and numerous large, ovate-pointed bracts, imbri- cated; and towards the extremity of the scape, highly coloured with a rose red. Leaves radical, long, and lanced, but do not appear during inflo- rescence. | ; DIANDRIA MONOGYNIA, Jasminum 1.——With climbing’ stem, columnar ; branches opposite, distant. Leaves simple, oppo- site, petioled, oblong, ovate, accuminate, entire, smooth, four inches by one anda half, Flowers ~~ axillary, : ‘ NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. _ $49 axillary, sometimes terminal ; peduncles long, slen- der, threadform, two or three from the same base, one flowered. Calyx very small, tubular, five- toothed: toothlets short. Corol’tubular, long. Border five-parted, divisions longer than the tube, linear. Found climbing amongother bushes at Dosah. Jasminum 2.—Leaves simple, paired, few, petioled, ovate, much rounded, entire, terminated by a short obtuse acumen; the large leaves three and a half inches long, two and a half broad. [lowers in small terminal cymes, Calyx belled,, small, five- toothed ; toothlets linear, distant. Corol tubular, cylindrical. Border the length of the tube, five- parted, oblong, equal. Grows to a small tree, in the forests about Hur dwar. Flowers, white, swect scented. Jasminum 3.—Leaves alternate, pinnated with an odd one; leaflets from two to three pair, subsessile, lance-ovate, entire, smooth, the lower ones least, terminal one largest, eleven lines by five, but vari- able. Petioles angular. Peduncles terminal, slen- der, one flowered. Calyx small, belled, five-tooth- ed ; toothlets, awled, small, distant. Corol, tubu- lar,‘ long. Border five- parted, divisions ovate, shorter than the tube, spreading. Branches angu- lar, straggling. F Found on the side of a. water- course, between the mountains at ddwaanee, grows toa large bush, tlowers yellow, and very sweet. Justicia hyrsiformis.—Leaves opposite, petioled, ellip- tico-lanceolate, intire. The flowers are produced on thyrse-like terminal spikes, intermixed with nume- rous oblong bracts, ringent, and of a dull orange colour. it comes nearest to Justicia Coccinea pl Dr. Smctu, in 2d Fas. No. 8, The trivial name is added on the opinion of Doctor Roxpuren. It grows to a large strong bush on the sides of the as, nullah, near Amscur. ‘Salvin integrifolia. — Leaves opposite, sessile, sub- ovate, entire, woolly, mostly from the lower part of 350 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS of the stem. Flowers in whorls; of a light blue, about six in each whorl. Calyx two lipped, the upper lip three toothed, the lower two toothed, . and twice longer; the mouth much enlarged. Grows among stones, with a strong fibrous root, difficult to withdraw. Stem herbaceous, about a foot high, angular. The natives gather the young flowers and dress with their common food. The specific name is given on the opinion of Doctor _ Roxpureu. ‘ TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA. Valeriana.—Leaves various, those of the root hearted, obtuse intire ; petioles semicylindrical, long, dow- ny, stem leaves sessile, more pointed, sometimes slightly lobed at the base. Flowers triandrous, of a pale pink and white, in compound terminal um- bells. Seeds crowned with a twelve-rayed pappus. Root fleshy, sending forth many long slender fibres, soon after taken out of the earth, becomes highly scented, which it retains as long as in a vegetating state. It is found in several parts of the moun- tains, affects moist and shaded situations, is herba- ceous, grows to about eighteen inches high, very slender. It seems to differ only in the root from” the Jatamanst of Doctor Roxsureu, to which these have no resemblance. ‘ TETRANDRIA MONOGYNIA. Tvora. tomentosa of. Doctor Roxsurcu.—Found in the neighbourhood of Ghinouly, near the Koa-nul- lah, acquires the size of a pretty large tree, though of deformed growth, now in flower. Flowers white, numerous. — PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA. Androsace, rotundifolia. — A beautiful little herba- ceous plant, found in great abundance on the most cleyated ridges of mountains, one day’s : _ journey NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING Tour. 35% journey S. W. of Strinagur. Leaves radieal, | pe- tioled, subrotund, irregularly sinuated. Petiotes very long, villous. Flowers ahout the size of a cow- slip, in umbells, a pretty mixture of white,and red, ’ with tints of yellow. Invoiucre, many leaved, the leaves toothed. Perianths, unequal, in some flow- ers larger than the corol, many scattered hairs mixed with the flowers. Lonicer large bush, with Jong slender branches. tise Pate petioled, ovate, pointed, sometimes elliptical, entire. Flow- ers axillar Ys mn short solitary peduncles, each pe- duncle raising two sessile florets. At the base of the florets, a one-leaved bract, or rather, I think, common calyx, two parted, divisions ovate, con- cave, coloured. Proper perianth above, small, five toothed, coloured, withering. Corol, one petalled, tubular. Border two parted, or two lipp’d; upper lip oblong, obtuse, entire, reflected ; lower more than twice broader, four toothed. Pericarp in an half ripe state, appears to be a capsule, five celled, with about five small, ovate, red seeds in each cell. Doctor Roxpureu considers the characters of _ Lonicera and Hamellia united in this plant, but thinks the irregular corol will fix it as a specimen of the former, and to the second section thereof, and comes nearest Xylosteum, but the five celled capsule, and very short common peduncle precludes the idea of their being the same. It grows in the vallies about Adwuanee. Verbascum Thapsus.—In the valley near Dosah; a ro- bust plant, trom four to five feet high, ids trom the profusion of its yellow flowers, very showy. The natives havea superstitious notion of the effi- cacy of this plant im protecting them from the visi- tations of evil spirits. It is known by the name Aakul-ber, or ver. Datura, Stramonium.—In every part of the moun- tains, where villages are found. The natives are well acquainted Ww ith its narcotic powers, and infuse the 352, ENUMERATION OF PLANTS. the seeds to increase the intoxicating powers of their commen spirituous liquors. The capsules they use as a suppurative. Datura is also the name of this plant, in most parts of Hindustan; and pro- bably has been carried from the east, to the wes- tern world. Ehretia Tinifolia.—Yound both above and below the ghauts—gtows toa pretty large tree, now in flower, ripens its fruit about the end of May. The berry - is about the size of a pepper corn, one celled, four seeded, of an orange yellow insipidly sweet. ‘The natives pickle the unripe berries in vinegar, and eat with their common food. ; Vtutilago.—Leaves alternate, petioled, two faced, ob- long-ovate, acuminated, slightly serrated, serra- tures wide, unegual: petioles very short, cylindri- cal, downy. Panicles terminal, peduncles, downy. This plant climbs over other trees with a strong contorted stem. The natives of the mountains ap- ply the bark in a green state, to many useful pur- poses, as cordage. © Celastrus Scandens 1.—In most of the forests about Hurdwar, and vallies above the ghauts. Celastrus 2.—Leaves alternate, petioled, subrotund, ‘acuminated, serrulate, smooth. Branches slender, cylindrical, spotted. Flowers, in terminal dicho- tomous, panicles, very small, pale green. Grows to a small tree—in the valley about Dosah and Ghinouly. | Cedrela.—The tree commonly called Toon, described by Sir Wrrr1am Jones, in A. R. vol. IV, page 281, 1s found in the forests bordering the moun- tains below the ghauts. Grows toa tall tree, but seldom of considerable thickness. Is more in €s- teem for household furniture by Europeans, than tor any use the natives put it to; bears resemblance to mahogany, but of much coarser fibre. Doubtful genus coming nearest to Hirtella.—A small tree on the verge of a rivulet, a few miles S. W. of Sirinagur, near the road. Leaves diffuse, petioled, ovate, entire smooth. Petioles long, cylindrical, highly NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 353 highly coloured, of a dark shining red, the nerves and veins of the leaves, young branches and leaves coloured in the same manner. Flowers very small, produced on terminal compound diffuse panicles. Peduncles long, very slender, filiform, hairy, stained. Calyx beneath, five cleft, divisions equal, ovate pointed. Corol, five petals, equal, ovate, obtuse, filaments five, very short. Germ, reniform, compressed. Style from the depressed margin of the germ, very short. Stigma simple, a little de- pressed. Pericarp, resembles a legume, about the size of the seed of Ervum-lens, reniform, con- taining one seed of the same shape, attached to the suture of the valve. Vitis. —Leaves agree pretty well with the description of v. Indica, except that in this plant, they are ex- tremely hoary on both sides, white beneath, brown above, five nerved. ‘The petioles, peduncles, and citi, are also very hoary. Grows in dry situations in the forests about Dosah and Belkate, now in flower. Gardenia Uliginosa 1. RoxBurcu.—Grows to a large tree in the forests on the borders of the mountain, between Hurdwar and Coadwara. The flowers hexandrous, very large, coriaceous, of a cream white. It is found also in the lower parts of Ro- - hilcund near Futiehgurh, flowers in the month of June. | un Gardenia 2.—A small tree in the vicinity of Hurdwar, thorny, branches opposite and thorny, thorns op- posite, diverging, rigid streight, one terminating the branch, an inch or more in length. Leaves obyate, attenuated at the base, half sessile, bundled, three or more entire. Flowers mostly hexandrous ; of a yellowish white mixed with green, scattered about the extremities of the branches, sessile; du- ring inflorescence, few leaves on the tree, and those of the preceding year, ripe fruit remaining, about the bigness of a middle sized orange, orbicular ; resembles more a drupe than berry. Seeds nume- Vor. VI. Aa rous, 4 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS rous, nestling in a softish pulp, contained in a hard five or six valved shell, and this enveloped in a spongy fleshy pulp, half au inch thick, of a green- ish white within, externally of a brownish ash, and smooth. Gardenia 3.—A plant of humble growth, shrubby, _ none seen exceeding two feet in height, growing among fragments of rocks on the elevated ridge near Chichooa. Leaves terminating the branches, without order, rather crowded, petioled, mostly obovate, entire, smooth, one inch by half an inch, petiole very short. Flowers axillary, single, on solitary short peduncles, of a greenish white colour, and very sweet to the smell. Perianth above, one leaved, half five cleft, divisions awled, erect, per- manent. Corol, funnel form, tube long, widening upwards, partly closed about the middlesby a ring of silky down. Border five-parted, divisions ovate, equal. Filaments short, within the tube. An- thers oblong, partly within the tabe. Germ glo- bular. Style length of the tube. Stigma two lobed, lobes, ovate, flattened, appressed. Pericarp, ' a berry crowned with the calyx, about the size of 2 common pea, one celled, four seeded. Nerium reticulata. 1.—A strong climber, about the trees near Amsour. Nerium 2.—With leaves opposite, petioled, ovate, pointed entire, downy ; petioles very short, -gib- bous: follicles two, long, a little compressed, breadth of the forefinger. The flowers. terminate the branches, on four or five short divided pedun- cles, about the size of a primrose, of a ereenish white, very sweet scented. It is found in plenty in the forests at the foot of the ghaut. Both tlow- er and fruit now on the tree. ‘The nectary in this species differs from the generic description ; it is - here composed of twelve yellow tridentated scales, about half the length of the stamens, weither are the anthers terminated by threads, but rigid-at the apices. I have called it a Neriwm in deference to the’ NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 355 the judgment of a better botanist, but it will bear comparison with the next genus Echites, I think. Echites Antidysentricum. Rox.—A small tree in the forests about Hurdwar. Leaves opposite, half or sub-petioled, ovate, oblong, pointed, entire, waved, smooth, shining, one nerved, with many pairs of lateral, parallel, ribs. ‘The Zinnean characters of the fructification, do not strictly agree with this plant. The nectary is here wanting. Anthers al- -most at the bottom of the tube, filaments, scarcely any. The follicles agree with those of Nerium An- tidysentricum. ‘The seeds are in great repute among. the natives of Hindustan as a vermifuge. Genus not determined.—A small tree, or rather large bush, growing by the road side near Teyka-ka-Ma- anda. Leaves about the tops of the branches, irre- gularly opposite, petioled, ovate, variously pointed, serrated, smooth, one nerved; petioles short. Flow- ers panicled about the ends of the branches— yellowish, with many brown veins, more coloured above. Calyx five cleft, expanding, the divisions slightly lacerated at the edges, rounded, coloured. Corol, five petaled—petals oblong, ovate, obtuse, twice larger than the calyx, with a short claw. Filaments five, shorter than the corol, enlarged be- low, and resembling the germ, slightly coalescing at the base into a ring. Anthers oblong, erect. Germ above, orbicular, smooth, the size of the glandulous base of the}stamens, in the center of: them. Style the length of the stamens, filiform, stig- ma simple, truncated. Pericarp, not seen. 7 PENTANDRIA DIGYNIA. Apocynum.—A strong climbing bush, spreading itself with much profusion over .the under wood of fo- rests between Dosah and Sirinagur. The flowers numerous, pure white, and highly scented, size of a primrose, branches cylindrical, opposite, leaves in the same order, petioled, Jance-ovate, entire, smooth; petioles short. Calyx five-parted, small, lanced, downy. Covol one petaled, wheeled, tube, Aa ag length ‘ 356 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS: length of the calyx. Border five cleft, segments, equal, rounded, spreading. Nectary, five glandu- lous bodies, surrounding the germ, filaments five, short, compressed, internally downy, anthers rigid, oblong, pointed, converging, cleft at the base. Germs two. Style length of the stamens, stigma oval, compressed, two lobed attenuated. Pericarp, follicles two, oblong, bellied, pointed, smooth, one celled, one valved, seeds numerous, imbricated, compressed, crowned with long silky pappus. It bears some affinity to the genus Echites. It is also found in several parts of Rohilcundand the Dooab. Asclepias doubtful. —A shrubby climber, now coming into flower—branches cylindrical, smooth, oppo- site. Leaves opposite, heart ovate, much rounded beneath, pointed above, petioled. Flowers in ax- illary nodding cymes, of a pale green. Calyx five- cleft, small, villous, divisions ovate, equal, spread- ing. Corel flat, border five-cleft, segments broad, obtusely ovate. Nectary, five glandular corpus- cles, into which the anthers are inserted without filaments. Germs two, styles none. Pericarp not seen, therefore its place in the system yet doubtful. Found near the ghat of Coadwara. Herniaria, doubtful.—A_ shrubby bush, with nume- rous slender stems and branches, and covered with a profusion of minute yellow flowers. Leaves al- ternate, petioled, ovate, rather elliptical, entire, smooth, petioles short. Calyx five-parted, divi- sions unequal, erect, coloured. Corol none. Nec- tary, five minute glandulous, three toothed scales, surrounding the foot of the styles. Filaments five, capillary, longer than the calyx, erect, inserted into the base of the calyx. Anthers, simple, erect. Styles two, filiform. Stigmas simple, recurvated. Germ too minute for inspection in its present state, and as the pericarp is not yet seen, future observa- tion must determine the genus yet doubtful. Many bushes of it grow in the forest about Coadwara—it was observed in the middle of JZay, therefore we may NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 357 may conclude the month of June would be a fitter time for the examination. . Gentiana Nana.—Growing and flowering, in much abundance and beauty, on the elevated mountains near Chichooa. PENTANDRIA TRIGYNIA. A slender twiggy climbing plant, on the mountains near Hurdwar. Branches alternate, columnar, smooth, scattered. Leaves alternate, shortly pe- tioled, ovate, oblong, attenuated, sometimes -a lit- tle hearted at the base, entire, smooth, distant. -Near the termination of each branch is generally one simple cirrus. Flowers terminal, sometimes axillary, in slender diffuse panicles, rather incon- spicuous, and verysmall. Calyx, one leaved, half five-cleft, divisions equal. Corot none. Stamens five, little longer than the calyx. Anthers twin. Germs three, orbicular, smooth, very small. Style one, the length of the stamens,. Stigma headed, five-cornered. Pericarp. PENTANDRIA PENTAGYNIA. Linum trigynum. Roxs.—A plant well known in our gardens at Cawnporeand Lucknow, by the name Gul-ashurfce, isa native of the high mountains, between Nataana and ddwaanee. It is perennial, shrubby, grows to a spreading bush about four feet high, stem and branches erect, slender, piped. It makes a handsome appearance with its numerous yellow flowers in Afarch and April, would doubt- less by some care thrive in the climate of Britain. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA Berberis Ilicifolia.—Grows in plenty in. the valley through which the Koa-nullah has its course, now full in flower, and green fruit. The fruit when ripe . is black, and eat by the natives, The wood is of a Aa3 deep 358 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS deep yellow, and used in dying, but under the ma- nagement of the natives the colour is not per- manent. HEXANDRIA TRIGYNIA. Rumer Aegyptius and Rumev Acetosella.—Along the sides and dry parts of the Koa-nullah. OCTANDRIA MONOGYNIA. Polygonum Convolvulus.—Growing along the sides — of the Koa-nullah. In some parts of these moun- tains it is cultivated for common food ‘among the poorer natives. ENEANDRIA MONOGYNIA. Laurus Cassia. —Grows to the size of a small tree, on the sides of the mountains, near the roads to the northward of Belkate. In addition to the Lznnean generic characters, noticed. Petals hairy, anthers the length of the filaments, slightly compressed, four celled, four valved, or with four lids, which on the exclusion of the pollen, fly up, and leave the cells very distinct. DECANDRIA MONOGYN IA. Bauhinia Scandens.—Growing on the skirts of the forest along the Ganges, near Hurdwar, spreading itself most profusely over the heads of every other tree; and mostly concealing with its broad leaves, the foliage and branches of the trees on which it climbs. The flowers are a mixture of white and cream colour, produced on simple terminal ra- cemes, Stamens unequal, three only fertile. Le- gume large compressed. Found also on the moun- tains above the ghats. , Bauhinia Variegata.—Common to the mountains; also a variety with milk white flowers, both in flower, Guilandina ‘ ang ., ve NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 359 Guilandina Moringa.—In the forests at the foot of the mountains. ‘Trees very large and numerous, now in fruit only. Murraya Exotica.—Growing to the size of a large bush in the valley near 4msour, now in flower. Melia Azadirachta.—Grows to a large spreading tree in the forest near Coadwara, now in flower. Doubtful.—Growing near Coadwara at the foot of the ghat, and in the neighbourhood ef Hurdwar, a _ large spreading lofty tree, full in flower, the young leaves just starting forth ; these are pinnated : leat- lets from five to six pair, with an odd one, sessile, ovate, pointed, serrated. lowers of a pale yel- low, varied by tints of brownish orange from the coloured calyxes, produced on terminal compound racemes... Calyx one leaved, pitchered, coloured, mouth five-cleft, expanding, withering. Corol petals five, lance-linear, alternate with the divi- sions of the calyx, and inserted into the sinuses. Stamens, filaments ten, awled, hairy, the alternate ones shorter, inserted into the calyx, anthers ob long, furrowed. Pistil, germ above, roundish, slightly depressed. Style thread-form, the length of the calyx, hairy, partly coloured. Stigma, headed, depressed, five-cornered. Pericarp drupe, dry, orbicular, with distant rounded angles, de- pressed. Seed, nuts five, sizeof a small pepper- corn, roundish, hard, furrowed, each containing one seed, of the same form. It, comes nearest to Quisguatis, and if it cannot be admitted there, will probably form a new genus. Doubttul.—Growing in forests of oak on the high ridge of. mountains near Adwaanee, a large tree, just now conspicuous, for its abundant display of Jarge crimson flowers, leaves without order about the upper part of the branches, petioled, lance-ob- long, entire smooth above, hoary white beneath. The flowers, are produced on terminal simple racemes. Calyx one leaved, very small, coloured, five toothed, toothlets obtuse, the two superior Aa ones 360 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS ones larger, deciduous. Corol, one petaled, large, tubular, bell mouthed, tube very wide, contract- ing at the case. Border five cleft, divisions broad, unequally end nicked. Stamens, filaments ten, of unequal lengths, the longest the length of the corol, erect, appressed to the sides of the germ. Anthers oblong, thick, incumbent. Germ above, columnar, hoary, marked with the pressure of the stamens. Style longer than the stamens. Stigma headed, round, depressed. Pericarp, capsule, co- ‘Jumnar, ten‘celled, many seeded: It approaches ‘ nearest to Rhododendron, but will probably not be admissible there; and, perhaps, will forma new genus. The natives called it Boorans, the wood is used for making the stocks of matchlocks. Arbutus doubtful.—A tree of medium size found in forests of fir, oak, &c. between Nataana and Ad- waanee, crowded racemes of white monopetalous flowers, terminal and drooping. Leaves alternate, “petioled ovate, pointed, entire, Calyx half five- cleft, small, divisions ovate, erect. Corol pitcher- ed, many times longer than the calyx, bellied, neck very narrow ; mouth five toothed, toothlets equal, short, obtuse. Stamens, filaments ten, sometimes longer than the coral, and confined by the narrowness of the neck within it, awled, thick at the base, somewhat hairy, inserted into the base of the tube. Germ above, globular, seated on a five-cornered fleshy receptacle. Pericarp (in an unripe state) berry five-celled, many seeded. The -natives call the tree Aiaar, and apply the expressed juice of the leaves with much success in cutaneous cruptions. . DECANDRIA TRIGYNIA. Banisteria Benghatensis, Lin. Syst. Nat. cur. Game. Il. p, 724.—Gerinera Indica, ib. p. 685.—Hip- tage Klada blota, Gznxtner, II. 169, t. 116.— Gertnera Racemosa, Roxe. Ind. Plants, Vol. I. N. 18.—This plant so well described by the late bir Witrtam Jones, vol. IV. Asiatich Re- dp searches, NOTICED INTHE PRECEDING Tour. S61 searches, grows in great abundance in several parts of the mountains, but particularly on the banks of the Koa-nullah near Dosah, climbing profusely up- on other trees, and beautiful in display of its crowd- ed racemes of flowers. DECANDRIA PENTAGYNIA. Spondias Myrobalanus.—A forest tree between Am- sour and Ghinouly, now in flower. Sedum Album.—Growing out of the interstices of stone walls, laid against the slopes of mountains, to retain the soil from washing down. ‘The white flowers have tints of pale red, and make a pretty show in so humble a plant. Ovalis Acetosellaa—On the heights of Chichooa, on a small spot of pasture. Cerastium Alpinum.—About Teyka-ka-Maanda. Doubtful.—Found in the neighbourhood of Adwaa- mee. A slender bushy shrub. Leaves opposite, sub-petioled, lance-ovate, sometimes obtuse, serrulate, rough, downy beneath. Calyx one- leaved, belled: border half five-cleft: division equal, ovate, pointed, erect. Corol, petals five, ovate, cut off at the base, equal, about twice long- er than the calyx, spreading. Nectaries, ten ob- long, compressed, erect scales, forming a coronet, but not conjoined ; as long as the petals, the al- ternate ones less, broadest at their apices, and widely notched, staminiterous, seated on the germ- covering receptacle. Stamens, filaments ten, very short, filiform, of which five are inserted into the apices of the longest nectarious scales, and five into the sides of the shorter, about the middle. An- ‘thers globular, four cornered, alternately less, erect. Germ above, globular, covered with a fleshy depressed ring. Styles five, filiform, length of the petals, approximated, rising through the middle of the germ-coyering receptacle. Stigmas simple. Pericarp (in an unripe state) capsular, round, five-celled. Seeds numerous, attached to 1 a recep- : 362 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS a receptacle m each cell. It, will most likely’ form anew genus. The flowers are white, on ter- minal, solitary racemes, and scattered. 4, DODECANDRIA MONOGYNIA. Cartaeva Tapia.—A forest tree in the neighbourhood of the mountains, and now in flower. Grislea-tcmentosa, Dr. RoxpuRcu.—In great plenty about Hur divar, and the interior part of the -mountains. ‘The flower used as a cooling medi- cine by the natives, and as a colourmg drug in combination with the root of Morinda Citrifolia in dying red, asdescribed by Dr. Hunter, in Asiatick Researches, vol. IV. DODECANDRIA TRIGYNIA. Euphorbia-Canariensis.—In several parts of the moun- tains. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA. Punica-granatum.—Growing on the sides of the miietitaind, between Belkate and Nataana, two or three small trees, now in flower; the fruit never eatable the natives ii called by them Daarmee- Kutta. Prunus.—A cherry tree, of common size, found in several places, between the mountains. Leaves irregularly alternate, petioled, serrulated, smooth, shining, with two elobular ¢ glands at the base.—The fruit m clusters, about the size of the black Hert- jordshire cherry, of a roundish oval, acid and yastringent in aripe state, and of a dull red colour. The nut furrowed and thick. The wood is in much esteem among the travelling Fakeers for bludgeons ine walking sticks, and known in common byt the ame of Puddum. ICOSANDRIA DIGYNIA. Crategus,— Growing among detached rocks on the high NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 363 high mountains near Chichooa. Stem ‘woody, slender, procumbent. Branches without order, mostly two-faced, columnar, terminating with an obtuse rigid point. Leaves, the young- est fascicled, when more advanced appear al-_ ternate, petioled, wedge-form, sometimes ovate, _ entire, hairy beneath, smooth and shining, above five-eighths of an inch in length, including a petiole of one-eighth. Pedunclés axillary, Soi tary, one- flowered, short, hairy, Calyxes hairy.— Flowers white, fragrant. Berry, size of acommon pea, red when ripe. ICOSANDRIA PENTAGYNIA. Pyrus.—W ith branches alternate, slender, cylindri- cal. Leaves, about the ends of the branches, long- petioled, ovate, accuminated, serrulate, smooth. Peduncles solitary, cy lindrical, long, erect, inter- mixed with the leaves. Fruit ’elobular, size of a pigeon’s egg, of a russet-brown, spotted, harsh to the taste, and stony. Grows toa small tree in several parts of the mountains between Nataana and Adwaanee. Flowers i in March. Spiraea ? doubtful. —Leaves alternate, oblong, ovate, petioled, entire towards the base, obscurely crenate upwards, sometimes entire. Corymbs terminal. Flowers small, numerous, of a yellowish white. Calyx, corol, stamens, and pistil, not materially difiering from the Linnean characters; but to these must be added in the present species—Nectar twelve small, fleshy, compressed, oblong. scales, covering t the base of the stamens, and united be- low to the side of the calyx, emargimated above. Perestp not seen. Grows to a slender tall twiggy bush. Found afew miles S. W. of Strinagur, near the village of Nandaala. Te most resembles S. Crenata of Linnzus. ° ICOSANDRIA POLYGYNIA. Rosa,—Stems numerous, smooth, thorny. Leaves alternate. 364 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS alternate. Petioles thorny, pinnated, from three to five pair of leaflets with an odd one, ovate, . pointed, smooth, serrated. Germ ovate, smooth. Peduncles hispid. Flowers pure white, in great profusion, and highly fragrant, resembling in smell the clove. Very large bushes of this rose are found in the vallies of these mountains, called by the natives Koonja. Rubus.—Numerous straggling bushes, found most part of the way between Coadwara ghat and Siri- nagur, producing yellow fruit the size of the com- mon red raspberry, of an agreeable acidulated sweet, and which affords a most “acceptable means of re- lieving the thirsty traveller. The stems, branches, and petioles, are very hispid, and armed with short recurvated prickles. Racemes terminal. Flowers white. Leaves alternate. Leaflets ovate, pojnted, serrated. Called by the natives Gowry-phud. Rubus Idaeus.—F¥ound in oak forests, a few miles S. W. ot Sirinagur, and in the valley of Sirinagur. Flowers of a pink red. Fruit, agreeable to the’ taste, but possessing, in a very small degree, the | flavor of cultivated raspberry. . The stems and branches smooth, armed with strong recurvated prickles, as also the common petiole. Leaflets, trom three to five pair, with an odd one. Sessile ovate, deeply serrated, white beneath. Fragaria Sterilis.—On the sides of those mountains which are much shaded, and soil rich. Potentilla Jragarioides.—On the mountains. about Nataana. Potentilla reptans.—On the high ridge near Chichooa. POLYANDRIA MONOGYNIA. ° Lagerstroemia Montana, Roxsurcu.—This tree grows to sixty or seventy feet high. Stem straight, thick, and clear of branches to a great height (forty feet). Flowers with much beauty in the mouth of #fay. Grows both aboye and below the ghats. Trees not numerous. | tiie Doubtful, NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 368 Doubtful.—Found between Adwaanee and Teyha-ka- Maanda, a small tree thickly covered with flowers of a yellowish white, and so fragrant as to be evi- dent to the senses ata considerable distance. It bears the following characters. Leaves alternate, petioled, ovate, serrated, about the base almost en- tire, smooth above, nerves hairy beneath. Petioles very short, channeled hairy. Racemes rather sim- ple, terminal, and from the axills of the leaves, numerous. Peduncles hairy. Calyx perianth, one Jeaved, half five-cleft, coloured: divisions thin, obtusely ovate, rather unequal. Corol, petals, five, ovate, rounded, two a little less, slightly adhering to each other at the base. Nectaries, five rounded, compressed glands, sitting on the germ, surround- ing the style. Stamens, filaments thirty or more, longer than .the corol, unequal, slightly attached in parcels to the base of the petals. Anthers roundish, erect. Germ beneath. Style shorter than the filaments, thicker, compressed. Stigma headed, depressed. Pericarp (in an unripe state) two celled, in each two or three ovate seeds. It has most affinity, perhaps, with the genus Tilia, ex- cept in the pericarp, and on the examination of this, when it can be obtained perfect, we must de- pend to ascertain its place in the system. POLYANDRIA POLYGYNITA. Uvaria.—Near Coadwara, above the ghauts, a very lofty tree. DIDYNAMLA GYMNOSPERMIA. Ballota.—A bushy half shrubby plant on the side of the mountains, and near the road descending into the valley of Belkate. About three feet high, seemingly annual, stems and branches four cornered. Leaves opposite, petioled, ovate, acuminate, ser- rated, (teeth distant, deep, obtuse), downy, veined. Flowers axillary. Peduncles very short, solitary, six flowered, have the appearance of verticels, bracted. 366 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS bracted.. Calyx tubular, long, ten striated; belf- mouthed: border five-parted: the divisions sub- ovate, veined, leaf-like, as long as the tube, erect. The rest of the fructification not differing mate- rially from the generic characters of Linn avs. The whole plant is extremely bitter, and used by the natives in watery infusions as a stomachic. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA. Bignonia Chelonoides.—Grows to a pretty large tree in the neighbourhood of Hurdwar and Coadwara. Nothing remains to be said in addition to the mi- nute description given of this plant by the late Sir Wriiiam JoNEs, Asiatick Researches, vol. LV. Gmelina Arbhorea.—A large spreading tree in the neighbourhood of Hurdwar, and forests on the skirts of these mountains, now in flower, the fruit ripens about the end of May. The wood is light, and used by the natives of Hindustan for makin the cylinders of those drums called D*holuks Name of the tree Aum-haar. 4 Volkameria? bicolor.—A very handsome species, (if z if Volkaumeria) the trivial name taken from the party-. — coloured corol, one division of which is of a fine © blue, the other pure white. Racemes terminal, _ compound, large. Leaves opposite, petioled, from™ six to ten pairs on a branchlet, ovate, lance-acu- miinated, entire towards the base, above, (as far as the acumen), serrated. The calyxes and seeds of this plant are highly aromatic. It grows in abun- dance in several vallies of these mountains, now in full flower, and ripened seeds. Vitex trifolia.—Common both above and below the ghauts. MONADELPHIA MONOGYNIA. A tree in the forests near Coadwara, now in fruit, a large berry, as big as a common sized lemon, and somewhat of that shape, growing in close. clus- ters, NOTICED IN THE'PRECEDING TOUR. 367 ters, five or six, sessile, and crowned with the en- larged permanent calyx, some retaining the whole of the dry fructification, perfect enough for exami- nation, and which exhibit the following characters. Calyx four-parted, above: divisions ovate, obtuse, concave. Corol, petals four, rather obovate, ob- long, twice the length of the divisions of the calyx (1 inch 7;), truncated at the base, stamens, filaments very numerous (300), capillary ‘conjoined below in a ring, and seated on the receptacle ce- vering the germ. Style longer than the stamens, thicker, filiform. Stigma headed. ‘The berr y is composed of a spongy whitish pulp. Seeds, six, eight, or more, nestling, about the size of the ie 7 of a citron, and of that form, a little compressed. Leaves, terminating the branches, subsessile, sub- rotund, attenuated at the base, ending in a short acumen above, serrated large, a perfect description and figure of this plant, may be expected from the extensive and invaluable collection of Mr. R. Bruce, where it has been for some years, and furms one of the many new genera, w herewith that gen- tleman is about to enrich the science of botany. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA. ~ Geranium.—A very slender herbaceous kind, grow- ing among weeds and bushes on the highest moun- tains about Nataana. Leaves petioled, from three to five lobed, lobes trifid; petioles very long, fili- form. Peduncles ax cillary, solitary, resembling the petioles, one flowered. Flowers pale rose, with a deep purple eye at the base of each petal. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA. Bombax Ceiba.—Grows in the vallies of these moun- taius to a very considerable tree, none exceeding it.m size, and regularity of growth: its wood is converted to many uses, where lightness more than strength is sought for. For the scabbards of swords, it is a 4 used, and canoes of large size 368 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS size are hollowed from its trunk. A variety of this tree is also found with flowers of a reddish yellow, the petals, oblong ovate. Bombax Gossypium.—A small tree, a great ornament to the sloping sides of the mountains im the vici- nity of Hurdwar, the flowers yellow, large, and conspicuously bright, on simple terminal racemes, no leaves during inflorescence. The wood of this tree resembles, for its lightness, that of Bombax _ Ceiba, and the young branches abound in a trans- parent white mucilage, which is given out on immersion in cold water. Seeds sent to the bota- nical garden in Calcutta have come up. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA. Robinia 1.—A large tree with spreading bushy head, leaves pinnated, Icaflets petioled, two pair with an odd one, large, ovate, entire, shortly acumi- nated, smooth, shining. Racemes axillary, sim- ple, large and showy; flowers white mixed with pink. Peduncles common, columnar, long; proper, short, one-flowered. Legume short, between oval and kidney shape, turgid, a little compressed, one seeded, seed more reniform, compressed, covered with a dark brown arill. The leaves, racemes, &c. have an unpleasant smell. The natives apply the expressed juice of the unripe legumes, as a remedy for the itch. The tree is called by them Piépapra, is found both below and above the ghats. Robinia 2.—W ith woody climbing stem and branches, leaves pinnated with an odd one, leaflets from three to five pair, with short gibbous petioles, oblong ovate, (five inches by three) obtusely pointed, en- tire, common, petioles very long, downy. _Racemes terminal, simple, flowers of a dull white. Pedun- clesdowny. Legumes, oblong, linear, compress- ed, smooth. Seeds about six, compressed, of a roundish kidney shape. The ripe legumes fly open with considerable force, and noise, and take a twisted form. It is common in every © forest above the ghats, is found also along the banks WOTICED IN THE’ PRECEDING TouR. 369 banks of the Gaenecs, as low as Futtchgurh, where séeds are probably brought by the current, and lodged, not being found in the jungles of the Dooab. Robinia 3. Doubtful.—With strong contorted stem, twenty inches circumference, climbing over the highest trees in the forests about Hurdwar, now without leaves (4pril), but loaded with long ter- minal pendulous racemes of blue and white ‘flow- ers. Peduncles columnar, downy, proper, one flowered. Legumes long, sub-linear, compressed, pointed with the persisting style, hairy, adhering: to the skin when handled, and slightly irr itatiug. Seeds about six, kidney shape, compressed, smooth, varying in colour, size of those of Mrviun- lens. The parts of fructification agree best with the cha- racters of Robinia. The leaves not yet seen. Pterocarpus —The common tree in the forests, on the skirts of these mountains, delights in a flat, rich soil. Is a timber of extensive use, hard, dur- able, and handsome, well known in skeaerschn, under the name of Seessoon POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA. Hypericum.—An ynder shrub, of much beauty, on the elevated hills, between Posay and Bedeyl. Grows to about three feet high, branches nume- rous, cylindrical, smooth, ‘all terminated with corymb- like clusters of large yellow pentagynous flowers. Leaves opposite, ” sessile, oblong, oval, ‘entire, smooth, the | large leaves about three and a half inches by one ana a halt. Capsuls liv e-celled, many secdedt seeds oblong. SYNGENESIA POLYGAMIA MQUALIS. Prenanthes.—A very pretty half shrubby species, growing out of the hard clay banks of the Ganges, near Hdurdwar, stems nunrerous and procumbent, f very leafy, ani marked with the vestiges of faljtn Vou.-Vi1, = Bb leaves. 370 ' ENUMERATION OF PLANTS . » leaves. Flowers in corymb-like panicles, terminat- ing the branches, a pretty mixture of white and red, florets five-fold. Leaves without order, pe- tioled, obovate, widely serrated ; entire towards the base. Seeds five, crowned with a hairy pap- pus, seated on the naked receptacle. wee On the sides of the mountains between Dosah and Belkate, a small tree, with black fissured bark, ir- regular crooked branches. Leaves about the -_ ends of the branches without order, petioled, ellip- tical, one-nerved, entire, about six inches long, white beneath, with a dense cottony down, smooth above; petioles and peduncies, downy, like the leaves. Flowers in cymes terminating the branches, possessing the following characters. Calyx ob- long, formed of about. twelve unequal imbricated lance-shape scales, increasing in size from the base, the interior series much longer, erect, , and. retaining the florets. Corol compound, tubular ; corollets hermaphrodite, constantly four equal. Proper, tubular, slender, longer than the calyx ; border five-cleft ; lacinie long, linear. Stamens, pist, &c. as in the genus Cacalia. Seeds solitary, oblong, attenuated at the base, silky pappus hairy, stiff, erect, the length of the stamens. It comes nearest to the genus Cacalia, and to C. Aselepia- dea. . Leontodon taraxacum.—On the high mountains near Chichooa. PRE A herding Lette, iN Hypochoeris-glabra and Hypochoeris-radiata.—On the mountains about Teyha-ka-Maanda and Chichooa. G4 SYNGENESIA MONOGAMIA. Lobelia Kalmii.—On the sides of the mountains near Dosa. Ap Veko Mea a Viola-palustris.—On the sides of the; mountains be, tween Adwaanee and Teyka-ka-Maanda, _ Impatiens Noli-tangere.—I\n the bed of the Koa-nul-— lah, 2 showy handsome_plant, now in flower. | GYNANDRIA WOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. -371 GYNANDRIA DIANDRIA. > Limodorem.—In the low grounds near Asoph-gurh, below Hurdwar. Bulbs solid, large, smooth, mostly triangular, the corners pointed, sending forth a few fibres; scape simple, from the middle of the bulb, columnar, smooth ; erect, about twelve inches high. Flowers scattered: petals oblong-linear, nearly equal: nectary three-cleft, the middle division much larger, rounded... It resembles Z. Virens of Doctor Roxsurcu. Epidendrum \.—Leaves two ranked, sessile, sheath- ing the stem, oblong-linear, carinated, ending as if cut off. Racemes axillary, simple, drooping: peduncles as long as the leaves, cylindrical; proper, one flowered. Flowers scattered, large, white mix- ed with pink, and yery fragrant. Bracts lanced, concave, coloured, one to each proper pedun¢le. Nectary, horn-shaped, incurvated. It adheres to the stems of trees, by many strong fibres shoot- ing forth from among the leaves. It approaches nearest to EL. furvum. is Epidendrum 2.—Leaves radical, sessile, lanced, entire, succulent, the interior margin of each leaf, near the base, is split open longitudinally, forming a sheath which receives the edge of the adjoining leaf: leaves seldom exceeding one inch and a half in length: racemes simple, from the centre of the leaves, but little longer, slender, many flowered. Capsule six-angled, broader above. Roots fibrous, numerous, slender, spreading themselves into the fissures of the bark of large trees. ‘The above twe species, common both in vallies, and on the tops.of mountains, if ’ GYNANDRIA DECANDRIA. Helicteres Isora.—In great abundance along the skirts of the mountains from Hurdwar to Coadwara, now in flower, very well known in most bazars under the name A/erowrie, trom. the resembiance its contorted capsules bear to a screw, an Hinduwee name for that instrument. Bb 2 GYNANDRIA 372 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS” a GYNANDRIA POLYANDRIA. Grewia 1. With leaves alternate, short petioled, three nerved, ovate, much pointed, serrated, harsh to the touch. Calyx, five-leaved: leaves lance- linear, nerved, spreading. ‘The petals resemble the leaves of the calyx, but are smaller. Filaments numerous, germ roundish, obtusely four cornered, villous. Stigma headed, depressed, five lobed, or cleft. The flowers are of a greenish white, mostly “in threes on one common peduncle; peduncles solitary, aud opposed to the lave Grows to a small tree, numerous on the islands of the Ganges neat Hurdwar, Grewia 2.— Leaves alternate, petioled, three nerved, ovate, serrated, tomentose, more so beneath ‘than aboye, white, and resembling the feel of velvet : petioles very short, downy: peduncles axillary, crowded, short, trichotomous, downy. The flowers are much smaller than in the preceding species, and of an orange yellow; the calyxes covered with the same velvet-like nap, the germ thickly enve- loped therein, and the younger branches also co- vered with it. This grows to a- large tree , dn, the mountains about Uiiare. Fruit not. seen. Poihos.—With large hearted petioled leaves, “entire, without nerves, ‘smooth. Petioles long, carinated, sheathing the stem. Flowers not seen ; the large cy lindrical spadix now crowded with ripe secds, of an irregular ovate shape, about the size of a com- mon pea, covered with a soft. aril’ “of a’ de lcep red, numerous, and affixed to a common, recep- tacle, the whole externally defended’ bya thick capsular covering, internally, marked with as 1 many cells as ‘seeds, externally, with numerous reticu- lated lines, and minutely dotted. On ae the broken pieces of this covering, ‘many 's ining needle-like points penetrate the skim, and produce irritation. ‘The ‘stems. slender, jointed, sending forth fibres, which spread on the bodies of those trees Over which they climb. The natives call it Haat-phool, NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 373 MONOECIA TRIANDRIA. Haat-phool, from the irritation excited on incau- tiously handling it. It seems to be Adpendix-por- cellanica of RumPutvs. | Phyllanthus grandifolia.—N ow in flower on the sides of the mountains near Bedeyl. MONOECIA TETRANDRIA. Betula.—Leaves alternate, petioled, ovate, obtuse, obscurely serrated. Peduncles axillary, aments fessile, conical, about the size of a small nutmeg, the dry aments the only part of the fructification seen. Grows to a pretty large tree, the bark is _an article of trade into the plains of Hindustan, said to be used by the manufacturers of chintz to dye red, known by the name of Afteess. Saw several trees betiveen Dosah and Belkate. Cicca disticha.—Averrhou acida, Vax. Syst. ed. XIII, 357.—Terme, GERTN. 2 487. t. 180. —Phyl- lanthus, Wox,—A forest tree in the vallies of these mountains, now in flower, Seal to a cop , siderable size. Morus 1.—Leayes alternate, petioled, oblong, ovate, widely and unequally serrated, acuminated, rough, three nerved, about four and a half inches long. Petiole one and a half inch, channelled. Peduneles axillary, solitary, short, hairy. Aments, cylindrical, short, dense, florets all female. Grows to a small tree in the jungles about Dosah. Morus 2,—Leaves alternate, petioled, ovate, pointed, a little hearted at the base, from three to five lobed, unequally serrated, teeth obtuse, scabrous, about two and a half inches, and petiole three quarters of an inch. Pedtncles fascicled axillary, aments diffuse, florets peduncled, all male. Grows to a small tree in the forests near Coadwara. Morus 3.—Leaves alternate, petioled, ovate, some- what hearted, actiminated, widely and unequally serrated, downy on both sides, and rough to the touch, six inches ae petiole one inch, _chan- Eb 3 nelled. 374 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS nelled. Peduncles axillary, solitary, short : aments cylindrical, dense, short, both male and fe- _ male. The fruit when ripe about the size of the... first jomt of the middle finger, of a deep red, ap- proaching to black; insipidly sweet, and mucila-. ginous. Grows to a tall tree with spreading head, found near the village of Nataana. Ge, MONOECIA POLYANDRIA, — Quercus.—Leaves alternate, petioled, ovate-lance. serrated, teeth distant and rigid, smooth and shin- , ing above, hoary, with a dense down beneath, one \ nerved, from which are fourteen or fifteen pairs of — parallel veins. The full grown acorns now on the trees, consequently flower in the coldest time of — the year, and we may conclude from its situation here, it would bear the climate of Britain. The thickest forests are in the neighbourhood of Adwaag nee; the trees rather low, but have the appearance — of age, though none exceeded in circumference twelve feet, and fifty in height. The wood is of a. reddish brown, ‘very hard, and for this property re- — - fused by the natives for any purpose but firewood. Juglans.—Three or four trees in the neighbourhood of Nataana, the fruit yet small, covered with a dense hair. Leaves pinnated with an odd one: leaflets sessile, lance-oblong, cntire, smooth, the lower pair least, each pair increasing in size up- — wards. Growing on the sides of the mountains in — avery stony soil. ‘i hia 4’ Carpinus doubtful,—aA low ill formed tree on the sides. _ of the mountains, between Dosa and Belkate. Leaves without order abouttheendsof the branches, pinnated: leaflets about four pair, broad ovate, _ very obtuse, entire, beneath downy: common petiole columnar, downy, at its origin gibhous: proper, very short, cylindrical, downy. Flowers on long amenta¢eous spikes, crowded, but not im- bricated, those bearing the female flower long- gst. Calyx of the male flowers is formed of six 5 ’ spreading: NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING ToUR. . $75 " Spreading unequal leaves, the middle one many nes longer than the rest, one nerved, veiny. orol none. Filaments from seven to eleven, _ scarcely evident, inserted within the leaves of the > ae Anthers oblong, four cornered, thick, hairy, erect. Female, Calyx one leaved, three “Sa resembling a ternate leaf, with sessile leaf- he ets, the divisions unequal, the middle one much the longest, oblong, rounded above, one nerved, ie veined. The only appearance of corol, ave four _ oblong scales, seated on the germ, round the - of the "style, spreading, equal. Germ globular, little pointed above, hairy. Style short, “thick, by lindrical: stigmas two, about the length of the style, thick, sliehtly compressed, hairy. Pericarp, capsule, globular, two-celled, hairy. This has not been seen in its perfect state. ? MONOECIA MONADELPHIA. Pinus teda.—Between Ghinouly and Sirinagur, seve- ral mountains are seen covered with this species of fir, the tallest appeared to be from sixty to seventy feet in length; one, which had fallen, measured sixty-five feet, and in circumference seven feet and -- ahalf. The natives prefer it to most other wood, for building, and many other uses, for the convenience with which they work on it, with their bad tools. It is also used for the purpose the trivial name im- » plies, and is the only light they employ in their copper and lead mines. The means of transport- - ing this useful timber from the situations it is found w ado, to the plains of Hindustan, appear too difficult and expensive, to offer any encouragement for _ such an attempt. DIOECIA DIANDRIA. Salir.—Leaves alternate, petioled, lanced, acumina- ted, unequally serrated, smooth, white beneath. Stipules lateral, semicordate, large, serrated, paired. It flowers in November, and in a considerable nuim- B b 4 her \s 4 376 ENU MERATION OF PLANTS ber of willows, all produced from the same soufee, none but male plants have been found, and the flowers hcxandrous. They grow in plenty on the banks of the Ganges above and below Hurdwar, acquire the height of forty fect, in circumference seldom exceeding thirty inches. The wood is white, and very fragile. DIOECIA PENTANDRIA. AXanthovylon.—A small thorny bushy tree, growing on the sides of the mountains, about Naéaana, and other places. Leaves unequally pinnated; leaflets sessile, from three to six pairs, the lower pair smallest, increasing upwards, the terminal one be- ing the largest, oblong-lance, obscurely and :dis- tantly serrated, dotted, smooth, largest about three inches long and one broad, between each pair of leaflets, a solitary streight rigid prickle. Petiole winged, along the middle prominent. Flowers in- conspicuous; on short, ‘axillary, compound, ra- cemes (both on male and female plants). The short bunches of fruit ripen in JZay, the capsule about the size and shape of a small pepper-corn, these and every part of the plant, possess an aro- matic and durable pungency. ‘The natives scour their teeth with the young branches ; and chew the capsules as a remedy for the tooth-ach. They be- Jieve that the capsule, with the seeds bruised, being thrown into water, renders it fit for drinking, by correcting any noxious quality which.it may have. The branches cut into walking sticks, with their thorns rounded off, have a formidable appearance, and may -properly be called Herculean clubs. It differs much from the figure in CarEesBy’s Carolina. Cannabis Sativa.—This plant is cultivated in several parts of the mountains, for two purposes: one for the manufacture of a coarse thick cloth, which the poorer people wear, and the other in making an intoxicating drug. Much used, mixed with tobacco, in smoking, by the people of many yi : a) NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 377 ‘of Hindustan, and is an article of traffic, between the inhabitants of this range of mountains to the eastward, and the natives of the low countries. DIOECIA DODECANDRIA. In ashaded valley near Ghinouly, a tall, slender, strageling tree, now,in flower, the fructification toocomplicated for abbreviated description, or com- parison with other genera, therefore the full cha- racters are here given. Branches alternate, strag- gling, few. Leaves alternate, towards the extre- mities of the branches, petioled, ovate, entire, smooth above, slightly dewny beneath, about nine inches in length. Petioles very short, columnar. The flowers are axillary, produced in a kind of single umbell, three or more from the same axill. Common peduncles cylindrical, about half an inch in length, downy; partial, similar, a little shorter; proper, still shorter, about two lines in length. Characters of the male flowers. Calyx universal in- - volucre, five-parted (perhaps five-leaved): divi- sions rounded, concave, expanding; partial, of similar form, carrying six florets in its base; pro- per perianth six-parted, divisions lance-ovate, hairy, expanding, sometimes reflected. Corol none. Sta- mens, filaments mostly thirteen, filiform, unequal in length, hairy, inserted into the base of the calyx, the seven shortest or interior series, furnished to- wards the foot of each, with a pair of compressed kidney shaped glands, inserted singly by a minute thread into the sides of the filament; the six ex- terior or longest, simple. Anthers oblong, four- celled, two of which are lateral, and two near the apex in front, each furnished with a lid, which on the exclusion of the pollen are forced up and shew the cells distinct. Female—Calyx, universal and partial involucre as in the male. Proper perianth, five or six cleft, less | hairy, 378 ENUMERATION OF PLANTS : hairy, more coloured than in the male, the lacinia of the border, small, ovate, thin, withering. Corol none, unless the coloured perianth is so called. Dincthaebiia, six pair of glands resembling those of the male flower, affixed in the same manner, to six short, hairy filaments, with the addition of a linear hairy scale, or filament at the back of each, but.dis- tinct, all inserted into the base of the calyx. Pistil, germ above, roundish, ovate. Style cylindrical, ; obscurely furrowed down the middle; stigma two- parted, spreading. Pericarp, a berry, at present about the size of an orange seed, wd ohe-celled, one-seeded. N. B. Sometimes the glands in the sldle flowers are one less, the same humber of filaments, however, remain (13). The partial involucre is sometimes found with five florets only in its base, the num- of its divisions in that case was one less, viz. four. The flowers of the male plant are larger and more numerous. ‘The natives disting uished the male and female trees by different 1 names, the former they called Ketmoreea, and the latter Pup-reea. It is found also in the forests near Coadwara, ‘below the ghat. POLYGAMIA MONOECIA. Terminalia Alata-glabra. —Grows to a very lofty tree in the vallies of these mountains. Stem straight, and clear from branches to a great height. The characters given to the genus Chuncoa, i in GMELIN’ $ edition of the Systema N ature, agree well With this | lant. Mimosa Catechu 1. In ereat BS iaatet in the forests of these mountains, and islands of the Ganges near Hurdwar, now destitute of foliage, a shabby thorny tree, the dry legumes. hanging in great abundance; flowers during the rainy season. Mimosa 2.—A large tree bearing great’ resemblance to Mimosa jebbech, now in flower in the forest near Coadwara. Leaves twice pinnated, abruptly, trom NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 374 from ten to twelve paired ; leaflets sessile, from thirty-two to thirty-four pair, halved longitudinal- ly, oblong, about three-eighths of an inch long by one-eighth, downy. Petioles and peduncles downy, one glebular gland on each common petiole, an inch below the leaves, and another similar, but smaller, between the terminating pair of leaflets. Stipules lateral, paired, ovate, acuminated, one nerved, veiny, downy, large. Those on the pe- duncles resemble them, and are perhaps bracts. The flowers resemble those of AZ. lebbeck. It comes nearest to AZ. arborea. POLYGAMIA TRIOECIA. Ficus-laminosa.—An humble species, growing among detached rocks in a small water course, and other moist places along the valley of the Koa-nullah. The stem is procumbent, shrubby, diffuse.. Leaves opposite, lanceolate, entire ; fruit lamiuous. The natives collect the leaves to feed their cattle with, and call it Chancherree. _ Ficus 2.----A slender bushy kind, in dry elevated si- tuations,’ near Desa. Leaves alternate, on short hairy petioles, ovate, pointed, entire, thickish, with prominent reticulated veins. Pedunoles axil- lary, solitary, cylindrical, short, hairy ; fruit glo- bular, about the size of a marrow-fat pea, downy: Calyx beneath, three parted, downy; it bears some resemblance to F. pumila. . | Ficus 3.----Growing in the same situation with the above, a stronger bush. Leaves alternate, few, distant, oblong ; sometimes much rounded above, but acuminated entire, rough, three nerved, with distant veins running into each other along the margin of the leaf: petioles very short, hairy. Fruit axillary, solitary, sessile, rough, globular, about the size of a smal! gooseberry. Comes nearest to #. Microcarpa. } Ficus 4.—A large tree in the forests along the Koa- nullak, though on elevated situations. Leaves gvate, obtuse, entire, large, downy. Peduncles variably 880 FXNUMERATION OF PLANTS variably produced from the stem and branclies, erowded, cylindrical, short, downy. Fruit globular, as large as a small pullet’s egg, when ripe, eatable, of a yellowish green, mixed with red, not very de- sirable to the taste of an European, but by the natives esteemed a good fruit. Called by them Timla. CRYPTOGAMIA FILICES. Asplenium.—Growing on the bodies of trees covered with moss. Frond simple, lance-linear, narrow, attenuated at both ends, smooth, entire : the fructification in distinct distant, round, parcels along the margin, and over which, when mature, the sides of the frond are reflected, the whole con- torting and resembling a worm. Polypodium.—Growing in similar situations with the above.’ Frond simple, lance-linear, acuminated, entire, woolly. The fructification covering the whole of the disk, except at the two extremities ; the. opposite side smooth and pitted. Roots, fibrous, numerous, capillary. Adianthum Serrulatum.—¥rond composite, leaves longitudinally striated. Found on the sides of every hill. Marattia alata and laevis.—These two beautiful ferns are mostly found together, in moist and shad- ed situations, particularly on the more elevated part of the mountains about Adwaanee and Nata- ana. Among many plants observed, whose place in the system, tor want of particular parts of the fructifica- tion} could not be ascertained, the following may de- serve noticing here. mR. Ké-iy-p,hvl, country name, Guavwis’s Mat. Ted. —This is a middle sized tree, indigenous to, these mountains, the bark of which is much valued m Hindustan for its aromatic and medicinal properties, and sold in every bazar under this name. The fruit NOTICED IN THE PRECEDING TOUR. 331 fruit is a drupe, about the size of a small nutmeg, of a round oval, the nut bony, furrowed, one celled, one seeded, covered with a thin pulp, with a carbun- cled surface, red when ripe, and. very agrééable to the taste, highly esteemed by the natives. The branches are opposite, cylindrical, much marked with the vestiges of fallen leaves, Leaves irregu- larly opposite, rather crowded about the, extremi- ‘ties of the bianches, | petioled, ) ovate, pointed, sometimes elliptical, entire, smooth: petioles short, channelled. Flowers, accordmg to information. from the. natives, in the month of JdZarch.. It would probably bear the climate of Britain. No name.—In the neighbourhood of Hurdwar, a large spreading tree, without foliage, or flowers, _ the full pericarps hanging in many clusters, con- ‘| sisting of five inflated large kidney-shape capsules, united at one end to the apex of a short woody. peduncle, pointed at the other, the points inclined inwards, each capsule in size, &c. resembling the - ' follicle of Asclepias-gigantea, downy, one-celled, with a dorsal suture the whole Jength., Seecs from six to eight, ovate, about the sizeof a citron seed, black, covered with a white mealy, substance, attached by one end to the edges of the suture. Some appearances warrant the,,conclusion itis a species of Stercudia. Vrom the: body of the tree exudes.a white pellucid gum, discovering similar _ properties to the gum taken from S¢erceudlia-platani- folia, and which, so much resembles, gum (raga- canth, that it has been collected and sold, omthe supposition of being such. Whether it will stand the test and be received as such. in Awrepe, time will show. The plant producing that genuine gum, is not found on this side of Zxdia, to the best ot my yiformation. jiwea TO if 382 } TO SIR JOHN SHORE, Barr, PRESIDENT OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. ~ Dear Sir, bs Gri this, I take the liberty of sending you an . account of the excavations near the town of Ellora, differing somewhat from the paper formerly submitted to you, but still requirimg all the indul- gence then claimed, for the disadvantages under which it was written.. Some drawimgs and a plan accompany it, that will, I hope, prove illustrative of the description. For the plan and the measurements, © I am indebted to Lieutenant James Man Ley, and have entire reliance on their accuracy. vig a a. The drawings were taken by avery ingenious na- tive in my service, named GuNcaram, whom I sent to Lilora for that purpose, previous to going thither myself, when he was unfortunately too much indisposed to attend me ; so that the opportunity of colrecting what was done, substituting more eligible pots of view, or adding to my collection, was lost; and I am reduced to the alternative of sending them, with all their numerous errors and imperfections, or sacrificing, to my conviction of those imperfections, the desire of conveying to you, agreeably to promise, some idea, however inadequate, of works, concerning which it has been, and still is, rather my wish to ex- cite, than my hope to gratify, curiosity. ‘That ardu- ous task, I shall leave to the fine taste, masterly pen- cil, and laudable industry, of Mr. Waxes, an artist, mentioned in a former letter, who has already made great progress in such a collection of these wonderful antiquities, many of them hitherto unheard of by L/uropeans, and first discovered by his enquiries, as with the addition of those of E//ora, which he means to visit, f 88. ] visit, will at once engage and satisfy the expectations of the learned and the curious, Under these circumstances, I no longer hesitate to submit the drawings, with all their evrors and inaccu- racies, to your notice and disposal, thinking it neces- sary, at the same time, to acquaint you, that as my draftsman will attend Mr. Waxes in his intended jour- ney to Lilora, he will be enabled, by the liberal in- structions of that gentleman, to correct his errors of delineation and perspective; and as it is reasonable to suppose that most of Mr. Waxes’s own views will be from different points, I hope this prospect of being furnished with anew set of those now sent will regu- late you as to any present public use of them, unless tor the purpose above mentioned, of awakening curi- osity to the produce of Mr. Wates’s skill and in- dustry. _-My enquiries, as to the origin or date of these won- derful, works, have not hitherto been: satisfactory. Doubtless, however, it is, that they are the works of people, whose religion and, mythology were purely Hindu, and most of the excavations carry strong marks of dedication to Mauprw, -as the presiding deity. ‘The fanciful analogies of some travellers (par- ticularly that attributed to the eight handed figure of VEER Buppur, holding up raja Durz in one hand, and a drawn sword in another, with the famous judg- ment of Sotomon) now vanish; and we seek no longer for colonies of Jews, Egyptians, Ethiopians, or Phenecians, to supercede the more rational mode of accounting for such works in the enthusiastic labour * and ingenuity of the natives of the country; by which means, the wonder is at least simplified, no trifling point to minds in quest of, and in loye with truth. The difference of the inscriptions, in some of the caves, from the present known characters of Hindustan, may { 384 ] may be objected to their being the produce of Hinda artists; but it is well known, that the formation of Jetters undergoes great changes in the course of ages, and that such may be the case, with respect! to the excavations on this side of Jndia, may be fairly in- ferred, from. the difficulty with which the ingenious © Mr. Caarres Wixixins traced and recovered, as I have been informed, some inscriptions. in the neigh- bourhood of Ghya. But I am inclined to think, that we are not sufficiently acquainted with the cha- yacters of the south of Jndia, such as the Twmbole, Areee, Kinaraa, and Telinghee, to pronounce on their affinity to those in the excavations, which will be fully submitted to the scrutiny of the learned in Mr, Waxes’s intended work, Though I have: above mentioned my persuasion, that the generality of the excavations I have seen, not only at Eélora, but elsewhere, are dedicated to Manprew; yet I do not mean thereby to abandon am idea, that: the most northerly caves of Ellora; oceupied by the naked sitting avd ‘standing figures, ure the works of the Sewras or Jutiees, who, by the Brahmens, ate estéemed schismatics, and whose sect, called Srawuk, is very numerous in Guzerat. The tenets, observances, and habit, of the Sewras. are peculiar, and in many ‘points very different from other Hindus. Their adoration of the deity is con- veyed through the mediation of Apnaut and Pa- RIsNAUT, the visible objects’of their worship, perso- nified as anaked man sitting or standing. | ‘This sect js supposed to be of a comparatively modern origin, if so, and the foregoing hypothesis of the dedication of the temples to their idol, be admitted, the limit of their possible antiquity follows, but without ascer- taining, or affecting, that of the other,-. 0 On this very interesting point, I mean the anti- quity of these astonishing works, T shall here trouble you with the different accounts of two intelligent men, : } ee aa i men, one a MWahommedan the other a Hindu. The first, named Meer Ara Kuan, an inhabitant of Ahmed- nugger, who said that he had heard it from a person of acknowledged erudition, but whose name I fer- got. The second, a Brahkmen, inhabitant of Roza, who quoted a book entitled Sewa Lye Afahat, or the grandeur of the mansion of Srwa, i. e. Mauvew, as his authority; for the authenticity of which I have hitherto sought in vain. The Alahommedan says, ‘‘ the town of Ellora was ** built by rajah Ee1L, who also excavated the tem- ** ples, and being pleased with them, formed the “fortress of Deoghire (Doulutabad), which is a ** curious compound of excavation, scarping, and ‘building, by which the mountains were converted “* into a fort, resembling, as some say, the insulated ‘* temple in the area of the Inpur Subba. Ext rajah ‘‘ was contemporary with Suan Momin Arir, who ‘* lived 900 years ago.” The Brahmen on the other hand, says, ‘‘ That the “* excavations of Hdlora are 7894 years old, formed ‘by Exxree rajah, the son of Pysuront of Elich- ‘* pore, when 3000 years of the Dwarpa Yoag were ** unaccomplished, which added to 4894 of the pre- “sent Kal Yoag, makes 7894. Ex oo rajah’s body ** was afflicted with maggots, and in quest of cure, “he came to the famous purifying water named Sewa ‘* Lye, or, as it is commonly called Sewalla, that had ‘* been curtailed by Visunu (at the instigation of ‘¢ YrmpuRHUM, or JuM, the destroying agent) from “* sixty bows length (each four cuvits square), to the “* size of a cow's hoof. In this water, EzrLoo dipped **a cloth, and cleansed with it his face and hands, ** which cleared him of the maggots. He then built “* Koond (or cistern) and bathing therein, his whole ** body was purified; so that, lookimg on the place **as holy, he first. constructed the temple called ‘* Keylmas, &c. to the place of Biskurma.” Vor. VI. Cec This [ 3386 ] This wide difference in the era between the Hindu and the Mahommedan, must remain, I fear, imex- plicable; while our attention is necessarily attracted to their agreeing in the person of Exxr Ega, or ExLoo rajah, as the author of the excavations, whose being identified as living in the same age with a well known character, seems to throw the weight of probability into the JZahommedan’s scale ; and it must be remarked, that however fond the writers of that faith may be of the marvellous, in points of preter- natural agency, according to their own system; yet, as annalists, they seem more entitled to credit than the Hindus, whose historical and theological chro- nology, is greatly mixed with, and obscured by, fable. The Koond, or cistern, mentioned by the Brahmens, is extant, and im perfect preservation, just without the town of Ellora, and the holiness of its water is still in such high estimation as to render it a Teerut (pilgrimage) of great reputation and resort, under the appellation of Sewalla Teeruit, or Koond. The neighbouring temples* probably form a part of the attraction, as they are much frequented by devout LTindus. It is necessary to observe, that there are a great many other excavations in the semicircular mountain that commands a view of the fine valley of Edlora, which, indisposition prevented my visiting. — Whether we consider the design, or contemplate the execution, of these extraordinary works, we are lost in wonder at the idea of forming a vast moun- tain into almost eternal mansions. The mythologi- cal symbols and figures. throughout the whole, leave no room to doubt their owing their existence to reli- gious zeal, the most powerful and most universal agi- tator of the human mind, : iA 5 | ‘The boar: The ancient Brahmens, avoided the contaminaticn of cities, and affected the purity and simplicity of rural retirement; when far removed from observation, the imagination of their disciples probably enhanced the merits of their sanctity. To alleviate austerities, and to gratify the devout propensities of these holy men, naturally became objects of pious emulation. Under this influence, the munificence of princes may have been engaged to provide them retreats, which sanctified by the symbols of their adoration, were at once suited, in simplicity and seclusion, to those, for whom they were intended, and in gran- deur to the magnificence of their founders. Thus power and wealth may have been combined, under the guidance of enthusiasm, to produce monuments, scarce less extraordinary or less permanent, though less conspicuous and less known, than the pyramids. , But though the high antiquity of the generality of these excavations is incontrovertible, being lost in fable, and vulgarly ascribed to the preternatural power of the five Pandoo brothers ; yet are there exceptions, of which I saw an instance in a hill near a garden in the neighbourhood of Aurangabad, where there are two excavations, but of inconsiderable dimensions, formed, as I was credibly assured, by raja Paur Siva, one of the Rajpoot Ameers of AURINGZEBES Court, as a place of retirement, during his attendance on that monarch in his excursions to the neighbouring garden. Begging your excuse for this trouble, I remain, dear Sir, Your most obedient humble servant, C.W. MALET. ‘ Poonan, 22d December, 1794. CcQ DESCRIPTION © a a Aa sane Aba i sat ata ‘e AP hee rah PVs rt cat: ae * yey rare N - i 4 7 . HY bs SBA Pp) MUP? 2, z 3 rs 7 : We oe , aa rit hf 2 aie oy) fp Rey £380 4 DESCRIPTION of the Caves or Excava- tions, on the mountain, about a mile to the eastward of the town of Ellore, or, as call- ed onthe spot, VERRooL, though therein there appears inaccuracy, as the foundation of the town is attributed to YELLoo, or ELLoo rajah, whose capital is said to have been ELLICHPORE. | SHALL begin this description from the northern- most caves, and continue it in the order as they are situated in the mountain, which runs in a small | degree of circular direction from N. 25 W. to8.25E. JUGNATH SUBBA, Plate A. Front 8. 15 E. This is a fine excavation that fronts the entrance of the area, having, on the left side Adnaut Subba, and on the right some other small excavations almost choked up, as is also the lower story, scarce so much of it appearing as is represented in the plate. The ascent to the upper story is by a flight of steps, in the ight corner of this‘excavation, the inside of which is in very fine preservation, many parts of the ceiling, pillars, &c. having the coat of lime, with which the marks of the chisel have been concealed, and which _ has been curiously painted, still adhering to the »stone.. An idea of the front of this fine cave is tole- _ rably conveyed in the etching. Opposite to the front of the cave is a large figure sitting cross-legged, with his hands in his Jap, one over the other, which the Brahmen who attended me called Jognatu; his two attendants, he called Jay and Bipser*. On each * In the Hindu mythology, Jay and Bipsee, or Wiser, are the porters or door-keepers of Visunv. | Cie 3 side r ‘ 4 . $90, DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &c. ON FHE side of the entrance of the recess are two standing figures, whom he called SOD and Bup. The whole room, except the open front, has the same figures as that in the recess; but of a smaller size. They all ees to be naked, and to have no other covering on the head than curled hair. The Brakmen who shews the caves “has a legend that they were fabricatéd by BrskurMa*,’ the “carpenter of RamcHUNDER who caused a night of six months, in which he was to connect these excavations with the extraordinary hill and fort of Doulutabad, or Deoghare, about four coss distant; but that the cock crowing, his work was leftun- finish ed, and the divine artist took the Oucar of Bone. In the left hand side. of this fine cave, there is a- coarse niche that opens into the Adnaut Subba below. This cave consists of two oblong squares, the inner one heing formed by twelve pillars, the four at each end differi ing from those in the centre. Dimensions of Jugnath Subba. — ; Feet, Inchets Width of the cut through the rock at the . entrance, ~ - - 35 Height ot the principal figure, sitting, 4 2 © Whole length of the cave, - i ae Length of “the inner square from the base i of the pillars, - - - 34 Breadth of the whole cave, - aye Ditto of the inner ditto, SS 5 - 20 Ditto to the plain work of the recess,- 56 7 Circumference of the shaft of one of the four middle pillars, - Can Ss = ne a One side of the base of ditto, - 2. 4&4 9 From the base to the capital, - 10 2 From. ditto to the stone beam, - oytibs ea Yrom the floor to the ceiling, - 13) 43 * Viswa, or Wisma Kurma, creator or maker of the world. The MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 391 The ceiling has heen very handsomely painted in circles, many parts of which, and the border, con- sisting of figures, are entire, both of men and women, the former of which are generally bare-headed, with short drawers or Cholnas, the women with only the lower-parts covered. There is no inscription in the cave. There are groups of dancers and singers, with the same instruments as are now in use.’ Some of | the painted figures have highly ornamented head dresses, like Tiaras ; but it seems an argument against the antiquity of the painting, that much of the fine sculpture and fluting of the pillars are covered by it, which, it may be supposed, would not have been done by the original artist. ADNAUT SUBBA. Is on the left hand entrance of the Jugnath Subba, as represented in the Plate A. .The entrance of this ex cavation is unfinished, and above the entrance has the figures of LucumMEE Narrain with two attend- ants, much injured by time and weather. At the _ extremity of the cave, opposite the entrance, is seated the idol ApNaur; and from the left, there is an opening into another cave, of smaller dimensions, but infinitely better work; that is now so much choked with earth, as to have left scarce more than the capitals of the pillars above the ground. These capitals are very handsomely finished in the style of the front ones of Jugnath Subba. Dimensions of the cave of ApNavrt. Feet. Inthe Height of the figure, sitting, - A 2 From the entrance to the figure in a recess, 45 from the entrance to the plane of the op- posite wall, - - > 34 6 From side to side, - - - 28 6 Height of the ceiling, - - 9 4 Square of a pillar being plain (figures in the sides of some), - bobbed. CoA Height 392 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE. . oer Inchew - Height ofa pillar to the commencement 0 the capital, ES PBS ch Ditto of ditto to the appearar ce of a stc aie beam, - Ditto of the Fools dee “aieeent of the. cay on the outside of the entrance, INDUR SUBBA. Front: ‘You enter this magnificent cal caves, by a handsome gateway ge ‘which are too lions 3 couchant. much choked, before tl From the doorway, you stands a pagoda, or temple in which is othe This temple is ela a mass of culpiiedl fashioned, when the z : In the same area, On the le tet handsome obelisk, (C) the ca tified with a group ing loosened from the inl ie obelf ornamented with great taste and appearance. a +3 a = On the right hand side of t but without rider or Hoda. — > meee On the left fish side of t hea e ared cavation, with a figure, like ri preced . the recess opposite the entrance. In also the remains of painting on the ceiling,» abundance of sculp bi ‘figures on the sides hin, and without of ele} ants, lions, &c. On i hand side, the Bi are imperfect above and . below. Mt. Dd sd)A+F ( c A oe r) b } a os of y RL fap j HS oo VST Astalic Rescarthes, Vol. Opage 392. Lullished by LSewell ke Feb?7 2801. eee - - —-- | ee ee _ anal oscilla Asiatic Researches, Vol. OC page 3g3. INDUR. apt . ‘ > Val Libhlishel by L Sewell kc. Leb £1801 . ° ~~ kate” Me 2 2 = a .s 2 > 3 -* Asiatic Researches, Vol. 6 page 393. INDRANEE. Lublished by D Sewell kc PeOL18 01. NR ae RR ee ne MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 393 below. After passing the same temple in the area, you come to the entrance of the lower story of this Subba, which is in a very unfinished state, but has. a figure in the recess opposite the entrance like the — _ former. From this lower story, you ascend to the upper by © a flight of steps, on the right hand side, fronting the top of which, is a gigantic figure of InpuR, (Plate D. No. 1.) with a tiara on his. head, a yanoee or Brahmen string, over his left shoulder, sitting on an elephant couched. Opposite to him is INDRANEE (No. 2) his consort, seated under a mango tree, on a lion. At the end of this cave is.a recess with . the same figure as in the former, who seems to be the presiding idol in the caves yet seen. . This room is formed into two nearly square divisions by twelve pil- lars. In the middle of the inner square isan altar. _ There is aredundance of figures in this fine cave, so as to preclude particular description, and leaves me at aloss whether most to admire the minuteness of the parts or the beauty of the whole. The latter will be. better understood from the measurement. ‘The etch- ings will give a faint idea of the former. ny } Ms aan iF i Feet, — Inches. Base of the obelisk (N. B. it is much) - decayed)* ar jc -J + ae Height of the excavation ofthearea, 39 | Deptt OF ateqnee - 54 Breadth oF dittoy einwitmiait 2 a Aa DS Gateway high,== "ss" * pi Pre a s Ditto broad, - = = 6 Temple, square, - : 18 Ditto height, - - a7 Obelisk, - - - 29 Ditto with the figures at the top, 94 Circumference 5% $94 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &c. ON THE: | Feet. « \. Inches. Circumference of the obelisk, - it Wane Elephant, long, - - - ih. ERY Ditto, high at the shoulder, - Left hand cave- in the i, a with — niche, . 32 Ditto “ithe ditto, watt; out niche, - 26 Ditto ditto, ditto, ses a breadth, - - 0 ARE 11% ’ Ditto ditto ditto 1) itd Sa height, - - - 12) Another small cave on the same side eet 4} deep, - sali acl dae PSB Ditto ditto broad, is * Ditto ditto high, ak Lower story, deep, from the entrance to the door of the recess, “th lags a ‘Ditto breadth, - - 38 4 Ditto height of ceiling ; ea ae Ditto square of pillars, being plain, 4 Upper story, deep, from the figure m the recess to the opposite veranda, a) * Ditto from the plane of thetwo walls, 66 Ditto breadth, ~——- - = 66 °° 9 Ditto height of the ceiling, - 1 i ala Ditto principal figure in the recess, sit- ting o, - - -4:U8 I PURSARAM SUBBA. On the left hand side of the upper story of the EIndur Subba, there is a passage into this Subba, which though smaller than any of the foregoing, is exactly alike, and equal to them in the fabrick and preserva- tion of its work. ‘There is a passage from it into the upper story of Jugnath Subba, already described, which will explain the contiguity of these three caves. Dimensions — MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 395 Dimensions of Pursaram Subba. Feet. Tuches, Depth from the front to the figure in the “recess, =| S36 Ditto from the tat of ae eal 30) B Breadth, . - - RD” Sa 0 Height of figure 1 in the recess, sitting, BS | Ditto of ceiling, - - 8 10 Square of pillars at the base, - Be hi'S -DOOMAR LEYNA, W. 15 S. ‘aida from the St about < mile. The entrance to this stupendous excavation is through a cut, or lane, in the solid rocky mountain. On the left hand side of this lane, is a cave that is near choked up with earth. The lane terminates from without at a doorway, through which you enter an area, at the end of which, opposite the door, is a small cave. On the. right hand of the area is the great excavation, having at its entrance, two lions couch- ant, one of which has lost its head. You enter this cave by a kind of veranda, on the left hand side of which is a gigantic sitting figure of Dura rajah, with a club’ in his hand, and a jinoee over his shoulder. On the right hand Wisw EYSHWUR Man- DEW, in a dancing attitude, with a group of figures round him, among which is the bull Nandee. After passing this veranda, the cave widens very considerably, and still:more after passing the next section of pillars, till you come to the centre or fourth section, on the left of which is the centre docr of avery fine square temple, on the right.en- trance of which is a fine standing figure of Mun, a tiara on his head, a jinoee on his shoulder, and Bou- ANNEE standing by him, with, two small figures above. On the | left hand is exactly the same group; said tobe Pouan and Lucume. On the side tacing the alley, are similar groups, said to be Cuunp ‘and, his wie SUCKABYHE on the right, and Pricnunp and 596 pEscRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &c. ON THE - and his son Govinpa on the left. The same groups ‘appear on the back part of the temple which has fout doors) near the wall, under the naines of Sunk and: Mahsunk; and on the remainin sit under the “names of ‘Sit and Ri one ae . ~ mich” our ae “ple, th Ss atthe entralice beth ln ot be ten tha t the temple above a Ta is complet . ccupicd vy the altar and Ling of MaupeEw. to this teniple, and to the tight ht as you € -alley, there i is ‘a fine We en joe . to & square, temple. | ha grand: entry, is a inal (Plate EF.) © PURWUTTEE, supported ie their h Rovox. On the left | side is VEER Buppe: eight hands. . me is $i pended the slain = De TZ... yne other yields a's iking phant En awuttee on he head. Tw py. One has transfixed Drie le holds a snake; One a vessel to 1 ~ the slain Dyraseer; and one is’ originally held the bottom of the ‘sp Dy: TASEER- is transfixed. | Locr neath him. Eee The end opposite the ‘efiica r ce > by which exactly resembles it, has a smal ing a great depth by steps to. Dat by. a cascade that falls during the rainy s Seah Bam the whole: height of the mountain. . Over - case is a small gallery, meant. seemingly to sit and observe the falling stream. He TH a gr On the right and side, as you enter from this ave- nie, there is a, group of a standing woman: and seven sinaller figures. The left hand has nothing. On en- tering the { first section of pillars, therelis, 0 on the right 5 nee rgot- Astalic Restarches, Vo. O page 3G, MAHDEW zad PURWUTTEE. fy VEER BUDDER._ Dey a 4 Published byl. Sewell ke Feb 7801. MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 397 hand, a representation of the nuptials of Govra Manpew) and ParwuTrexr, witha great number of figures aboye, Rajah Duz and Auta, Parwur- vEE’'s father and mother on one side, and Brimua, in asitting posture, performing the marriage ceremony, with Visunv standing behind him. In front of this group are the circles cut in the floor for perform- ing the Ludcha Home, or nuptial sacrifices. On the left hand side is another group of MADEN: and Par- WUTTEE, with the bull Nundee, There are, as in the other, the remains of painting in this cave, but principally on the ceiling. The heads of the figures im this cave are generally z adorned with highly decorated tiaras. The thighs of some of the men have cholnas, but I cannot “discri iminate any other parts of their drapery. Dimensions of Doomar Leyna, ~ Feet. Inches. The cut, or alley, through the rock from the beginning to the door of the eh 100 The breadth of ditto, - 8 Height of the rock through whiket the cut is made at the entrance, - 31 Ditto ditto in the area, 61 6 Cave on the left hand side of the alley. | nearly choked, in length, ante 3: 6B Depth of the said cave, ~ - 26 Height remaining unchoked, - 6 ~ Door at the entrance of the area, height, 11 6 Ditto, breadth, 4 4 Area length, 51 4 Ditto ; breadth, 26 Cave, opposite the door - Jength, 28 6 Ditto breadth, Fe Height partly filled up, PIDIAE, 10 6 Square of the pillars, - - @ At +S a = 3968 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &e: ON THE»: ‘i ( ‘ Feet. . Inches, Breadth of the first section of pillars on entering the great cave, from wall to wall, - - - oa 6 Ditto of the second ditto, - 90 3 Ditto of the third, fourth, and fifth ditto, 135 12 _ The two remaining the same as the two first. The depth from the ingress at the alley ~~~ to the egress at the tank, oa 135 10 “The square of the temple occupying the ~ left hand side as you enter from the ~~ alley, - - a a OY f ‘Height from the floor to the ceiling, 16 10 Square of the pillars at the base, generally, 4 3 Height from the highest figures, being _ those:on the four sides of the temple, 13. 6 Breadth of the southern area cutthrough the rock, - -— - 18 6 Length ditto dithe.%) Sta ae Number of pillars 44, the space occupied by the tem- ple interrupting the ranges. It is well worthy no- tice, that one of the beams of stone, that, crossing” this cave, rests on the heads of the pillars, is much thicker than the rest ; which, it may be supposed, arose from the workmen perceiving some flaw in such an immense space of ceiling supporting Such a mass of mountain above. rig There are thirty steps on the southern entrance, but as they do not reach a third of the way to the water, it may-reasonably be supposed that the stu- pendous fall from the top of the mountain to the pre- sent bottom, 120 feet, must have greatly deepened the reservoir since its first construction. This fall forms.a nudlah that runs by the village of Hilora. Feety ~ Inches Length of the gallery over the southern stair case, - - 4s 29’ Breadth ditto ditto (14 Height, ditto — atta; aP-*6, _JUNWASSA, MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 399 SJUNWASSA, or the place of NupTiaLs---= Aspect W.N. W. This excavation is just across the chasm that lies between it and Doomar Leyna. It is much interior to the preceding. Jt has a veranda with windows, by which the inner cave is enlightened, in which there. are figures of Manpew, VisHNoo, and Brimua, on the left of the dclanss BuuLLeE., Lucuxe, and NARRAIN, on the right ; ; and on the left hand extremity, of the Bharra Outar, in which _'the boar is represented as bearing Pritwa or the world, on his tooth, and having Seys under his foot. On the right hand end side is a sleeping figureof Koom Kurn, with a woman chafing his belly. You enter the cave from the veranda by a door. In the cave there are no figures of any note, though there are niches. It remains, therefore, only ‘to give the dimensions of this cave, and proceed to. others more worthy notice. Dimensions. 4 Feet. — Inches Length of veranda, - - 64 Breadth ditto, - - 8 Height — ditto, - - - 12 2 Breadth of the door way entering the cave from the veranda hy four steps, ae Height ditto, - - 8 Length of the wall, after entering the door, without including two recesses at . each end, - em - 66 11 The two recesses at cach end, square, 6 The two recesses, height, - 6 : Breadth of the Bal a “ 19 6 Height ditto, - - hh a€ Another recess on the right hand within } the hall, square, - - - y 10s 4060 DESCRIPTION OF THE cavEs, &e. ON THE Feet vache _ Therecess containing the ieeapbe depth, Afri; ” 925 by Dbtl $2... Prati! | height, as eee sat an” pe feet six inches square. at th e base, a \ po lh and two 2 aia After er ee appears in eda js a square temple, having in? fing of Maupsew. On each temple, are two gigantic male i smaller, female. The Bral called the male figures Cu J here i is a pasion the ten Dimensions of th rigs Mi : Lengiiiof the hall, incluc each end of 15 feet each Breadth o of the hall, or - Height | The recess. n whict GED, care oe Ditto, . breadth, b nh Geple, Bermate ss) Nala Door. of the temple, heeddauies Dites, Mets height, hate COMAR WARRA, Aspect W.N. W. \ This cave isnear the last. Its entrance deformed by fallen rock,;-and accuntulated earth. “It is com- posed of four sections, divided by four pillars, though the outer one is hase BpRortes? by any at present, whatever it may have een formerly, and it is from the immense overhanging mass of “unsupported tock, Asiatc Researches, Vol. 6 page goo. ee . 7 at WY Ve Door Va Shee Senile Tf, JUNWASSC. : Published byl. Sewell kc, Feb. 17801. she hate ae ga ag ‘. ' Fe Pe edn oy Res A rig ‘ ye * ass “a ‘ ae Bie BNP “a %'}. Vier Uo Le of 3 a ee a aon es cma ‘ 7 Pe A ‘tee a EP MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 401 rock, that the fragments have fallen; which de- form and obstruct the entry. The four sections decrease gradually in length, the last being a re- cess, OD ‘each side of the door of which there are° handsome gigantic figures, the right hand one hav- ing a str aight sword in his hand; the other is muti- lated: but there j is no figure ath the recess, though there is a pedestal that seems intended to receive one. Dimensions. Feet, Inchese Depth from the first pillars to the back of the recess - - - $1 Length, laterally, - - yd GHANA, or the O11- -SHOP. This is a small group of little rooms a few ‘yards from the last, and probably takes its name from a place like that used by oil-men for expressing oil. Ft. merits little notice, otherwise than as exhibiting a figure of the idol Gunnes, and the Ling of Maun- Dew. Very near it is another group of small rooms of nearly the same style with two Zings of MAHDEW. NEELKUNT MAHDEW, Aspect W.S. W. This excavation is a few yards from the last. At its entrance is the bull Nandee, in a square enclo- sure, on which time has made its ravages. After passing this figure of Nazdee, you ascend into the cave by a few steps, on each side of which on the wall at the extremity are two figures that seem to be of a military order. Opposite “the door is a recess with the Ling of Maupew made of very fine smooth stone. ‘This excavation, like many of the preceding ones, 1s composed of sections formed by rows of pil- lars decreasing in lateral length to the recess. In the right hand wall of the section, before you reach the recess, is the figure of SwaMMy Kartick; and. on the opposite side GuNNxs, mutilated of his Vou. VI. Dd trunk, 402 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &¢. ON THE: trunk. Near Guyyes is a smaller figure of Sur- SUTTEE, and in the front wall, on each side of the door of the recess, are figures of Lu CHMEE in diffe- _rent attitudes. - Dimensions. Bis vet. Inches. . Depth of the cave from the front to the - : bottom of the outer recess, containing the temple Manpew, - 44 A ‘Length of the cave at its greatest length in r the first section of pillars, = ie 8 Height of the ceiling, 2h, . Reeess, - > 98 6 by 17 There are fifteen pillars and pilasters in this cave. RAMISHWUR, Aspect W.S. W.. This excavation is but a few yards from the last. The bull Nandee is couchant at its entrance, and on the left of it is a cistern of very fine water, to which you descend by steps. Previous to entering the cave, on each side, at the extremities, are female figures. The front of this cave is supported by four pillars and two pilasters of considerable beauty and elaborately sculptured. A female figure on the left hand pilaster ° has much grace. Itis worthy notice, that the figures in the latter caves have universally highly ornament- ed head dresses, different from the first, which have only curled hair. Opposite the centre of the entrance is a large recess, containing a temple, in which the Ling of “Maupew is placed. This cave consists of a large hall, and the recess in which the temple is si- tuated. At each end of the hall are recesses, con- taining a profusion of figures. The Nou Chunda oc- cupy the extreme wall of that to the mght. On the . right hand of this recess is a curious group of skele- ‘ton figures, said ,to represent a miser, his wife, son, and daughter, all praying in vain for food, while two, thieves are carrying off his wealth. Opposite ge Is MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 403 this group is another of Kar Brnroo, the principal figure being in a dancing attitude, aud musicians in the group. Re-entering the hall again from the recess, on the right is a group of Manpew and Parwurter, playing at Chousur, with Narrunp sitting between them, stimulating a feud, to which Parwurtrer by the throw of her right hand, seems well disposed ; which is below represented as having taken place, while a burlesque figure on the right is turning up his backside at them. On the right hand side of the left recess, at the end of the hall, is the group of Bouanrr Mysaserer; on the left hand, that of Swammy Kaarticx with his peacock and two mendaseers. On the extreme wall, in the centre of this recess, is represented the nuptials of Jennucx Rajah, at which there is a great attendance of figures, and amongst them, one holding a cocoa-nut used on such solemnities. Below are sitting Gunners, Brimua, &c. officiating at the marriage ceremony. Re-entering the hall again from the left recess, there is on the left hand a group of Goura and PagWUTTEE in heaven supported by Rovon. On each side of the pillars, before you enter the recess, are female figures. 2 ¥ On each side of the door of the temple in the re- cess are two gigantic and two smaller figures; the former said to be AHRaon Meyxaon; the smaller ones Keyroo Buut on the right, and Visuroo on the left, challenging each other to a combat of wrestling. Ddg Many 404 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE Many of the pillars of this cave are elaborately or- namented. Very near this cave is another small one. containing the Ling of Maupew, which does not require particular notice, and still a little further, another of considerable dimensions, but quite plain, and almost choked up both within and at the entry. - There are also three or four other excavations of the same rank between the last mentioned and the next great work of Keylas. Dimensions. Fat. Inches, Length of the hall, mcluding the recess at each end of nine feet each, - 90 8 Depth of the cave, including the recess in which the temple stands, - Ss sh Beh Height, - - - = is 30 Square of the temple in the recess, - 31 O. The front of this excavation has four pillars and two pilasters; and at the commencement of the re- cess, two pillars and two pilasters. KEYLAS alias Panavise. Aspect West. This wonderful place is approached more hand- somely than any of the foregoing; and exhibits a very fine front, im an area cut through the rock: On the right hand side of the entrance is a cistern of — very fine “water. On each side of the gateway, there 1s a projection, reaching to the first story, with much sculpture and handsome battlements, which, however, have suffered much from the cor- roding hand of time. The gateway is very spa- cious and fine, furnished with apartments on cach side that are now usually added to the Dewries of the eastern palacts Over the gate, is a balcony, which MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 405 which seems intended for the Nobut Khanneh. On the outside of the upper story of the gateway are pil- Jars, that have much the appearance of a Grecian order. ‘The passage through the gateway below is richly adorned with sculpture, in which appear Bou- ANNEE Usutsooza on the right, and GuNNEs on the left. From the gateway you enter a vast area cut down through the solid rock of the mountain to make room for an immense temple, of the complex pyramidal form, whose wonderful structure, variety, profusion, and minuteness of ornament, beggar all de- scription. ‘This temple, which is excavated from the upper region of the rock, and appears like a grand building, is connected with the gateway by abridge lett . out of therock, asthe mass ofthe mountaim was excava- ted. Beneath this bridge, at the end opposite the en- trance, there is a figure of BouANNEE sitting on a lotus, with two elephants with their trunks joined, as though fighting, over her head. On each side of the passage under the bridge is an elephant, marked (a) in the plan Plate G, one of which has lost. its head, the other its trunk, and both are much shor- tened of the height by earth. ‘There are likewise ranges of apartments on each side behind the ele- phants, of which those on the left are much the finest, being handsomely decorated with figures. Advanced in the area, beyond the elephants, are two obelisks (6), of a square form, handsomely graduated to the commencement of the capitals, which seem to have been crowned with ornaments, but they are not extant, though from the remains of the left hand one, I judge them to have been a single lion on each. To preserve some order, and thereby render easier the description of this great and complex work, I shall, after mentioning that on each side of the gate- way within there is an abundauce of sculpture, all damaged by time, proceed to mention the parts of the centre structure; and then, returning to the right side, enumerate its’parts; when taking the left hand, I shall terminate, the whole in a description of Dd 3 the 406 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &c. ON THE the end of the area, opposite to the gateway and be- hind the grand temple. . Exemplifving the whole by references to the annexed plan! CENTRE BELOW. Passing through the gateway (1) below, you enter the area ae nS and proceeding under a small bridge, pass a solid square (3) mass which supports the bull Nundee stationed above; the sides of this recess are profusely sculptured with pillars and figures of vari- ous forms; having passed it, you come to the pas- save antler andther small bridge, beneath which there is, on one side, a gigantic sitting figure of Raja Buos sutrounded by a group of other “figures. Opposite to which is as gigantic a figure of GuTrorpHug, with his ten hands. At the end of this short passage commences the body of the grand temple (4), the ex- cavation of which is in the upper story that is here ascended by flights of steps on each side (5). RIGHT AND LEFT HAND SIDES OF ise TEMPLE BELOW. The right hand side is adorned with a very full and complex ‘sculpture of the battle of Ram and Rovon, in which Hunomaun makes a very conspicuous fizure. Proceeding from this field of battle, the heads of elephants, lions, and some imaginary ani- mals, are projected as though supporting the temple, till you come toa projection (6), in the side of which, sunk in the rock, is a large group of figures, but much mutilated. This projection was connected with the apartments on the right hand side of the area by a bridge (7), which has given way, and the ruins of it now fill up the sides of the area. It is said to be upwards of 100 years since it fell. — Passing the projection of the main body of the temple, it lessens for a few paces, then again pro- jects, (s), and after a very small space on the line of MOUNTAINS TO THE KASTWARD OF ELLORA. 407 of the body of the temple, the length of this won- derful structure, if what is fabricated downwards out of a solid mass can be so called, terminates in a smaller degree of projection than the former. The whole length is supported, i the manner above men- tioned, by figures-of elephants, lions, &c. projecting from the base, to give, it should seem, the whole vast mass, the appearance of moveability, by those mighty animals. The hindmost, or eastern extre- mity of the temple, is composed of three distinct temples elaborately adorned with sculpture, and sup- ported like the sides, by elephants, &c. many of which are mutilated. The left hand side (I mean from the entrance) differs so little from the right, that it is un- riecessary to be particular in mentioning any thing, except that opposite the description of the battle of Ram and Rovuon, is that of Keyso Pawnpo, in -which the warriors consist of footmen, and others. mounted on elephants, and cars drawn by horses, though I observed none mounted on horses. The ‘principal weapon seems the bow, though maces and straight swords are discoverable. CENTRE ABOVE. The gateway consists of three centre rooms (9) and one on each side (9). From the centre rooms, cross- ing the bridge (10), you ascend by seven steps (11) into a square room (12), in which is the bull Nzadee. This room has two doors and two windows. Opposite the windows are the obelisks (6) before mentioned. 4 Irom the station of Nundee, you cross over the second bridge (13), and ascend by three steps (14) into a handsome open portico (15), supported by two pillars (above each of which, on: the outside, is the figure of a lion, that though mutilated, has the re- mains of great beauty, and on the inside, two figures resembling sphynxes) towards the bridge, and two pilasters that join it to the body of the temple, the grand apartment of which (16) you enter from the Rives Dd 4& , portica 408 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE: portico by four handsome steps and a door way, on each side of which are gigantic figures. Advancing a few paces into the temple, which is supported by two rows of pillars, beside the walls that are decorated with pilasters, there is an intermission of one pillar on each side, leading to the right and left, to an open portico (17), projecting from the body of the temple, from the right hand one of which, the bridge. already mentioned as broken, connected the ‘main. temple with the side apartments, to which there is now no visible access, but by putting a ladder for the purpose, though I was told there is a hole in the mountain above that leads into it, which I had not time nor strength to explore. The access to the opposite is by stairs from below. ‘The recess (18) of the Ling (19) of Maupew to which there is an ascent of five steps, forms the termination of this fine saloon, on each side of the door of which is a profusion of sculpture. The whole of the ceiling has been chunamed and | painted, great part of which is in good preservation. ‘A door (20) on each side of this recess of the Ling of Maupew leads to an open platform (21), having on each side of the grand centre pyramid, that is raised over the recess of the Zing, two other re- cesses (2£), one on each side, formed also pyrami- dically, but containing no image. ‘Three other py- ramidical recesses (23), Srtticult images within them, terminate the plattorm, all of them elabor ately orna- mented with uumerous figures of the Mind mytho- logy. Many of the outer as well as the inner parts of this grand temple are chupamed and painted. The people here attribute the smoky blackness of the painting within, to AuruNazexse, having caused the - different apartments to be filled with straw and set on fire; which I can reconcile on no other ground, than to efface any (if any there were) obscenities, as there. are many in the sculpture. Upon the whole, this temple, of which I was too much indisposed to give even the inadequate account that I might, if in per- fect health, bas the appearance. of a m agnificent fa- brie, WOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 409 bric, the pyramidal parts of which seem to me to be ex- actly in the same style as that of the modern Hindu temples. ‘RIGHT HAND SIDE OF THE AREA. - This side of the rock has a continuance of exca- vations, as marked in the plan, but all those below, except the veranda, which I shall quit for the pre-_ sent, are of little note, and those above, of three stories called Lunka (24), which appear much more worthy of attention, are inaccessible, but by a ladder, from the fall of the bridge; I shall therefore proceed to the : LEFT HAND SIDE OFTHE AREA, In which there are excavations of some consideration below, from which you ascend to an upper story called Pur Lunka, by an indifferent stair-cage, into a fine temple (25), at the extremity of which is a recess containing the Ling of MaupeEw, and oppo- -site thereto, near the entrance from the stair-case, is the bull Nundee, with two large fine figures resting -on maces on each side of the recess in which he sits. The ceiling of this temple is, I think, lower than any of the foregoing. ‘The whole of this tem- ple isin fine preservation, strongly supported by very massy pillars, and richly ornamented with my- thoiogical figures, the sculpture of some of which is very fine. ‘ihe ceiling, like the others, has the re- mais of painting visible, through the dusky ap- pearance of smoke, with which it is obscured. Dee scending from Pur Lunka, you pass through a con- siderable imsculptured excavaton (26) to a verunda 27), which seems ailotted to the personages of the ffindu mythology, (a kind of pantheon) in open com- partments : these figures commence on the left hand with—Ist, the Ling of Mannew, surrounded by nine heads, and supported by Rovon. 2d, Goura Parwurrer, and beneath Rovon writing. 3d,- Maupew, Parwurrer, and beneath Nundee. 4th, ditto ditto. 5th, Visunvu. 6th, Goura. Parwv1TEE. 7th, a Bukta, (votary) of Visune with 3 ; his AlO DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE -his legs chained. 8th, Gouna ParwuttTer. _. 9th, ditto. N. B. These representations of Goura and ParwuTtree all differ from each other. 10th, ditto. ith, Visunu and Lucumes,..12th, Bux Bupper, issuing from the Pind, or Ling of Mau- pew. Here ends the left hand side, and commences the eastern extremity or end. of the area (28), in which the figures are continued, viz. 13th, Goura and ParwurTrer. 14th, Benroo, with Govin Rag, transfixed on his spear. 15th, DyraszEeR on a chariot, drawing a bow. 16th, Goura and Par- WwuTTEL. 17th, Kai Benroo. 18th, Nursine Outar, issuing from the pillar. 19th, Kat Brnroo. 20th, Bau Benroo. 21st, Visuwu. | 28d, Govin. 2sd, Brimua. 24th, LucumepaAss. 25th, Man- Mund. 26th, Nurrarn. 27th, BenRoo. 28th, Govin. 29th, Bat Benroo. SOth, Goviw Ras and LucuMeEr. S3lIst,Kissunpass. Here ends the veranda of the eastern extremity, and I now proceed with.that on the right hand (29) having in my de- scription of that side stopped at the commencement _of this extraordinary veranda for the purpose of pre- serving the enumeration of the figures uninterrupted, viz. 3¢d, Maupew. 33d, Irrutpass. 34th, Duurm Ras, embracing Uccar Kaum. 35th, Nursine -destroying Hiern Kusus. 36th, Visunu sleeping on Seys Naug, the Kwnmul (lotus) issuing from hisnavel, and Brixua sitting on the flower. 37th, GoverpDuuN. 38th, Maupew BuLies, with six hands. 39th, Kerisuna, sitting on Gurroor. 40th, Buarna Outar. Alst, Kristina CHITTERBOOZ trampling on Callea Naug. A@d, BALLAJER. 45d, Anna Pooma. It is to be observed, that almost all the principal figures are accompanied in their respec- tive panuels by others explanatory of the character of that part of the history of the idol in which it 1s represented. Had not my strength failed me, I should have been much more particular than I have been, in: this and every other part of so wonderful a place, though the utmost minyteness could not at one MUUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 411 done justice toit. I am sorry to observe, that. from the appearance of the hill above this veranda pro- jecting greatly beyond the pillars at the eastern ex- . tremity, {as marked in the plan by the line 30) the water, during rains, must fall into the area in a perfect torrent, or cascade, of the whole height of the superincumbent rock, a number of loose pieces of which, lying on the slope above, seem ready for precipitation down the scarp. Dimensions of the Keylas. Outer area, broad, =, MutT - 138 0 Ditto, deep, : - 88 0 Greatest height of the fea! through . which the outer area js cut, ~ 47 0 Gateway, height, - - 14 0 Ditto, breadth, without the modern f building, . - 14 4 ' Passage of the gateway, having on each side rooms, fifteen feet by nine, 42 0 Tnner area, or court, length from the . gateway to the opposite scarp, 247 @ Ditto breadth, - 150 0O Greatest height of the rock, out of which the court is excav ated, - - 100 0 LEFT SIDE OF THE COURT, LOWER STORY, VIZ. A small cave—in front, two pillars, and a pilaster at each end, with three female _ figures buried up to the knees, with rubbish, length, - - 29. 6 Ditto, ditto ditto, breadth, — -— 8 0 Ditto, ditto ditto, height, - 9 8 Another excavation, in front five pillars, two pilasters, length, - 57 9 Ditto, breadth, within the benches that are round thi cave, - 6 O . Ditto, height, at the end of this is a stair- case to the upper story, Pali /o0k |e Interval unexcavated, : - 20 0 Another excavation, having two large square plain pillars, and two pilasters Ala DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE: Feet. Insher in front, with a bench round the in- 4 side, the rock prplec ting beyond the pillars, length, - 54 6 Ditto, ditto ditto, fircaiitty: ui 12 6 Ditto, ditto ditto, height, - 16 0 Door-way, leading to a gallery or ve- randa, five feet “eleven inches high, by two feet nine inches wide. Gallery, containing figures. Length from the door-way to the extreme depth of the whole excavation, - = Liz Ditto, broad, - - - 13 N. B. In this length are eleven pillars, each two feet eight and a half inches square. Ditto, height within the pillars. The . projecting rock is about three feet lower, extending irregularly in the course of the length from’ seven to thirteen feet bey “ond the pillars, - 14 8 END OF THE AREA OPPOSITE THE GATEWAY BEHIND THE TEMPLE. Whole breadth from side to side, measur- ing from the inner wall of the gallery eneach side, .- - - - 186 6 Breadth of the gallery, including the pillars, there beng seventeen in this - yrange, - - -* - ae N.B. ‘Vhe-rock sunpets beyond the pil- lars along this range and the right hand one inregularly from fifteen, to twenty-two feet, and is lower than the ceiling. RIGHT HAND OF THE COURT, LOWER STORY, Viz. Figure ¢ vallery,, or veranda, of the same dimensions.as the preceding parts of the same gallery for the space of ten pillars, the angle one bemg included in the foregoing, three of “which are broken, it is said to make trial of the power of the deity of the place, and oo when MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 413 “ Feet, Inches. when it was found that the superin- ~ cunbent rock did not sink, the temp- ter, said to be ACRUNGzzBE, forebore further trial. : . Door-way, two feet four inches broad, by five feet high, leads to a veranda, within this veranda is aroom of sixty feet by twenty-two and eleven feet four inches high. Right end unfinished. My Length, - - n) 60 - Breadth, - - . 17 Height, ~ - = | ge A small projecting room, fifteen feet by thirteen, and six feet high, being choked with several finely sculptured figures. An excavation raised twelve feet trom the surface of the court. Length, - - - 36 10 Depth, » - - - 149 Height, - - - - 12 There is a multiplicity of figures in this apartment, detached from the wall. Amongst the rest a large skeleton figure with a smaller one on each side. ‘The principal is sitting, with each foot on a prostrate naked figure. An excavation, which has a small recess, opposite the entrance, of six feet by seven and eight high. Length, - 24 Depth -. - 18 Height - 10 An excavation terminating thelowerstory, ° on the side, length, - ° o4 Ditto, - depth, - - 10 Ditto, - height, - “4 a O except between the two pillars, where the roof is arched, the first instance I have seen of the arch, and is there four- teen feet eight inches high. . (LEFT) Al4 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE LEFT HAND SIDE, UPPER STORY, VIZ. F Feet. Inchets A small unfinished excavation, the dimen- _ sions of which were not werthy taking. Pur Lunka, is a fine lage excavation, as- cended by a flight of twenty-five steps, and a doorway of three feet eight inches broad, by seven feet seven inches high, _length, exclusive of the recess, in which is the temple of MaupeEw, 70 7 Ditto breadth, ~ -— - 61 9 Ditto height, - - - - 14 6 Recess, in which stands the temple of Manpvew, depth, - - Ditto breadth, (N. B. the temple on the outside is twenty-six by twenty feet), 39 N. B. The whole of this apartment 1s full of figures, some very finely sculptured, and the centre floor is raised one foot, and the ceiling in proportion. RIGHT HAND SIDE, TWO STORIES. FIRST STORY. . A large room, formerly conneeted,with the grand temple by a bridge, now broken down, depth, - SUL Ditto length, laterally, 60 Ditto height, - - 16 Another room, within the foregoing, en- tered by a door from it, having a bench all round, this inner room is very dark, having no light but from the doorway, depth, - - 29 Ditto, length, laterally, - - 36 Ditto, heigth, - - 1] SECOND STORY. : Entered by a stair case from the right side of the foregoing of twenty-four steps. \ large room of the same dimensions as a correspondent one below, except two feet less in the height " Another room within the foregoing, depth, 35 | A _ Another pi ink orgare ee Se Ea Se x a SI fry, . WMBOLL, ZA f? Oe ON (LL ¢ ie sou apsofifo ay, op sv bvurog 2qg vaigy 21g fo porgoyg LIAO SPUNUROUP 7] Of WAY PUL 249 220 ff | 2 puaaso SYS 2YT pI80U 0 242.5 24 TT ‘ss Te [ NTA i | Hl ' ! 1 } ‘ == os 35 = ; u | A | JOM <= L) al a | a ere ar ® a ‘ ‘fl Oo ‘D o ‘D Oo ‘oO Oo io more O ‘o D ‘Oo i qd z I d OQ — —- $$$ ng of------- 0! Ey. (Gl) Ge i.e de Eee ae! Peer Sere ie) eS Sei! 0 8z Ss S=! eh Vel i ES Ht = Cit ADA) JO SPGFUDISTY PV IS MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 415 Feat Inches Another room-within the foregoing, length, 37 Ditto, height, y per 14 The rock. seems to have given way in the centre of this room, and the rub- bish ins fallen im. | CENTRE, ) - Balcony over the gateway, fourteen feet by eight, ~ and eight high. A room within it nine ‘feet square, and about nine high. Another within it, same dimensions. One on each side from the centre, twenty-two by fifteen each. Bridge, twenty teet by eighteen, with a parapet three feet six meches high. Ascent by nine steps Bor the bridge into a distinect-reom, in which the bull Namndee, sixteen “feet three inches juare. Another bridge, twenty-one. feet by twenty-three broad, leading to the upper portico of the.temple. This portico with the parapet wall is exghteen feet by fifteen feet two inches, and seventeen high: within a bench that ‘is rounded of four high by three feet seven inches broad. You’can enter this portico from the gateway by a passage that the filling up of the rubbish has afforded, but the proper passage-is by flights of steps on each side, of thirty-six steps each, leading up on each side the body of the temple. i GRAND TEMPLE. Fat, Incheta Door of the portico, twelve feet high by six feet broad, length from the door of ° the portico entering the temple, to the back wall of the temple, - 103. 6 Length from the same placeto theendof the raised platform behind the temple, 142 6 Greatest breadth of the inner part of the temple, - - ee a de Height of the ceiling, - - 17 10 Two porches en “each side, measured. without, thirty-four fect ten inches by fifteen feet four inches. The particulars of the intricate mea- surement AIG DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE surement of this fine temple will be best under- stood from the plan formed on the spot. Height of the grand steeple or pyramid computed about ninety feet fron: the floor of the court and of the smaller ones about fifty. Height of the obelisks about thirty-eight feet. Base eleven feet square, being eleven feet distant from each side of the room in which is the bull Nundee. The shaft above the pedestal, is seven feet square. The two elephants on each side the court or entry are larger than life. % DUS OUTAR. Afped W. A very small distance from Keylas. The access. to it is by very rough steps in the rock, and the ori- ginal entry being built up, you,enter over the wall on the right hand into an excavated square area, on the left hand side of which isa small excavation. The middle of the area is occupied by what has been a very handsome square apartment, the ascent to the veranda of which, fronting the gateway, was by a handsome flight of steps, forming a portico, the roof of which veranda was supported by two pillars, one of which having given way, the roof has fallen. The front of this square has a stone lattice in the centre, and figures in the compartments on each side. The top has been adorned with figures. The two corner ones seem to have. been lions, but time has destroyed their form. On the right of this square apartment is adry water cistern, but on the left there are cells with fine water and plenty, and I dare say a little care would’ supply the other. The front of the area is greatly filled up with earth from the surrounding hill, and no preventative mow appears to its washing in with the rain. The entrance into the square apartment is from the main struc- ture if, as [ have before observed, I may so denominate what has been fabricated downward s which consists of two stories, having, both above and below, a front of six pillars “and two ~ pilas- ters. It appears to have been filling up fast, to Vol.G. RALC a : | ae) ( (CW of 4 ora - MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA, 417 _ prevent which, by a very temporary remedy, a trench is cut in the area in front of the fabrick, and clofe to it. The lower ftory is quite plain, with two receffes or courts at each end, and all the pillars are devoid of ornament, being extremely fquare and mafly. The paffage into the upper ftory having been flopped up, it was with great difficulty I afcended through a {mall hole on the left hand fide. The room above is of great di- menfions, fupported by eight rows of pillars in depth, all of which are {quare and quite plain, except the front row. At the extremity of the centre aifle is a recefs, containing the Ling of Manpew; and in the front of it, near the oppofite end, is the bull Nundee, but without hishead. The lateral walls, as well as that on eace fide the recels of Manpew at theend, are adorned with my- thological figures invery high prefervation, and amonglt which the Dus Outar (or ten incarnations) are con{pi- cuous, whence I prefume the place is named. In the centre of each fide of the lateral walls there is an altar. Dimenfions. : Lower ftory, having a front of fix pillars and two pilaf- fters. Feet. Inches. _ Length, - - a ae ORS gS Depth, - me hm sabe id Height, | ne - Ca ANT Oz Upper flory, having the fame front as below, ~ greateft length, - - «= ' 98 15 Ditto, Ms M depth 101 10 Ditto, the fame as below, - height, Recefs, a uo depth, a Ditto, lateral, = length, Pak Sts ' Square {truéture in the area, length, mown) Wate, Ditto, = A RCAC. 0 ee) OGRA ea - height, - 10°44 Vou.VI Ee : TEEN 418 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE” TEEN TAL. 5 Depth to recefs, - ~ =e 66 9 | Ditto of recefs, a nea ie 16 8 Height of ceiling, ~ - - 7 Area, viz. Greateft depth, uw - ~ 79% 0 Ditto breadth, - et eet Soke Gateway, cight feet broad by eleven high. BHURT CHUTTURGHUN. Front W. io S. This is an excavation of two ftories, or but of two re- maining above ground, in good prefervation, the ftair cafe of which being choked up, you enter by the wall of the veranda. After the former defcriptions, there is nothing in this worthy of being particularized. It feems to re s7S 7 4 LOST T GT 28 MST AY PIYSY ONL ‘IATAWOL? PY PINYAMVMSTA ~? PINDLMS: LLP? VIMY AP IF ug” MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 421 to take its name from its dedication to Buurr and Cuutrurcuun, two brothers of RamcuunpeER, whofe figures, by the Brahmen’s account, are the chief ones in this place. — Eee as Dimenfions. Pyese=ces Mil Feet. Inches Area, length, ~ -. He Figs AOD Sg Ditto, depth, — = - £5 ant Lower ftory—veranda the fame length as the area. Breadth, within the pillars, - - - Big Sixteen fteps to the upper ftory of ve- } randa, length, - - A AGERE AO Depth from veranda to the recefs, - 44 4 Breadth of recefs, - - Lis $354:9 Depth of ditto, - - ~ 40° ..6 Heigmt of ceiling. .4i—.< 2 Sethi oe =. 2g 28 BISKURMA, or ViswakuRMA KA JOOMPREE, or BiskKuRMA, The Carpenter’s Hovel. Front, W. be S. (H.1.) According to the legend, Biskuxma* was the artift, who fabricated the whole of thefe wonderful works in a night of fix months ; but the cock crowing before they were finifhed, they remained imperfeét, and he retired, having wounded his finger, to this his hovel, in which {tate the figure in front (1) of the entrance of this beau- tiful excavation is faid to be a reprefentation of him holding the wounded finger; but 1 rather think, with all due refpe@ to the legend, that the figure is in the aét of devout meditation, as many fingers, with fimilar pofitions of the hands, occur. But quitting the fable for the faét, this excavation is, in beauty, inferior to none. In form it is unique, and in defign elegant. The portico is light, and ftriking to the beholder. On the right hand, as you enter, is a fine ciftern of water. * Creator of the world, but allegorically, artificer of Ram. Above: 422 DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVES, &C. ON THE Above the gate-way (H), which is richly feulptured on the out fide, is a balcony, which feems well fuited, if not intended, for a mufick gallery, to the interior tem- ple (1), which has the appearance of an elegant chapel, with an arched roof, and is exaétly in the ftyle of a fimilar excavation at Kenara on the ifland of Sal/etie, and another at Ekvera, near the top of Bhore Ghaut, firft explored by Mr. Wates, the painter. At the upper end isthe figure (1) above mentioned. From the ceil- ing are projected flone ribs, following the curvatute of. the arch to the capitals of the pillars on each fide throush the whole length of the exéavation. Befide the grand aifle, or body, of the excavation, there is a {mall paflage formed by the row of pillars on each fide round the altar, but it is dark and narrow. This fingu-- lar form of cave, wherever J have met with it, has con-. veyed the fame impreffion of-its being a placé of con--: eregation and adoration, rather than of relidence ae habitation, and has given rife to an idea in my mind, = from the orbicular ceiling, and the name and attitude- of its inhabitant, that it may be meant to reprefent the™ _ Almighty, meditating the creation of the world; under™ the arch or canopy of unlimited fpace. It is‘neeeflary however, to accompany this idea, with an acknowledge- ~ ment, that the fimilar caves of Ekvera and Kenar@, are . not inhabited by Biskurma. They having only @ very high altar, the top of which is circular, and fituated ase reprefented in the annexed drawing at the. bae < BiskuRMA. VO eee | iiteagy i -Dimenfions. Mp 2 7 Hi Bue —— Fett. Inches, Area lq tare aril be ces oe + 49° ae) Veranda below, in front, and each fide 9° { ters; broad: ese nes Ditto,roof, high, 77g? = a Door-way, four feet broad by eight feet four inches high, gallery abovethe door, fquare, ~ - - PEA © S de > having twelve pillars and two pilaf- & ABITEN: Bees f mcetiesf Ne hi a | sn ae ! j aaa | cen " ——_ = BISKURMA OR VISWAKURMA KA JOOMPREE THE CARPENTERS HOVEL . 3 MOUNTAINS TO THE EASTWARD OF ELLORA. 423 Feet. Inchese Length of the temple from the entrance to the oppofite wall behind the altar, 20 PROS Breadth of ditto from wall to wall, = Maoh oe Height of ditto from the centre of the arch to the floor, os ~ fe N. B. The height between the pillars and the wall where the the ceiling is flat, is, 14 10 Roa thes Breadth between the pillars and wall, —- 7 Circumference of pillars (two fquare and twenty-eight o€tagon ones), - TURN © a aS Altar at the end about twenty-four feet high. DEHR WARRA, or the Hatirarcore’s QuARTER. Front, bearing from Jugnath Subba, di/tant about a mile, S. 25 E. By this defignation, have the Brahmens, who defcribe them, thought proper to difcriminate this group of caves, which, though making no con{picuous figure here, would render any other place illuftrious, They under this term of pollution, endeavour to deter vifitors from en- tering it, though the large cave is a very fine one, over the front of which a little river muft rufh in the rainy feafon into the plain below, forming a fheet of water, that, in a beautiful cafcade, mult cover the front of the excavation as with a curtain of cryftal. There are two {tripes of ftone that run parallel to each other along the floor, from the entrance, the whole depth of this cave (the profpeé& from which, of the great tank, town, and valley, of Elfora, &c. is beautiful) and feem in- tended as feats either for ftudents, fcribes, or the fellers of fome commodities, a convenient paflage lying be- tween them up to the idol at the end of the cave. N. B. The annexed {ketch (Plate K.) was taken from a ftation near (3) on the right, or northern, fide of the excavated hill. REMARKS pe . Ata r Re eSran Grlyr ’ i WO sing ti Ls Bifhrss at bgseaay oith ti Lape EY y: SH fl te oes Set) ari 4 Ne FAVE oar vy 4 ay 4% ? P| 7h + atk % ets eH 5 t ow, “eel - ass} - - { ii , 3 Vi 4 r - j - «I es 4b: Ping i oy : e ‘N ~t1) roe lida: ted ih. ‘es tr: Ae 3 ys ini, eel | ith ‘3 rabielbss is vate saw { i Hal A tho thie . ih stig io nikal ath 4 arta. 8 25916 ) Ft sO ¢ © 7 i Soh s ater Suita) ~ wees Aas Qs eos ae ‘ap ve : a Rea Si. phe ye tem cf i eae 14: ' .) 8 ; ’ x , ’ + 7 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES On rue WEST anv SQUTH COASTS or CEYLON; WRITTEN IN THE YEAR 1796. By CAPTAIN COLIN M‘KENZIE, ao ifland of Ceylon, Selan-dive, or Seran-diep, fup- pofed to be the Lanka of the Ramayan (though fome Hindus affign it anotier fituation) would naturally fuggeft fome enquiry to the curious in Indian refearch with fo favourable an opportunity as its late redution to our power: and though a few months paffed on its weftern coaft, employed on objetts of a very different nature, could not permit much obfervation (even if poffeffed of talents more adequate to the tafk) yet a de- . fire of promoting the interefting objeéts recommended by the fociety, by pointing out to the curious in thefe purfuits fome remains of Hindu antiquity on the fouth and weftern coafts of this ifland, which have cafually | fallen under my notice, tempts me to fubmit the follow- ing remarks to their confideration. It may not be altogether foreign to this fubjed, as conneéied with the traditionary accounts of the recef- fion of the fea at fome remote period from thefe coafts, to remark fome of thofe appearances which moft forci- bly ftrike an obferver, travelling for near five hundred miles along the low flat country of the lower Carnatick ; which in many places furnifhes evident marks of its having been at one time covered by the fea, in the ma- rine produtions difcovered in digging; the fea fhells which are incorporated in the calcareous ftones appa- rently (426 REMARKS-ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE rently compofed of thefe; and the level appearance of the furface of the land, devoid of wood of any long ftanding, except the groves which have been planted by the cultivators of the foil; and the feveral {pecies of palm; with the jungle congenial to a fandy foil. One firft remarks, on the coaft of Marawar, {pecimens of the fame coralline or marine produétions, that in greater quantities are dug up at Delft, and fome of the iflands on the north coaft of Ceylon, which indicate a connexion of the fame materials, and which probably form the bafis of the fhoals, called Apam’s bridge, be- tween that ifland and the main. Parallel to the edge ef the coaft we alfo find along the margin of the fea a ftratum of flat calcareous rocks, forming a kind of eruft, Biebably a concretion of fhells which abound here and on the coat of Ceylon, (as obferved at Manar) and compofe the greater part of the fand along the beach; and which probably alfo form the chain of low ifles parallel to that part of the coaft, called the Fat- ifles, in the neighbourhood of the Chanque fifhery. The ifle of Ramifur, the utmoft limit of the Hindu re- ligion in modern times, and of the conquelts of the Dekan Muffulman princes, according to FerisuTa, lies near this coat; and is only feparated by a channel of about two miles, too fhoal to admit veffels of burthen. This ifland is low, fandy, and uncultivaied; it is about eight miles to the pagodas (the refort of immenfe crouds of pilgrims at certain feafons) which are built near the fea; having in front an embankment of ftone, yet unfi- nifhed; the houfes of the Brahmens are built as ufual in {quares and ftrait ftreets, clofe to it ; their rows of houfes having mud terraces (Payals) in front, on which their women and children are often feen reclining under the fhade of the thatched roofs. It is remarkable that the fame fair complexion, and caft of features diftinguifh this clafs through all the different provinces, from eight to twenty degrees north Jatitude (and by all accounts ftill further) among nations varying fo much in both, as WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 427 R as the Tamuls, the Tellingas, the Canarins, Mabrattas, and Orias, the five familics which appear to compofe the body of the original inhabitants of the peninfula, at prefent diftinguifhed by different dialeéts, as by diffe- rent features. The buildings of the pagedas* are {quare and exten- five, but have nothing remarkable, or fuperior in the ftile, to the generality of thofe on the coaft; which they refemble in the fame crouded minute ornaments, the fame fpirest of brick work, with long porches in front, at the entry of which we were only permitted to peep through a long vilta of doors, terminating before the deity of the place, whofe image was placed at the furtheft end of the penetralia of the temple, in too ob- fcure a fituation (though furrounded by lamps burning in day light) and at too great a diftance to afcertain its fhape and figure. At night-a number of {mall lamps illuminated the inner receffes with a good effe€t. The fame referve which diftinguifhes the fouthern Brabmens in their temples, at Tanjore, Seringam, &c. prevented any communication here. We were told that no la- bour or cultivation is carried on in this facred ifle: fafe embofomed amidft the waves they live on the contri- butions of the devout: feveral of the rajahs and Po/i- gar chiefs of the neighbouring provinces expend large fums on eftablifhments here. The veftibule or build- ing on the eaft front of the pagoda, into which we were permitted to enter, is decorated with the ftatues of one of thefe benefa€tors (a chief of the Tinivelly country;) and his minifters and attendants, ftanding in a row on either fide in their proper drefs: thefe flatues, though preferving the drefs and ornaments with a minute atten- tion, have little elfe to recommend them, being deficient in fymmetry and proportion; and the fuperiority of rank is diftinguifhed by the fize, according to the rule * Coil, in Tamul. Dewul, in Tellinga. "The word pagoda is not known in thefe languages. + Coverum in Tamul fignifies a fpire. { The Pulitaver. which 428 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE which feems obferved in moft of the fculptures on Hindu buildings. Among the figures carved on the outer walls the Lingam is frequently exhibited. On the weft fide of the fquare is another longer portico, having a number of flatues, of another chief and his followers, placed on a raifed flone terrace, on either fide of the covered paffage leading to the inner gate. _ The guardianfhip of the facred ifle is in a family of Byraagees (devotees), the chief of which is doomed to perpetual celibacy; the fucceffion being carried on by ibe fiflers, or the collateral branch, who only are per- mitted to marry. This arrangement feems to have fome affinity to that of the Travancore and Nair fove- reigns. The prefent guardian is a child of fix or feven years old; of a handfome mild afpeét, and regular fea- cures; his drefs and turban were of the Byraagee, tawny ~ red colour, and decorated with the beads that this cla{fs of mendicants wear. This young pontiff received the European vifitors, after landing, with great gravity and compofure: his uncle, who has the efficient minifter, attended and ftood by his feat, to affift him in paying his compliments to his guefts. From this pagoda a low traét of fandy ground ftretches out towards the ealft to - about twelve miles; terminating in a narrow fpit of fand. Within a:mile of the point is the choultry of Tona-goody*, a {quare of low houles inclofing a court, built tor the accommodation of the pilgrims who came to this furtheft point to perform their ablutions in the waves of the ocean, this being held one of the moft fa- ered and pureft ablutions required by their religion. A. Brahmen refides at this choultry. A pole js eretted on the point, to which lights are affixed at night; whe- ther for the dircétion of mariners, or a religious mo- ‘tive, we could not learn. The whole of this tra€t from Ramiferum has the appearance of being wafhed by the * Goedy alfo fignifies a temple in the Tamul language; Tony fignisies water. It is remarkable that good water is found on this point, though the ie of fand is fo low. fea, WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 429 fea, not a veftige of foil appearing. On entering our boat at feven A. M.* we were detained fome moments to wait for our domefticks going through the neceflary ceremonies and ablutions under the direttion of the Brahmen; and hoifting fail for the land of demi-gods and Dewatas (the laft re feen being the fignal pole,) we coafted in fight and to the fouth of Apam’s bridge, which we could only diftinguifh by the breaking of a furf on it at detached intervals, and came in fight of Talmanar, the weft point of Manar, at two P. M. the courfe being E. S. E. The coaft of this ifland at Za/- manar and along its coaft appeared low and covered with cocoa and other trees, and bufhes, extending to the fand bank near the water’s-edge. The ifland of Manar is not high, has no hills, and appears to be a bed of fhelly fand, worked up by the waves, and clothed with trees, among which the cocoa predominates. ‘This ifland is feparated from the main of Ceylon, as Ramiferum is from the coat, by a channel about two miles over; but this only appears at fulltide, as the real channel or river, winding clofe to the fort, is very narrow, and though deeper than the reft, at the bar not above two and half feet at low water. Whe- ther this narrow paflage, and that of Pambam, are worn out by the aétion of the current fetting in different di- rections along the coaft, as the monfoon varies; or whe- ther the iflands, and the ridge of Apam’s bridge, are thrown up and formed by the periodical winds and cur- rents, a€ting on the fhifting fands accumulated in the narroweft part of the Ceylon channel, is’a fubjett of cu- rious inveltigation, which would require {ome time and experience to examine: the enquiry might be rendered ufeful however, in fuggefting means of deepening the channels, or preventing their being filled up when deepened, by the fand thrown in by the S. W. and N. W. monfoonst. It * Yanuary 6, + Batpeus fays, that the Portuguefe Jae efcaped through it; and that the Teqwver, or native governor, had a way of opening “and filling be 430 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE It would be vain to look here for any traces of the earlier race: being nattirally the thorough-fare paffage into Ceylon, from the oppofite coaft, it would receive ‘the impreffion of each fucceffive race of invaders: ac- cordingly we find its inhabitants now compofed of a mixed race of Portuguefe, Malabars, and Cingalefe, with fome Lobbecs, the defcendants of the Arab race, (the Mo- pillees of the Malabar coaft,) who fubfift here chiefly by hfhing. J obferved cn this ifland fome of thofe Byraa- gees, fo well known on the lower roads of the oppofite coafts, conftantly journeying from Benares to Ramefur, carrying pots of the water of the holy fpring, or Ganga water, flung on crofs bamboos, and diftinguifhed by their tawny orange habit: thefe faid that they were on their way to vifit a famous pagoda in the interior parts of Ceylon, but I was not able to learn whether they had been ufually permitted to crofs over by permiffion of the Dutch government, or that they availed themfelves of this opportunity of croffing in our boats: it fhews at leaft that the conneétion of a fimilar religion has not been altogether loft. ; Manar is memorable in Cingalefe hiftory, as giving refuge to the queen Donna Maxcarert, the Jaft feyon of the ancient royal race, whom the Portuguefe thence carried into the heart of Cey/on, to cover their interference in the government, until they were driven out by the weight of accumulated crimes and degeneracy, to make way for the fordid monopolizing yoke of the Duwich, which locked up from mankind the natural treafures and valuable produétions of this celebrated ifland. It was then divided into parifhes with their churches. The fort is on a {mall {cale, {quare and regular, nearly what Barpeuvs and Vatentyn more lately defcribe it, but the city exifts only in a few tiled houfes of the officers of government, and fome low huts covered and up the paffage at Pambam; this feems founded on miftake, and thefe Portuguese frigates matt have. been light fhallops or floops drawing little water.—Paze 706. Bo Opa fe enclofed =~ we WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 43% enclofed with Cadjan leaves, inhabited by boatmen and fifhermen. At low water, a fma!l river winds, and di- vides the ifland from the main: but when the tide flows, the whole intermediate fpace between the oppo- fite fhores appears like an arm of the fea from two to three miles over, in which we fee men and cattle wade-_ ing acrofs from the ifle to the main. A fpecies of he- ron, and tall birds of the Cyrus kind, make an uncom- mon figure in this view; ftanding and picking up their food in the midft of the fea. The oppofite coaft of Ceylon is low and woody; the appearance of the fhores indicates fome extraordinary change, fuch as to have laid it under water; which 1s however contradiétory to the received traditions of the fea’s receding from the oppofite coafts. Are we then to fuppofe that in retiring from the peninfula, the waves inundated the lower coals of this ifland? Or, that thefe contradiétory changes happened at different periods? Thefe might in fome meafure be explained by an en- quiry into the foil and {trata of the Wannie, or low woody country of the north of Ceylon, and comparing it with the low land of Payen Ghaut; as fatts and experiments will afcertain their fimilitude. It may be remarked however that exclufive of the five northern iflands, the greater part of what formed the north extremity of the ifland, diftinguifhed by the name of the kingdom or government of ‘affanapatam, is low, and feparated by fhalfow channels, which in the rainy feafon divide it into fo many iflands. The whole of this low land, forming the north part of the ifland, is covered thick with woods and jungles; this tra€t is called Wannie, and is eftimated to contain goo fquare leagues. The foreft extends quite acrofs from weft to eaft and to the fouth, to the chain of mountains which conneéts the bafes of the land, and gradually terminates in lower hills, and fwelling grounds, ‘ 432 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE grounds, in the neighbourhood of Galle and Matura: The remarkable peaks of thefe hills are well known to navigators on the eaft coaft under the names of the Friar’s-hood, the Chimney, the Elephant, &c. on the weft coaft; the moft remarkable feen is Apam’s-peak, which towers confiderably above the reft to the eaft of Colombo. Yh oi From Manar none of thefe eminences are feen; the edge of the coaft appears cultivated with rice; but the habitations are detached, and though divided into town- fhips, are not colleéted together.. This cultivation ex- tends for about twenty-four miles and beyond Aripo ; fome churches are built in this tra€t. The forefts and jungles now approach the coaft, and for four days journey feparate the northern more inhabited diftri& from the fouthern at Chillaw, where the Cinnamon or Cannel land begins. Some remains of antiquity being faid to exift at Mantotte on the oppofite fide to Manar, I was conduét- ed tothe place, where a Gentoo city was faid to have been built formerly; fome mounds. refembling the remains of the embankments of the Carnatick tanks, and fome brick ruins, were the only veftiges to be feen, not far from the Portuguefe church. Little infermation could be derived from the inhabitants, and curiofity here could find little gratification in the thick jungle, in which patches of paddy fields were interfperfed. Of the palace or dwelling of the rajah, or place pointed out as fuch, nothing could be feen (and that with difficulty from the jungle) but a {mall {quare, of brick walls, now about four feet high, and fubdivided into three apartments, appear- ing very like the gateway which generally forms the firft | entrance of the enclofure of a pagoda or great Hindu building: the approach of evening hindered any further attempt to explore this jungle. From fome traditions of its former riches, fearches have been recently made 3 among “WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 433 among théfe ruins; VALENTYN mentions fome gold * medals dug up, fuppofed to be Roman Tt. FIGURE OF THE GOUTT RAYA. - March 30, 1796.—Near Belligam or Velli-gam, ten miles N. from Matura néar the road fide, which pafles among thick woods and plantations, is the figure of the Coutia vaja,t fculptured on a rude block of granite, about thirty feet’high. Having previous notice of the place, from fome Dufch gentleman at Gaile, Iwas brought théré at feven'in thé morning. On my way to Matura, atid oppofite to this flone, about twenty feet off, is another of néarly the fame fize, and the ground between both is worked away to a hollow, on which it is necei- fary to bé placed, to have a full view of this figure, ‘which is cut out of the ftone in relievo, but the whole is funk'in'a hollow fcooped out, fo that it is thus de- fended from injury on the fides. The figure may be about fourteen feet high; the countenance mild; a full round’ vifage’; the eyes long, and the nofe round and Jong’: it has no. beard; nor the ufual diftinguifhed marks of the Gentoo cafts. Ihave been more payticular in defcribing the features; as thofe of the Cingalefe race are very different from the Maidbars, and feem well preferved in the ftatues, and figures in their temples. * On my return from Galle, in March 1796, a filver coin was given me at Calerure, part of a number, upwards of three hundred, found twelve yeats ago; at Paffim, a place nine hours journey from Faffanapa- tam near the fea’coaft, on the road’ towards Trinkomallee 5 it accompa- nies this paper. + If thelaccompanying Lingam, the only one of thé kind within my obfervation, was really found here, as I am affured it was, there can be little doubt of its being a Hindu town. ‘The infcriptions from which the medals were fuppofed to be Romaz are doubtful, and it is not im- probable: but'the letters might be miftaken, though at Ned/ore of late years fome Roman coins were found; and it is not furprifing to meet the coins ofa nation which carried its commerce into Jzdia, of a’ coaft whofe produ€tions always invited: the fettlement of foreigners; » The date of this fettlement feems yet involved in obfcurity. . a _ } Plate, No. 1. . Vor. VI. Ff He 434 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE He holds up both his hands, with the fore fingers and thumbs bent; the head drefs is high, and feems orna- mented with jewels; on the little finger of the left hand isaring; on’ the arms bracelets; a belt high about the wailt; the lower drefs, or drapery, fixed with a gir-_ dle much lower than in the Gentoo drefs, from which fomething like taffels depend; a collar and ornaments on the neck and fhoulders; and rings feem to hang low from the ears: no appearance of any arms or weapons. On the fpot I was told that this was the figure of anan- cient prince called Courra raja, from acutaneous difor- der he had been troubled with; that his figure was placed here in memory of his being the firft who had taught the inhabitants the ufe of the cocoanut, which is a prin- cipal part of the food of the Cingalefe, partiularly the flaves and poorer people. At Matura, the tradition of the Courta raja was told much to the fame pur- pofe, but with more amplification of circumftances. They defcribed him as the fon of the fovereign of a fo- reign land, who labouring under a malignant cutaneous diforder or leprofy, was landed on the coaft, and left to fhift for himfelf; when he was cured by aid of a ho- ly reclufe, refiding in thefe woods, and by the milk of the cocoa tree; returning home to his native land, he recounted his wonderful cure, and was fent- back with rich prefents to reward the holy man, whom they found no more. In memory of this the flatue was fet up. Whatever degree of credit we may give to this ftory, the name of the Courra raja feemed to be familiar to alt ranks, and is no doubt conneéted with fome hiftorical event. TEMPLE OF BOODHOO AT VILLIGAAM. March, 30,—Pafling on from the figure of the Coutra raja, we came to Villigaam or Billigaam, a place of fome confideration, near a bay of the coafts; houfes are {cattered about, among the trees and cocoa ~~ which WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 435 which obftru& all view and give the idea of a thick planted grove or garden rather than of a village. Be- ing defirous of feeing a Cingalefe temple here of fome repute, I was conducted by a -winding road of about half a mile, to a {mall eminence enclofed at top by a low ftone wall, furmounted by a kind of baluftrade in the midft of thick furrounding groves. At the gate, to which we afcended by fome fteps, the priefts received and conduéted me to the door of the temple; they were bare-headed, and their hair cut clofe; they had none _ of the diftinguifhing marks worn by the Hindus, on the forehead ; their garment confifted of a cloth of a dufky fnuff colour, which folded round the body and defcend- ed to the feet; their dark complexions, and inanimate features, exhibited no fymptom of fuperior intelligence, of deep penetration, or of keen genius; nor did any of that mild caft of countenance, or chaltened refigned features, which fometimes diftinguifh the reclufe, or de- votee of every nation, appear here; neither fevere, nor fhy, their looks rather indicated a kind of apathy, or indifference. The building had no decorations with- out; aclofe gallery ran round the body of it, to which only one door opened, that rendered it fo clofe, for want of frefh air, with the ftrong fumes of the oil of feveral lamps burning, and the aromatic odour of yel- low flowers, profufely fcattered on‘a raifed terrace be- fore the idol, that it almoft overcame me on entering the interior apartment. On our being introduced, a curtain which enclofed the fhrine, was drawn back, and the figure of Boopuoo, of a gigantic fize, reclining at full length on his fide, was at once dilplayed. His head lay on a pillow fupported by one hand, the other extended on his body; the habit was very fimple, of a faffron colour, covering him from the neck to the heels, and the only deceration was a kind of plain belt acrofs the body. This ftatue was about eighteen feet long, and well proportioned, but whether made of wood or of compofition, I could not learn. The countenance was mild and full, and the top of the head painted to re- F fg prefent 436 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE prefent the hair in feveral fmall curls of a black colour. This was the grand idol of the place, but on approach- ing it, placed thus at full length on a raifed terrace on which feveral lamps and a profufion of flowers were placed, no external figns of adoration or refpeét were fhewn by the priefts. Ina corner of the room was a {maller figure reprefented fitting crofs-legged on a coil- ed fnake, the expanded head of which fhaded him. From the fame habit and the fame rotund turn of fea- ‘ture, it was eafy to fee that Boopnoo was alfohere re- prefented. A female figure, the natural fize, decently, and not ungracefully, arrayed in the fame garb, was -reprefented f{tanding in another corner, and holding a lamp in the extended hand. In a third corner ftood a male figure faid to reprefent Vistnuu: and in the fourth Rama Swamy, of a dark blue colour, and dif> tinguifhed by his peculiar attributes of feveral hands and the correfpondent Hindu ornaments of bracelets, rings, and chains. How a figure fo totally different in its drefs and ornaments came to be placed: here, I was not, for want of an interpreter, able to learn. Wemay however conclude, that the votaries of Boopxoo do not exclude the worfhip of the other Avatars. The gallery which ran round the inner apartment was entire- ly covered with paintings, in compartments rudely finifhed, each apparently containing the hiftory of fome event of the life of Boonnoo: thefe, they told me, | _ were alfo narrated in a great book always kept by the Mocdelier of thé place: one of’ thefe paintings feemed to reprefent the birth of the divine child; others repre- fented his youthful adventures ; fome of which feemed a kin to the fportive Kisnen’s amufements onthe plains ~ of Muttrad. In one, a youth held earneft converfe with a nymph, among deep fhades and woods, while a monkey, hid by the branches of a tree, feemed to liften with mifchievous intent: in another, the God appear- ed as a youth flyly ftealing and diftributing handfuls of coin from a cheft, towards which an aged.man approach- ed with cautious fleps} holding a huge key in his:hand: : | on | WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 437. on others proceffions appeared ;. feafts feemed prepar- ed; food was diftributed to the poor of various nations (as appeared by their various habits); and the different habits and manners of men in attive life were pour- trayed. A large white elephant made a conf{picuous figure in moft of thefe affemblies. The ftyle or co/ume of thefe paintings was entirely different from that of the Hindus on the peninfula, and plainly belonged to a different people, though they undoubtedly fhewed thofe of the Cingalefe and the followers of Boopuoo. On obferving in thefe reprefentations, chairs, tables, metal lamps, and raifed feats, fuch as are ufed by the prefent race inhabiting the coaft of the European part of Ceylon, which I had at firft fuppofed they had borrowed from their prefent mafters, I refleéted that thefe indicated a connexion with the nations to the eaftward which ftill ufe them, and that cuftom fo widely different from that of the Hindus, who always feat themfelves on carpets, or cloths fpread on the ground, might have been import- ed from China, Siam, or Pegu, with their other cuftoms and religion. Without the temple, but within the enclofure, was a folid building, with a cupola figured roof: it had no opening whatever; within it they told us BoopHoo was interred, or rather the facred elephant. On my exprefling a wifh to be poffeffed of a book containing. the hiftory and drawings of the deeds of Boopuoo, the priefts.informed me, through a very in- different interpreter, that it could not be copied off with- in a fortnight, but they promifed to have a drawing of the principal figure ready on my return from Maztura. They were as good as their promife ; for on my re- turn on the evening of the 31ft March, they had ready for me the outlines of the principal figure of BoopHoo, (Plate No. 2,) with fome account of it, in the Cingalefé chara€ter, - Yh a Near *, 438 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE Near a mile from Mature, we were fhewn another temple of Boopxoo, in the deep recefles of woods and fhrubs, the whole country being covered with them, and the habitations difperfed among thefe enclofed by ‘gar- dens and little plantations This temple, or rather houfe, was decorated in front with flowering trees and fhrubs ; among which was a clump of bamboos, remarkable for being of a bright yellow colour, with {mall ftripes of green branching from below the joints, — The priefts, -with much complaifance, permitted us to cut one as a {pecimen, and prefented us with flowers, among which was the yellow Moogry. Within was an image of Boop- 00, and feveral other figures illuminated hy lamps and enclofed by curtains, as at the other temples. In like manner the terrace or raifed altar, was covered with flowers, and the walls with paintings. The drefs of the priefts was the fame as already defcribed, an orange or tawny-coloured cloth enveloped the body ; 3 the ona decaying turned toa kind of {nuff colour, - We were conduéted by a narrow ftair- cafe to an n up- per-room, wherein was placed a painting of one of the figures below, (afemale,) but we could not get a diftingt ~ account of it from want of an inter Paes The head priefts of thefe temples, we -underftanc w ; called Terrinanie. The inferior orders oon ?. 2h poe point oo Conlon | About three miles from Masae the cae section. the fea-beach of the bay formed by the promontory to the eaft, we afcended a gentle declivity cloathed with woods. of various kinds of trees, but chiefly the | cocoa, _ and in about a mile’s wat came. to, ‘a Ging fe eacupl > me ON é aan & F 3 Gh it, eames e.: Wane rhs ee ae Wiles ¢ = That: Pag. : 7 * Plate No. 1. of LJCYIS. Z. OP 4) Jes, / Astalic LCSCE il wine ag i) \ ni il INA 2 Gee Ae C770 “ Lithlishiced byl Scud &e leh a . =“ { ry ‘ WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 439 of a circular fhape, of about 160 feet in circumference and twelve high, forming a terrace, from the center of which rofe a bell-fhaped fpire, crowned with a fmaller cone, ona {quare pedeftal, the height of the whole fup- pofed to be thirty feet; a parapet ran round this ter- race, to which a door and ftair-cafe led up; and here, expofed to the open air, as we approached foon after fun-rife, we obferved fome Cingalefe men and women walking round, bending and inclined towards the {pire, apparently praying: they retired before we afcended - the fleps. A {mall thatched hut disfigured a corner of the terrace, which feemed defigned to iodge one of the priefts who received us as ufual with complaifance. No figures, infcriptions, nor any thing elfe remarkable, ap- peared, excepting a fingle granite pillar four feet high placed on end, perhaps intended to receive a lamp at night. This ftru@ure we were told was folid; it had no doors, windows, or any opening: they faid one of the teeth of the facred elephant was buried in it. It was, on a large fcale, what the {pire within the enclofure at Billigaam was in miniature, and feems to be the pe- culiar thabe of a fhrine or appendage of a temple of Boopxoo, After a fhort view, we were condu€ted from thence to the fea-beach of Dewunder-head, {carcely 1400 yards diftant, by a gradual defcent along a walk or avenue in the woods; in walking over this ground, feveral re- mains of ancient buildings refembling the Carnatick tem- _ ples ftruck us forcibly, and induced as narrow an in- fpe€tion as could be made in a couple of hours, © Clofe to the beach we find the firft avenue or build- ing, probably defigned for the ufe of the devotees, im= mediately before or after ablution in the fea, which is not above forty yards off; the defcent over the bank is not difficult, though the coaft below is lined with mafles of granite wafhed by the waves. It confifts of a colon= nade of fixteen pillars of granite about nine feet re / the 440 REMARKS on SOME AE TADS ORAS ON THE dis four center ones of which only are cut to regular form with bafes and capitals: itexally fronts the line of. the avenue to the temple on the height : on its north fide. are two pillars* alfo {culptured, forming an exaé {quare, with the two central ones of the colonade, in the center. of which is a fquare opening of about two and a half feet on the fides faced with ftone. but nearly filled up with earth; this feems to have been the fituation of the in- terior recefs where the objeét of worfhip was placed, ot which and of the roof no veftige remains. Proceeding thence by an eafy afcent, we crofs the ruins of a wall probably the enclofure of the grand tem- ple, marked by feveral pillars and upright flones, but no {culptures are to be feen till we reach the Cingalefp tem- ple, nearly fronting which flands the inner portal of a Hindu temple, confifting of two upright ftones fupport. ing a crofs one, all carved on one face, with ornaments fimilar to thofe of the interior parts of the pagodas on the coaft; the center of the crofs ftone occupied by a. fierce fantaftic head, the fides by a running border of. foliage, and the aero fupported by figures ni sg in the fame flyle and tafte. r Co the left of the Cingalefe byildiei are ‘as cakes ruins, praca the remains of other temples: the fteps lead-. ing up to the raifed floors of thefe are decerated with, . the heads of elephants, carved out of ftones placed on either fide; an ornament frequently to be obferved in. Hindu temples, as the entrances of Egyptian buildings were ornamented with thofe of the fphynx. 4 Near thefe we meet a deep well, scaiiide the mouth of | which was placed a flat granite ftone, with a perforation of fixinches fquare throughits center, between the figure of the prints of two feet raifed on the ltone: the fir * Plate, No. 1. gure WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 441) _ gure occupying .the reft of the ftone is fcooped' out to the depth of two feet, It is probable this well was in- clofed within fome of the buildings now no longer ex- iting; its ule does net appear; the crofs ftone was too heavy to be eafily moved, and occupies too much room to admit of water beimg drawn from it for any common ufe; the figures carved on it indicate fome connexion with the Lingam and Phallus; and may furnifh a key to the objeét of worfhip here. On narrowly examining thefe remains, little doubt remained in my mind that this was the fite of an ancient Hindy temple, on the ruins of which the Cingalefe build- ing was raifed at a much later period. The revolu- tions of religion, in which the firft was overturned and almoft every veitige of its worfhip deftroyed, to make room for the other, would, probably, be explained by the Cingalefe hiftory, an ab{traé of which is publifhed in Vatenzyn’s book, under the article Ceylon. The name of the place Divi-n-oor-Dewalla, favours the opinion, and when we recolle& the partiality of the Hindys to build their religious ftra€iures in places near the fea, to water, to the {pring heads of rivers on the tops of remarkable hills, and mountains and fituations favourable to retirement from the world, and to purer ablutions, according to their ideas; in places to which the extraordinary length and toil of the journey attached a fuperior degree of merit; as inftanced in the pilgrim- ages to ‘fagarnat and Ramifur; to the wilds of Purwut- tum ; to Tripetty; to the fources of the Godavery at Trim- buck Nafer, and of the Kifna at Balifur; we need not be furprifed to find a fane of Manapeo reared on the utmoft bounds of Lankadeep, and their habitable world; and fhall be ready to fuppofe that the ablutions at the _ furtheft point of Ramifur became the greateft extent ef their pilgrimages only, when revolutions, of which we have yet no diftin& accounts, and the ne (oy 442 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE of a foreign religion and nation into Ceylon, rendered the pilgrimage to Devinoor no longer practicable. We may then fuppofe that, previous to the intro- duction of the Cingalefe language from the eaftward, that of the Hindus in one of its dialeéts prevailed. Some of the Dutch now tell us, (as Batpeus did long ago) that the inhabitants of Ceylon from Chilaw north, and round to Batacaloa on the eaft, fpeak the Malabar (or Tamul); while the Cingalefe to the fouthward, and the Candians, {peak the language faid to be derived from Siam. In examining many of the names of places’ throughout the ifland, we find many apparently derived from the Hindu languages; and judging by analogy, may infer that this was prior to the other, from giving names defcriptive of certain qualities peculiar to thefe places; a rule as applicable in Jndia, where the names | of all the remarkable rivers, towns, and hills, are thus derived from a language defcriptive of their qualities or hiftory, as to the north and weft of Europe where the Celtick language is traced in the fame manner; and par- ticularly in our native iflands of Britain, where the ori- ginal inhabitants may be traced, from many of the names, after various revolutions and fucceffive fettle- ments of Romans, Saxons, Danes, Normans and Germans, The head man of the village, a Cingalefe, who could give no account of the origin of the ruins, propofed to conduct us to another to which we went by a path wind- ing among the woods about three quarters of a mile diftant, gradually afcending to the face of a rifing ground, where we found a {mall pagoda or dewul, built of hewn ftone, flat roofed, fquare, with one door and having no {pire pillars er arches; it had no f{culpture except fome mouldings about the pedunent cornices, and door; nor did any al- tar, image, or decoration appear to fhew the objeét of worfhip; though from its exaé likenefs to the plain ftyle of fome of the fmall pagodas built of hewn ftone in the Carnatick, there can be little doubt of its origin. The WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON, 443 The villager could give no other account of it than * that it was built by one Gatcamt, who dealt with evil {pirits, by whofe aid he reared thefe ftructures.’? Thus we find the origin of all works, beyond the reach of re- cent time, and vulgar knowledge, in every country at- tributed to fome fupernatural agency, from the rude and laborious ftru€ture of Stonehenge to thofe of Elora (Ellor ), and the more diminutive one of Gatcami. Though the figure of the Lingam, cow, and every ob- je&t of Hindu veneration, feems purpofely removed, enough remains, in the fimplicity of the ftyle of the ar- chiteéture and its few decorations, to afcertain its claim to antiquity; and this fhews the ufe of claffing the ob- jeats of this kind we frequently meet difperfed over India. In the more modern religious ftru€tures of India (I allude more particularly to thofe of the Carnatick upper and lower, the archite€ture of which is very different from that ufed in the north-weft parts of the Dekan*), we find a novel ftyle more complicated and certainly more con-~ trary to good tafte. Thefe buildings and their cove- rums or {pires are crouded with an immenfe number of fmall pillars, pilafters, cornices; and the numerous and ill diftributed compartments filled with monftrous, dif- proportioned, figures of the deities, or rather their at- tributes, which disfigure them and make a ftrange im- preffion at firft fight on Europeans accuftomed to form their ideas of the beauties of architeéture by claflical rules drawn from the Grecians. The more modern Hindu buildings are further diftin- guifhed by being generally built of brick, excepting fome of the greateft, as Canjeveram, Madura, Seringa, Rami- fur; which from their ftyle are fuppofed not to be of the more ancient. The more ancientT temples are not co- | | vered * A comparative view of the different ftyles of the architecture of thefe buildings in the Carzatick upper and lower, and in the north weft parts of the Dekan would be curious. + The gradations in their ftyle may be traced from the {mall pyra- midal ftructures of not above fix feet high, to the firft exhibitions rs the gure 444 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE vered with the monftrous figures above alluded to; they are generally plain; or at moft exhibit a few groups re~ prefenting fome remarkable parts of the hiftory of the god worfhipped; fuch as the adventures of Krisuna, his ef{cape when an infant, his {porting amufements among the Gopia, or the churning of the ocean by the Dewatas and Affiors; which feem rather defigned to convey fome moral, than as immediate objets of wor- fhip: from whence we may fufpeét that as in latter times the ancient fimplicity of their religion was debafed and corrupted, the cuftom of covering their walls with thefe monftrous figures with many arms and heads was, by degrees introduced: and this furnifhes data for form- ing rules by which perhaps the antiquity of thefe build- ings could be afcertained, by a comparifon of the diffe- rent ftyles; when written evidence (as found in the copper plates at Conjeveram, tranflated in the third volume of the Afatick Refearches, and may perhaps be found if the plates at Purwuitum were tranflated) is wanting.) . ~ ste SEO Rs Thefe might affilt, with the extenfive knowledge ob+ tained of late of Hindu literature, in illuftrating the more ancient part of the hiftory of this nation, and afcertain- ing the juftice of their claim toa knowledge of the arts and {eiences through a remote antiquity; at leaft their a gradual advances in the arts might be traced from. the . firft rude attempts; and new light sctlthe on abe peisenrite of mankind in its early icinst veh heh vsrkt Lit * ANCIENT INSCRIPTION on ROCK AT ‘DEO- i GAMME, near CALIT! URE. ae On my way back from Pointe du Galle: to » Colooaboal, had intimation from.the Dutch clergymas of Caliture, figure of ManapeEo, under the femblance of a rough “eke not unfre- quent!y feen under trees in the open air. The figure of Hanamunr, the protcétor of travellers, the companion and affiftant of Rama in his famous expedition to Lanka may be feen, cut in relievo on apright ftones_ placed on the roads, and near the villages, throughout the Carnatick. 2 a poft ' “WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 445 a poft twenty-five miles fouth of Colombo, of an infcrip- tion cut upon a rock within a few miles of that neigh- bourhood ; and being defirous of feeing it, a party was made up to accompany me on the next morning to go by the river as far as a fugar plantation ci laid out by a fociety of ares nee We embarked at day break in a fall boat on the river Caligonga, which is wide and deep, and its banks on either fide lined thick with woods and bufhes clofe to the water’s-edge, which renders. the landing difficult: the ftream was placid, the tide in our favour, and we were foon rowed about three miles to the landing place, whence we croffed the newly-cultivated ground, to the plantation houfe, and mill, about halfa mile further. The country, where cleared, appeared through the openings of the woods beautifully {welling into {mall eminences, clothed with various kinds of timber, among which the jack tree of a great fize, and cocoa trees of different kinds predominated: the air was perfumed by the betel. and various trees in flower, and a variety of flowering fhrubs, which diffufed a grateful fragrance all round. After leaving the fandy coaft, the foil was reddifh, particularly of the rifing grounds; excepting the fugar canes of the plantation and fome rice culti- vated in part of the lower ground, no other cultivation ‘was obfervable; but the country, if once cleared in a ‘greater meafure, promifes to be highly produétive. A. road. appeared to have been recently made lead- ing out to the eaftward towards Candia, as we were informed, but no towns or colleéted groups of houfes appeared), though from the number of inha- bitants: we met, their habitations could not be far diftant, A {mall neat houfe is built on the plant- ation for the ufe of the overfeer, and the mill built near it, where the operation of bruifing the cane is performed by three cylinders of granite placed! vertically on a platform, worked by oxen Brae below. - iow 446 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE From hence we were conduéted through woods and cocoa plantations to a temple of BoopHoo. It was built on a flat fpace, cut out of the fide of one of the {welling eminences, and had nothing remarkable in the ftyle of building, being a {quare houfe, with a tiled floping roof, anda gallery running round it, alfo covered with a flop- ing roof; but confiderably lower than that in the cen- tre, fo that this double ftory of floping roofs, gives it the air of thofe we meet with in Chinefe paintings. In the interior apartment (the curtain which enclofed it . being withdrawn) the image of Boopxoo was feen, re- clining in the fame attitude as at Biligam, but not of fuch a fize; illuminated by lamps, and ftrongly per- fumed with flowers and odours. The walls were cover- ed with paintings, as ufual, reprefenting his hiftory: . and feveral commodious houfes were built near it for the pricits. I was difappointed in my hopes of obtain- ing here fome further lights on the infcription, and an image reported to be fculptured on the rocks; and my companions being deterred by the increafing heat of the day, I proceeded in queft of the place, attended only by a countryman who undertook to fhew me the way. After walking fmartly for an hour and a half through the woods, but out of fight of the river, we came at nine o’clock toa huge block of ftone in the channel about fifty yards from the banks, and furround- ed by water, but nothing like an infcription appeared on the fide next it. The villagers whofe habitations were fcattered'in the woods, near the place, finding what I was in queft of, carried me back to a field, where was another large block of the fame kind of ftone of a black colour, probably from long expofure to the air, and rude without any appearance of art: the higher part of it was about fourteen feet high, and on a low proje€tion of about twenty feet from this, the | villagers fhewed me the veftiges of charatters, rudely carved of unequal fizes; they were however fo cor- roded by time and the effeéts of the air, that I fhould have found confiderable difficulty in making them out had S it WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 4417 it not been fuggefted that fome chunam or lime water, traced on the hollow charaéters indented in the rock, would render them legible on the dark ground of the ftone ; by tracing them in this manner, I was enabled to fketch off the appearance of the whole with, I think, tolerable exactnefs ; and the annexed drawing copied exactly from the the tracing taken on the fpot, repre- fents this infcription*. Of the caufes of engraving it here, or the hiftory of the place I could get no fatisfac- tory account from the natives, except fome incoherent traditions of its being formerly ftruck by lightning, whence it is called Pe/nucallu or {plit ftone. The place is allo called Deo Gamme. NO Tk. A FURTHER paper on the ifland of Ceylon, and the worfhip of Boops or Buppua, has been commu- nicated to the Society by Lieut. Manony, who was for fome time refident on the ifland, and procured an extraét from the Maha Raja Wautien, alfo called the Raja Wututy Purrer, an hiftorical work, which traces back the introdu€tion of the religion of Buppua to the Prince Vijyeerajan and his followers, who came to the ifland in a fhip from the eaftward, in the fixth century before the Chriftian era; about which period it is alfo to have been introduced in Siam. It is indeed the period at which Goutama Buppua (the Buppua now wor- fhipped) is fuppofed by the Singalefe to have made his appearance on earth: the epoch of his difappearance, which conftitutes their facred era, being five hundred and forty-two years before the birth of Curist, cor- refponding, within two years, to the fame era in Siam, as ftated in Mr. Marspen’s traét on Hindu chronology. * Plate, No. 2. Mr. 448 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQUITIES ON THE Mr. MAuony’s paper, which could not be inferted in the prefent volume of the Society’s refearches,. will appear in the next: accompanied by fome remarks from Mr. Harincton, who was at Columbo in the year 17973 and has fubjoined the following hafty deferiptions, writ- ten on the fpot, of two temples of Buppuna; one fitu- ated at Calanee, near Columbo ; the other near Caliture and mentioned in the concluding paragraph of Captam MACKEN ZIE’S paper. Tor TEMPLE AT CALANEE. February 7, 1797-—Vifited a temple of Buppxa at Calanee, about fix miles north eaft frony Columbo. The images are of ftone, nearly the fame as that at Boodh Cya*, viz. A man ina fitting pofture, the right leg fup- porting the left, and the right hand fupporting the left hand. The right arm and breaft uncovered; the left fide and the waift covered with a folding veit, the end of which hangs down before. The complexion fair, but no conclufion can be drawn from this, or fromsthe féa- tures, as two images in the two temples at this place dif- fer confiderably in thefe refpeéts; one is a‘ fair round face, the other darker and:more oval. Both agree in long. pendent éar rings, and crifped:hair; but inftead of a knot of the latter, as apparently reprefented on the unage at Boodh Gya, the heads of all the-igures of Boopu at Calanee are crowned with a fort of tiara, fomewhat refembling a hand; or rather five fingers joined'to each other, (called Seera/pooter ). In one’ of the temples three images of the above defcription were enclofed im aglafs cafe, which the Gonmi, or officiating’prieft, readily open ed to fatisfy my curiofity, arid allowed:me to approach as near as I wiihed, without even defiring me to take off-my, fhoes as ufually required imother parts-of India Before the. cafe, which ftood:on the north fide: of the temple, and extended the whole length+ of it) was: a * A place near Gya, in the province of Babar, where there is a temple of Boop 4; as there alfo has. been at dwd-ca/bee neat Benares. wooden WEST°AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 449 woodén table, on which oblations are made at noon. Thefe ufually confift of flowers, fruits, or money ; no animals being here facrificed. The lotos, from furrounding reprefentations of devotees, appears. to be the favourite’ flower of the god, and I allo ob- ferved the Keyora and Gool-acheen, two of the moft fragrant flowers in India. Images of Boonu, and other figures, among which HoneEMAN, Brama, and VisHnu were pointed out to me, are painted on the walls and roof of this temple, but chiefly Boonu, in different poftures, fitting or fleeping, and his devotees bearing each a Nagifur flower; with fixteen reprefentations of Daghopes (hereafter mentioned) which are {aid to repre- fent the fixteen temples or rather monuments of this de- {cription on the ifland of Ceylon. The idol temple Iam now de{cribing is called a Veehar (or college), and con- ‘ fifts of one {mall apartment, of an oblong fquare, com- poled of common brick and mortar materials with a tiled roof. It is faid to have been built time out of mind, but from its ftru€ture cannot be ancient. I faw nothing peculiar in its exterior, and have nothing further to re- mark on its interior, but that it contained a lamp faid to be kept always burning, and a curtain occafionally drawn acrofs the. middle of the apartment to keep the fanétum from the eyes of the prophane. On each fide of the door way, enclofed in receffes cut into the wall, are too large figures, the janitors of the god, and others are {culptured round bearing a club, and covered with a high tiara. In the paflage which leads from the firft temple (above defcribed) to a fecond of the fame con- ftru€tion are two other large figures cut in alto relief, reprefenting two attendants on the local deity. The fecond temple contains a fingle figure of Boon, re- fembling the figures in the other temple with the diffe- rences.already noticed, and fomewhat larger, being I fuppofe fix feet high in the fitting pofture, whereas the firft could not be above five feet; or perhaps four and five feet may be nearer the exaét height of the two. A large elephants tooth, given by the king of Candia, is fixed in the ground near this image, and a {mall ele. Vout. VI. G g phant 450 REMARKS ON SOME; ANTIQUITIES ON THE phant of brafs, with a driver of the fame metal, forms the ornament of a lampftand; the light of which was extinguifhed; nor was any other light burning in this temple. Both the above Veehars ftand on an eminence, fur- rounded by cocoa-nut and other trees, and by a low wall, which likewife enclofes a third building to the north of the others, called Daghope, with the addition wahunfee. This building is a folid mafs of earth and brick-work, of a confiderable height, perhaps fixty feet, and fhaped fomewhat like a dome with a cupola above. This monumental temple is faid to contain twenty ima-~ ges of Boonu buried below it. Fhe infide is a mound of earth; the outfide a covering of no great thicknefs of brick, which has been damaged and partly deftroyed by the rain, At the foot of the eminence is the houfe of ° the priefts, five in number, who have been appointed to officiate at the ceremonies performed at this place dai- ly at noon, and annually,at the principal feftival in By. faak; when great numbers of pilgrims are faid to aflem- ble here. The priefts are called Gonni, and. if learned men, Taranafhi. Rakuita Booppua, and Cuosz Booppua, who attended me, were neither of them Brahmins, nor, as far as [ can underftand, are there any Brahmins on the ifland*. They were both as civil and attentive to me as men could be, and after prefenting me with cocoa-nut and plantains, would not allow me to pay for them, or to give them a prefent, although they had permitted me, without objection, to make a pecuniary offering to their god. TEMPLE AT OOGULBODDA. - March 10th.—Vifited Oogulbodda Veehar, two cofs: eaft of Caliture. The temple is a tile-roof building, * There probably are, however, at Candia, where there are Hindu temples: the prefent king, who came from Tixevelly in the Carnatick, being of the Hindy religion; whilft the bulk of his fabjets are worfhip- pers of Boopx. | - an eg dys wea «Nee TRAM EE ae ee ee SF a). —— —EE : “LOSET ATI, [2M TAY L2YUSYIRT TABCLE PYX PL PETCL —— SSS oe SSE ‘ paiOth Mt eS o& |! 3 QA niaiftentadgenP Patt — APAAL AKO BLE CNS bCILA 1 POR OAEZE CH 5 1A ADL Y YO SPYPDISIY JYUVPISL’ 2 WEST AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON. 451 an oblong fquare, with a veranda, fupported by fquare: brick pillars, and covered with leaves of the cocoa. nut tree, Situated on an eminence and furrounded by trees. Near it, on the eaft fide, is a triple-rooted builditg, called Beinamadoo, in form like a pigeon-houfe | and covered with Cajans, in which the precepts of Buppua are read to his votaries at feftivals and other times of affemblage. No Daghope*. The former Veebar at this place was deftroyed by the Portuguefe, and the prefent ereéted by Dicumaer Sippart Buppaa, the old prieft who now fuperintends it, about. forty years ago. This Veebar, befides two large figures of Janitors at the entrance, and various paintings on the wall within the veranda, hiftorical and mythological, contains a coloffal image of Buppua, eighteen cu- bits in length, compofed of earth and cement, ina fleeping pofture; or rather reclining on his lotos throne; his head refting on a pillow, and fupported by the right arm, whilft ihe fe is extended on the thigh of the fame fide. He has the fame zara, ear-rings, and curled hair, as all the other images | have feen, and, with no unpleafing afpect, is painted of an azure brown complexion; whilft other images in the fame temple are of a dufky yellow colour. His mantle, which nears ly covers him (the right breaft only excepted) is yel« low, the general colour of the Sewara, though on one of the images in this temple it isa dark orange, ap« proaching to red. Before this figure is the principal altar; and, befides flowers of feveral kinds, there were upon it above a dozen {mall brafs hgures of the god, (one of which the prieft gave met, at my particular defire, after having prefented my offering; though not without an evident ftruggle with his feelings, which * The folid monumental building before mentioned, and reprefented an the Plate, No. 1, accompanying Captain Mactenzte’s paper.» Its deficiency at the temple of Bubp ra here defcribed is fingular; as it appears a getieral appendage to a Veehar. Whether it has any connexion with the pyramids of Egypt we yet want evidence to determine. + The fitting figure in the accompanying Plate, No. 2 Gge were / 452 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIOULTIES ON THE were overcome by the perfuafions of the other priefis prefent) a brafs inkftand, with fome images on it; and a covered Carandu; (or miniature Daghope; ). at leaft faid to be fuch; though from whifperings, and the ex- planation given me that it was of brafs, and therefore not proper to be expofed, left it fhould lefflen the ve- neration of the votaries, I fufpect it was not exotlly. what it was pretended to ‘be. oitK ‘The above def sthad coloffal image, lying i in a north and fouth pofition, occupies the whole of the weft fide of the temple. At the north end is another image of KRuovpvua, ina fitting pofture, nearly the fame as at Calanee, batfurrounded with more ornaments; having on each fide two tygers or leopards, with two alligators: and, over the head, a fabulous animal called. kimis, with three large teeth in front.and two on each fide of the mouth. Thefe ornamental figures, | was inform- ed, have no connexion with th€ character or biftory of Bupnmas and fhould have been placed on the outfide of the temple, had there been room. , Two figures on each fide of this image, with chowries in their hands, were {tated to be Visanu, tn attendance upon Bup- DHA: but I have fome doubt of the accuracy of this information, as at:the fouth end of the temple, where there is a third image of Buopua ina ftanding pofture, there is likewife an image, evidently of Visunu, of black hue, and crowned ria a high tiara, which bears no emblem of attendance or fervice; though the priefts, whilft they acknowledged him to be a Devyo, decla- red him to be inferior to Buppua, and placed i in his temple as one of his attendant worfhippers/ _ There are feveral other images of BuppHa in this temple, which, having no peculiar charaéteriftic, do not call for diftinet notice. It may be of ufe to obfeive; how- ever, that on my pointing out the uniformity of the head-drefs, in refpeé& to the crifped hair; and afking whether it was meant to reprefent the hair of an Aby- finnian; the prietts, wi whom four were. prefent, an- . | fwered WEST-AND SOUTH COASTS OF CEYLON.: 453. fwered in the negative; with apparent abhorrence; and. the prieft who had before attended me, repeating his_ previous information of Buppna’s being the fon of; SupopHANA rajah, and born in Mugegud dei/h ( Bahar ): _added, in explanation of the hair being fhort and; crifped, that Buppwa had ona certain qccafion cut) his hair with a golden fword, and its appearance in confequence was meant to be reprefented on his ima- ges. [ recollect nothing further of confequence ob- ferved by me (not an hour fince) inthis temple, except that feveral lamps were burning, which are faid to be perpetually kept lighted (though of this I have fome reafon to doubt), and that the ceiling was covered with ill-executed paintings of the lotos; whilft on the walls, befides a flower refembling the Nagifur (if not the fame,) the Keyora, of the fpecies which contains tbe greateft quantity of fragrant duft, appeared the chief votary of the vegetable tribe. After writing the foregoing, and converfing through an interpreter with the four priefts on the difference between a Gonnina/by and Taranafby; the manner of ele€ting thefe undergraduates and docfors; and the mode of abdication when a defire of marriage, infirmity, or other caufe requires it; the nature of Buppua’s doc- trines as to a future ftate, and the creation of the uni- verfe (on the former of which important fubjeéts he has fpcken with more certainty than on the latter); and laftly on the daily worfhip of Buppua and his feltivals; to fhew me the ufual ceremonials, although it was now neither morning, noon, or evening, the three appointed times of daily devotion, they moft cheerfully offered to conduét me again to the temple, and after afew prepa- rations, to fatisfy my curiofity on this head; apologizing at the fame time they had not the means of doing fo, as I could be gratified at Candy, where numerous mu- fical inftruments are ufed in the Posjah; and part cu- larly on grand occafions, as the feltival of the birth and death of Buppuwa onthe 15:h Vy/aak; the KaticK ait: poojal 454 REMARKS ON SOME ANTIQNITIES, Ke, poojah on the 15th Fel; the harveft feaft in the month Dooreotoo; and other feftivals, of which they ftated the entire number to be forty eight, viz. on the 8th, 15th, 23d, and goth days of each lunar month, or rather on the new and full moon, and firft and laft quarters of each month, | 3 XII. ’ XIU. ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. BY CAPTAIN FRANCIS WILFORD.: *T HIS appellation, at leaft in its prefent ftate, is not Scanfcrit ; and as it is not of Grecian origin, itisproba- - ble, that the Greeks received it through their intercourfe with the Perfans. In this fuppofition, the real name of this famous mountain fhould be Ca/us or Cas ; forCauor Cob, in Perfian, fignifies a mountain. Now, if we tranf- late this appellation of Coh-cas into Sanfcrit, we fhall have Cas giri; or according to the idiom of the {po- ken dialects, Cas-ghar or Cas-car ; and, really, fuch is the prefent name of the mountainous region, in which Procemy afferts, that the Cauca/us, properly fo called, was fituated. This country, which very much refem- bles the valleys of Ca/bmir, and Népdi, is mentioned in the Ayeen Akbery ; and was furveyed a few years ago by “my friend Mirzs-Mosut Bee. It muft not, how- ever, be confounded with the famous country of Ca/h- ghar, or Cafb-car to the ealtward of Samarcand ; though the appellation and its etymological derivation be the fame. The true San/erit name of this mountain is C’ha/z-gi- ri, or the mountain of the C da/as, a moft ancient and powerful tribe: who inhabited this immenfe range, from the eaftern limits of India to the confines of Per- fia; and moft probably as far as the Euxine and Medi- terranean feas. They are often mentioned in the fa- cred books of the Hindus. Their 456 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. Their defcendants ftill inhabit the fame regions, and are called to this day C’ha/as, and in fome places, € ha- fyas and Coffais. J hey belonged to the clafs of warriors, or C/hettris: but now they are confidered as the lowelt of the four claffes; and were thus degraded, according to the infittutes of Menu*, by their omiffion of the holy rites, and by fecing no Brahmens. However, the vakecl of the rajah of Con: canb, or Almora, whe is a learned Pan- dit, informs me, that the greateft part of the zemindars of that country are C’hafas ; and that they are not con- fidered, or treated, as outcafts. 1 hey are certainly a very ancient tribe ; for they are mentioned as fuch, in the inflitutes of Menu; ; and their great anceftor Cua- sa or C’HAsyA is mentioned by SANCHONTATHON, un. der the name of Cassius. He is fuppofed to have liv- ed before the flood, and to have given his name to the mountains he feized upon. The two countries of Cafb~ ghar, thofe of Cafh-mir, Caftwar, and the famous peak of C’has-ghar, are acknowledged in India to derive their names from the C’ha/fas. The country, called Cafia by Proremy, is ftill inhabited by C’hafyas 5 and PLINY, informs ust that the inhabitants of the mountainous re- gion, between the Indus and the Fumna, were called Coft, a ahora obvioutly derived from C” hafa, or Chéfai, as they are often denominated in the vulgar | dialects, ee The appellation of Caucafus, or Cob. cas, extended from India to the fhores of the Mediterranean and Euxine feas; moft probably, becaufe this extenfive range was: inhabited by C’hajas.. Certain it is, that the mountains of Perfia were inhabited by a race of people called Co/- fei, Cufei and Ciffi ; there was mount Cafiys on the bor- ders of Egypt, and another in Syria; the Cafpian fea, and the ad). cent mountains, were moft probably deno- minaied from them. JurireR Cassius, like Jupirer Peninus in the Alps, was worthipped i in the moun- — tains of Syria, and on the borders. of Egypt : in the * P. 294. + Purny B.6,¢. 20. Cef montani, &c. Ayeen- ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. AS} Epirus we find, that the titles of Cafius and Caffepaus, given to JuPITER, were fynonymous, or nearly fo. In ~ Sanferit the words C hafapa, @’hafyapa and C hasyapati,. fignify the lord and fovereign ruler of the C’asyas s C’hafyapéya or C’hasapéya, in a derivative form, implies the country of C’ha/apa. The original country of the C’hafas feems to have been the prefent country of Ca/b-gar, to the north-eaft of Cabul ; for th C’dafas, in the intiitutes of Menu, are mentioned with the Daradas, who are obvioufly. the Darde of Pro.temy, whofe country, now called Darad by the natives, and Dawurd by Perfian authors, is to the north-weft cf Ca/bmir ; and extends towards the Indus: hence Protemy, with great propriety, afferts, that the mountains to the north eaft of Cadul are the real Caucafius. The country of Ca/bcar is fituated in a beautiful val- ley, watered by a large river, which, after paffing clofe to Chégé Seray, Cooner and Noorgul*, joins the Landi- Sindh, or little Sindh, below Yalalabéd, in the {mall dif- trict of Cameh (for there is no town of that name), and — from this circumftance the little Sindb is often called’ the river Cameb. The capital city of Ca/hear is called Chatraul, or Cha- traur, and is the place of refidence of a petty Mahome- dan prince, whg is in great meafure tributary to the emperor of China; for the Chinefe are now in poffeffion of Badacfhén as far as Bagién to the north-weft of Ande- rab. the Badachanét, or diftricts compofing the pro- vince of Badacfhan tor Badacfbanét is the plural form) are feparatea from Ca/hcar to the fouth-eaft by a high! range of mountains, always covered with fnow ; and the road from the new capital of Badac/han, called Faidzabad, and Faiziyu abad,near the fite ofthe cld one, is through * Cooner- and Noorgul are called Gunoorgul in the Ayeen Akbery.. ZLebawe. 458 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. ZLebawe. Cafhear is alfo called Ca/btwar, which denomi- nation is generally diftorted into Ketwer and Cuttore by Perfian authors and travellers. The town and diftriét of Ketwer, mentioned in the life of Amir-Timur, is differ- ent from this, and lies about fifteen miles tothe north- weit of Chagé-Serai, on a pretty large river, which comes from Véhi-gélamb : it is generally pronounced Catowr. Pirny informs us* that mount Cawca/us was alfo call- ed Graucafus; this appellation is obvioufly San/erit ; for Gréva, which in converfation, as well as in the fpoken — diale&s, is invariably pronounced Grau, fignifies a - mountain, and being a monofyllable (the final being furd) according to the rules of grammar, it is to be prefixed thus, Griva-C'hafa, or Grau-C’hafa. Ts1pox ust fays, that Cauca/us,in the eaftern languages, fignifies white; and that a mountain, clofe to it, is call- ed Cafis by the Scythians, in whofe language it fignities fnow and whitenels. The Cafs of Istporus is obvi- oufly the Cafan ridge of Protemy; where the genuine appellation appears {tript of its adjunct. In the Jan- guage of the Calmack Tartars, Fafa and C’ha/fie figmity now; andin fome dialects of the Jame tongue, towards Badacfhin, they fay Fufbé and Chufha, Tufhé and Tuché or Tuca. Thefe words, in the opinion of my learned friends here, are obvioufly derived from the San/crit Tufbara, by dropping the final ra: this is often done in the vulgar dia- leéts: inthe fame manner we fay whale, leg, calf, dec. for whalur, legr, and ealfr, which prevailed, it feems, in the ancient Gothic language. The words Chafu or C’hufa are pronounced C’hafa or Cas; Chufa or Cufa, by the inhabi- tants of the countries between Bablac and the Indus; for they invariably fubftitute ch or cin the room of fa, Thus they fay C’hehr for Shehr,which in Perfian fignifies a town, éc, but the words C’safu or Cas never fignified white, or whitencfs, unlefs by implication: and this is in fome meafure confirmed by Priny, who feems to hint, * PLiny, B. 6.C. zo, “+ Tsipor. Orig. B. 14. C28. - that Ee ee ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 459 that the word Graucafus fignified {fnow-white. Pror:- my places mount Cafus, or Cafs, in a country called A'chéfé, which was fituated between Lédéc and Yarc’- hand. The word A¢ fignifies white, and Céré black, in the Turki/h language,which is ufed in the country about yamarcand, and both are obvioufly derived from the anferit Ach’h and Célé, The word Ac’hafa is corrupt- ed from Ach’h-C’ha/a, and in the vulgar dialeét of that country A’c-c’héfa, the white C’ha/as ; becaufe the inha- bitants of that country are C’Sa/as,and are remarkably fair; whilft the fouthern C’ha/as are of a darker com- plexion. According to the report of refpeftable mer chants, who conftantly travel from Cafhmir, Nurpoor, &e. to Varc' hand, the inhabitants of the countries, fitu- ated between Lédéc and Yare hand, ule the words 4'c and Céré, till within a few days of Yére hand, where the Ca/mack diale& prevails. The general rendezvous of thefe merchants, fince the time of Sua/u-Je‘ua’n, is at Lédéc ; from which they proceed in a body to the place of their def- tination, travelling, the greateft part of the way, along the Indus: for this famous river has its fource in the mountains to the north-weft of Yérehand, at the dif- tance of about four or five days journey. Then taking a foutherly diredlion, it comes within two days of Lédac, where fuddenly turning to the weft, it takes an immenfe fweep towards Saighur, probably the Sheker of the maps; and thence alters its courfe toward the confines of India. The denomination of C hafa-giri or C’hafa-ghar isnow confined to a few {pots; and is never ufed In any Sanforit book, at leaft that ever came to my knowledge. This im- — menfe range is conftantly called in Sanferit Himéchel, or {nowy mountain; and Himélaya, or the abode of {now. From Hima, the Greeks made Imaus: Emodus feems to be derived from Himeda, or {nowy : Himana, Haimana and Haimdénas, whichare appellations of the fame import, are alfo found in the Puranas: from thefe is probably deriv- ed 400 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. ed Amanus, which is the name of a famous mountain: in the leffer Afa, and is certainly part of the Himd-laya mountains; which, according to the Purdnas, extend from fea to fea. "The weliern part of this range was called. Taurus; and Srraso * fays, that mount Jmaus was called alfo Taurus. The: etymology of this lait ap. pellation is rather obfcure; but fince the Brahmens in-, fi{t that Toc’ hareftdn is corrupted from Tufbara- Shin, by which appellation that country is diftinguifhed in, the Purgnas ; and that Turanis derived from Ti ufbaran, its San/crit name, the fp being quiefcent; may we not equally fuppofe, that Taurus is derived from Tu/bara or Fufbiras: for this laf form is ufed alfo, but only in declenfions for the fake of derivation. Tifbara lgni- fies fnow; Tibdra-/thda or Tuc’ héras-fthan, the place or abode of {now, and Tufaran i ina derivatiye form: the country of fnow, bose £3 abd hae: Strasoand ArRIAN were Certainly miftaken,when they fuppofed, that the followers of ALEXANDER, in or-- der to flatter his yanity, had given ont, that the moun- tains to the north and north-weft of Cabul, were the real Caucafus. The information the Greeks. received. about it was ‘true and accurate: they were cundoubt- edly carelefs in their inquiries 5 but I can, ayer, that all the names of places in ALEXANDeR’s march, from. Béablac or Balk to Multan, (where my friend Mocut, Bee’s furvey ended), are cither pure Sanferit, or an- alogous to the idiom of the dialects ufed in the coun-. tries he conquered. The moft queftionable names, ac- cording to the learned, are Nicwa and Dedala: the firft is a true and accurate fe Oe of the Sanferit Fayini- dévi fthan, or the place of the goddefs of victory, who” ys worfhipped under that name at Cabul to this day. Numerous are the legends in the Puranas, relating. to this place; which is called Afa-vana, and in the fpoken dialecis Abang. There are two plage of that nefits * Srrazo, B. xi, p. 519. ‘ nity one ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 40% one called the lower; and the other Urdb-A'/band, or A'fband the upper: from this laft the Greeks made Or- thofpana. . As to Dedala, itis no uncommon appellation in India, feveral places are called Daidayel, Dudhewla or Dudhaw- &, and Dundbycl: the town of Dedala, with the adjacent mountains, are called to this day Dundbydli ; but more commonly Yauk-dundb or Dundh the cold, being fitu- ated on a high mountain. 45 | Anextenfive branch of the Caucafus was called by the Greeks Parapamifus : it isa part of the mountainous re= gion calied Dévanica in the Puranas. 1 believe,there is no general name at prefent for the whole range: but that part,-which lies between Cabul, Bamiyan, and An- derab, is called Hindu-cafh and Hindu kefh ; which lat denominaticn has been diltorted by Perfan authors, and travellers into Hindu-Cob; at leaft in the opinion of the natives. Whether the appellation of Hindu-Cafb has any affinity with the C’/a/as, I cannot determine: but the inhabitants fay, that this name was given to them, from a certain giant, who ufed to lie there in wait, to eatch (ca/b ), or to kill (he/h), all the Hindus, who paffed that way. We find it called alfo Sheybar- Tag, or Sheybar-Tau, or the mountains of Sheybar or Shabar, under which appellation Promerneus is gene- rally known in the facred books of the Hindus. Be this as it may, the Greeks called it alfo Parapanifus, in the fame manner, | fuppofe, that they calied the river Pamifus, (in the Peloponefus) Panifus. * The name of this famous mountain is varioufly writ- ten in different authors and manulfcripts— Parapamifus, Parapanifus, Paropamifus, Paropanifus, Parpamifus, Parpanifizs, Paro 462 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. Paro Famifis, — Paro Fanifus, Parpameus, Parpaneus. Parapamifus or Parapameus appears to be a compound ; the tirft part, I conceived at firft, to be the word Pahar, - which, in the fpoken dialects of India, fignifies a moun- tain. In this fuppofition, the whole compound, ftript of its Greek termination, would fignify the mountains of Vami, or Bamf, commonly called Bamtyan, a famous city fituated in the centre of this hilly ceuntry. Un- fortunately the word Pahar, which 1s not of it origin, is a diflyllable ; and moreover the fecond fyila- ble being long, and marked with a ftrong accent, it cannot of courfe be prefixed. Befides, the word Pa- Adar is never ufed in that country; but they fay Ghar above Déra-I/mail; and Roh below it, amongft the Ba- loches. Rob is a Tartarian word, and indeed the Balo- ches feem to be the remains of fome colony of Tartarian origin; it was Originally the fame with Oros in Greek. The word Pahar is fometimes prefixed: but then it is in another fenfe; as for inftance, Pabar-pur (literally Hill-burgh) fignifies a town fituated on, or near, a mountain, _ The word Parapamifus, or Para Famifus, is obvioufly derived from the Sanferit Para-Vdmi, or the pute and excellent city of Vami, commonly called Bantyan. It is called in Sanfcrit Vami-nagari, Vami-gram, and in a de- rivative form Vamiyan, or the moft beautiful and excel- Jent city. Itis a place of great antiquity; and was confidered ata very early period, as the metropolis of the fect of Buppua; hence it was called emphatically Buddha-Bamiyan ; but the Mufulmans have malicioufly diftorted this venerable title, into Bét-Bamiyan or Ba- mian of the evil fpirit, or of the idols. Para, which fignifies pure and holy, is alfo one of the thoufand names of Visanu. Para or Paras is obvioufly the fame with the Latin purus; for the letter a here founds exactly . hike w in murmur in Englifh. Para or Paras is for the 3 mafculine, ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 463 mafculine, Parad for the feminine, and Param for the neuter genders. Bamiyan is reprefented in the books of the Baud- dhifts, as the fource of holinefs and purity. It is alfo called Sharma-Bdmiyan or Sham-Bémiyan; for in San- ferit, Sharma and Shama are {ynonymous., This is alfo one of the thoufand names of Visunu, and of the ia- mous patriarch Saem; by whom, according to the Bauddhifts, Bamiyan was built. They fay, that he was an incarnation of Jina or Visunu, and the Brahmens in general are of that opinion. This famous city, the Thebes of the eaft, being hard- ly known in Europe, I beg leave to lay before the So- ciety a fhort defcription of it, with an abftract of its hiftory. It is fituated on the road between Bahlac and Cabul,. and they reckon eight manzils or days’ journey from Cabul to Bamiyan. From Cabul to Carabaug, there are four manzils N. N. W: from Carabaug to the pafs of Sheybar, two manzils, inclining a little more to the weft; hence to the fort of Zohauk one manzil, courfe north- weft from Zohauk to Bamiyan one manzil. Like Thebes in Egypt, itis entirely cut out of an infulated mountain: the valley round it is called, in the language of the country, the Tagévi of Bamiyan. In this mountainous country, where the valleys alone are inhabited, the word Tagdvi is become fynonymous with Purgangh or dittrict. To the fouth of it, or nearly fo, at the dif- tance of about two miles are the ruins of an ancient city, called Ghulgbuleh, which, according to tradition, was deftroyed at a very early period by the Mu/ulmans. There are the ruins of feveral buildings of mafonry round a fimall conical hill, on the fummit of which are the remains of the palace of its ancient kings. A rivulet, rifing in the adjacent hills, goes through the ruins of Ghulghuleh and the Tagavi of Bumiyan, and falls inte 464 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. into a {mall lake, from which iffue four rivers, the Hirmend, the Lavdhi-Sindb, the rivers of Bailar, and. of. : Conduz. The city of Béméyan confitts of a walt number of apartments, and receffes, cut out of the rock ; fome of which, on account of their extraordinary dimenfions, are fuppofed to have been temples. They are called Samach’h*, in the language of the country, and Samay in Perfian. There are no pillars to be feen in any of them, according to the information I have received: from travellers, gas had vifited them. Some of them are adorned with niches and carved work; and there are to be feen the remains of fome figures in ’relievo, which were deftroyed or miferably disfigured by Mu/fi- mans. Some remains of paintings on the wallsare itill to be feen in fome of them: but the {moke, from the fires made there by the inhabitants, has almoft oblite- - rated them. It is faid in the Aycen-Akbery, that there are about 12,000 of thefe recefles, in the Zuman or Ta- gavi of Bamiyan; this is alfo contcasaa from general report, by travellers. The country of the Afghans, as far as Bahblac and Badac/ban, abounds with Samach’ hes or Samajes: fome of them are very rude, whilft others are highly finifhed and ornamented. The moft perfect are at a place called Méhi, on the road between Bamtyan and Bahlac: as they are fituated amongit precipices, the Mufulmans have never thought of living in them, and the paintings, with which they are adorned, aaok quite frefh. | But what never fails to attra& the notice of tra- vellers, are two coloffal ftatues, which are feen at a great-diftance. They are ereé, and adhere to the mountain, from which they were cut out, They are in a fort of niches, the depth of which, is equal to the thicknefs of the fateiers It is fad *: T his word i is fpelt Samacech’h by the natives. that / ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 465 in the Aycen-Akbery, that the largeft is eighty ells high, and the other only fifty. Thefe dimenfions are great- ly exaggerated, according to the opinion of all the tra- vellers I have feen, and the difproportion is not fo great between the two. According to the author of the Pharangh-Fehanghiri cited by Tu. Hype* they are — faid to be only fifty cubits high ; which appears to be the true dimenfions. At fome diftance from thefe two ftatues, is another of a fmaller fize, being about fifteen cubits high. Natives and Perfian authors, who have mentioned them, agree neither about their fex nor their names. The few Hindus, who live in thefe countries, fay, that they reprefent Bu1'm and his confort: the fol- lowers of Buppua, that they are the ftatues of Sua’- HaA‘ma’, and his difciple Sa’tsa’La’.. The Mu/ulmans infift, that they are the ftatues of Key-Umursn and his confort, that is to fay, Apam and Eve; and that the third is intended for Sersa or Sern their fon; whofe tomb, or at leaft the place where it ftood formerly, is fhewn near Bablac. This is in fome meafure confirm- ed by the author of the Pharangh-Fehanghiri, who fays, that thefe ftatues exifted in the time of Noan; though he gives them different names, and fuppofes the third to reprefent an old woman, called Nzsr, more generally reprefented with the countenance of a vulture. Thefe flatues are fo much defaced, through the injury of all- devouring time, and the intolerant zeal of the Mu/ul- mans, that I believe it is difficult to afcertain their fex. Travellers do, however, agree that one of them at leaft is a beardlefs youth; fome more particularly infift that the {welling of the breafts is remarkably obvious, and that both look towards the eaft, fo that, when the fun rifes, they feem to {mile, but look gloomy in the even- ing. Their drefs, as defcribed to me, is much the fame with that of the two figures, half buried at Tud?-Ru/tum near Ifacar in Perfia; with this difference, that the female figure has no head-drefs ; but the male has ftich a tiara as is worn by the fuppofed female figure at Tud?- Ruftum. ® Briges Vox. VI. Hh Thefe 466 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. Thefe ftatues were vifited, at leaft ten or twelve dif- ferent times, by a famous traveller, called Mz/yan- Asov-Suan, who is a man highly refpe€ted, both on account of his defcent from MouamMep, and his per- fonal charaG@er. He is well informed, in affluent cir- cumftances, through the piety of the faithful, and keeps company with the princes of the country and perfons of the firft rank. He informed me lately, that thefe two flatues are in two different niches, and about forty paces diftant from each other. That the drapery is covered with embroidery and figured work; which formerly was painted of different colours; traces of which are fill vifible. That one feemsto have been painted of a red colour: and the other, either retains the original colour of the ftone, or was painted grey. That one certainly reprefents a female, from the beauty and fmoothnefs of her features, and the {welling of her breafts: the head being fo much elevated is fecure from infult below, and is alfo proteéted from the weather by the proje€tion above. The ftatue of their fuppofed fon is nearly half a mile diftant, and about twenty feet high. One of the legs of the male figure is much broken: for the Mu/- wmans never march that way with cannon without fir- - ing two or three fhots at them: but from their want of ikill, they feldom do much mifchief. AwRANGZEBE, | it is faid, in his expedition to Bahlac, in the year 1646, paffed that way and ordered as ufual a few fhots to be fired; one of them took place, and almoft broke its leg, which bled copioufly. This, and fome frightful dreams, made him defift, and the clotted blood it is faid adheres to the wound, to this day. The miracle is equally be- lieved by the Hindus, and Mufulmans : the former attri- bute it to the fuperior power of the deity ; and the lat- ter to witchcraft. According to Dr. Hype, one of thefe ftatues is called Surkh- But, or the red idol; the other Khink-But, or the grey idol. As to their being hollow, I believe, it is an idle tale: at leaft the travellers, I have confulted, knew nothing of it. Between the legs of the male figure, isa door leading into a moft {pacious tem- ple, ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 467 to 469 ple, the dimenfions of which, they could not defcribe otherwife, than by faying, that it could eafily hold the camp equipage and baggage of ZEMAN-suan, and of his whole army. Itis remarkable only for its extraor- dinary dimenfions: itis dark and gloomy; and there are _ afew niches, with the remains of fome figures in a/fo-re= fievo. At the entrance are ftationed a few wretched Banyans, who {ell provifion to travellers. The greateft part of the Samayes in Tagdvi Bamiyan are {till inhabit- ed by Mufulmans, who live promifcuoufly with their cat- tle. I have been informed, that there are no other f{ta- tues, than thefe three; but, from the numerous frag- ments, which are feen through the Tagavis, there mutt have been feveral hundreds of them. They fhew to this day the Samach’s, in which the famous Vya'sa compofed the Védas ; and others, where divers holy men gave themfelves up to meditation, and the contempla- tion of the Supreme Being. | i Perfian authors are conflantly confounding Bamiyan and Bahlac together ; the firft they call Balkh-Bémiyan, -and the fecond B4alkh. Bokhaéré ; when they {peak of the metropolis of the fire worfhippers, it is to be underftood of Bémiyan alone, according to the followers of Bup- pHa, and the author of the Buddba-dharmachérya Sind- ku. According to Perfian authors, Bémiyan mult have exifted before the flood; but the followers of BuppHa infift, that it was built by a moft religious man called Suama, who appears from particular circumftances to be the fame with the famous patriarch SHem; and that his pofterity lived there for feveral generations. Hence Balkh-Bémiyan is faid to have been originally the place of abode of Azpranam*, who, according to {cripture, and the Hindu facred books, removed with his father to diftant countries to the weftward. ; * Ta. Hype, p. 29 and 4946 | Hha ~ According 470. ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. According to Dropvorus the Sicilian, Bamiyan exilt- . ed before Ninus: for this hiftorian, like the Perfan authors we have mentioned, has miftaken Bahlac for Ba- miyan ; which he defcribes as fituated among fteep hills: whilft Béhlac is fituated in a low, flat country, dad ata great diftance from the mountains. The natives look upon Bémiyan, and the adjacent countries, as the place of abode of the progenitors of mankind, both before and after the flood. By Bamiyan and the adjacent countries, they underftand all the coun- try from Si/tén to Samarcand, reaching towards the eaft as far as the Ganges. This tradition 1s of great antiqui-_ ty, for it is countenanced equally by Perfan authors, and the facred books of the Hindus. The firft heroes of Perfian hiftory lived, and performed there, innumer- able achievements. Their facred hiftory places alfo, in that country, their holy inftruéters, and the firft tem- ples that were ever eretied. In the prefatory difcourfes, prefixed to the Puranas, and which appear tohave' been added by a more modern hand, a general defeription. of the whole world is inferted, which one would natu- rally {uppofe to be extratted from that Purdna, to which itis annexed: but the reverfe is attually the cafe : for it has no affinity whatever with fuch geographical no- tions as are to be found, occafionally, in that Purana. In thefe prefaces, if we may call them fo; it is faid, that SwaYAMBuuva or Apam lived in the dwip of Pusca- RA, at the furtheft extremities of the welt... There fe- ven fons were born unto him, who divided the world or Jfeven iflands among themfelves. This notion feems alfo.to be admitted in the Treloci- derpana, by the Bauddhifts, who give the name of Fambu to Puscara: for by Yambu is underftood the continent. Prurtarcu alfo fays that the inhabitants of Egygia, which is probably the dwip of Puscaxa, confidered their own country as the continent. Be this as it may, Ihave | never ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 471 never found in the Purdénas any paflage, except one, _ that could in the leaft countenance fuch an idea. The paflage alluded to, I difcovered fome days ago, in a le- gend in which it is faid, that the father of SaryavraTa or Noau, was born on the banks. of the river Chan- dra-bhagain the dwip of Cuanpra, which is one of the facred ifles in the weft. There is certainly a river of that name in Chandra-dwip, even more famous in the Pu- rénas, than another of that name in the Panjab, and which is now called the Chindb. It is highly probable, that the words Chandra-dwip are an interpolation by fome of the ignorant compilers of the Purdénas, who have arranged this heterogeneous mafs without method, and ftill lefs judgment: for in this fame legend from the Scanda purana, Saryavrara or Noau, is faid to have left the banks of the Chandra-bhaga, at the head of a numerous army, in order to invade the country of Dre- vira, or the peninfula of India, which he conquered and annexed to his dominions. | Bhélac or Bémiyan are both fituated in the country of Vablica or Véhlaca; andas Bamiyan was once the capital, itis poffible, it might have been calledalfo Vahlica or Bha- fac. The origin of this appellation is rather obfcure : it is however the general opinion, that it is derived from the plant, which produces Afa-fetida, called in Sanfcrit Vahlica, and is the Si/phium of the hiftorians of ALex- ANDER. It grows there in great abundance, and is rec~ koned fuperior to that of other countries. Others in- fift, that this plant was thus denominated from its grow- ing in the country of Vélica, which, they fay, was thus called from a certain fage of that name, who lived there: this is coantenanced by Ceprenus, who fays that Pe- LEG, whom he calls Paarec, dwelled in the country of Baétra, which feems to be derived from the Sanjcrit Vah- liter or Balc-ter, which fignifies the country about Vah- lica, or Balk. Thus the country of the’ Bylta, called Baltiftan, is generally called by natives Balut-ter. Deri- yatives of this fort, though not pure San/crit, are how- every 472 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS, ever very common all over India: thus they fay Fun- gul-iery, or country about woods and forefts. Shivauter, Brahbmauter, Vifhnauter, &c. imply apiece of ground, or a diftriét belonging to Suiva, &c. or fet apart for his worfhip. In Sanferit, the compound Véhlica-tiram or Vablic-tir, would fignifiy the country on the banks of the river l“hlica. Bamytan, as well as Cabul and Balikh, were at an early period in the hands of the Mufidmans. There were even kings of Bémfyan: but this dynafty Jafted but a few years and ended in 1215. ‘The kings and governors refided at Ghulghuleh. called at that time, the fort or palace of Bémiyan. It was deftroyed by Gencuiz-Kuan, in the year 1221; and becaufe the inhabitants had prefumed to refiit him, he ordered them to be butchered, without diftin€tion, either of age or fex: in his rage, he fpared neither animals, nor even trees. . He ordered it to be called in his own language Mau bali ‘g, or the city of grief and forrow: but the in- habitants of that country, “called it in their own diale& Ghulghuleh, which word, uied alfo in Perfian, fignifies the cries of woe. To have rebuilt it, would have been ominous: for this reafon, they ereéted a fort on a hill to the north of Bémiyan, which is called to this day, the imperial fort. This fort alfo was defttoyed by Ziners the Ujbeck, in the year 1628; and has not ogi rebuilt fince. According to the Purénas, SwavamBuuva, or Api- MA, Saryavrata or Noau, lived in the north-weft parts of India about Cafomir. There Br auma’ affumed a mortal fhape according to the Matfya- Puréna ; and one half of his body fpringing out, without his expe- riencing any diminution whatfoever, he framed out of it Sararupa’. She was fo beautiful, that he fell in love with her. As he confidered her as his daughter, being . fprung from his body, he was afhamed. During this con- flict between fhame and love, he remained motionlefs, with his eyes fixed on her. SATARUPA perceiving his fjtuation, ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 473 fituation, and in order to avoid his looks ftepped afide. Brauma’ unable to move, but ftill defirous to fee her, a face fprang out upon him, toward her. Thus fhe fhift- ed her place four times round him, according to the four corners of the world; and four faces grew up to his head. Having recovered his intelleéts, the other half of his body fprang from him and became Sway- AMBHUVA or ApIMA. SwayAmBuuva literally Sway- AMBHU-like fignifies, that Brauma’ or SwAyAMBHU appeared in an affumed form, called from that circuim- ftance SwyamsBuuva. The poffeflions of Carpamess’- -Wara were in the hills along the banks,of the Ganges, to the eaftward of the reft of mankind. His fon Capi- LA, a moft religious man, performed for a long time re- ligious aufterities near Hardwar, where they fhew to this day the place where he lived, under the name of Capila-/than : hence the pals of Hardwar is fometimes called the pafles of Capita or Kure ven. Carpame’s’wara is the deftructive power united toa form of clay: Iswara attempted to kill his brother Brauma’, who being immortal, was only maimed: but Is‘wara finding him afterwards in a mortal fhape in the chara€ter of DAcsua, killed him, as he was performing a facrifice. Carpame’swara is then obvioufly the Cain of fcripture, and of courfe Capait is his fon Enocu, and Capila-/than is probably the city Enochia thus called after him. The Mu/u/mans feem to have borrowed from the Hindus the appellation of Carita or Ca’srr, which they give to Carn, who is fometimes called Caprve’swara in the Purdnas ; being an incar- _ nation of Maua’-pEvA; ENocu was an incarnation of VisHNu, and is always called Cari1La-MuNI. CapPILe/— swara was a Muni alfo; hence he is fometimes called, though improperly, Cariracmunys ; which inaccuracy has occafioned fome confufion in the Purdnas. Cari- LA-MUNI, is reprefented as a moft religious penitent, though fomewhat cholerick, and Henocw or C’ya~ 2 NOCH, 474 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. nocu, for fuch is his name in Hebrew, implies that he was confecrated to Gop, and for ever devoted to his fervice. Carita or Captta-munt, that is to fay, Cariva the filent contemplator, is generaJly found making tapa/ya at the mouths of rivers. Though found at feveral places at the fame time, he is but one. Near Hardwar is Capila-/than, where he made his firft appearance. His father and mother were exceedingly happy when he was born; as they conceived him to be a gift, and alfo an incarnation of Visunu, the preferving power; and they hoped, that he would preferve and comfort them. There at Capila-/than, he was confulted by his mother the devout DevauurTi, daughter of SWAYAMBHUVA, about the fureft and beft method to obtain Moc/ba or re- union to the Supreme Being. The exhortations of Capita, and his wife admonitions, are related in the Bhagavat and other Purdnas. Dzvauuts withdrew af- terwands to the forefts on the banks of the Bindu- Saro- vara \ake, from which iffues the Ganges; and is impro- perly called Man Sarovara. There fhe performed ta- pafyas tor a long time, and was ultimately reunited to the Supreme Being, never to be born again: In that country, on the banks of the Chinab, in the hills, was performed that famous facrifice, which occa- fioned the death of Apex, according to the Scanda- -pu- réna: an account of which, from the Hindu facred books, I beg leave to lay before the Society, as, moft probably, I fhall not have an Oppose to refume this fubjeét licreafter. There had fubfifted, for along time, fome animofity between BraumMa and Maua’-pe’va in their mortal fhapes; and the latter on account of his bad conduét, which is fully defcribed in the Purdnas, had, it appears, given much unealinefs to SwayAMBHUVA ‘and SaTA= nupa', For he was s libidinous, going about ftark naked, ; with ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 475 with a laren club in his hand. Be this as it may, Ma- HA!-pe'va, who was the eldeft, faw his claim as fuch, totally difregarded, and Brauma’ fet up in his room: this intrufion the latter wanted to foppart; but made ufe of fuch lies as provoked Mana/-pe'va to fuch a point, that he cut.off one of his heads in his divine form. In his human fhape we find likewife Dac- sHaA boafiing, that he ruled over mankind. One day in the affembly of the Gods, Dacsua coming in, they all rofe to pay their refpeéts to him: but Mawa!-p£/~ va kept his feat, and locked gloomy. Dacsua refent- ed the affront, and after having reviled Mana/—pe/va, in his human fhape, curfed him; wifhing he might re- main always a vagabond, on the face of the earth, and ordered he fhould be carefully avoided, and deprived of his fhare of the facrifices and offerings. Maua'- pe/va irritated, in his turn curfed Dacsua, and wifhed he might die; a dreadful confli€t took place between them, the three worlds trembled, and the Gods were alarmed. Brauma’, Visunu, and the whole affembly interfered and feparated the combatants, who returned to their refpeétive homes. They even effeéted a recon- ciliation, in confequence of which Dacsua gave one of his daughters, called Stra‘ in marriage to MaHa’-Ds/va. Srra’ was an incarnation of Devi’: for Sri/-pe/vi’ the wife of Dacsua, and daughter of Apima and Iva, en- treated the Goddefs, to give her one daughter exaly like herfelf: her requeft was granted, and Devi’ was incarnated in her womb. She was bleffed alfo with an bundred daughters more. One day, as DacsHa was fitting with his wife, they both lamented that they had no male offspring. I command over the world, fays Dacsua, great is my power and my wealth: but I have no fon. They agreed to make a folemn facrifice, in order to obtain one; on this occafion Dacsaa conven- ed gods and men; but he could not be perfuaded to in- vite Maua’-pe'va: who took Iittle notice of this neg- le&t; for he is reprefented in all his Avatéras, as perfett- ly indifferent either to praife or abufe. But his wife 3 was 476 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. was enraged; and infifted onher going. Mana’-pe’va did what he could to diffuade her from it, but in vain. She was treated with fuch contempt by her father, that, in a rage, fhe flung herfelf into the facred fire, and thereby {poiled the facrifice. Mauna’-pr'va hearing of this, blamed her for her rafh condu@, in thus fpoil- ing the religious performance, and curfed her. Incon- fequence of this curfe, and for her improper behaviour, fhe was doomed to be born again, and to tranfmigrate for a thoufand years into an inferior being. Thus fhe became a Picd: but Maua’-pe’va to pleafe her, af- fumed the fhape of a Pica or Picas under the title of Pice'swaRa or Pice’sa-Maua’-pe'va. He is more generally known by the name of Cocrie’s’wara-Ma- HA'-pe'vA: Cocila (Cuculus) being another name for the bird Pica or Picas*. LP Mana’-pe'va afterwards went up to BrAauMA’, in the chara&ter of Dacsna; and after a great deal of — abufe, began to beat him; the confufion became gene- _ ral in the whole affembly, who all took the part of Dac- sHa: but Siva ftriking the ground with the locks of — his ‘fata, produced two heroes, and a whole army of © demons came to his affiftance; the battle raged, and during this general confligt Mana/-pr/va cut off Dac- sua’s head: feveral of the Gods were wounded, parti- cularly the Sun and Moon; Heaven, Hell, and the Earth trembled. ECS The Gods at laft humbled themfelves before Mana’ — pe‘vA, who was appeafed; and order was re-eftablifhed through the whole affembly. The Gods requefted Mana’-pr'va toreftore Dacsua to life, which he pro- mifed to do; but the head could not be found, for dur- * Pica in Sanferit is the name of the Cuckoo; but it was once taken in a more extenfive fenfe; for we read in gloffaries, that Pica is the name of fuch birds as pick their food out of holes, In this fenfe the bird Picus is certainly a Pica. ‘The root of the word Picus is loft in Latin, but it is preferved in Gorhick and moft of its dialects, ing ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. «ATT ing the fray, it fell into the fire, and was burnt. They brought a he-goat, whofe head they cut off, and placed upon the lifelefs corpfe of Dacsua, who inftantly re- vived: but he remained weak and without. power till he was born again a fon of Noau. Maua’-pe'va then took up the body of his beloved Sita’ on his fhoulders, and went feven times round the world, bewailing his misfortune, Here I fhall remark that, when any accident happens to the Gods, they ge- herally fet off at full fpeed, going feven times round the © world, howling all the way moft woefully. - The gods, whom Sira/ contained in her womb, burft out, her limbs were fcattered all over the world; and the places, where they fell, are become facred. Her breafts fell near alander in the Panjab; the yoni into Alfam, and the gubya* into Nepal, where they are moft devoutly worfhipped to this day. ‘The latter is a {mall cleft in a rock, with an intermitting fpring: itis called Guhya-/than. Puja, with offerings, are dire€ted to be made to Pr- cE/sA, whenever there happens to be in the year two months of ‘A/ba'd’ha, the fecond of which, is embolif- mic. ‘The firft \Afpa'd’ha, is reckoned impure, and the religious rites are to begin on the day of the full moon, if poffible: if not on the third or feventh day. For this purpofe an image of the Picas is to be made; the body of gold, the wings of precious ftones, the beak of red coral, and the eyes alfo of a precious ftone of a red colour, called manica. Women particularly ought - to be cautious not to omit this religious performance, on any account whatever; fhould any woman fail in this, fhe will be born a Vyaii (a fnake) in the forefts. Whatever woman performs it duly, will have many * Podex. children 478 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS, - children, and her hufband fhall not die before her: for Pa’rvarti is highly delighted with prayers and offer- ings in that intercalary month. Pice’sa MaHa/-DE/VA is probably the Jupiter Picus of the Latians: fome pretend that this metamorphofis happened in Syria, others in Italy: but the Hindus infift that it happened in the mountains to the narth of the Panjab. Though Picus be faid to have appeared in the time of Apimas yet as, according to the Purdnas, the fame concatena- tion of events reappears in every Manwantara, the fame ftory muft have happened of courfe in the time of Sa- yYAVRATA, or Noa. ne In the Purdnas, the Ganges is reprefented as remain-= ig concealed for a long time in the hills; at the pray- ers of a certain holy man it entered the plains of Hin- dufian ull it reached Benares: then.gradually advanc~ ing, it found at laft its way into Benggl. As the whole country from Hardwar to the fea was annually over- flowed in fuch manner as to render the greateft part of it unfit for cultivation, Bhagirat ha reftrained the in- undation between certain limits. The Chinefe relate the fame flary af Fous, who furveyed the courte of the yel- low river to its fource, and by proper inbankments, reftrained its deftruiye overflowings. CariLa, al- ways fond of the fea fhore, followed the Ganges: we find him afterwards meditating near a place called Mooragatcha in Major Rennevi’s Atlas, to the fouth of Calcutta, not far from Fulta, and at that time clofe to the fea. Here he was infulted by the children of Sa/- cara, whom he reduced to afhes by a fingle look: this place is called the o/d Ségar, and is probably the place called Oceanis by Dioporus the Sicilian, for Ségara and Oceanis are fynonymous words. There the Ganges fee- ing Samudr or Oceanus was frightened, and fled back through athoufand channels: thus the Paurdnics account ~ for the retrograde motion of the waters of the Ganges twice a day. Suh i . Capita ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 4v9 Capiza is now performing Tapa/ya at Sdgar ifland, where his han or place, is about five miles from the fea; the Delta of the Ganges having thus far encroach- ed upon the fea, fince the ereGion of this: lait than. CarvaMe'swarRA ils thus called, when confidered as a divine emanation from Iswara, but he feems to be Priyavrata, when confidered as a mortal. For when- ever the deity condefcends to be born of woman; the perfon is one, but there are two natures. ‘To this dif- tinGtion we muft carefully attend, in order to reconcile many feeming contradiétions in the Purdnas ; and more particularly fo, with refpett to Vaivaswara and Sa- TYAVRATA; who are acknowledged to be but one per- fon: the divine nature is an emanation of VisHNu in his charaGter of the Sun ; and Saryavrata isthe human nature ; thefe two natures often a€t independently of each other, and may exift at the fame time in different places. From particular circumftances it appears, that Sa- tyavrata before the flood lived generally in the coun- tries about the Indus, between Cabul and Ca/bmir; and if we find him in Dravira or the fouthern parts of the peninfula, it feems that it was accidentally, and that he went there only for fome religious purpofes. Even af-. ter the flood, he refided for fome time on the banks of the Indus. According to tradition, which my learned , friends here inform me is countenanced by the Puranas, he lived and reigned a long time at Beftaor’, on'the banks of the Ganges and to the fouth of Canoge. Inthe Vara- ha-purana; Vasu, the father of Vivaswara, is declared to have been king of Ca/bmir, and the adjacent. coun- tries. They fhew to this day the tomb of his father Lamecu, as mentioned in the. Ayeen Akbery, at at place called Naulakhi, between Alifbung and Munderar ; about twelve or thirteen miles to the north-wett of Faldlabad in the country of Cabul. The Mufulmans called him Peer Mairram; and in the diale&t of Samarcand, Maiter or Maitri Bur-xua'x. The Bauddhifts fay, that it is Bupp’Ha-Nara yana, or BuppHa dwelling In 480 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. in the waters: but the Hindus, wha live in that coun- try, call him Macnw’Hopar-Nars® or the fovereign prince in the belly of the fifh. All thefe denominations are by no means applicable to Lamecu; but to Noau alone. The tomb is about forty cubits in length: which was a€tually the ftatue of Lamecu according to tradition: under it is a vault of the fame dimenfions, with a fmall door which is never opened, out of refpe& for the remains of this illuftrious perfonage. They fay, that his body is in high prefervation, and that he is fit- ting in a corner of the vault on his heels, with his arms croffed over his knees, and his head reclining upon his hands; a favourite pofture among the inhabitants of India. : Vaivaswata, both in his divine and human charac- ter, or nature, is certainly, Mairta, Maiter-Burxua'y’ and Buppu’a-Nara/yana. Maitva or Mattia‘ is _a derivative form from the Sanfcrit Mait, which implies the confort of Lacsuamy/, and the owner of her wealth, an epithet often applied to rich men; and may be erin lated mighty: but it properly belongs to Visunu, and his various incarnations. Prirau, according to the . Purdnas, was an incarnation of Visanu, and the con- fort of LacsuM1’; as I have fhewn in a former effay on the chronology of the Hindus. Itis probable, that when the Mu/ulmans conquered that country, they pronounced the word Mairra™ Maiter- Lam ; and concluded that he was the fame with Lamzca the father of Nuw. The Afghans always ufe the word Maiter inftead of Hazeret, and thus fay Maiter Monam- med, Maiter Isa, Maiter Sovreiman, for Hazeret Isa, Hazeret Mouammen, Hazeret Soverman. Hazeref in Perfian is a title, by which kings are addreffed, and ho- ly men mentioned; it implies. dignity and excellence! Maiter from the Perfi an Mchtur, fignifies alfo a seit * This word is fpelt Machch’hodara in Sanjeri . prince, ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. | 481 prince, or chief. The Mufulmans, and Hindus of that country, I had an opportunity to confult, informed me, that according to tradition, the famous Sultan Mau- moop, of Ghazni, hearing of the tomb of Mairia’m; ~ and of the miracles daily performed there, conceived that the whole was done through magick; and accord- ingly refolved to deftroy it: but, being ‘difturbed by frightful dreams, he defifted, and having made particu- Jar inquiries about Marrra’, he was fully fatisfied, as well as the learned about his perfon, that he was La-+ MECH, the father of Nuun. Since that period Mair+ LA‘M Is revered as a Peer, or faint, by. the Mufulmans of that country... Maiter Burxua'n, or Burcua’n, in the diale&t of Samarcand, as 1 am informed, fignifies, liter ally, the lord and mafier. In feveral Tartarian dialeé&s, Gop is called Burxawa’n, or the lord. The title of Macn’Hopar-Na’r’HA is by no means applicable to Lamecu; but properly belongs to Noau; for by the belly of the fb they underftand the cavity, or infide of the ark. . There is aplace under ground at Ba- nares, which they call Mach’hodara. The centrical and moft elevated part of Banares, is alfo called Mach'ho- dara, becaufe, when the lower parts of the city are laid under water by fome unufual overflowing of the Ganges, this part remains free from water like the belly of a tf. The city alfo is fome times thus called, becaufe, during the general floods, the waters rife like a circular wall round the holy city. In fhort, any place in the middle of waters, either natural or attificial, which can afford fhelter to living beings, is called Mach’ hodara. - The place, where Lameca is fuppofed to lie entomb- ed, is called Naulakhi, a word, which fignifies nine lakhs; becaule, it is faid, Sultan Mattoon granted to this holy. place a yearly revenue of nine lakhs of rupees. Be this as it may, this foundation no longer exifts: and I believe it never did. The-real name is probably Vor. VL Ti Nau- 482 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. Nau-Laca, or Nub-Laca, which in the language of that countty, implies the place of Nun or Noan: at leaft there are many places in that country, the names of which end in Laca or Laki, fuch as Ebau-lac, Gauza- lac, &c. ° fo. tee Clofe to Ayudhya or Oude, on the banks of the Gagra, they fhew the tomb of Noau and thofe of Ayus, and Suis or Sisn (Jos and Sern). According to the ac- count of the venerable Dervei/h, who watches over the tomb of Nu, it was built by Arexanper the Great, or Secunper Rumt. I fent lately alearned Hindu, to make enquiries about this holy place: from the Mu/ulmans, he could obtain no further light: but the Bréhmens inform- ed him that where Nun’s tomb ftands now, there was formerly a place of worfhip dedicated to Ganxsa, and - clofe to it are the remains of a Bow/y, or walled well, which is called in the Puranas Gana-put cunda. The tombs of Jos and Suis are near to each other; and about one bow fhot and ahalf from Nuu’s tomb; be- tween them are two {mall hillocks, called Soma-giri, or the mountains of the moon. According to them thefe tombs are not above four hundred years old; and owe their origin to three men, called Nun, Avus, and Sars, who fell there, fighting againft the Hindus; thefe were of courfe confidered us Shéhids or martyrs: but the priefts, who officiate there, in order to encreafe the veneration — of the fuperftitious and unthinking crowd, gave out that thefe tombs were really thofe of Noan, Jos, and Seru of old. Thetombof Nux is not noticed in the Ayeen- Akbery, only thofe of Ayus and Suis. Macuw’Ho’para-Na’r’ua is not unknown in China ; at leaft there is an idol near Pechin (Pekin), which is fuppofed by pilgrims from India and Tibet, to reprefent Macu’Ho'para or Maitre-Burcua’n. This account I received from a famous traveller called Ance/swara, who was introduced to my acquaintance by Mr. Dun> 3 CAN ON MOUNT CAUCASUSs 483 can* three yearsago. He faid, that.the Myau or tem- ple, is,at a {mall diftance from the north-wett corner of the wall of Pechin, and is called Mahé-Cala-Myau, from its chief deity Mana’-Ca‘ta, who 1s worthipped there, and whofe ftatue is on one fide of the river, and the Myau on the other. Thatin one part of the Myau, is a gilt ftatue of Macu’-no/para-Na‘ru, about eighteen feet high: in another part is the Charan-pad, or the im- preffion of the feet of Darra’rre ya or Darra, called Toru by the Epyptians. There is a conventand a La- ma. What are the Chinefe names of thefe deities, he could not tell. This attonifhing traveller firft vifited the moft famous places of worfhip in the northern parts of India, as far as Bablk, and the borders of Per/ia. Though a Brahmen, he had a regard for the worfhip of _ Jina, and renouncing his tribe, he refolved to vifit the living Fous. I fhall here exhibit the outlines of his peregrinations, which are as accurate as can reafona~ bly be expeéted from a man who declares, that he did not travel for the purpofe of geographical information, and who never imagined he fhould be requefted to give an account of his travels. According to Arcr/swaras account, According to the Z mapsof the Fe/uitse From Benaresto Nepil + - Nepal Caaeeer seat 6S <6 hem Cheri, fouth-eaft of Lafa - - Dhfri Country of Letamh + - Lato Then turning toward the weft, he en- tered the country of Combo, where ' headorned the Lama‘-Comso - See Alphab. : Tibet.p. 423. to Sama-Ferbu = - - Bridge of Sg- ma. * JonatHan Duncan, Efg. now governor of Bombay: Se ne Sa to 484 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. to Caucafu ye Manes re Cocofay cuftom- houfe. Country of Fé/bram all Silin | - - - — Sinin. Croffed the Hara-Moren and enter- ed the country of Urdu/u, which © he defcribes as flat and abound- ing with lakes and marfhes, Urtous. Croffed again the Hara-Moren, and . entered the country of Urdt, Urat. Then turning to the north-weft, he entered the country of a famous Kalka chief, called Bua’ca’-cu. Thence into the country of the Tolen-cafu-Kalkas; thus called ey from the river on the banks, of which they live, Tola-pira or ri- | ver Told. He went afterwards to pay his adorations to the Ta’- RA’Na’TH, the place of whofe refidence is marked in the maps between the rivers Selinghei and Orgun. ‘This living Fou is well known in the northern parts of India, under the name of Ta‘ra’na’tu, and is mentioned in BeEx’s travels. attic: In three months he went into the country of Chitear- Naymann-cdfu, in the maps Teitcicar and Naymann. Thence to Ta/é-Nor, the Yaal-Nor of the maps. He then entered China, through the breach made in the great wall, for the conveyance of the remains of the emperors to their place of burial, which he fays is called EkAor by the Tartars, and Séchin by the Chinefe: thence to Pekin called by the Chine/e Péchin. He returned from his ex- pedition about three years ago, and fhewed to Mr. Dun- can and to me the numerous Rahdares or paflports he obtained from the various chiefs and Lamas he had vifit- ed. They are written in the charaéters of the countries he went through, namely of Tibet, the Mungul aba l | an 4 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 485 and of China. He is now gone to vifit the places of wor- fhip in the fouthern parts of India; after which he in- tends to come and die at Benares. A near relation of his is in my fervice as a pandit. It may appear ftrange, that the pofterity of Carn fhould be fo much noticed in the Purdnas, whilft that of the pious and benevolent Rucur is in great meaiure negleéted: but it is even fo, in the Mo/aical account of the antediluvian hiftory: where little is faid of the pof- terity of Sern; whilft the infpired penman takes par- ticular notice of the ingenuity of the defcendants of Cain, and to what high degree of perfeétion they car~ ried the arts of civil life. The charms and accomplifh- *ments of the women are particularly mentioned. The Jame became mighty men, which were of old, men of renown. The antediluvian hiftory of Sancnon1atHon is obvi- oufly that of the pofterity of Carn. We have been taught to confider the defcendants of Cain, as a molt profligate and abominable race : this opinion, however, is not countenanced, either by facred or profane hifto- ry. That they were not intrufted with the facred depo- fit of religious truths to tranfmit to future ages, is fuf- ficiently certain: they might in confequence of this, have deviated gradually from the original belief; and at laft fallen into a fuperftitious fyftem of religion, which feems alfo a natural confequence of the fearful difpofition of Cain, and the horrors he mutt have felt, when he recolle&ted the atrocious murder of his bro-. ther. Be this as it may, their worldly achievements paffed to pofterity, whilft the peaceful and domeftick virtues of the defcendants of Sztu funk into oblivion. Out of five Menus, who ruled as lords paramount be- tween Apima and the flood, according to the Puranas, four were of the pofterity of Carn. : Thus, according to an uniform tradition, of a very long ftanding, as it is countenanced by the Hindu facred books, and Perfian authors, the progenitors of mankind lived 486 QN MOUNT CAUCASUS. lived inthat mountainous tra&, which extends from Ba/kh and Qandabar to the Ganges ; we may then reafonably look for the terreftrial paradife in that country 5 for it is not probable, that Apima and Apima’ or lya fhould have retired to any great diftance from it. According- ly we find there fuch a fpot, as anfwers minutely to the Mofaical account; a circumftance, I believe, not to be met with any where elfe on the furface of the globe. A. {mall brook winds through the Ladgdvis of Bamiyan, and falling into a fmall lake, divides itfelf into four heads, ' forming fo many navigable rivers.. The firft called Phi- fon compafies the whole country of Chavilé, where gold “is found: and the gold of that country Is good : there is alfo Bdellium and Sardonyx. The country of Chévilé is probably that of Cadul: it isa very ancient denomi-* nation ; far Protemy calls its inhabitants Cabslite, and the town itfelf Cabura, which is abyioufly a corruption from Cabul; for the Perfian name for a fhed or pent- bouje is indifferently pronounced Cabal and Cabur. Tra~ dition fays, that Cabul was built by an ancient, king of that name; and the place where he lived, is ftill fhewn near'Cabul; they generally call him Suan Casur. Gold is found in the fands of the Indus, above Derbend, but in greater quantity about Cadul-gram, to the north of Derbend, and in the rivers, which fall into the Judus from the weft. It is found alfo near the furface of the earth in thefe parts, but the natives are too indolent to dig for it. The gold found in the fands, I am told, is not fo pure as that found by digging the earth to a confider- able depth. This country abounds with divers forts of precious ftones, fuch as the Lapis Lazuli, the Yacuth or hyacinth, cryftal, marble of various colours, and razor ftones of a fuperior quaility. The Phifonappears then to be the Landi-Sindh, or \efler Sindh, cailed alfo Nilab trom the colour of its waters, which are deep and limpid. This river is alfo denominated the Nila-Ganga, or fim- ply Ganga by Hindus ; and it is called Ganges by Isi- porus, when he fays that the belt Aja -fetida grows on the mountains of Ofcobagi, at the fource of the Ganges. Ofcobagi ON MOUNT CAUCASUS, 487. Ofcobagi is obvioufly derived from Jesuu-Bse, the lord, Jesu, another name for the famous Rasa‘ta or Bron-) cus, who dwelt at Bdmfyan, whofe coloffal ftatue is to be. feen there to this day, and of whom I fhall {peak more fully hereafter. The true name of that place com- monly called, Yhaug and Fybuck by Major Rennext, between Cabul and Balkh, 1s Ai Bz’c Dominus Lunus, our Lord the Moon. There are in its vicinity, in the mountains, feveral curious remains of antiquity. JE- rome faysalfo that the Phifon was called Ganges in his time. They were both perfeétly right, though it is al- moft certain, that they underftood by it the great Ganges. Hesycutius faye, that the Phi/on was thus called, becaufe it flowed from a fifure, gap, or mouth. If fo, this appella- _ tion is fynonymous with Cophes, the ancient name of the Landi-Sindh, as will appear hereafter, The fecond river was the Gihon, which compaffed the. land of Cu/h: this is the Hir-Mend ; andthe country is the original land of Cu/ha of the Purdnas, which begins near Candahar, and includes part of Iran or Perfia. In a former effay on Egypt, I had carried too far the eaft- ern limits of that country. | The third river is the Hiddekel, which runs toward, or ‘through the eaftern parts of the land of Afur. This appears to be the river of Bahlac, which runs through the eaftern parts, and feems to have been once the eaft- ern boundary of the land of Haffarah or Hazérah. This country extends from Herat to Bahblac and Bami-, yan: from the unfettled difpofition of its inhabitants, its boundaries cannot well be defined, They confider themfelves as the aborigines of that country ; and like the Arabs, were never thoroughly fubdued. They are very numerous, brave, but incapable of difcipline. They are Mufulmans ; but retain ftill many heathenifh, and fu-, perftitious cuftoms, at leaft in the opinion of their neigh- bours. . The principal tribes are the Daicdndi, Taima- ni, &c. the firft live between Herat and Dawer: and : : the 438) ON MOUNT CAUCASUS, ° the others toward Marv: Shéjéhan. This is probably the country of Arfareth of the apocryphal book of Efdras. The fourth is the Frat, of which no particulars are recorded; it is the river of Cunduz Mufulmans, as well as Chriftians, have afligned various fituations ‘to the garden of Eden*: and there is hardly a country on earth, or a region in heaven, but has been ranfacked in fearch of it: whilft fome of the fathers have denied even its exiftence. The Hindus are equally extravagant: they place it on the elevated plains of Bukhara the lef- fer, where there is a river which goes round Brabmd- puri, or the town of Brana’; then through a lake called Manfarovara (the exiftence of which is very doubtful), and is erroneoufly fuppofed by travelling fackeers to be the fame with that, from which the Gan- ges iflues, which is called in Sanferit Bindu Sarovara. From the Man/arovara \ake, come four rivers running towards the four corners of the world, through four > rocks cut in the fhape of the heads of four animals ; thus taking literally the correfponding paflage of {crip- - ture. The Cow’s head is toward the fouth, and from it iffues the Ganga; toward the weft,"is a Hor/e’s head, from which fprings the Chocfhu or Chocfbus : it is the Oxus. The Sitd-gangad, or Hoang-ho, ues from an Elephant’s head; and \aftly the Bhadra-ganga or Fenifea in Siberia, from a Tyger’s head, or a Lion’s head accord~ ing to others. | sha tie LD The Hindus generally confider this fpot, as the abode of the Gods, but, by no means, as the place, in which the primogenitors of mankind were created; at leaft I have not found any paffage in the Puranas, that might countenance any fuch idea; but rather on the contrary. As it is written in the Purdnas, that on mount Méru, there is an eternal day for the {pace of fourteen degrees round Su-meru; and of courfe an eternal night for the. fame fpace on the oppofite fide ; the Hindus have been * The word Edew is perhaps derived from the Sanferit Udydn, which ae well as Vaéticd, fignifies a garden. yA forced ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 489 _ forced to fuppofe that Su-meru is exa€tly at the apex, or fummit of the fhadow of the earth; and that from the earth to this fummit, there is an immenfe conical hill, folid like the reft of the globe, but invifible, impalpable, and pervious to mankind: on the fides of this moun- tain are various manfions, rifing in eminence and pre- excellence, as you afcend, and deftined for the place of refidence of the bleffed, according to their merits. Gop and the principal deities are fuppofed to be feated in the fides of the north, on the fummit of this mountain, which is called alfo Sabha, or of the congregation. This opi- nion is of the greateft antiquity, as it is alluded to by Isa- ran, almoft in the words of the Pauranics. This prophet defcribing the fall of the chief of the Dazityas, intro- duces him, faying, “that he would exalt his throne above the ftars of Gop, and would fit on the mount of the con- gregation, in the fides of the zorth.”” The mountain, or hill of Gop, is often alluded to in fcripture. ~ Some Hindu aftronomers, afhamed of this ridiculous fuperftru€ture, endeavour to reconcile the Puranas to | nature, by fuppofing that the fun at fome remote period, revolved in fuch parallel of altitude to Su-meru, as to afford conftant light for the fpace of fourteen degrees round this point, and conftant night for the fame {pace round Cu-meru. Thus by placing the nerth pole on the elevated plains of the lefler Buchara, and forcing the fun out of the ecliptick, they explain the alteration, which is fuppofed to have taken place on the weft and eaft points; whilft the north and fouth points, as they fay, remain unmoveable. This alteration, they tell us, was not perceptible, at leaft very little, in the countries to the fouth of Merz, but in thofe to the north of it, the fun appeared to rife in the weft and to fet in the eaft. As long as the Hindus confidered the earth as a flat ta- ble with the immenfe conical mountain of Meru, rifing in the middle, and intercepting the rays of the fun, dur- ing part of its diurnal courfe;-the points of eaft and | weft muft of courfe have been entirely inverted beyond x Merit. 499 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS., Meru. In the firft paffage I met with, in the Purdnas, rclating to the facred ifles in the weft, by which we are to underftand the Briti/h iflands, Iceland and Fero, it is’ politively declared, that they are fituated to the eaft of Scanda-dwip, igalii is Scandia, or Scandinavia; accord- ingly I looked for them in the feas, to the eaftward of that famous peninfula, particularly as Puiny feems to place there the ifland of Elixoia, fuppofed by fome, to be the abode of the bleffed: but my chief pandit warn- ed me, with much earneftnefs not to be too hafty: that this infance from the Purdnas was deemed to be the only one, in which the /acred ifles were afferted to be ta the eaftward of Scandia; and that he would produce numerous paffages in which thefe iflands were declared to be to the weftward of Scanda-dwip, or in a derivative form Scandéya: and that, from numberlefs particular, circumitances, he would prove to my utmoft fatisfaétion, that Scandéya was really to the eaftward of Samudran- toraca, a name by which the facred ifles are fometimes called, becaufe they are in the middle of the ocean. As the Brahmens would rather fappofe the whole eco= nomy of the univerfe difturbed, than gueftion a fingle fact related in their facred books; he then informed me, that this fingle paffage alluded ta a remote period, in which the pole of the globe, the courfe of the fun, were different from what they are-now, in confequence of which there was a time, when the fun appeared to the, inhabitants of Scandia, to rife above the facred ifles, But let us return to the terreftrial paradife, The followers of Buppwa in Tibet place the garden of iden at the foot of mount Meru toward the fouth weit, and at the fource of the Ganges. The facred ri- vers, according to them, are the Camses the Jndus, the Samp, and the Sitd-ganga ; by whictr they. underftand rig Sire or Yaxartcs, which is alfo called Sitd-ganga in he Purénas. They have the fame number of heads of sal which are dilpofed in the fame manner: and the divines of Tibet, and of India confider thefe four animals @N MOUNT CAUCASUS. 491 animals as the original guardians of the four quarters of the world. In the fame manner commentators have confidered the four facred animals mentioned in fcrip- ture, namely, the Man, the Bull, the Lion, and the Eagke, as the guardians and meffengers of the four corners of the world. The few Hindus, who live toward the Indus, infift that the lake near Bamiyan, is the real and original Manfaro- wara: and near Cabul a little to the north weft of Sa cardard, is a {mall lake, which they call the lefler Man- farovara, and which correfponds to a fimilar lake to the fouth of Bindu-farovara, called in the Purdnas, the eyes of Manfarovara. Bréhmens in general underftand by Meru or Su-meru the north pole, in oppofition to numerous paffages in the Puranas. Their fy{tem of geography has reference, in general, to the {pot in which they fuppofe the terreftrial paradife to be, or rather the abode of the Gods, called Su-meru, hence we read of countries to the W. N. W. of Meru, &c. The immenfe country of Curu is repeat- edly declared in the Purdénas, and by Bréhmens, in con- verfation, to be fituated to the north of Su-meru. Even in their maps of the feven dzwips, Su-meru is placed a great way to the fouth of Siddba-puri, which they uni- formly acknowledge to be exaétly under the north pole. Curu, which includes Ruffia and Siberia, is divided in- to two parts, Uttara-Curu, or north Curu, and fouth Cz- ru. In the Purdnas, particular notice is taken of the extraordinary length of the days in Uttara-Curu: and it is added, that in the ifland of Pu/cara, which is affert- ed there to be fituated at the furthermoft extremities of the weftern world, the length of the days is the fame as in Uttara-Curu. ‘This places Pufcara under the polar circle, at leaft under the fenfible one: this ifland will ap- pear, in a future effay, to be Iceland. It is further add- ed, in the Purdénas, that the fhores of that immenfe : country, 492 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. country, which encompaffes what we call the old conti- nent, and the A#lantick fea, &c. pafles between the iflands of Pufcara, and Uttara-meru, or the north pole: indeed the fhores or Greenland, tending towards the north eatft, may have given rife to fuch an idea. However, this fhews plainly, Uttara-meru, or north Meru, to be different from Su-meru. Meru fignifies an axis, and the two ex- tremities of the terreftrial axis are called Uttara-Meru and Dac/bin-meru, the northern and fouthern Meru, or pole. ‘The line paffing through the centre of the earth and the fuppofed terreftrial paradife, to which they ge- nerally refer in the Puranas with refpeét to bearings, is alfo Meru; andits two extremities, called Su-meru and Cu-meru, are only the zenith and nadir points of that abode of the Gods. | The Mufulmans in the countries adjacent to Bémiyan, -infift that Apam, (whom they call alfo Keyumursn) and Eve, having been driven out of paradife, wandered feparately for fome time, till they met accidentally at a certain place, where faluting each other with mutual embrace, the place was accordingly called Béhia, or, in derivative form, Béhlaca, or the place of embrace. This is the general opinion of the natives: whilft others, confidering that the termination ac, or ach, fignifies bro- ther, will have it to imply the place: where he embraced his brother; and of courfe fuppofe that Keyumursy had one. The firft etymology is, I believe, counte- nanced by ABpuLriDa. | | When Satan was ejeéted, or kicked, as they fay, out of the garden of Eden, where he firft lived, he leaped over the mountains, and fell on that fpot, where Cabul now ftands: hence the origin of the well known pro-_ verb, that the inhabitants of Cabu/ are truly the offspring of this prince of darknefs. Thofe of Cabul do not de- ny his having been at Cabul; but fay, he had no off- fpring, was foon conjured away, and withdrew into the diftri€t of Lamgan. It ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 493 It appears from {cripture, that Avam and Evz lived afterwards in the countries to the eaftward of Eden; for at the eaftern entrance of it, Gop placed the angel with — the flaming fword. This is alfo confirmed by the Pu- rénics, who place the progenitors of mankind on the mountainous regions, between Cabul and the Ganges,, on the banks of which, in the hills, they fhew a place, where he reforted occafionally, for religious purpofes. It is frequented by pilgrims, and is called Swayambhu- va-fthin: 1 have not been able yet to afcertain its fitu- ation, being but lately acquainted with it: but I believe it is fituated to the north weft of Sri-Nagar. At the entrance of the paffes, leading to the place, where I fuppofe was the garden of Eden, and to the eaft- ward of it, the Hindus have placed a deftroying angel, who generally appears, and is reprefented like a Cherub; I mean Garup’/a, or the Eagle, upon whom Visunu. and Jupiter are reprefented riding. Garvup!a is re+ prefented generally like an eagle; but in his compound charaéter, fomewhat like the Cherub, he is reprefented like a young man, with the.countenance, wings, and ta- lons of the eagle. In {cripture, the deity is reprefented riding upon a Cherub, and flying upon the wings of the wind. This is the Simurgh of Perfian romances, who carries the heroes from one extremity of the world to the other. Garup’a is called the Vahén* (literally the vehicle) of Visanu or Jupiter, and he thus anfwers to the Cherub of fcripture; for many commentators derive this word from the obfolete root C’Aarab in the Chaldean language, a word implicitly fynonymous with the San- Serit Vahan. An accurate tranflation of the legends relating to Garup’s, Prometueus, and the building of Bamiyan, * Hence the Latiz words Veho, &c. Inthe fouthern dialects of India, they generally pronounce the letter 4 hard like g; thus for vahdn, they fay vagdn, a waggon: for mahd, great, they fay megd, hence the Greek word mega. fhall 494 ON MOUNT. CAUCASUS. fhall be given feparately at the end of this differtation. The city of Bamiyan being reprefented as the fountain of purity and holinefs, it was called with propriety Pa- ra-Bémiyan or Bémiyan, the pure and holy; for the fame reafon the diftriét of Bémiyan might be called Paré-dé- fa, or Paré-défa, the pure and holy country. This dif- tri€t is now barren, and without a fingle tree. The fa- cred books of the Hindus, and of the Bauddhifts, do, how- ever, declare moft, pofitively, that it was operate for- merly, Tradition informs us alfo, that the number of inhabitants was at one period fo prodigious, that the trees, underwood, grafs and plants were deftroyed. The vegetable foil being no longer proteéted, was in the courfe of ages wafhed away by the rains: certain it is, that the foil in the valleys i is moft fertile, and the Binle diftri€, fuch as it is now, is ftill a moft enchanting and delightful, fpot. The country to the eaftward of Bami- yan, as far as the Indus, is the native country of the vine, and of almoft all the fruit trees we have in Europe: there they grow fpontaneoufly, and to a great degree of per- feétion. When the natives find a vine, an apple tree, é&c. in the forefts, they clear all the wood about it, dig the ground, and by thefe means, the fruit comes to per- fe€t maturity. When we are told in {cripture of Noau cultivating the vine, we may be fure, that it was in its native country, or at leaft very near it. Baniyan, though not mentioned by name in ie nus’s Dionyfiaes*, is well defcribed by him as the abode _of the benevolent Bronecus, who lived in Samach hes, or receffes artfully excavated in the mountains. Bron- cus is obvioufly the Buranea, or Burancas of the Puranas, called alfo Sarasa‘ta, and of whom I fhall {peak more fully hereafter. Broneus had two fons, who were highly refpeéted by Dor raven, perhaps the Diryovan of the Puranas. Buranea, or SARASA'LA, had alfo feveral children, who afcended the throne of * B.17; v.40, &c. ~ Calinga, . : ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 495 y Calingd, after their father had forfaken the. world, and withdrawn to veichichai to give herfelf UB: to contempla- tion. Blimiyan appears alfo to be the town called Drajtoca by Proremy; which is derived from the San/crit Dra- Jbatca, and implies the fone amy towns before being on- ly an affemblage of huts. Its diftance and bearing from Cabura, or Orthofpdna, the prefent city of Cabul, puts it beyond doubt. Oneof the San/crit names of Ca- bul, is Afa-vana, and fometimes, by contradiltinéion, Urd h’-As-vana, or, as it is always pronounced in the {fpoken dialeéts, Urdh’-Ajbén or A'fbéna.. The upper Naulibis, ov Nilabi, in Proremy, falls in at Ghor-bund, or Goracfha-van, in Sanfcrit, which appears to. be the Alexandria ad Paropamifum of the hiftorians of ALExan- DER. It was called Ni/dbi, from its being fituated on the banks of the Ni/aéb. The immenfe ridge between Nilébi and Drafpatca, or Drafbtaca, is properly deline- ated in Proremy. Alexandria ad Paropamifum was near the cave of Prometueus, which is to be feen tc this day near the paf{s of Sheibar, between Ghor-band and Bamiyan. Orthofpana, or fimply Afbana, is mentioned in the Pentingerian table. It is called alfo in Sanjfcrit, Jayini'-ve'vi'-/2han, or the place of the goddeis of vic- tory, and is the Nicaa (a word of the fame import) of the hiftorians of ALexanper. The place where her temple ftood, is clofe to Cadul, and is ftill fecretly vifited by Hindu pilgrims. Jayini'~pe vi' and Asa-pxr/v1' are the fame deity: the latter fignifies the goddefs, who grants the objett of our af, or wifhes. She is call- ed alfo Asya’ca in a derivative form, and the place is called by the Mufulmans, Afhcan-arfan, who have thus altered the old name into an. Arabick denomi- nation of the fame import nearly; for it fignifies, he who knows our a/bee, or wifhes. There is the tomb of a faint, who now officiates in the room of Asa- pe/vi/, and grants to devout Aaa fegary the obje& of their withes. The 496 ~ ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. The Nica of the hiftorians of ALEXANDER, Is pros bably the Nicaa of Nonnus*, which he calls alfo 4/- tacia, probably for A/acia or Afydcia: for, according to the Puranas, Jayin1'-v«'v1', or the nymph Nicza, was alfo called A’fyaca; A'faca would be as grammatical ; and the town of A//aca or A'/ydca, in a derivative form, would be A'/ydceya or A'faceyd,. or, according to the. idiom of the Greek language, A/yacia and Afacia. The Parapomifean hills, or at leaft part of them, are called alfo Parna/us, and Parneffus, by Dionysius Pr- RIEGETES, Paiscran, and F. Avienus: this laft appel- lation has been fuppofed to be only a curruption, or contraétion from the firft. But the difference is fo great, that, in my humble opinion, thefe are really two differ- ent denominations of the fame mauntainous tra@, at leaft, of part of it. Thefe mountains are in general called Dévanicain the Hindu facréd books, becaufe they were full of Dévds or gods, and holy Ri/bis and Brabmens, who are emphatically called the gods of the earth, or Bhu-dévas. They lived, according to the Puranas, in bowers or huts, called Partafélas or Parhéfas, becaufe they were made of leaves, for fuch is the Sanfcrit ex- prefiion, whilft we fhould fay, built’ with twigs and branches. Indeed the leaves are the moft confpicu- ous part, becaufe in India, when dry, they generally ad- here ftill to the boughs they grew upon, The moft ce- lebrated amongft thefe Paridfas was that of the fa- mous Atri, whofe hiftory is clofely conneéted with that of the Britifh iflands, and other weftern regions. It was fituated on aninfulated hill, called in the Purd- nas, Meru, and by the Grecks, Meros. It is fuppofed by the Hindus to be a fplinter from the larger Meru; and that the Gods come and refide upon it occafionally. Its fituation was afcertained by the late Mr. Fos- ter, by my friend Mixrza-Mocux Bee, and by P. MonTsirrAT, who accompanied the emperor Ac- BAR in his expedition to Cabal in the year 1581. It * B. 16 in fine. | 1S ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 407 ‘ts called to this day Mer-coh and Mar-cob, or the moun- tain of Mer cr Meru; for in the fpoken dialeéts, they often fay Mer for Meru, and in the Treloci-derpana, we conftantly read Mer for Meru. It is on the roa’ be- tween Pei/hower and Falélabad ; and about twenty-four miles from the latter, on the banks of the Landi-Sindh or Cameh rivers It isnow abarerock, the river which formerly ran to the fouth of it, having carried away all the earth from the lower parts; and the earth above being no longer fupported, was alfo wafhed away by the rains. From its difmal appearance, it was called Bé-dowlat by the emperor.Huma’yun. It looks like a fingle ftone, withoutany fillure. It extends from the welt to the eaft. Jt rifes abruptly from the plain ia which it ftands; from the bottom to the top; P. Mon- SERRAT reckons about 2000 feet, and it is about fix furlongs in Jength: its diftance from the neareft hill is about three miles. The ground to the fouth and eat is marfhy, being the old bed of the river: to the weft are feen feveral triangular entrances into caves. To the eaft at the diftance of three miles, is a wretched village, called Bifour or Bifowly ( Bufiwul in Major ReENNELL’s map) which about two hundred-years ago was a pretty large town. To the welt are the villages of Ambércéné and Battercéie, clofe to which Na’pir- sHa’H encamped; and as there is no other encamping ground near this place for a numerous army, we may fafely conclude this to be the very {pot on which ALEx- ANDER encamped near the town of N/a, which ex- tended all round the mountain. Befides, his camp was near the fepulchres of the inhabitants, which were to the weft of the mountain. | On this mountain, it is declared in the Purénas, was the Parhaféld, or Parndéfa, of Arxi: there they fhew- ed formerly a cave, in which he ufed to retife occa- fionally. OND ; f n Vou. Vie. path The 498 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. The word Parada fignifies the leaf of a tree, a feather, and a wing. Its derivative Parhd/a, fignifies any thing made of leaves; fuch as bafkets, hats, penns, coops, huts, d&c. it fignifies alfo any thing that is radiant ; hence the learned affirm, that the word Parva was for- merly fynonymous with Cira/a, or ray, though now ne- ver found in that fenfe. In the north-weft parts of India, in the Paftco language, it is pronounced Panna and Pannai in the plural: hence I conceive the word Parna or Panna, to be the root of the Greek and Latin words Pinna ; and of the Saxon and Englifb words pen, fin, pin, penn, and alfo of the name of that plant, with pinnated leaves, called fern in Englifp, and in Greek Preris, the pinnated or winged: Parnica is another re- gular derivative, fome times ufed in compofition, as well as Pariaca ; and, as in the firft ages, mankind ei- ther lived in Gopas, caves, or in huts built of branches and leaves, which laft were their fummer habitations, thefe huts were Parhdfas, or Parnicas, and Parnacas, Fornaces and Fornices. The Greck words Pogveiov, Popvese, and Pon, feem to be derived from Parhéyam, a regu- lar Sanfcrit derivative, though never ufed. Proftitutes were thus called in Greek for the fame reafon that for- nication is derived from fornix, = oad il Mount Parnaffus in Greece was probably thus deno- minated, from a Parhéfa, which conftituted the ancient ‘temple, according to Pauvsanras: it was made of branches and leaves; but as the word Parhé/a figni- fies alfo any thing made of feathers or wings, others infifted, that formerly it confifted of the wings of cer- tain bees cemented together with wax. In the moft fecret recefs of the temple of Vesta at Rome, there wasa Parhdfa or Parhéfafenced with leaves and branches, and it was called Penus according to Frsrus: as it was uncovered, it was really, what we call in Engli/b,.a penn or fence: and, indeed, the word Pariafa, propertly pronounced, founds very much like Penus. fo ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 499 * In the fame manner, the word Patra a leaf, or Patra, as it is pronounced in the fpoken dialects, has found its way into Latin, in the words Patera, Patina, Patena, and Petafus: this laft being ufed to fignify equally the covering of the head and of a houfe, which were origi- nally made of leaves and branches, and to this day, in India, by the poorer fort of people. The Pateras called Patra in Sanfcrit, or cups ufed in facrifices, are oftem made of a large leaf, folded up, and kept together with four wooden pins; utenfils made of leaves are {till ufed by the Hindus at their meals, and the Greek word Peta- lon is obvioully derived from it. _ The word Partdéfa, or Parndfas, was not unknown in the weft, at fome early period: but as it belonged to the language of the gods, there was another word pre- valent in the vulgar or profane languages, and ufed in itsroom. This word is Larna or Lar, which is found to this day in the Ga/ic language, and that of the Cymri, as well as in Greek ; in which laft however it appears to be obfolete: buteither in its original form, or through its derivatives, it is fufceptible of the various accepta- tions of the word Parnafa ; and this accounts for Lar- naffus being alfo the name of mount Parnaffus.- Larcos, Larnax fignified a bafket of twigs, and a cheft: Lariethos any covering of-bark. In Greek Laura, Lauran, fignify, aboufe, an hermitage; alfo an aflemblage of fuch houfes. Lar, in Latin, is a houfe in Galic ; and in the dialect of the Cymri, the ground floor. ‘The ori- ginal name feems to have been Larna, which was pro- nounced in different countries, Lar and Lan, like the Sanfcrit word Parna, of which, by dropping either the ror the 7,they make either Para, or Pana, in various dialects of India. Hence Lian in Galic fignifies a houfe: Llan in the dialects of the Cymri, aninclofure. Thus, were the houfehold gods called indifferently Largs and PENATES. e"R aad. 500 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS.) The words Lar, Larna, Parna and Pata were once ufed indifferently in the weft, to fignify a penn or coop, and {wine confined in them for the purpofe of fatren-» ing, were called from that circumftance Larioni, and their fleth, Laridum, Perna and Petafio. ' _ The word Lar or Laura, is {ill ufed in Galic (Loar. or Lombar_), and in the diate& of the Cymri, Llueru to fignify reiplendence, and probably from the laft are de- rived the words glare, clear, &c. Itis applied in Greek to reiplendent metals, as gold and. filver ; alfo to the Laurus, or laurel tree, facred to the author of refplend-. ence. Daphne, another name for the Laurus, is deriv- ed from the San/crit Tapana, a.name of the Sun, as the author of heat: for that place in Egypt*, called Tapana in the Puranas, is called Taphnai; by the feventy jnter- preters; and Daphane or Daphne, by Greek and Roman authors. . Though thefe mountains were in general called Par- naffian, yet the appellation of Parnaffiis or Parhafa, be~ longed properly to that fingle mountain, on which ftood the Pariafala, or Parhafa, of Arrior I pris; this was, I fuppofe, his fummer habitation, for he had below a Samach'h, in which, it is faid, he livedoccafionally. It is declared in the Purdnas, that when Dz'va-Na- HusH4, always pronounced Deo-nausn in converfa- tion, and in the vulgar dialects and obvioufly the Dr- onysius of the Greeks, conquered the world, he vifited the feat of his grand anceftor Arri on the lefler Me. ru; and beirg uneafy to fee it thus negleéted ; he fent for Visva-carma, the chief engineer of the gods, and ordered him to build on the {pot a fuperb city, which he called after his own name Déva-Nahufha-nagari, which is accurately rendered Dionyfiopolis in Greek. * Afiatick Refearches, vol, III. Pp: 383. It ON MOUNT CAUCASUS 5Or It is called alfo fimply Nahbu/ham, Nahufhé and Naufba, from which the Greeks made Nyfa: and, as the word Nahujha is pronounced Nagu/b in feveral diale&ts of In- dia, particularly in the Deckan ; we find it alfo called Nagaz, as in the life of Amir Timur: butit is not to be confounded with Nughz in the Aygen Akbery; the true name of which, is Bughz or Bughxén, the capital city of the diftrié of Iryéb near Cabul. Nabufbais bet- ter known in Hinduftan by the emphatical appellation of Déva-Nagari, orthe divine city. It was called alfo, but within the limits of that country only, Nagéra or the city. Since the deftruction of the original city, the capital of that diftrict, whatever it was, went alfo by the name of Nagara, which was fucceflively applied to Adinagara and to Fellalabad. The diftrict of Nagara is called, in the Ayeen-Akbery and by the natives to this day, Nekier-hur, for Nagar- wara, or the home diftrict of Nagara. . Not a fingle veftige remains now of the ancient Nau- foa or Nyfa ; but the ftony bafe of Meru, has refifted . the ravages of time, and the corrofions of the river, which flowed formerly to the fouth of it. The Sun and Dionysius were worfhipped there, and Devi, or the Earth, hada cave facred to her. There is a ftriking fimilarity between the Grecian Parmafus and this mountain. The original temple at both places was anhumble Parzéfa: at both places the Sun, Dionysius, and the Earth were worthipped. Mount Parnafus in Greece was full of Samach hes alfo. It had two fummits, one of which was called Ny/a, as well as the adjacent city; and the other Cyrrha or 2 3 Cyrrban: 502 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. Cyrrhanin the oblique cafe: this was facred to the Sun. The words Cyrrha and Kirros f{eem to be derived from the Sanfcrit Cirata, which implies irradiation and re- fplendence. The moft ancient oracle, and place of worfhip at Delphos, was that of the earth, in a‘cave, which was called De/phi; an obfolete Greek word, fyno- nymous with yoni in Sanferit: for it is the opinion of devout Hindus, that caves are the fymbol of the facred yoni: this opinion prevailed alfo in the weft; for per- forations and clefts in ftones and rocks were called Cunni-Diaboli by the firft Chriftians, who always beftow- ed the appellation of devils on the deities of the hea- thens. Perforated ftones are not uncommon in India; and devout people pafs through them, when the open- ing will admit of it, in order to be regenerated. Ifthe hole be too fmall, they put either the hand or foot through it, and with a fufficient degree of faith, it an~ fwers nearly the fame purpofe. One of the feven won- ders of the peak in Derby/bire, is called by a coarfer name ftill, but very improperly; for this wonderful cave, or at leaft one very much like it, in the Sacred- ifles, and particularly noticed in the Purdnas, is declar- ed to be the facred yoni. The cleft called Guhya-/than in Nepal, anfwers fully and literally to the coarfe ap- pellation beftowed upon the other in Derbyfhire by the vulgar, and is moft devoutly worfhipped by numerous pilgrims from all parts of India. ats ght According to the opinion of my learned friends here, it is probable, that whenever puja was performed in ho- nour of Priruivi, or the Earth, the navel of Visunu, or facred umbilicus of white marbles kept at Delphos, in the fanctuary of the temple, and carefully wrapt up in cloth, was placed in the cave of Delphi.’ By the navel of Visunu the Hindus underftand the Os Tinee*. From the fimilarity between the Parnéfa of India, Afiatick Refeatchas, vol. II. p. 363. and ON ST CN MOUNT CAUCASUS. §°3: and that of Greece, itis natural to fuppofe, that the rites and ceremonies, were carried from the more ancient, to the modern one: the Indian Parnéfa is evidently the more ancient: for when DeucALion went into Greece, Dronysiusand Apot_o were not worfhipped on mount Parnafus: he found there only the oracle of Tuemrs. As DeucAtion was fovereign of the country, in which the Indian Parna/us is fituated, it is, in my humble opi- nion, highly probable, that he carried into Greece, the worfhip of the deities of his native country, and more particularly that of Dionys1us; though [ muft confefs, that it is pofitively afferted in the Puranas, that De/va- Nauusua vifited the countries in the weft; and there built cities called after his own name: he gave alfo his name to rivers, and particularly to the Danube or Ifer, which, according to the Purdnas, fhould be f{pelled 7/- ter. His route is thus defcribed in the Purdnas: he firft defcended from the elevated plains of little Bok- bara with a numerous army, and invaded the countries of Samarcand, Bahlac, and Cabul, which were then in- habited by the ‘Sacas and ‘Sacafenas: he conquered af- terwards Iran, Egypt, and Ethiopia; and proceeding af. terwards through the dwip of Varaba, or Europe; he conquered Chandra-dwip, or the Britifh iflands: he went thence into Curu, which includes the northern parts of Ewrope, and the whole of Siberia: having con- guered China, the countries to the fouth of it, and Jn- dia, he returned to the plains of Meru, through the pafs of Hardwar. . . The Greeks fuppofed that mount Parnaffus was the fa- vourite abode of the Mufes. The Hindus have not limit- ed their refidence to any particular {pot: but asthe Sun is their leader, they are fuppofed to accompany him. They are called Rafa in Sanfcrit, in which language this word fignifies juice in general, but is more parti- cularly underftood of the honied juice of flowers: it implies alfo any thing which we particularly delight in. There 504 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS.’ There are nine of them, divided into three claffes : and this accounts for the Greeks fuppofing that there » were, originally; but three mufes. - Thefe three claffes relate to love, war and religion. alfo Shuché neat; and Ujwala fhining 1 Shringéré adorned with jewels: called Firft C! oh Second = ahd Third Clafs E white. Hafya, Hafé, Haféa; all implying laughter. 3 Carahad, Caruhyé, Grand; Crapdy Anu- campa, Anucrofbd, allimplying a mer- ciful difpofition, and tender pity. Raudré and Ugrd, grief and rage ac- companied with tears: defpair. Vira or Utfwabad-vardana: heroick: infpiring with courage. Bhaydnaca, Bhayancara, Pratibhayé, Bhairava, Bhifbanda, Déruhd, Bhi ifoma, or Bhimd, Ghora; a\l thefe names im- ply, fear, horror, hardnefs of heart, reciprocal dread, ee. 7 Vibhatfa or Vicrata; eretibbtide vaith fear at the fight of fcenes of cruelty, or at the recital of ena ga tunes. Adbhuta or Vi fie Chitrd Afebaryi: wonder and admiration. Shanta is when we have effe@ually extinguifhed our fenfes, 5 FRA Vibhatfa, and Adbbuta relate to.: that ftate, in which are virtuous people; who, without renounc- ing the world, enjoy its lawful pleafures; cauti- oully avoiding vice and guiltinefs, Shanta is adapt- edto the ftate of a perfon, who, wifhing to be re- -— wnited to the Supreme Being, confiders virtue in the light 77 . eee _ ON MOUNT CAUCASUS, 505 light of vice, because it implies attachment to the world. ‘This is seldom used, hence it is, that many reckon only eight Rasas or Muses. Worldly, or common singers are forbidden the use of this, and even according to some, that of the seventh and eighth. . Tue ancients, according to Macroszivs, enter- tained nearly the same idea, with respect to the Muses. Divines, says he * reckon nine Muses, eight of which answer to the musical sounds of the eight spheres: the ninth, which is the most perfect and sublime, they consider as an harmonical concord re- sulting from the eight former. Macrosius insists that this ideais as ancient as Hestop. ‘The Hindus likewise consider Shanté as resulting from the simul- taneous cadence and united powers of the others: '-and as Shanfd is never used in worldly concerns, they often reckon eight Rasas or Muses only. The nine Rasas are represented as beautiful damsels, with peculiar attributes and dresses. : Przrvus the son of Macnes, whose great-grand- father was Deuca ion, introduced into Greece the nine Muses: and the old uncouth music of the Greeks, which consisted only of four Muses, was laid aside, it seems; but not without violent struggles on the part of the adherents of the old Ruyrumica. Devcation is called Ca’LaA-YAVAWA in the Pw- rands, but Ca’tyv'n and Ca’Lyvu’'N in conversation, and in the vulgar dialects. Though acknowledged of divine extraction, and of course entitled to the epithet of De’va; it is never bestowed on him, be- cause he presumed to oppose CrrsHna: and, in- deed, he was very near overpowering him. But, as * Macros. in somn. scip. lib. 2°, c. 3%, p. 88. Vol. VI. 2K his 506 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. his descendants gave him his right as to the title of De'va, and decreed divine honours to be paid to him, we shall henceforth call him Deva-Ca’ia- Yavawna, or, according to the vulgar mode of pro- nouncing this compound word, Dz’o-Ca’t’-Yux, which sounds exactly like Devcation in Greek. His father was the famous Garea, whose story is thus related in the Bhavishya-purand, Sapa- Siva-Maua’-pEVA, is a great penitent (Yogi): he continually walks in the path of knowledge : haviag dedicated himself to the service of Visnu (here is understood the supreme being in the cha- racter of Visnu), he was constantly thinking on him. ‘They, who devote themselves to the worship of Visunv, have no occasion to worship the other gods: for there is no god like Visanv, who is the original soul, and the ancient of days. Whoever de- votes himself to him, obtains a seat at the most ex- cellent feet*, he has no beginning, and he never dies: he is pure and incapable of decay : he bestows knowledge, and everlasting: bliss: hence he is par- ticularly to be worshipped. Mana’-pe'va well knowing that Varcant’Ha (Vishnu) was to be born of the Vrishnis and Andhacas, said, I shall be his Purohita (or officiating prieft): and he was born of woman, in the character of GarGa: as soon as CrisHNA was born, Garea acted as his Purohita: hence he is called Garca’cua’rya: he gives Urdha (command over lust), and, though concealed under a mortal form, he is really Mana-peE'va. Garea is positively asserted here to be Mana’- DE vA himself, who is called also PRAMAT’HESA Or the lord of the five senses or servants: because they are to be kept in due subjection to reason, Hence * This expression is still used at the court of the great Lama, who is an incarnation of Vigunu. _ the ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 507 the western mythologists gave out some, that D’zo- Caty’un was the son of Jupiter, others of Pro- ‘METHEUS. GarGa was a famous astronomer, being ‘Maua’-peva himself; and the same is asserted of Promerueus, who generally lived in Scythia, in which is situated the peak of Caliasa the abode of Mauna’-peva. Lastly, PRomETHEvs is said to-be the son of Jaret, the Jya-pari of the Hindus ; and it is very probable, as we have seen in a former essay, that Jy A-P ATI was an incarnation of Mana’- Deva, or Mauwa-pev'a himself, The Greek my- thologists were little acquainted with the number- less incarnations found in the Purdnas, but suppose the Avdtaras and Avantaras to be the offspring of the parent deity, according to the usual course of nature. | Tue history of Dreo-ca’t-yv'n is thus related in a well-known poem called Hari Vansa. Garca was the spiritual guide of the Vrishnis and Andha- cas: at an early period he became Brahmachdri, and had such command over himself, that he never longed after woman. One day, before a numerous and respectable assembly, king Suara reviled him, and asserted that his continence proceeded merely from incapacity. The sage irritated at this reflection, withdrew from the world, and performed religious austerities for twelve years, during which time he subsisted entirely on filings of iron. Mauna’-pe'va being pleased granted his boon, that a son should be born unto him, who would reunite in himself all the energy of the Vrishnis and Andhacas; and that they should never prevail against him. The so- vereign king of the Favanas, having no children, and hearing of this boon, went to Garca; and after many entreaties prevailed on the sage to accompany - him into his kingdom: there he brought him into a Gésha, or hut made of leaves and branches, and | Jo it aaa placed 508 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. placed round him many shepherdesses; the holy man fixed his choice on one of them called Gopdli- apsarasa; she retained his seed. against her will, and in due time was delivered of a boy at Gaznt. Here I shall observe, that this apsarasa, or celestial nymph, having misbehaved at the court of InpRa, was doomed to live on earth, for a certain time, in the character of a Gopdli or shepherdess.. This pu- nishment is often inflicted on them: and whilst on. earth they generally prostitute themselves to the handsomest men; but always destroy the embryo as soon as possible. In this however the Gopdéit-ap- sarasa@ did not succeed, because GaRGa was of a su- erior nature, being an incarnation of Mana‘pe'va. The king of the Yavanas brought up the. child in his own place, and adopted him for his son: after his death Ca’La-y AVANAD succeeded to the throne. e longed after the ftrife of war, and having asked the most respectable Brdéhmens; which were the most powerful tribes in the country; Na’rapa . pointed out tohim the Vre'shnis and Andhacas, Cau- yuw being joined by the Sécas, Daradas, Paradés, Tangdns, Chafas, and all the petty tribes of rob- bers, inhabiting the skirts of the snowy mountains, advanced against Mat’hurd. Crisuna having heard of Maua’-peva’s boon, was greatly alarmed ; and attempted to enter into a negociation with CAL-yuwn, | but his overtures were rejected. He then convened his friends and relations; and having declared to _them in a few words, the critical situation they were in; represented to them that they had to time to lose, advised them to Jeave Mat’hurd, and retire with him to Dwaraca in Gurjur-désa (near point Jigat). He informed them also that Jara’-sanpua (the most powerful prince in Jndia at that time, and whose daughter had married (Cansa) at the head of the confederate kings, who had resolved to revenge the death of Cansa, was advancing with an im- mense ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 509 mense army. When Crisuna had seen his friends and relations safe at Dwaraca; he returned alone to Math’hurdé ; and presented himself before Ca‘r- yun, who rising from his seat in a great rage, at- tempted to seize him: Crisuna fled, and Ca‘t- YUN pursued him as far as the cave in which slept the famous Mucuu-cunpa. It is situated in the Raivata mountains, which extend from Guzrét to- ward Ajmér. Mucnu-cunpa was the son of king Manpara, who lived in the Crita-yuga or golden- age: having defeated and humbled the Daityas, the gods, out of gratitude, waited on him requesting him to ask a boon. The warrior, who was exhausted with fatigue, answered he wanted nothing but sleep, and wished he might sleep till the arrivalof Crisuna, | and that, whosoever should presume to awake him, might be destroyed by the fire of his eye. Crisuna, who .knew that such a boon had been granted to Mucuvu-cunpa, boldly entered the gloomy cave, and placing himself toward the head of Mucuu- CUNDA, waited in silence the arrival of Ca’L-yun. He soon arrived, and seeing a man asleep, struck him several times to awake him. Mucuu-cunpa opening his eyes, a flame darted from them, which reduced Ca‘La-yavana to ashes. CrisHna went immediately to Dwaraca, and gathering his forces fell upon the Yavans, put the greatest part of them to the sword, and the rest fled to their native country. Tre conclusion of the drama is certainly forced, ridiculous, and unnatural: it is more probable, that Deo-cAL-yuwN seeing his army defeated, fled to his native country: and that, through shame and vexay tion, he withdrew with his family and adherents to Greece. This conjecture is supported by the testi- mony of Greek hiitorians, who uniformly assert, that he reigned, and ultimately died in Greece. They 2K8 are 510 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. are not, however, agreed about his origin, some say- ing he was a Scythian, and others, that. he was a Syrian. | Any catastrophe, general or partial, eitherby fire, sword, or water, is called in Sancrit Pralaya: but this word in the spoken dialeéts is generally under- stood of destruction by water, and of course the Greeks understood it in that light; when speaking of the dreadful catastrophe, which befel the Yavanas and their leader Dreo-cat-yun on the borders of India; and I cannot help observing, that Grecee was a most unfavourable spot for a partial flood. Tue Yavanas originally worshipped the sacred Yownr alone, which they considered as the sole au- thor of their being; but learned pandits suppose, that, when we read in the above legend, that the king of the Yavanas adopted for his son an Avén- tara of Maua-pev’s; it implies also, that himself with his subjects admitted the worship of the Linga or Phallus. Be this asit may, PrometHEevs, Dew- cALiIon, and his mother Jopaimia, had altars erected to them in Greece. dens | Garga-sthén or the place of Garea, where he lived amongst cowherds, is fourteen coss from Cabul according to some pilgrims. I have not been able yet to ascertain its situation, with sufficient accuracy. to insert it in the map. It is situated in the moun- tains, which, from this circumstance, are called Garga-sthan, and by Persian authors Gherghistan. - «hada Spee emee 1 It was asserted in the Cabirian mysteries, that PRoMETHEUs or PramaTHesa had a son called fEtNaus.* Pausantas mentions his name only ; * Pausan. Beotic. ld. 9, p. 300... (is and ON MOUNT CAUCASUSs $i and says he could not divulge, what he had heard concerning these deities in the sacred recesses of the temple, without being guilty of a sacrilege. The name of this inferior deity is derived from the Sans- crit A1ITNE’swaRa or AITNE’sA for AITNA-ISA. This god I do not find mentioned in the Purdénas ; but his consort Airni-pe'vi, or the goddess Ait- NI, 1s repeatedly noticed in these sacred books. She resided in an island, the dimensions of which. are declared to be thirty yojanas, or about 150 miles, an expression rather obscure. There on a high mountain vomiting fire, was the sthén, or place of the goddess Airny’: indeed the whole island is called Aitni-sthin, and has no other name in the Purdnas, This obviously is Mount £¢na, and the island of Sicily, which was uninhabited, according to the Pauranics, on account of the dreadful erup- tions of the mountain; the crater of which was considered as sacred according’ to Pausanras.* The island (or tract of islands) of Lipara is mentioned also in the Purdnas in which it is declared, that the appellation of Laya-para is derived from Pa- RA-LAYA 3 because they who threw themselves into the volcano, obtained Laya, or reunion to the su- preme being. It issaid to be ten yvojanas or fifty _ ~ miles distant from Aitni-sthin or Sicily. | Airni-pi'viis. obviously the nymph called Etna by the Sicilians: she was the mother of the Patict, ‘whose father was Jupi1rer with the title of Apramus, supposed with good reason by the learned to be the same with ther Babylonian ADRAM-MELECH, whom I mentioned in a former essay on Semiramis, ADRAMUS is Obviously derived from. the Sanscrit ADHARME’s' waRA or ADHAR- MESA: Is’a, Is'wara in Sanscrit; MeLteca in Chaldean, are synonimous ; and the lord ApHARMA is an epithet of Siva. ; * Pausawn Lacon, p. 107. 2x4 . Havine ‘512 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. Havine discovered some years ago, that Pro- METHEUS, as a title of Srva, was not unknown to learned pandits, I immediately enquired after his cave or den, and related to my learned friends the legend of ProMetHeEvusand the eagle. They shrunk back with horror at this horrid blasphemy, and de- clared that none but impious Yavanas could ever suppose, that the deity could be fastened to a rock, and have its entrails devoured by an eagle. I was forced to drop my enquiries on a subject so disa- greeable : but on considering lately, that the den was improperly called the cave of PromerHEus; and that it should be rather called the place of the eagle ; I enquired after Gardda-sthén, and was perfectly understood. ‘They soon pointed it out to me in the Purdnas and other sacred books, such as the Hari- vansa, the Césmir-mahatmya, &c. and I immedi- ately perceived that it was situated in the vicinity of Cabul, where the historians of ALEXANDER have placed it, and declare, that this hero had the curio- sity tego and see it. I have discovered since a pas- sage in a section of the Scanda-purdna, called the Himichel-c’handa ; in which it is declared that the sthén or place of Garun’a, is near Vaémiyan. It is related in the Hari-vansa, that, when CuorisHna had occasion for GArup’‘a’s assistance, to clear up the country round Dwaraca, which abounded with savages, ferocious animals, and noxious reptiles, Garvup’a had then his place or sthén on the summit of a high peak of difficult access, in the country of the Yavanas, to the westward of the Zndus; where he used to carry men and animals he could lay hold of, in order to devour them at his leisure. Unfortu- nately no further particulars could be collected from the Hindu sacred books, when a learned pandit re- collecting, that as from an early period that country had been in the possession of the followers of Bup- p’HA, some light on this subject might naturally be : expected 4 : ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 513 expected from their books; after many entreaties, I prevailed on him to consult the learned of that sect : this he promised to do on condition that I would not make a practice of it. He found the Bauddhists equally averse to such communication. To be short, he produced at last a singular book called the Bud- ha-dhdérmacharya Sindhuh ; ; in which we found the legends relating to Promzruevs and the eagle, with many other interesting particulars. I beg leave here to retract what I said in a former essay on E gype concerning the followers of Bupp’Ha*. There are many learned men among them, and they have many valuable books: it appears aso that they have Védas and Purdnas of theirown. A comparison of them with those of the Brahmenical tribes would prove very interesting, and of the greatest import- ance. It would prove at first a very arduous under- taking, as it would be very difficult to gain the con- fidence of both parties. Garvn’a or the Eagle, called also GarurMaAT or the winged, lived in his own Van or forest, called from him Garutmat-van and Garutman-van. Bé- miyan and the Mosaical Eden were situated in the forest of GarurMAN: and it is remarkable, that the Parsis, according to AnaveTiLt pu Perron, call the abode of the supreme being and of the blessed, GorotMAN, which they represent as a ter- restrial paradise. It is near Goracsha-van or Goruc- ban, as itis pronounced in the vulgar dialects; but by Musulmans it is called Goor-ban and Goor -band. There he flew over mountains, through forests, searching whom he might devour, tearing up their bodies, anal devouring their entrails. For Visunv had given him this boon, saying, you may devour my enemies, and those of Siva; those who are guilty of constant uncleanness : the Ni sticas, or un- believers; those who deal in iniquity, the ungrate- ee ate ~~ * Asiatic Researches, vol. iii, p. 412. ful, 514 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. ful, those who speak ill of their spiritual guides, or otherwise behave ill to them, or defile their beds: all these you may devour: but do not touch a Brah- men, whatever be his guilt; should you presume to devour him, he will prove a scorching flame in your throat ; spare also my servants, and those of Mana’- preva, and the righteous in general: for if you should transgress, your strength and power will be thereby greatly diminished. Visunu haying thus spoken, disappeared. Long after Garup’a spying a Bradhmen dressed like a Shabara, or mountaineer, laid hold of him, and attempted to devour him: but he soon felt a scorching flame in his throat, which forced him to disgorge the priest alive. Some time after he met with a servant of Maua-De’va, who. was rambling stark naked through the woods, and looked like an ideot: Garup’a sprung upon him; but found his body as hard as the thunder bolt. When Garun’a saw this, he carried his prey to his den, where he bound him, that he might devour him at his leisure: but he never could make the least impression upon him. The unfortunate pri- soner called on Mana’-pe’ya, who sent Haraja io rescue him. Harayja or Hara-cuva requested Garvp’a to release him, saying, you are the chief of birds, this man is a favorite of Maua-pe'va, you also are a favorite .of his, set him at liberty, or come and fight me. For a whole month they fought, when Garvun’a’s strength failed him: he saw then, that his prisoner was a servant of Mawa’-pr'va, and recalled to his mind, the words of Visunu. He then set him at liberty, observing to Haraya, that in his life he never found so tough a subject. THE situation of Goracsha-van is well known to the Hindus; and I have seen many pilgrims, who have visited this singular spot. Near it, in the © mountains, according to the sacred books, is situated the forest and place of Garup’a: there it was visited by ON MOUNT CAUCASUS; 515 by ALEXANDER and his Macedonians. I was not fortunate enough to meet with pilgrims, who had seen this place, which I understand, is seldom vi- sited on account of its being difficult of access; and because few and trifling indulgences only are to be obtained there. They generally place it near the pass of Skabara, which was thus denominated from the Shabars, whom Garvup’a used to devour. The word Shabara is interpreted in glossaries, Shdli- vastra, and Vastracdra, and signifies such uncivi- lized race of men, as make, and wear for garments, a sort of matting made of grass and roots. The Sha- bara, whom Garup’a confined in his cave, was a servant of Maua’-pe'vyA: a synonimous term for which, isalscoPRAMATHAH or PRAMATHAS, whom the. Greeks have confounded with ProMETHEUs, obviously derived from the two Sanscrit words PRra- MAT Ha-1s'A, which coalescing according to the rules of grammar, form PRAMAT’HE'S'A. ‘This sup- posed adventure is posterior to CrisHwa: for in his time Garup’a was in the full enjoyment of his strength and power. Garup is often represented as a Griffin, and the native country of the Griffins is placed by west- ern mythologists in Bactria: this is also counte- nanced in the Purdénas, and we read in the Himé- chel-c hand, that Garvp’a and his brother Aruna, who now drives the chariot of the Sun, went into Bactria and made Tapasya, at a place called Vima- lamhu, close to Vdémtyan, and near the oracle of Uma or Umasa, which is a name of the Earrn, considered as the Magna-mater, and, perhaps from it, is derived the Latin word Hunus. There he married a beautiful woman; the snakes alarmed at his marriage, waged war against him: but they were defeated, one only escaping the general slaughter :° who falling at the feet of Garup’s, said, devour I me 516 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. ” "me not, spare me, 6/ Négdntaca, or destroyer of snakes. Garup’a granted his request, and placed him by way of ornament round hip neck Bactria was also the native esunily ‘off the Sade and Sacasenas ; and it is remarkable, that wherever the Sucas went, there we find also the Nah ata! Ir appears, that at an early périod some. emigra- tion took place from Bactria into Colchis, the inha- bitants of which country were called Indi and Sindi. There was a powerful tribe called Augoi, Augon, Abasgoi and Abasgon, which appear to be the ong with the present Afghans: or Augans, called . gone by Priny. These catried with them t original legends, such as the story of Faauavanns and the eagle ; ; and in the course of time they even supposed, that the events they alluded to, did really happen in the country they were now inhabiting. According to the Purénas, the Sacas and Sacasénas, leaving Bactria, went into the dwfp of Placsha, or Asia the lesser, which was afterwards denominated from them the dwip of Séca. The appellation of Placsha or Placya in the vulgar dialects, was not entirely lost in the time of Hzroporus, who takes particular notice of a place called Placia, the inha- bitants of which, and of the adjacent country, still retained the old Janguage. As the word Placsha is sometimes written Lacsha, I suspect that the Legzi or Lesgi, formerly a powerful nation in Col- chis, were the remains of the ancient inhabitants of the dwip of Lacsha or Plucsha: for they lived for- merly in the more southern parts of lesser Asia, to- ward Syria, and were the same with the Leuco- Syri, perhaps for Lesgo-Syri, or Lachya-Syri. Dro-Cat-yun, the adopted son of the lord para- mount of the Yavanas, lived in the country of the Cambay, . ON MOUNT CAUCASUs, 517 Cémboj, to the westward of the Zndus. This is the Y same country, which, according to the learned, is now called by contraction Coj. As the vowel is very short, and of course obscure, every one of the five vowels is indifferently used; thus we have Caj, Kij, or Kidge, &c. In the same manner the name of the country called Camis, Camus, and Cambis, to the south of the Caspian sea, is often written and pronounced Caus. It includes all that mountainous tract, which extends from Gazni to the sea, and comprehended the countries known to the Greeks by the names of Arachosia and Gedrosia, written also Kedrosia; indeed, these two denominations signify the same thing, the mountains of C’oj: for fioh in the language of the Balloches signifies a mountain, and may be placed, either before or after, thus Coj-Roh, Kej-Roh or Kedrosia; Roh-Coj or Arachosia,, When they speak of the country in ge- neral, they say Coj only: and when they use the word Roh it implies the mountains of Coj. The appellation of Coj is now restricted to that part which is included in the province of Macrdn or Mackraén, called by the Greeks Macarene; the chief river of which, was the A/axzates, now called Macshid (*). Gazni, the true name of which is Sasni, was once the capital cityof that country ; hence it is called with propriety S’asni-Coj by T- VERNIER, or Chakeni-couze: the Patians generally use k& for sh; and very often also for s; thus they say, Pirkhowr for Pirshowr, Khehr for Shehr, a city. Gazni is called Sasni by Curysoccoras; and Sha/ni or Chassenee, in THEVENOT’s collection of voyages, The present name is Gazni or Casni; but in the time of TavernizER, they said also Sacni or Jacni. Roh-Coj, according tothe Ballwch pronunciation, or Row-Coz, as softened by the Pas‘ans, is the Ara- chosia of the Greeks ; which includes the districts * Step. Bizant advocem Alexandria. of 518 ON MOUNT CAUCASUS.’ of Gazni and Candahar. Arachosia is now called Cawer or Cawerdn : but even this appellation is be- coming obsolete. The river Arachotus called also Choaspes, and Cophes is now called Abeh-Tarnic, or the river Jarnéc. It risesin the hills to the north by east of Gazni ; and after having watered the whole valley of Arachosia, it loses itself in a marsh about four miles to the south of Candahar : and when the rains are abundant, part of its waters run into the Arghand-ab, which falls into the Hir-mend. . One of the emperors of Gazni had its waters dammed up. in the hills, above that city, which are let out occa- sionally to water the fields, in which it is lost: when the rains are copious, the superabundant waters form a small stream, which reaches as far as Carabaug ; and afterwards forms in some low grounds to the south east, a small marsh or lake. The present river Arachotus, is formed by a small stream, which rises a little above Mucur in the above marsh: hence it is often called the water of Mucur, = Ir was called Choaspes, or rather Cho-Asp from the following circumstances. Between the cities of Supa and Kéld-dt (a plural form implying towers or forts), there is in the bed of the river Térnic a deep hole, supposed unfathomable ; called in the language of that country Sup, in Sanscrit Gopa, and in some dialects Gopha, from which, probably, are derived the words Tvz and Kuan, Cuop, Cove, Cave, and in Latin Cavus and Cavea, a Cave, a Coop, or Cage. An unwary traveller, riding upon a mare great with foal, stumbled into it and both were drowned, During the struggles the mare brought forth a foal, who was received by the fairies residing in this cave, and nursed by them. He is often seen grazing on the banks of the river, and at other ON MOUNT CAUCASUS. 519 other times his head only is seen above the waters ; from that circumstance the surrounding hills are called Serch-Asp, or the horse’s head. As the foal was grazing one day in the adjacent meadows, he was seen by a traveller, who admiring his shape, laid hold of him and rode him for a long time ; when re- turning the same way, he did Jelo-rez, or relax the reins ;* the horse ran away, and jumped into the cave, or hole. From the circumstance of his relaxing the reins, the surrounding hills are also called Jelo- vez. ‘They might be called with propriety Coh-Asp, or the mountains of horse : and they were thus called once, or Cho-aspa as it appears from Prortemy, who has applied this appellation to a city in the vici- nity, but with greater propriety called Cophes by Puiny ; a word obviously derived from Gopa, Gupha pronounced in different dialects, Cup and Sup, Cuph and Suff, or Suph. It is called to this day Suffa- or Shehr-zuffa, the town of Suffa. Itis called Zu- pha in the Peutingerian table, in the road from Fo- ciana (Fusheng), to Asbéna, or Cabul. The marsh, to the south of Candahar, is obviously the 2 greater, Of Saturn, - - 3: less. These differences, the Hindu astronomers call bee; ; or the corrections to be applied to the mean places of the planets, computed from the Surya Siddhanta*, 25. Havine thus given the revolutions of the sun, moon, and planets, in the cycle of 1080000 years in imitation of the Surya Siddhanta, I shall now shew their use in determining the mean longitudes of each at any time proposed. EXAMPLE. Ler the time be the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug, or the 12 April, 1799, at 51’ 40” past four P. M. on the meridian of Paris; to find the mean longitudes of the sun, moon, and planets, in the Hindu sphere, at that instant. Say, as 1080000 is to the number of revolutions in that cycle, sois the num- ber of years expired of the Cali yug, to the planets mean longitude at the end of that time: Thus, * In the Siddhanta Ratosyo, dated in 1513 Saka, the deej or cor- rections are as follow: Mercury 4; Venus 3; Jupiter 2; revolu- tions in 1080000 years substractive ; and Saturn 3 addittive; the Groho Torongini dated in 1530; Siddhanta Munjeri dated in 1531 Saka; Bisuhito and tables of CuxisnasBoram (all of which have been deduced from the Surya Siddhanta) adopt the deey tocorrect the mean longitudes of the planets, as computed from the motions de- duced from the Surya Siddhunta, Revo- ee —— THE SURYA’ SIDDHA'NTA, &c. 553 Revolutions. Su. = = 4900 — Os. 0° O. 0’ Moon “=" = 65507 — 3 2 12 °0 Mereury “== 20345.— 3 3 20 0 Menus - 2 = 11965, —" 2.313 40-0 “Mars | 22" =. 9605. — 2 14 42. O Jupiter = - = 413 — 1 9 54 0 Saturn S— = 166 — 3 330 0 (“#s« 26. Tue revolutions of the apsides and nodes in a Calpa, or 4320000000 years, according to the Surya Siddhanta, are as follow : Apsides. | Nodes retrograde. Sun 387, Moon. _ 488203000 232238000, Mercury 368 488 - Venus 535)... 908 was 204 214 Jupiter 900} ETS Saturn SO} 662 27. From what has been already said respecting the manner of determining the mean annual motions of the planets (§ 14, 15; & 16) and the number of re- volutions of each, from thence (} 23) in 1080000 years ; no difficulty can occur in forming an idea of the mode by which those of the apsidés and nodes. were obtained. © _— sateen 28. The commencement of the Culpa of VaranHa, is fixed at the distance of 1955880000 years before the beginning of the present Cali yug, at the instant of midnight between Saturday and Sunday on the meridian of Lanka ; at which instant, the sun moon _ VOL. VI. 2N and 554 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF and planets, with the apsides and nodes of their or- bits, are assumed to have’ been in a line of conjunc-. tion in the beginning of Aries. 29. Tue longitudes of the aphelia and nodes, at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug ; or 12th April 1799, at 51’ 40” past four P. M. on the meri- dian of Paris, by DE ta Lawnpx’s tables will be as follow : European Sphere. ~ gs. @ ' “)} Nodes---supplement. Sun’s apogee =. ,-—s« OD_- OB. «18,9 Ms gk ae ose Moon’s ditto O 16 LO 30,3 10 12 49 2,8 Mercury’s aphel. 8 14 20 11 1S. So. 8 Venus’s ditto 10 8 35 37 2 14 SL 46 Mars’s ditto 5a 2526 1 8g SS Jupiter’s ditto 611 7-40 3 8--93-446.. Saturn’s ditto $8 29 3 23 i) S&S Zb- S6a Phuc 30. Terr longitudes in the Hindu sphere, are had by deducting 0* 20° 52’ 28,5” (§ 12) from hose of the aphelia, and adding it to those of the nodes, as follows : | ; Hindu Sphere. 7 s. @ ' “ |Nodes--supplement: Sun’s apogee 2 18 35°49,8}. 5 % " © Moon’s ditto 11 25 18 1,8] at $3 41 $1,3°. Mercury’saphel. 7 23 27 42,5 2 6 48 44,5 Venus’sditto 9 17 43 8,5 ton tery) Pe Te Mars’s ditto 4,14 30.57,5 2 8 54 6,5 . Jupiter’sditto. 5 20 15 11,5] 3 2916 9,5 — Saturn’s ditto 8 8 10 55,51 4 12 48 45,5 31. Tue longitudes of the aphelia and nodes being given by assumption, at the commencement of the Calpa (§ 28); and their positions at the end of the. year 4900 of the Cali yug, by European tables (§ 29 and 30) ; (which may be supposed to agree with ob-: servation) we obtain from thence, the following an- | nual THE SURYA’ SIDDHANTA, &c. 555 nual motions; which when computed from the commencement of the Calpa, as an epoch of. as- sumed conjunction, will give the longitudes of the aphelia and nodes, agreeing with European tables. Annual motions of the apsides—Hzndu sphere. - 5.0 I IS OE TV ev ai VE) VE Vill. Sun 0 0 O 8 28 34 24 55 38 7 direct. Moon 1 10 40 35 35 26 36 19 15 50 ditto. _ Mercury’ = ( §2.25".9-59.88 .0 57 retro. Venus oy JO, 421. 39 9126. 18, ditto,., . Mars. - 8-19 50.19.37. 3, 94, direct}, ... Jupiter : 1 56:23) 25) 4.5) 50,7etra a4 6 Saturn ih” ROBE PN 58e Gd 83 1.95) darect, Annual motion of the nodes. eT SRO OR IM OWOV? VEC VET VIEL Moon’so19 21 31 5 15 30 51 45 46 retro. Mercury’s 1°41 58-1920 0% 2 2 ditto, Venus’s i (asad 29 40 19 2 29 29 57 ditto, Mars’s 1 26 40 17 41 53 O 52 ditto. Jupiter ' 1 34 22 18 57 22 36 31 ditto, Saturn 1 30 13 19 10 58 13 44 ditto. 32. Tuer motions of the aphelia of Mercury, Ve- nus and Jupiter, are retrograde in the Hindu sphere ; though direct in that of the Eurepeans : the reason of this, is owing to the difference between the mo- tions of the two spheres, with respect to each other: for, if we conceive the first point of Aries in the Hindu sphere to coincide with the yernal equinox © then at the expiration of 3654- 6™ 19’ 36” 33” 36° (the length of the Hzndu year according to the Surya Siddhania), the Sun would again enter Aries in the Hindu sphere: but his distance at that very moment from the vernal equinox would be = 58” 40” 15" 36°, the true quantity by which the Euro- pean and Hindu sphetes, recede from each other an- . . 2°N'2 q nually ; 550 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF nually ; and not 54”, as found in some Hindu books. Hence it follows, that if the motion of the aphelion of a planet, was exactly 58” 40” 15" $6’, in the Eu- ropean sphere, it would have none in that of the Hindus ; but would be considered as fixed. And, if the motion was less, then it would be retrograde ; as is the case with the aphelia of Mercury, Venus, and Jupiter. . | 33. From the motions above determined (§ 31), we obtain the following revolutions of the aphelia and nodes in a Calpa, requisite to give their positions by direct computation. bpd iad Apsides. Notes—retrograde. Sun 10366 direct. | . Moon 488122956 ditto. | 232308774 Mercury 7961 retro. 334893 Venus 33023 ditto. | 2933037" Mars 29030 direct. | 2899505" Jupiter 6698 retro. | A $19 200 Saturn 23023 direct. 300592: These numbers differ widely from those given in the Surya Siddhdnta (§ 26), owing to the slow motions assigned to the apsides and nodes, in that work. 34. Tue revolutions of the apsides and nodes in a Calpa, being thus ascertained, the following ex- amples will shew their applications and use. Examp Le. Let it be required to determine by computation, the longitudes of the Sun’s apogee, Moon’s apogee, and the aphelion of Jupiter, in the Hindu sphere, at the end of the 4900 of the Cali yug. From the commencement of the Calpa of Varana, to the beginning of the Cali " yug, (§ 28) = 1955880C0o years dd - - : 4.900 Total years expired of the Calpa, 1955884900 . ‘Then THE SURIA’ SIDDHA/NTA, &c. 557 Then say, as 4520000090 years to the number of revolutions in that cycle, so is the time expired to the longitude. | . Thus, longitude of the __ 10566X1955884990 __ ' 4320000000 4693" —2' 80° $4’ 22” &c, 4881122956X 1955884900 Moon’s apogee, = ae Sun’s apogee, ~~~ 4520000000 220998221 —l11 25 18 49 &c., ak Ws __ 6698519X5884900 __ Jupiter’s aphel. = —— 3032 —6 9 45 18 &e. but the motion of Jupiter’s aphelion being retrograde - we must deduct this longitude from twelve. signs; and we shall have, 5s. 20° 14 41” &c. the longi- tude required, Again, let the longitude of the Moon’s ascending node, at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug be required. Longitude of the Moon’s ascending node in antece- dentia. 932508774X 1955884900 é Sia elias =e puGdoe —— = (105178060) 11s 3°40' 33” &e. which deducted from twelve signs, leaves Os. 268 19’ 26” &c. for the longitude of the node, according to the order of the signs. : LENGTH OF THE HINDU YEAR. 35. Hiruerto I have supposed the length of the Hindu year to be 365° 15°° $1’ $1” 24”, the same as in the Sarya Siddhanta ; and all the preced- ing calculations respecting the motions of the planets, &c. are made on that supposition. It is, however, to be observed, that when a Hindu astronomer forms ‘a new system conformably to the positions of the planets, &c. in his time, he must likewise deter- 2n 3 mine 558 _ ON THE ANTIQUITY OF mine the me of the year, to be given in. its system. : 36. In aed to ascertain the per of the Hindu year, two things are necessary to be first known. ist. The instant of the commencement of the year. 2d. The time expired from the beginning of the cycle, to that instant. The first, is supposed to be found by observation by determining that instant of time, when the difference of longitude between the Sun and a known fixed Star, is equal to the longitude assigned to the Star in the Hindu sphere. The longitudes of the twenty-seven Voga Stars, may be found in many Hindu books of astronomy ; but all that have hitherto come into my hands, appear silent as to the manner in which the observation is conducted, or the parti- cular Star by whichit is made: Chitra or the virgin spike, (perhaps from its situation) is generally _Sup- posed to be the Star observed on such occasions i. and its longitude, according to Brouma Guerra © and some others, is 6* 3° 0’ in the Hindu sphere. 87. AccorpiNc to Varaua, the year 3601 of Cali yug, began precisely at the instant of the nal equinox ; that is, the Sun had then entered A: according to the true motions: Conse NED ire Hindu and European spheres had then (A. ia is coincided. | y/ The longitude of Spica, in A. D. ae 1750, was =6" 20° 21' 1 Deduct precession for 1251 years, Pas chs seit at 50” 1, pera. a=) Uy) 24 085 Longitude of Spica, in A.D. 499, =6. 2 56 43 Broums Gupta makesit - =6 3 0 O Difference, about - - aa 1% However, from the most accurate comparisons I have been able to make, respecting the length of the year, as given in different books, whose ages are known, either "THE SURYA’ SIDDHA‘NTA. 559 either from dates or computations; it would ‘appear, that the longitude assigned to Chitra, by Brouma Gupra, &c. is too great by upwards of fifty minutes. $8. Tue Sun’s true longitude, when he enters Aries, according to mean motions, is stated by Hindu tabies at about Os. 2° 7’ 24” ; now if we sup- ~ pose the longitude of Criira, to be 6s. 2° 7’ 24’, (to avoid trouble in calculation) the difference of longitude between the Sun and Star, when the former enters Aries according to mean motions, will be exactly six signs. RD arr $9. The distance, or difference of longitude be- tween the Sun and Star, (at the commencement of the year according to mean motions), being thus supposed six signs; we can easily ascertain the instant they are _in that position, and from thence the length of the _ year, as follows: Sun’s mean longitude in the Ew- ropean sphere on the 12th April, 1799, at 45’ 44” past 9 P. M. on the meridian of bya Spe cia Coy Lanka (§ 11). - =0Os. 20° 52’ 28”, 5 Equation of his center, a RO FAO Sgn raee _ §$un’s true longitude, EDMAN OER: BF MaRS Longitude of Spica same time, =6 21 2 32,5 . Difference of longitudes between eer ee Fe : Sheet gy dunyticap » Which deduct from - G10", 80 iv emain - - O 1 42 41 Which reduced to time make, 1% 44°46 44” Now the time expired fromthe commencement of the Ca/z yug, _, to the above instant, is (§ 11), 1789767°** 54% 24’ 20" - Deduct - - 1 44 = 46. 44 Remain oi - 1789766 9 37 36 or the instant at which the Sun and Star would be. axactly six signs distant from each other, being the commencement of the year, according to mean motions; and which being divided by 4900, the 2N 4 num- 560 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF number of years then expired of the Cali yug, we shall have =“ 2" * —365 ™* 15 80’ 14” 25”, the length of the Hindu year in A.D. 1799, upon the supposition that Chitra is exactly six signs distant from the Sun the moment he enters Aries according mean motions. 40, Tue Sun is found to revolve from any fixed Star to the same again in 365 “” 6° 9’ 11" $6”, which is the length of the sidereal year, as determined, by European astronomers. _ Hence, after the expiration of one compleat sidereal year, from the time above determined, the Sun would again return to the same position with respect to Spica: it may therefore be asked, why is the Hindu year longer than the side- real year of the Huropean astronomers ?. To under- stand the reason of this, it must be observed that at the time above determined, at which the Sun and Star would be exactly six signs distant from each other the number of days expired of the Cali yug, would be precisely - = 17897667. 9 37) 36 But4900sidereal years,make only 1789756 16 58 O Difference, - - 9 52 39 16 Hence it follows, that as the number of days ex- pired of the Cali yug at the time, exceeds the num- ber in 4900 sidereal years, by nearly ten days; that difference, when divided amongst the years expired, muft evidently cause an excess in the length of the Hindu year, above the sidereal, | v 41:Hence also, the length of the Hindu year, may — be commodiously obtained, at any propesse pa by the following formula: a Let di sen1o 529g 96" | $ == 865) 15)! 22 59’ =2ithetdereas year, h = length of the Hindu year, n == number of years expired of the Cali yug, Then THE sURYA’ SIDDHA'NTA, &c. 561 Then s + £— h d ” And = 2. 42. From the formula s + = h, the following table has been computed, shewing the length of the Hindu year, at different periods by inspection. 1st Bysack 3601 A.D.499 365°" 15" 32’ 51" 39” 3701 599 15 382,35 38 3801 699 ——15 32 20 28 $901 TOO Se ae oh 4001 899 15 $1 52 24 4101 999 15 31 39 23 A20F #2 4099 | = 15", 3196 59 - 4301 ES Re a: BS eS 44.01 1299 Fn Rake RRS RE? - 4501 1599." Se 15 SO aed 4601 1499 ——15 30 42 49 4701 1599 += 15 30 32 57 4801 1699 15 30 23 29 4901 1708 | we 15: 80 14-95 Tuis much may serve to explain the principles on which the length of the Hindu year depends. There is however another method for determining the length of the year, from the precession of 'the equinoxes, which I shall now explain. 43. Lave already observed ({ 57), that according to Varana, the year 3601 of the Cali yug, began at the instant of the vernal equinox (in A. D. 499), The same astronomer fixed also the rate of pre- cession at 54” annually. Hence by knowing the time of coincidence of the Hindu and European ‘spheres, and the rate of precession, we can easily de- termine from thence, the instant at which the Hindu ] year 562 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF year ought tocommence. For, then the distance of the first point of Aries in the /Zindu sphere, from the vernal equinoxial point, must be always equal to the whole precession. For example, at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug, the precession at 54” an- nually, will amount to 19° 30°; which on the princi- ples above stated should the Sun’s true longitude in the European sphere, at the instant of the commence- ment of the Azmdu year according to true motions. The Sun’s true longitude on the 12th April 1799, at 51’ 40" past 4 P.M. on the meridian of Paris in the European sphere (§ $9) = Os. 22° 45' 13,5" Deduct the precession ~ 0. 19350.) O" Remain - - = ee, ae Which reduced to time according to ‘true motions make - 3* 19” 21' 02” From the time then expired of the =~ Cali yug (§11) | - *. = 1789767 54 24 20 Deduct vais 0 a a a ee Remain commencement of the Hindu year ae 1789764 35 3 18 Add Hindu equation of the Sun’s . center reduced to time a TT a ay Sun enters Aries according to mean 2 motions at - 1789766 45 15 58 which being divided by 4900, the number of years days do. ‘ we fx expired of the cycle, we shall have eS bo ae mie 865° 15°°30' 40” 36”, the length of the Hindu year in A.D. 1799, from the precession of the equinoxes as settled by Varana. In this operation the length of the - Hindu year, comes out somewhat greater than that deduced from the position of Chitra. Both me- thods, however, agree in giving the same length to th¢ year, between 7 and 800 years ago; about which time, according to the testimony of some Hindu books, . as well as from computation, V ARAHA must have lived and made his observations. “yd z 44. THs, RLS rrr errr rer THE SURYA’ SIDDHA/NTA, &c. 563 44, Tue length of the year being determined either from the position of Chitra, or the precession of the equinoxes as above explained (5 39, 43), the next thing a Hindu astronomer has to do (if he means to form a compleat system in imitation of the Surya. Siddhanta), is to ascertain the number of days to be assigned to the cycle of 1080000 years. This is done by multiplying the length of the year by that number. For example let the length of the year A.D. 1799 deduced from the position of Chitra = 365°".15"° 30’ 14” 25”, be multiplied by 1080000, and we shall have $94479072, for the nearest number of days in that cycle. 45. In the Surya Siddhanta the Calpa is made to commence with Sunday as the first day of the week, and the present Cali yug, is made to begin with 477- day. ‘Therefore, in reckoning from the commence- ment of the Calpa, the number of days to be as- signed to the above cycle, must be so regulated that the first day of the cycle which we now are in, may fall on Friday. The number of cycles expired: at the commencement of the Cali yug, was 1811; which divided by 7, leaves a remainder of 5: hence, every cycle must contain a compleat number of weeks and one day over, to make the present begin with Frv- days ; 46. Tue number of revolutions of the Moon in the cycle of 1080000 years, and the number of mean solar days in the same period should beso adjusted with each other, as to give the relative positions of the Sun and Moon agreeing with observation. ‘This is effected by encreasing or diminishing the number of days, or the Moon’s revolutions, or both ; until the relative po- sitions of the luminaries are obtained sufficiently cor- rect. The adjustment in the days, must be made AY het AN by 564 ' ON THE ANTIQUITY OF by compleat weeks, to preserve the order of the days ot the week from the commencement of the Calpa. : 47, Tue revolutions of the Moon in the cycle of 1080000 years corresponding to the number of days above deduced = 14438321; but this number does not give the relative positions of the Sun and Moon in A. D. 1799, nearer than 3’ 20,5 of the truth, which might be deemed sufficiently accurate by a Hindu as- tronomer ; but to render this still more correct, I find by computation that two revolutions must be ad- ded; and that the number of days in the cycle, must be encreased by sixty-three, or nine weeks; so that the adjusted number’ of revolutions will then be 14458323, and the days corresponding =394479135: from which, we obtain the relative positions of the Sun and Moon with respect to each other, within 6” _ of what the European tables make them; a degree of accuracy more than necessary in a /Zindu system. - 48. Tur numbet of mean solar days in the cycle of 1080000 years, being thus finally adjusted, we get the length of the year = a, = 365°" 15% 30! 27°5 and the instant at which the Sun enters Aries in the Hindu sphere in A. D, 1799, according to mean motions = “Xs == 1789766" 26" 45° from the commencement of the Cali yug. The corrections introduced above (§ 47), make the year come out a little longer, and the time of its com- mencement somewhat later than we deduced from the position of Chitra (\ 39); but this is of no consequence whatever, the principal object in the Hindu astronomy being to obtain the relative posi- tions and motions of the Sun and Moon sufficiently correct, for calculating the times of their conjunc- tions, oppositions, and eclipses. si 49, THE THE SURYA’ SIDDHA'NTA, &c. 565 49. THe mean longitudes of the planets, being determined as by observation at the instant of the commencement of the year, and their mean annual motions, &c. thence deduced, as already explained (§ 12,13, 14, 15, 16,) we obtain from thence the following revolutions in the cycle of 1080000 years. SU alien es ne Moon ~- - - -- = Mercury’ -° - -) - CNIS boa) eck es PUES ee tk cee = Jupicr = - =~ “ward .¢ -- - 5. Days. - - - - = 1080000 14438323 4484258 1755589 574209 91053 56646 tne be Ze eB IS And, the revolutions of the apsides and nodes in a Calpa, or 4820000000 years, will be as follows :— Apsides. Sun'"-"", = 11985 direct Moon - 488114797 ditto Mercury - 8014 retro. Venus |- - 38076 ditto Mars - - 28977 direct Jupiter - 6751 retro. Saturn - - 24642 direct Nodes—retrograde. 232308827 340671 299081 286659 315916. 2973801 50. Tue revolutions of the Sun in the cycle = 1080000 subtracted from the revolutions of the Moon in the same period = number of mean lunations= 14438323 leave the 3358323, which be- ing multiplied by 30, gives the number of tithis or lunar days = 400749690: and 400749690— 394479135 = 6270555, the intercalary lunar days in the cycle. The number of sidereal days, or appar- rent revolutions of the fixed Sars —$394479135+ — 1080000 = 395559135. The Moon’s periodical revolution, or the time in which she goes from the first 566° ON THE ANTIQUITY OF first point of Aries to the same again = “4 — 27° 19°" 18' 1” 17" &c. and hersynodical revolution ° or lunation = 2S = 29" 31% 50 7" 02” &c. or? according to the European expression 29% 12> 44/— 2” 49” &c. which does not differ the ninetieth part of | a second from the length of a lunation by De ta : Lanpkr’s tables. ‘The periodical revolutions of. the planets may be had exactly in the same manner, by dividing the number of days in the cycle by the revo- _ lutions of each. : y ’ 51. Tue system being now compleated, the mean longitudes of the Sun, Moon, and planets, are ob- tained from the revolutions above given (§ 49) in the manner already explained (§ 25) ; and their true lon- gitudes, &c. are determined from thence by means. of equations. Mek a MeN eae 5 52. Tue equations of the orbits ofthe planets to, — be met with in Hindu books, differ considerab . from those of Europeans, arising partly from t for some ages back, appear to rest satisfied with merely copying the equations given in the books of Be), %; of those who preceded them: ‘The equations now.in f, ; general use appear to have been given by VARAHA o> . . . . ‘ ne . “tae several centuries ago, and itis probable he copied = them from the works of some still earlier astronomer. — ) 53. Vara‘sa has stated the obliquity of the eclip- tie at twenty-four degrees, and the Hindu astronomers, since his time, appear to adopt that quantity. But VaAna’Ha was not the first who gave the obliquity of the ecliptic at twenty-four degrees; for, it would ap- pear that Brouma Gupra, between five and six centuries before him; states it precisely the same. We are not, however, to conclude from hence, that the - THE SURYA’ SIDDHA'NTA, Xe. 567 the indu astronomer who first observed the obliquity of the ecliptic, and settled it at twenty-four degrees, must have lived so far back-as the point of time when it was really so: for it is wellknown, that indepen- dent of errors in observations for want of proper in- struments, the /Zindw astronomers make it a rule in all cases, where extraordinary accuracy is not requir- ed, to reject fractional quantities, and take the nearest whole number; so that if the first Aizdu astronomers found the obliquity to exceed 23° 30’. they would state it at 24°; as being sufficiently near for their purpose. _ 54. THergrore, in inyestigating the antiquity of any Hindu astronomical work, the quantities ofthe equations of the orbits of the planets, and that of the obliquity of the ecliptic must be rejected, as not only too incorrect for the purpose, but altogether falla- cious; for, being as I have above stated ({ 52—53) copied from the works of the earlier astronomers, they _ cannot in the smallest degree add to the antiquity of in delusive appearance only. _the works into which they are so transcribed, except _ 55. Tue aphelia and nodes of the planets being invisible points in the heavens, their positions and motions for want of proper instruments, have been but ill determined by the Hindu astronomers; and _ therefore, are to be rejected also: unless, where they iy are found to agree with the general result, deduced _ from the motions and positions of the Sun, Moon, and planets. 56. Havine thus given a full and compreherts sive view of the pinciples of the Hindu systems, with their formation, and pointed out all those delusive appearances which are apt to mislead; I shall now proceed to the investigation of the antiquity of the Surya Siddhanta ri : 57. THz 568 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF 57. THE most correct and certain mode of inves- tigating the antiquity of JZindu astronomical works, is by comparing the positions and motions of the | planets computed from thence, with those deduced from accurate European tables. For, it must be ' obvious that every astronomer, let the principle of | his system be what it will, whether real or artificial, must endeavour to give the true positions of ‘the planets in his own time; or at least as near as he can, or the nature of his system will permit: other- | wise his labour would be totally useless. “Therefore, : having the positions and motions of the Sun, Moon, and planets, at any proposed instant of time, given by computation from any original Hindu: system 5 and having also their positions and motions deduced from correct European tables for the same iistant’) . we can from thence, determine the point or points of time back, when their respective positions were precisely the same by both. GBS: Acc ditiiiee to the Surya Siddhanta, iis mo- tion of the Moon’s apogee in 100 years of $65" ues 3]! gy" Q4" each 488203X100 ay l rev. 3 18° a 30” 7 ' 4520000 By De 1a Lanve’s tables for Mate ee ~ the same space of time, ert ©: in the ZZindu sphere, ==] brevi 3:17 0a Gob Difference, the former greater by 42 10,9 Wow, supposing the author of the Sur ‘ya Siddhanta, to “have accurately determined the position of the Moon’s’ apogee, when he wrote that work ; it, must follow, that at the expiration of one hundred Hinde years from that time, the computed place of e apogee, would exceed the true by 42’ 10,’9 ; and ai the end of two centuries, it would be doutte that. quantity, x,80 that the difference between the true, and, computed places, has been ever since encreasing” in that proportion. ‘Therefore, in order to ascertain the age.of the Surya Siddhanta, we must find ent the | THE SURYA’ SIDDHA’NTA, &c. §69 the difference amounts’ to at present; which being divided ‘by the above difference, gives the time ex- pired, since the Surya Siddhanta is supposed to have been written. Thus, the longitude of the Moon’s apogee at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug— By the Surya Siddhanta = Tae 221034461 rev. 11° 298 33’ 30” By De ta Lanper’s tables, Hindu sphere (§ 30) Lk. 25. 182+ 3,8 Difference in A. D. 1799 4 15 28,2 which being multiplied by 100, and divided by the 4° 15’28,2X100 difference in motion per century, we have rie (Te 10,9 = 605 years, for the age of the Surya Siddhanta from this operation, 59. Tue motion of the Moon’s ascending node for a century :— By the Surya Seddbante accent ; = 5 revolutions 4° 15°19’ ©” By De La ey : s tables, Hindu | _ sphere,» = 4 15 51 48,7 Difference, the former ie iy $2 48,7 Longitude of the Moon’s ascending node at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug, in anteceden- tia :— iy the Surya Siddhanta = ssesso002s2058 = 105146017rev. 11'0213' 0” By De ra Lanpe’s tables, Hindu ‘sphere. ({§ 30) = 11 3 41 31,3 Difference, the former less by | 3 10 31,3 Hence, = 580: years, for the age of the Surya Siddhanta from this operation: differing but twenty- -five years sont the former. , VOL. VI. 20° 60. THE §70 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF 60. Tue motion of the Sun’s apogee in a century of Hindu years : By the Surya Siddhanta eet. 0'0°0' 11’,6 By De ra Lanpe’s tables, Hindu sphere, — == 0.0.5 47 6 Difference, the former too slow by 5 $6 ,0 Longitude of the Sun’s apogee at the end of the year 4.900 of the Cali yug -— 1955€84000X387 By the Surya Siddhanta "15s ae == 17> tere 17°17" 16",4 ‘By Dz 1a Lanpe’s tables, Hindu , A sphere (§ 30) = 218 35 49 53 Difference, the former less by t 18 3354 Hence, ee = 1105 years, for the age of the Surya Siddhanta from this operation. 61. Tue position of Mercury has been ill deter- mined by the author of the Surya Siddhanta, tobably from that planet being too near the Sun ; be it will require about 1454 years yet tocome, before the Eu- ropean tables and the Surya Siddhanta agree in giving it the same position ; unless there are some inequali- ties in its motion not yet observed by European as- tronomers. The motion of this planet for a century : — By the Surya Siddhanta, _. *484265%100 T0800U0 = 415 revolutions 2° 15° 30" oO By De ta Lanpe’s tables, Hindu sphere 216 1 34,3 Difference, the former too slow by 31 34,3 Mercury’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4900 Cali yug :— By the Surya Siddhanta = = j = 20345 revol. 3°9°30' 0” By THE SURYA’ SIDDHA'NTA, &c. 573 By De 1a Lanpz’s tables, Hindu sphere, (§ 12) - - 3, 4°50! 13,5" Difference, the former more alge adi by - - - - 7 39 46,5 which is contrary to what it ought to be, had the observation been correct. 62. Tue mean motions of Venus for a century of Hindu years:— By the Surya Siddhanta = ee = 162 revol. - - 6* 19° 48’ 0” By De ta amass s tables, Hindu . sphere, - - 6 18 59 23,5 Difference, the ee quicket by 48 36,5 Mean heliocentrick longitude at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug : 1755594X4900 By the Surya Siddhanta = ——— | = 7965 revol. = - ~ 198 10° 797 10” By De 1a Lanpe’s tables, Hindu sphere, (§ 12) - - -- 2 8 13°45,5 Difference, the former more advanced by 6 58 14,5 6° 38° 14,5 X 100 Hence, —— 365 == 860 years, for the age of the Surya ‘Siddhanta from this operation. 63. THe mean motions of Mars for a century of Hindu years :— By the Surya Siddhanta = 26X10 1080000 = 53 revol. : 2* 0°16’ 0” By. ‘De ta Lanpe’s fables eae sphere, . -. 2.03155 Difference, the former Bie by 15 55 Mean longitude at the end 4) he year 4900 of the Cali y Teds sito By the Surya Siddhanta =-—— : = 2605 revol. - as ise 4 0" aR ghee, By 572 ' ON THE ANTIQUITY OF By De ra Lanpe’s tables, Hindu ie sphere (§ 12) =) 7 +» 2818, 5855” Difterence, the former less advanced by 54 11,5 Hence, = 35 2 Xi = 340 years, for the age of the urya Siddhanta from this operation. -64. The mean motions of the Sun, Moon, Ju- piter, and Saturn, are found by modern astronomers to be subject to inequalities, on account of the mu- tual attractions of the planets to each other; there-— fore, before we proceed farther, it will be proper to — state here the formule which have been given by M. De ra GranceE, De ta Piace, &c. for com- puting these inequalities. FOR THE SUN. Let m, = the number of years before A. D. 1750, then 7.2 x.00018408"= the inequality according to the quantities given in De ta Lanpze’s tables, and is additive. FOR THE MOON. Let 2, = the number of years before A.D. 1700, then m.? X. 00111355” — n.° *.000000044” express _ the inequality which is additive in this case. FOR JUPITER. Let x, = the number of years before A.D. 1750; J, = Jupiter’s mean longitude; S, = Saturn’s mean longitude ; then, + (20' 49”,5—2. 0”,042733) Sin (5 S—.2 7. 45° 34’ 8"—n. 58”,88) express the inequality. - FOR SATURN. Let », 7, S,°be as in the last; then, — (48’ 44” —n.0,"1). Sin (5 S.—2 F.+ 5° 34°8"— n. 58”,.88) - _ will express the inequality. i 65. From - - THE SURYA’ SIDDHANTA, &c. 573 65. From the position and motion of the Moon, we obtain 759 years, for the age of the Surya Sidd- hanta : as in the following operation : 4900 — 759 = 4141 Cali yug. vad Moon’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4141 of the Cali yug : : 144383534X4141 By the Surya Siddhanta=—u = 55360 revs. =X, 2 3s. 23041’ 52” 48” By Dexa Lanpe’s tables at the end of the year 4900 of the Ca- | li yng, Hindu sphere, (§ 12) = 3s. 2° 2’ 40” 48" Deduct motion for 759 Hindu : | years and sphere : =11 8 27°45 16 Mean longitude at the end of ot 4141 of the Cali yug Bo, 25856" 82 Add inequality in Moon’s motion, | per formula for 660 years) = 7°52 24,7 Correct mean longitude = 3 23 42 47 56,7 Deduct inequality in Sun’s mo- fd tion per formula, for710 yrs = 54 98,7 Moon’s correct mean longitude, . ia Hindu sphere - - Se BOS ge GS17,9 agreeing with the Surya Sidd- hanta within half a second, or 29,9 Or the operation may be as follows, in the Euro- pean sphere. Moon’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug :— | By De 1a Lanpe’s tables, Eur. sphere, (§11) - - = 3%22°55’ 9” 18” Deduct motion for 759 Hindu years, but Eurepean sphere =11 20 49 56 25,77 Mean longitude at the end of the year 4141 ofthe Caliyug 4 2 5 12 52,2 Add inequality per formula for 660 years. - = 7052 24,7 203 Correct 574 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF Correct mean longitude, end of. 4141 Cali yug,in Eur. sphere 4529 13’ 5” 16, 9” Now, in order to reduce this to the Hindu sphere we must find what the Sun’s mean longitude was at that time, as follows: Sun’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4900 Cali yug : By De 14 Lanpe’s tables, Dies sphere, ($ 11) - = 0% 20° 52 28” #0" Deduct motion for 759 Hindu | years - 7 a OLA Td Osis Sun’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4141 . = 0 8 30 ee 20,2 Add inequality per formula for | at 710 years Shy nf 54 38,8 Correct mean lonpitnde, Tour ee Sen A yee pean sphere } - = 0.8 31.11 59,0 But the Sun’s mean longitude 1 in © the Hindu ee at that-in- stant was cf yy Alyy Qa. Oran Consequently the difference Ob: 14 sail | the spheres - = 0. 8 31 11 59,0 Now, from the Moon’s correct | | 4 mean longitude - = 4 213 5 16,9 Subtract diff. of the spheres = O 8 31 11 59,0 Remain Moon’s mean longitude pre Hindu sphere - = $3 23 41 53 17,9 the same as before. 66. From supe $ position and motions, we obtain 875 years, for the age of the Surya Siddhdnta : 4.900—875== 4025 of the Cali yug. Jupiter’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4025 | of the Cali yug :— 2% 91055 X4095 By the Surya Siddhanta = ia i == 339 rey. . - “Be or’ 30 too” | Jupiter’s “THE SURYA’ SIDDHA'NTA, &c. 515 Jupiter’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug :-— By Dz 1a Lanpe’s tables, Hindu sphere, (§ 12) see a 9° 5’ 93” 36” Deduct motion for 875 yal, years and sphere = 9 3 56 12 37 Mean longitude end of the year 4025 Cali yug, = 45 9 20 59 Add inequality inJ upiter’ s motion per Dera Lanpe’s tables = 19 22 36 Sum, 4 5 28 43 35 Deduct inequality in the Sun’s motion, for 826 years == Jupiter’s correct mean longitude, Hindu sphere = 4 5 27 29 35 . being the same with the Surya Siddhanta within less than halfa second. 114 0 67. From Saturn we get 805 years. 4900—805 = 4095 of the Cali yug. : Saturn’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4095 of the Cali yug :— By the ae Stddhanta oe 138 rev. = 11* 6° 19° 48" 00” - Saturn’s mean longitude at the end of the year 4900 of the Cali yug :— By Des a Lanve’s tables, Zindu sphere (9 12) = 3° 3° ‘24 27" 36" Deduct motion for 805 Hindu years and sphere = 3 26 30.21, 23 Remain Saturn’s mean longitude =11 6 54 6 13 Deduct inequality in motion per De La Lanpe’s tables = S81, 19S Remain ate tO 20 57 TS Deduct inequality in Sun’s mo- tion per formula = ee Bley Saturn’s correct mean longitude, _ end of 4095 of the Cali ys = Tt. 6 19°55 16 204 and 576 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF agreeing with the Surya: “‘Srddhdnta within seven seconds. 68. From the aphalion: of } Mars.we get 6 641 years for the age of the Surya Siddhanta: — Thus, the longitude of the briana of Mars at the end of the year 4900 of the. Cali yug: By the Surya Siddhanta iss 92 rev. 4° 10° 2! 35" 54" By De ta , Lanpe’s: tables Hindu sphere ($12) “soy 4 11 30 57 30, Difference, mi former less advanced: | i by 1:98 21.6 Mean motion per century of Aindu years. = By the Surya Siddhanta | = [008 ONL oF By Dz ta Lanpe’s ehies, Hindu sphere ; veu0- Orr 53. 3 Difference, the Pape slow by | 00-45 “46 56 1° 28/ 21" 36’"_L1o ; one ets % Hence e; el = 641 in 25 “ts dis then - 69. From the length of the year £365" 15° 31" 31” 24”, we get 736 Bias for the mo of the Surya Siddhdnta: | nah Thus, in the formula bid 6 41) we have d =9™ 52% 39' 16"; h = 365 18m 31" 32” 24"; and $= 365" 15° 22’ 59” Hence =n pa 4164 of the Cali yug, when the year was of the even length. Therefore 49002 ad gare 736 Saye the age of the Surya Siddhdnta. 70.’ Lert the results of the foregoing operations be now collected together, in order to obtain a mean of the whole: and we shall haye From THE SURYA’ SIDDHA’NTA, &c.. 577 From the Moon’s apogee (§ 58) =- 605 years. 7 node (§ 59) - 580 Sun’s apogee (§60) - - 1105 Venus (§ 62) - 860 Mars se (§. 63) - «- 340 Moon (§ 65) - 759 Jupiter (§ 66) - - 875 Saturn (§ 67) we we 3 -Mars’s aphel. (§68) - - 641 Length of the year. (§ 69) - 736 Sum = 7306 which being divided by 10, the number of results, we get 730,6—or 731 years nearly for the age of the Surya Siddhdnta : which differs but about five years from the age deduced from the length of the year only. hts . 71. Bur independent of all calculations we _know from Hindu books, the age in which the Surya Siddhdnia was written; and by whom. In the commentary on the Bhasvoli, it is declared, that Varaaa was the author of the Surya Siddhdnta. The Bhasvott was written in the year 1021 of Saka, _ by one Sotanunp, who, according to Hindu ac- counts, wasa pupil of Vara’HA, and under whose Girections he himself acknowledges he wrote that work. Consequently, Vara’Ha must have been then alive, or else a very short time betore it: which agrees as near as possibly can be, with the age above deduced ; for, the Bhasvoti in A. D. 1799, will be exactly 700 years old. 72. Tsuat Vara’‘ua, was the real author of the Surya Siddhénta, is still further confirmed by one of his works in my possession, entitled Jatok Arnab; the mean age of which comes out by computation 739 years. In this work, as in the Surya ss a He the 578 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF the Sun, Moon, and planets, are assumed to have been ina line of mean conjunction, in the first point of Aries at the commencement of the Cali yug, on the meridian of Lanca, and the mean annual mo- tions, by both, are as follows: . Jatok Arnob. Surya Siddhdénta. Sun & Os: 0° t 0” ‘wid y O* 0° rey 0” QO” Moon 4 12 46 40 47;=5 | 4 12 46 40 48 Mercury 1 24 45 18 1& [ob 24 45, 18. oO Venus- 7 15 11 52 48 <2 | 7 15 11.52 48 Mars “6 11°24 9 56 man 1.6 1% 24 9 36 Jupiter. 1.0 21. 6, Osim 1 021 eh Oo. Saturn O 12 12 50 20352 | 0 12 12 50.24 + sot! Annual motion of the Moon’s ‘apogee. sf Pia By the Jatok Arnob — - 110° 41’ 0” 54” By the Surya Siddhdnta » | 110,41 0 54 | Annual motion of the Moon’s node. . By the Jatok Arnob S80 19 21 lt oe By the Surya Siddhdnta O19 Or TT Be Length of the year.) Ds, dope ® 23, ALLE, EY By the Jaiok Arnob - 365 15 31 31 24 25 By the Surya Siddhdnta 365 15 31 31 24 73. Now comparing the quantities of the mo- tions, &c. deduced from these works with each other, it will evidently appear, that one person must have © been the author of both: for, though the quantities are not exactly the same, yet the diiferences are too small to admit of a supposition of their being the works of two different persons. In fact, the small diflerence between the alok Arnob and Surya Sidd- hdnta, appears to be owing to the system being com- pleted in the one, and not in the other For, if we + multiply THE SURYA SIDDHA'NTA, &c. ' 579 multiply the. mean motions, &c. given in the Jatok Arnob by 1080000 (the least cycle of years in which the Sun, Moon, and planets are assumed to return to a line of mean conjunction by the Surya Siddhdan- ta) we shall have (rejecting the fractions and taking the nearest whole number) the same revolutions pre- _ cisely as are given in the Surya Siddhdnta (§ 22). This much may serve to shew who the real author of the Surya Siddhdnta was: but, if any further do- cuments should be deemed requisite, a reference to ~ almost any of the principal astronomical works, 4 written since the time of Vara’aa, must be sufh- cient. For, inthe Brohma Siddhanta, Vishnu Stdd- hinta, Siddhénta Munjeri, and many others, that system or Calpa which is contained in the Surya _Siddhdnta, is expressly called the Calpa of VaraHa: of, as some express it, “ the Culpa of Vara’na the fair.” Therefore, any Hindu work in whicly the name of VAria’#A or his system. is mentioned, must evidently be modern; and. this circumstance alone totally destroys the pretended antiquity of many of the Purans and other books, which through the artifices of the Brahminical tribe, have been hitherto deemed the most ancient in existence. 74. From what has been said above, it appears extremely probable, that the name of Vara’Ha, must have been to the Surya Siddhdnia when it was first written, and the author well known ; but that after his death, priestcraft found means to alter it, and to introduce the ridiculous story of Mzeya’ or Moya, having received it through divine revelation at the close of the Satya yug: upon which petty fiction its present pretended antiquity is founded. But this it seems was not the only pious fraud com- mitted by the crafty sons of Bkauma; for it appears that a number of other astronomical works were then framed, calculated also for the purpose of deception among 580 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF among these, some were pretended to be delivered from the mouth of one or other of their deities, as the Brohma Siddhdnta, Vishnu Siddhdnta, and the works of Siva, commonly called Yontros. Others, were pretended to lave been received through reve- Jation, as the Séma Srddhénta, while. others were fathered on sages, who were supposed to have lived in the remotest periods of antiquity, as the Vasishta Siddhanta, Pardsar Siddhanta, Rudra Siddhanta, Gorgé Siddhanta, Bhargob Siddhdnta, 8c. to the number of about eighteen altogether, including the Surya Siddhénta. These eighteen are now called by way of pre-eminence, the eighteen original Shas- ters of astronomy, though amongst the whole I am in- formed, there are not above three or four real origi- nal works; the rest being compiled for one or other of these, with the diction or style a little altered, to answer the purposes of priestcraft; but the revolu- tions, motions, &c. of the planets, remaining the same as in the original. re) oh} 75. Tuese books, are however, become now very scarce ; at least in this part of Zndia ; so much so, that it was with a great deal of difficulty I pro- cured the following out of the number, viz. the Soma Siddhénta, Brohma Siddhdnta, Vishnu Siddhdnta, Vasishta Siddhénta, and the Groho Jamul, one of the works pretendedto have been written by Siva: but even from these few, a general idea may be formed of the antiquity of the rest. ~ Tue Sémé Siddhdnta, Vasishta Siddhdnta,and Gro- ho Jamul, adopt the system given in the Surya Sidd- hdnta byV ara na. The Brohma Stddhdntaappears to have been deduced from the Bhasvofi, by calculating from that work the positions of the Sun, Moon and pla- nets, at the commencement of the Calpa of Brohma, and making the calculations to commence from that epoch THE SURYA SIDDHA‘NTA. g8t epoch instead of the year 1021 of Saka, the date of the Bhasvoti. The Vishnu Siddhdénta differs in nothing from the Broma Siddhdnta except in the epoch from which the calculations are directed to be made; being the commencement of the Calpa of Vara’Ha. Hence, these books are evidently modern forgeries. The Pardésar Siddhénta, I am informed, has been taken from the Brohma Siddhdénta, in the same- manner, as that of Vasishta has been taken from the Surya Siddhdnta.—Indeed, there is reason to suspect that the whole of the works attributed to Para’sar, are forgeries of a very modern date: I have now in my possession a work pretended to be his, entitled “‘ Arist Pardsar” (i.e. Para’sar on agriculture) which is a most palpable forgery. This insignificant little work contains more of astrological nonsense and predictions, than of real husbandry: nothing of any moment can be undertaken; the ground cannot be ploughed; nor the corn sown; without first examining the state of the heavens, to know if the time be lucky or not; but what disco- vers the imposition, are certain astrological rules given in the body of the work.—Thus, to calculate the governing planet or Raja for the year; the au- thor says, “ multiply the year of Saka by 3, to the ** product add 2, divide the sum by 7, and the re- “* mainder will shew the governing planet or Raja “for the year, to which if you add 3 (deducting 7 ** if the sum admit), you will have its prime minister.’’* The name “ Saka” shews the forgery, for Para’sar is supposed to haye lived several centuries before the era of Saka or Saliban. 76. Tue Bhasvoti, I believe, was originally calcu- lated for the meridian of Siam, and was introduced * THe governing planets are 1. Sun. 2. Moon. 3. Mars. 4. Mercury. 5. Jupiter. 6, Venus. 7. Saturn in their order. in- 582 __ ON THE ANTIQUITY OF into this part of Zndia, as appears from the formula for calculating the Sonkranti, about the year 1190 of Saka; or 167 years after its date—The formula given in the Brohma Stddhanta for calculating the Sonkranti for Bysack, (i.e. the instant the Sun enters aries according to true motions) makes the time come out later by one Hindu minute, than the Bhasvotz. Hence, supposing that the formula of each when written, was regulated or made to agree with the Surya Siddhanta, which was then the standard work; the Brohma Siddhanta must have been de- duced from the Bhasvoti, about 43 years after its introduction into this part of Jmdia: or about the year 1233 of Saka. This conjecture, if true, may be of use in pointing out the epoch of the forgeries of their eighteen Srddhantas, 8&c. as it is probable, the whole may have been done nearly about the same time, to answer some particular purppes 88 rakmins might have then in view. 77. The mean annual motions of the Sun, Moon and planets, according to the Bhasvoti, Bromha Siddhanta, Vishnu Siddhanta, and some Otte Fy are as follow: . Hindu Sphere. Sun, - OF 4OL2 1 Noon, ° 4 12 46 40 Mercury = 124% GOom SFB at Venus, - TAG ohh Og ts Mars, - 6 11 24 20 Jupiter, -. 1) | Q01.20 54: Saturn, - Ow 2nd 12 O1GRE Moon’s Apogee, 1 10) 4 Se + Node, -) >" O s\n 325 78. Tue length of the year, according to the above-mentioned works, is 365 15 31' 80"; hence -we get the following mean motions of the Sun, Moon THE SURYA’ SIDDHA’NTA, &c. 583 Moon and planets, in that space of time, from De ‘LA Lanpze’s tables : European sphere. {reduced toHindusphere, Sun - O* 0° O 58",64810* 0° O 0” “Moon - 4 12 47 $8,9765/4 12 46 40,3285 “Mercury - 1 24 46 35,51 |1 24 45 36,8620 Venus - 715 12 22,2097/7 15 11 23,5617 Mars - 6 11 25 17,8082'6 11 24 19,1602 Jupiter - 1 O 21 47,1505}1 O 20 48,5025 Saturn - 012 14 8,0193/0 12-18 9,3713 -Moon’sApogeel 10 41 34,25 {1 10 40 35,6020 ——— Node 0 19 20 52,41 JO 49 21 51,0580 By comparing these motions with those in § 77, some idea may be formed of the antiquity of the works; but as the Brohma Stddhénta and Vishnu Siddhénta, take notice of the Calpa of VarRABA, it is clear that neither of them can possi- bly be older than the time of that astronomer. 79. Tux Sun’s apogee, and the aphelia of the - planets have no motion according to these works; nor do they make a conjunction of the planets at the commencement of the Cali yug; beginning of either Ca/pa; or at any other period. 80. Tue next astronomer of any considerable note we meet with after Varaua and Soranunp, is Buasxer Acuarya. ‘This man according to the Yotvochintamoni was born in the year 1036 of Saka, and in the year 1072, wrote or compiled his astronomical work called the Siddhanta Stromoni, in which he adupted: the numbers of Brouma Gupra. He also wrote or compiled several other works, / 584 . ON THE ANTIQUITY OF | works, some of which are yet extant, as the Lila Voti and Beej Gonita ; the former on mensuration, the latter on algebra. 81. From the revolutions of the Sun, Moon, and planets, &c. in a Calpa according to Brohma Gupta, (§ 21), we obtain the following mean annual mio- tlons : 7 stad gee) ® on Ae Me ee Sin: 2-0 - 4< 0-010 "OC 40 ieee Moon - - - 4124630 0 0 0 0 Mercury - - 1 24 44 59 41 42 43 12 Venus. + - 145 Ti 96°90 Gear s6 Mars - - - 6 11 24° 833° 93°45 36 Jupiter - - 1°021 7 56 11°24 0 Saturn - - 012 12 50 11 21 50 24 Moon’s Apogee 1 10 40 31 45 26 38 24 —Node 0 19 21 33 21 1 96 24 Sun’s Apogee : * BAGB24 ~ OF which motions being reckoned from the commence- ment of the Calpa of Brohma, gave the positions of Sun, Moon and planets, with those of the Moon’s apogee and node in the time of the author of the system, as near as he could determine them by ob- servation. This Calpa of Brouma Gupta, is made to commence with Sunday at the instant of Sun-rise on the meridian of Lanka. $2. The number of mean solar days assigned to this Calpa, is 1577916450000: And the length of the 1577916450000 year therefore =—T 55595000 == 395” 15° 30’ 22" 30%; hence we have the following mean motions of the Sun, Moon and planets, &c. from De 1a Lanpe’s tables, in that space of time. | Sun Sun © Moon - Mercury Venus = Mars - THE SURYA’ SIDDHA'NTA, &c. Hindu sphere. Jupiter = - Saturn - _Moon’s Apogee ! —— Node Sun’s Apogee 85. European sphere. O* 4 1 yi 6 |! O @) 0° 0 57",539 12 24 i I 1] O 12 10 19 47 24, 15 46 30, 91 12 20, 46 25 17, 22 21 49,052 14 7,976 41 34, 13 20 32, 36 tobere emt Hd planets, &c. for 100 Hindu years ; By the System of BROHMA Or OF OAT w& 12 24 15 11 ) 12 10 19 De ta LanpDeE’s UPTA. Tables. Hindu sphere. Hindu sphere. Sun oO 08 0. O”.| O% O° OO” Moon 1017 30 O |10 17 24 21,1 Mercury 2 14 59 29,5] 2 15 55 37,1 ‘Venus 6°19 54 44,8} 6 18 58 12,1 ‘Mars 21:0. 14.-15,7| 2 0°32 48,1 Jupiter 5 5 13 13,6] 5 4 45 51,3 Saturn 4 21 23 38,9} 4 21 57 23,7 rete - 17 32 55,7| 3 17 40 59,1 — Node 4.15 55 35 | 4 15 49 49,9 Sun’s Apogee 14,4 "T 4153 585 OF O° "Oo" OF 46 45 1] 26,611 33,371 Z2,921 19,681 51,513 10,437 36,591 29,899 4,613 THE mean motions of the Sun, Moon and Difference, the : ormer Ese 0 fom + 5 38,9 —56 7,6 +56 32,7 —I18 32,4 +27 92.5 —33 44,8 Te Oe ae +5 45,1 Sa GtOGD 84. Tue year 4900 of the Cali yug, according to this system will end on the 11th April 1799, at 15’ past two P. M. on the meridian of Lanka: at which instant the mean longitudes of the Sun, Moon and pacts; &c. will be VOL. VI. 586 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF ‘ According to De ca Lanne |Difference the for- 28 Brouma Guerra. Hindu Sphere. | Hindu Sphere. mer -+ or — ae or " Acai 7 . OZ id ) : Sun’s mean Longitude] 9 0 0 O OQ" Oy “Gero Gh avin \i¢ars Moon’s ditto... | 217 go o | 216 2 17,6/+ 1 27 42,4|1183 Mercury’s ditto | 2:11 £9 35,3] 2 27 45 28,9/—15 45. 53,6/1685 Venus’s ditto 214 24 47,6 2 2 25 11,4/+11 §9° 96,9!1072 Mars’s ditto 2 10 42 37,7| 2 14 34 33,4/— 3 $1 5757/1250] Jupiter’s ditto 115 15 44,8) 1 10°16 40,4/+ 4 59 454]1036 Saturn’s ditto 2 27-95 21571 3 4 39 28,5-— 7 34. 6,8])1254 2 Moon’s apogee |11 25 23 16,o\11 51,5.— 1) 5° 34,6} 814 node sup. |11 3 35 34,611 2 20 37,3/4 £ 15 57,911320 Sun’s apogee 2.4.47 57 .21,6()2 48) ge 28 brea 56. 09/1559 Sum of the several ages deduced - “aie 11373 Mean age of the system of BRonMA Gupta = 12632 yrs, 85. Tue revolutions of the equinoxes in a Calpa according to this system are 199669. Hence the annual precession, = Zoo —= + 59”,9007 | De 1a Lanpe’s tables make it {{82) 57,539 Difference - ~ = bor Ce 233617 In the Groho Laghob, written in the year 1442 of Saka, by Gonesu son of Kesogo, the annval precession isstated at one minute; and at the end’of the year 444 Saka, or 3623 of the Cali yug, the first point of aries in the Hindu sphere was supposed to have coincided with the vernal equinox. I mention these circumstances merely to shew that the quantity of the annual precession, and the point from whence it is computed, are not the same in all Hindu books of astronomy. | cri hits *) — Havine thus given ageneral outline of the Hinds “? systems of astronomy at present in use, with their formation, and the principles on which they are 4 founded ; | THE SURYA’ SIDDHA‘/NTA. 583 founded ; I shall now close the subject with the following tables and precepts for calculating the commencement of the Alindu years and months, according to astronomical and civil reckonings, and the corresponding times in the Exropean calendar. Tue instant the Sun enters a sign, is called by the Hindus Sonkranti; and at that moment the astronomical month begins. If the Sun enters a sign between Sun-rise and midnight, the civil month will begin at the following Sun-rise. But if the Sun en- ters a sign between midnight and Sun-rise it is then called Kdét Sonkranti, and the whole of the follow- ing day and night belong to the preceding civil “month. Tue astronomical day, in this part of Jndia, is reckoned from midnight to midnight, and begins at the equator six hours earlier than the civil day of the same name: the civil, begins at Sun-rise, and con- tinues to the Sun-rise following. Tue following tables are constructed to shew the time elapsed of the day according to civil reckoning; (or rather from six A. M.)—so that if you add fifteen dondos, you have the time expired from midnight :— the Hindu parts of a day, are converted into Euro- pean hours, minutes, &c. by multiplying by 2 and dividing the product by 5, and vice versa; — ‘ 588 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF % TABLE I. cian : =< qx 1] 1/15)31|30)10f 125|52/30 {1000 2 2)31 i |20 251/45} ||2000]| 2517/30 3! 3/4.6|34130)|30|| 37 377|37|30:13000]| 3776115 4! 5| 2) 6 140 5 503/30! |!4000]| 5035} . 5) 6117137/$0\|50)| 6 629'22'30||5000!| 6293/45 6) 7/33 g| 60 755\14| |\6000!| 7552130 7). 8148/40|50)70 881| 7/30/7000) 881115 8| 10 4/12) ||80\\100 42) $00!11007| - | .|/8600)}10070! . 9} 11/19/43/30}90!113|17/15!|900 1132'52'30|'9000)}1 1328/45 Tuts table has been computed from the length of the year given in the Bhasvoti, Brhoma Siddhanta, &c. In Hindu tables of this kind, the days are di- vided by 7, and the remainder only set down ; which renders them more commodious and expeditious in practice: however, such would not answer our pur- pose, for we must have the days entire, in order to get the corresponding time in the European calendar, from the excess of the Hindu above the Julian reck- oning, which amounts to 7 days in 800 years, TABLE II. Signs. Month. — - — | ~ |Cartick Sonkrant:|/190}34/54 Month. / Y |Bysack Sonkranti 42| OG iJyisti ditto |} 34 alto ¥o m!|Ogrohain ditto ||220/28/36 N\Assar ditto || 66] 0/19\30)| f||Pous ditto |/249)57/|42 @jSrabon ditto | 97|38| 13/30\¥e |Magh — ditto /279)16/49)3 Q|Bhadro ditto he 7\45 | =| Phalgun ditto ||308)4-2)58 im lAswin ditto |< \Choitro ditto Month. phe’ 2 Ss) 2} 818 are |S be he a) | Se lee S| 21e/Elzl al is] Sl Sisisl§ SISISISJS ISIS! SlSis lala 11323 |354|17|48| 78] 109] 139) 170| 201} 231] 262/292 213241355118! 49| 79/110] 140] 171] 202| 239/ 263} 293 ~ 31925/3956l1g|50| 80/111] 141] 172] 903] 233) 264) 294 4| 326|357|20| 51} 81) 112| 142/173] 204} 234] 265/295 5| 327 |358| 21) 62] 82) 119) 143] 174) 205] 235) 266 | 206 7 6) 328 | 359/22) 53) 83 aed 1144 175 |206| 236| 267 | 297 7| 32g | 360) 23] 54| 84) 115) 145| 176] 207| 237| 268} 298 8) 930} 361/241 55| 85) 116/146) 177] 208] 238) 269] 2909 9| 331 | 362 - 86| 117] 147| 178] 209] 239] 270] 300 10} 332 | 363) 26 THE SURYA’ SIDDHA’NTA, &c. 58g TABLE III. 57| 87| 118/148] 179} 210] 240) 271) 301 838 11] 333 | 364/27) 58 (119| 149/180] 211| 241] 272| 302 12| 334 | 365) 28) 59| 89) 120! 150! 181] 212) 242) $73) 303 13/335| 1/29/60) 90) 121/151) 182/213) 243) 274) 304 14/336) 2/30 151337| 3/31|62| 92)123/153) 184] 215|245)| 276 | 306 16/338} 4132163] 93)124/154| 185| 216 | 246 | 277 | 307 17/339| 5/33/64] 94/125) 155] 186/217 | 247/278) 308 48 a4 6} 34165} 95) 126|156| 187} 218) 248) 279| 309 19/341] 7/35/66] 96)127/157| 188) 219]249/ 280) 310 158| 189] 220|250/281]911 159/190] 221/251/282|312 160} 161 222) 258 283/319 253|284|314 1) 254/285 1315 163] 194| 225/255 | 286} 316 164 195|226|256 | 2871917 271349] 15143}741104|135|165| 196/227 257 1288 318 28/350 - 16144|75| 105| 136) 165} 197/228 258 | 289 319 161) 192/229 162) 193] 224 61] 91}122/ 152] 183] 214) 244| 275) 3045 2913951) 17|45|76| 106/137 |167| 198/229) 259 | 290 | 320 30 | 352 46177 |107| 138 | 158 | 199| 230] 260 | 291 | 921 31} 353 | 47 108 169 | 200 1264 In leap years after February take out one day less. Remarks. If the number of days given exceed $65, take the difference, and with that find the 2p 3 month * §90 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF monih and day: 2d. If the number given, falls in the table before the day on which Bysack begins,— the month and day of the month corresponding will belong to the year following; and must be dated accordingly. \ I. To find the instant the Sun enters a sign or the Sonkranti. : Precept. With the years expired of the Cali yug enter Table I, and take out the days, &c. correspond- ing: take from Table II, the days, &c. opposite the given month, and add them to the former: divide the days thus found by 7, the remainder will shew the day of the week, and the fraction the time elapsed from 6 A. M. when the Sun enters the sign accord- ing to true motions. ieoune. | II. To find the day on which the civil month begins. Precept. If the Sun enters the sign between sun rise and midnight, add 1 to the day of the week on which the Sonkranti falls; but if between midnight and sun rise add 2, and the sum will be the day of the week on which the civil month begins at sun- rise. III. To find the corresponding time, according to the Exropean calendar. Precept. 1. To the number of days found from Tables I, and II, add 1 or 2, according as the Sonkranti happens to fall before or after midnight as in the last, andreserve the sum. 2. To the years expired of the Cali yug add 3, and divide the sum by 4: add to the quotient the years expired of the ‘Cali yug, and subtract the sum from that which you ' reserved. THE SURYA! SIDDHA'NTA, &c. 59l reserved. 3. With the remainder enter Table III, and take out the month and day corresponding, which will be the month and day of the month of the European calendar, on which the Hindu civil month begins at Sun rise according to Old Style. IV. To find the year before or after the Christian era, corresponding to any year of the Cali yug. Precept. The Cali yug began 3102 years before the commencement of ‘the Christian era, or 3101 before the year of Curisr’s birth: therefore, if the years expired of the Cali yug exceed $102, the ex- .cess +1, will be the current year of the Christian era in which the first month Bysack of the current Hindu year begins. 2. If the years fall short of $102, the difference will be the years before the Christian era: or the difference — 1, will be the years before the year of Curist’s birth. EXAMPLE I. Requirep the day of the week and day of the month of the European calendar, corresponding to the first of Bysack in the year 4901 of the Cali yug ? Years expired = 4900, and 4900 + 1— 3102 = A.D. 1799. Tablel. For 4000=5035 O 0O;|Sum 617141 - =6172 900=1132 52 30 | 9900491995 Table II. Bysack — 3 39 42| Add 4900 Sdn th =6171 32 12/Sum == + =. 6195 Sonkranti, Wednesday, 4 32 12|Difference=31st MarchO.S. 47 Add per precept, 1 Add diff. between O.&N.S.=11 BysackbeginsonThursday5 0 O|Sum=11thdfril,1799,N.S.=58 _ The days of the week are always expressed by figures, as, 1 for Sunday, 2 for Monday, &c. EXAMPLE II. Regquirep the day of the week and day of the month of the European calendar, corresponding to the 1st of Cartick, in the year 4901 of the Cali yug? Pp 4 Years 592 ON THE ANTIQUITY OF Years expired as in the last. Table I. For 4000=5035 0 0|Sum6358t+1 - - =6359 9001132 52 30 ee Table Il. Cartick = 190 34 541 Add 4900 Sum - 6358 27 24)Sum, . - 6125 Sonkranti, Monday, 2 27 24\| Difference—4th October,O.S. 234 Add - - 1 Difference of styleadd ~ 11 Ist Cartick, on Tuesday, 3 Sum,—L5th October. N. $.=245 EXAMPLE III. ReEQvuIRED the day of the month, &c. on which the ist of Chottro in the year 4901 falls? Table I. For 49006167 52 30|Sum, Pie Aes 6507 Table II. Choitro = 338 32 57|Deductasabove - 6125 Sum, - 6506 25 27| Remainder, - 382 Add - 1 Deduct i year = =365 Sum, . 6507 Remainder, - ~ 17 Ast Choitro,on Weduesd.=4 — which per Table III=1st March O. S. or 12th March, N.S. A.D. 1800. EXAMPLE IV. RequireED the day of the week and day of the month of the European calendar, corresponding to the 10th of Cartick in the year 1711 of the Cali yug ? © Years expired=1710, and 3102—17104+1=B. C. 1391. Table I. For 10001258 45 O|The 10th Cartick - =2353 700= 881 7 30|"°TS_ 498 10= 12 35 15}Add - 1710 Table II. Cartick = 190 34 54]Sum - - - =2138 Sum - - 2343 2 $9) Difference - a AS Add - 1 Which per Table = 15th Ser. Ist Cartick - =2344 O. S. diff. between O.& N.S. Add - - 9 was then =— 12 ry 10th Cartick - =2353 Therefore 215 — 12 == 303 Which falls on Which per Table=3d Sgt. N. S. Sunday - pees } z= WHEN THE SURYA’ SIDDHA’NTA, &c. 593 WueEn the Sonkranti happens to fall at or near midnight, the Hindu astronomers (or rather calcu- lators of almanacks) not unfrequently differ amongst themselves with respect to the day on which the civil month begins: some making it later or earlier than others by a day, according to the works or ta- bles from which each makes his computation. But independent of this irregularity, there is another which probably arises from local custom: in some of the Nuddea calendars, the civil month is invariably made to begin at the Sun-rise immediately following the instant of the Sonkranti, whether the same hap- pens before or after midnight :—On the other hand, most of the calendars calculated in and about Cal- cutta, and at Balia, make the month begin a day Jater when the Sun enters the sign after midnight, agreeable to the rules above laid down. AP- ( 594 ) * APPENDIX. oa == FOTO OCCe=——— : 4 RULES OF THE ASIATICK SOCIETY. | —==3 000 ©@0ee———_ IR WILLIAM JONES, the revered founder of the Society, in his Discourse, delivered on the 15th February, 1784, and published in the first vo- lume of these Researches, recommended that in the infancy of the Society, there should be no formal rules. Accordingly none were passed, but the suggestions in the above discourse were unanimously adopted, and having been since uniformly acted upon, they may be considered the original rules of the institution. They were, in substance, as follow: I, Tuar the Institution be denominated the Asza- tick Sociely ; that the bounds of its investigations be the geographical limitsof Asia ; and that within these limits, its inquiries be extended to whatever is per- formed by man or produced by nature. II. THat weekly meetings be held for the purpose of hearing Original Papers read, on such subjects as fall within the circle of the Society’s inquiries. Ill. « RULES OF THE ASIATICK SOCIETY. 595 III. Tsar allcurious and learned men be invited to send their tracts to the Secretary ;\ for which they shall immediately receive the thanks of the Society. IV. Tuar the Society’s Researches be published annually, if a sufficiency of valuable materials be re- ceived. V. Tuat mere translations of considerable length be not admitted, except of such unpublished essays or treatises as may be transmitted to the society, by native authors. VI. Tuar all questions be decided on a ballot, by a majority of two-thirds, and that nine members be required to constitute a board for such decisions. VII. Txat no new member be admitted who has not expressed a voluntary desire to become so; and in that case, that no other qualification be required, than a love of knowledge, and a zeal for the promo- tion of it. The foregoing are the only general points noticed ‘in the Founder’s Discourse, but an additional rule was introduced by him, and has been since continued, in proposing and electing new members, viz. That the proposition having been made and_ second- ed, the election take place by ballot, at the next meeting. This rule has also been considered appli- cable to all questions of importance. On the 19th of August, 1796, a meeting of the Society was held, for the special purpose of consider- ing the best means of rendering the Institution per- manent, and for determining whether a House should be provided for the future meetings of the Society, when it was RESOLVED, 596 RULES OF THE ASIATICK SOCIETY. RESOLVED, ; Ist. Tuar application be made to his Majesty; for a Charter of Incorporation for this Society. 2d. Tuat a House be provided, for the use of | the Society. 3d. Tuat a Committee be appointed to consider the best mode of carrying into execution the objects of the two foregoing resolutions, and to report their opinion at the next meeting of the Society. 4th. Tuart the Committee be requested to con- sider any rules and regulations for advancing and pro- moting the objects of the Institution of the Society, and lay them before the Society for their determination at a future meeting. On the 29th of September 1796, the Committee elected on the 19th of dugust submitted the follow-. ing propositions which were unanimously adopted by the Society. Ist. THar the intended application to his Majesty to obtain a Charter of Incorporation for the Society; be made through the Governor General inCouncil and the Court of Directors. ihe od. Tuar the best mode of carrying into execu- tion the second resolution of the Society on the 19th August, will be, by building a commodious house, as soon as the funds requisite shall be provided. 8d. THat, in order gradually to establish funds for that purpose, and for defraying the necessary current expences of the Society, an admission fee be established ; amd that, as none of the present Mem- bers of the Society, have hitherto paid any fees, those resident RULES OF THE ASIATICK SOCIETY. $97 resident in Zndia contribute two gold mohurs in lieu thereof, | 4th, Tuar a like sum of two gold-mohurs be - paid in future by every new Member as an admission fee on his election. 5th. Tuar every Member of the Society, resident in Zndia, (honorary Members excepted) : pay four gold mohurs per annum, quarterly, in the first week of January, April, July, and October, and any Mem- ber neglecting to pay his subscription for half a year after it becomes due, be considered as no longer be- longing to the Society. 6th. Tuar as admission fees and quarterly contri- butions would not, under a long course of time, af- ford funds sufficient to build a house, a subscription for voluntary contributions be opened, and applica- tion made to Government for a convenient spot of ground, as a site for the proposed Building. 7th. THat a Treasurer be elected. 8th. THat as frequent meetings would tend to promote the general objects of the Society, weekly meetings be established, as soon as the building in- tended for the purpose shall be finished; and that, in ‘the mean time, a meeting of the Society be held at _ Teast once in a month. 9th. THat, as it may not always be convenient for the President to attend on such occasions, it is ad- viseable to elect first and second Vice Presidents an- nually. 10th. Tuar the Society appoint a Committee of Papers, consisting of the President, Vice Presidents, and Secretary, for the time being, together with five ether Members, to be elected annually ; and that this Com- 98 RULES OF THE ASIATICK SOCIETY. Committee shall select the papers. for publication, and superintend the printing of the Transactions of the Society. } 1ith. Tart the Society make it publickly known, that it is their intention to establish a Museum and Library, and that donations of books, manuscripts, and curiosities, will be thankfully received. and ac- knowledged. Tue five first volumes of the Society’s Researches were published by the, Superintendents; of the Honourable Company’s Press, for the produce of their sale; but on the 3d of May 1798, the Society resolved as follows ust. Tuar the Transactions be hereafter publish. ed at the expence, and on account of the Societys both, as the Society has now a fund which may be applied to that purpose, and as by this means the So- ciety will be enabled to publish any number of en- gravings that may be thought necessary to illustrate the Papers, as well asto regulate the price, and thereby extend the circulation of them. 2d. Tuar the Transactions be published in India, as more convenient for the superintendence of the Press, as well as being more suitable to an Aseatick Society; and that the mode of publication, with all Other details, be left, as heretofore, to the Committee of Papers, 3d. Tuar the Committee of Papers be seithlsiasil to draw upon the Treasurer for any sums requisite to defray the expence of publishing the Transactions ; and that an order, signed by a majority of the Com- mittee, be a sufficient warrant to the Treasurer for aying the same, i i o3d AUGUST, RULES OF THE ASIATICK SOCIETY. 599 23d AUGUST, 1708. REsoLvED, ‘that any Member of the Society may have the privilege of introducing, as a visitor, any Gentleman who is not usually resident in Calcutta. 11th OCTOBER, 1708. On a question, proposed at a meeting held on the 27th of September, “ Whether absent Members, ** resident in Calcutta, shall be allowed to vote by ** proxy on the election of Vice Presidents and Com- *‘ mittee of Papers.” ‘THe Society determined in the negative. 10th JANUARY, 1790. RESOLVED. 1ft. Tuar it will be proper to publish, with each volume of the Researches, a list of suchOriental subjects as may be considered in the light of DestpERata; to be prepared, by the Committee, from lists, submitted to the Society, by the Members or others. 2d. Tuar, as a testimonial to the merit of the best Papers, communicated to the Society, on the subjects proposed as Desiperara, the author be presented with the volume of Researches, wherein such Paper is contained, accompanied with a com- plimentary letter, from the Secretary, in the name of the Society. 3d. Tuar the rules of the Society, not already published, be inserted in an Appendix to the next volume. 4th. Txat four additional Members of the Com- mittee of Papers be elected ; and that the Committee do hereafter consist of thirteen Members, including the President, Vice Presidents, and Secretary; of whom, any Member, not less than five, may be com- petent to form a Committee. 7 FEB. 600 RULES OF THE ASIATICK SOCIETY. FEBRUARY, in 1799. - Tue Committee of Papers were authorized by a reso ution of the Society to defray any small contingent expences on account of the Society, which they might deem indispensable. ay . JULY 4th, 1799. REsoLveED, Tart, in case, at any future meeting ‘of the So- ciety, the President and both Vice Presidents should be absent, a quarter of an hour after the fixed time of meeting; the senior Member of the Society pre- sent, shall take the chair for the evening, 2°80, RU 79 7,998, enemas Cg oe yy THE meetings of the Society are now held.on the first Thursday of every month, at eight o’clock from the autumnal to the vernal equinox, and at nine du- ring the other six months of the year. : MEMBERS OF THE ASIATICK, SOCIETY, Liog. —— 38 = 8 PATRONS. The Right Hon. RICHARD EARL of MORNINGTON, °K, P. GovERNOR GENERAL, &c. &c. &c. Sir ALURED CLARKE, K. B. CommManveER Members of IN Cuter, &c. &c. the Supreme PETER SPEKE, Esq. Council WILLIAM COWPER, Esq. PresiDENT, The Hon. Sir JOHN ANSTRUTHER, Bart. ist VICE PresIDENT, JOHN FLEMMING, Eso. ed Vice Presipent, JOHN HERBERT HARINGTON, Esquire, The Honourable Mr. Justice ROYDS. WILLIAM ROXBURGH, M.D. JAMES DINWIDDIE, L. ‘TDi ROBERT HOME, Esq. Lieutenant Colonel WILLIAM KIRKPATRICK, Captain R. H. COLEBROOKE, FRANCIS GLADWIN, Esq. JOHN GILCHRIST, Esq. ‘H. P. FORSTER, Esq. eeepc! of Pupfers, with the » Vice Presidents, and President Secretary. Committee = TREASURER, HENRY TRAIL, Esq. SecRETARY, WILLIAM HUNTER, Esq. VOL, VI, 2a Dr. { 6o2 ) : : te. x eo Doctor James Anderson, David Anderson, Esq. Lieut. James Anderson, | Richard Anster, Esq. B Capt. Lamington Baillie, ) Francis Balfour, M. D. George Hilaro Barlow, Esq. Stephen Bayard, John Bebb, Esq. John Belli, Esq. Rev. Dr. J. Bell, Andrew. Berry, M. D. Doctor Aug. Beyer, John Bentley, Esq. Robert Biddulph, Esq. Robert Blake, Esq. William Coates Blaquiere, Esq. Sir Charles Wm. Blunt, Bart. Lieut. James Blunt William Boag, Esq. R. H. Boddam, Esq. Charles Boddam, Esq. Thomas Boileau, Esq. George Boyd, Esq. John Bristow, Esq... Rev. D. Brown, Ralph Broome, Esq. Hon. C. A. Bruce, i POS Francis Buchanan, M.D. William Borroughs, Esq. Capt. W. Burton ON CG Alexander Campbell, M. D. General John Carnac, © Codrington Edm. Carrington, Esq. Thomas Casement, Esq. +’ Ser ("OOH ) i Sir Robert Chambers, Knt. Joseph Champion, Esq. Charles Chapman, Esq. Hon. John Cochrane, Colonel John Collins, Esq. Henry Colebrooke, Esq. Childley Coote, Esq. Burrish Crisp, Esq. John Crisp, Esq. D Thomas Daniell, Esq: Samuel Davis, Esq. William A. Devis, Esq- John Dickens, Esq. George Dowdeswell, Esq. Hon. Jonathan Duncan. N. B. Edmonstone, Esq. John Eliot, Esq. Walter Ewer, Esq. F - John Farquhar, Esq. William Farquharson, Esq. Nicholas Fontana, Esq. Francis Fowke, Esq. Capt. William Francklin, Esq. Capt. Charles Fraser, Major Gen, John Fullarton. G J. Goldingham, Esq. Richard Goodlad, Esq. Thomas Graham, Esq. Charles Grant, Esq. James Grant, Esq. Col. Christ. Green. H Major Henry Haldane, Alexander Hamilton, Esq. 2Q2 james ( 604) James Hare, M. D. Capt. Thos. Hardwicke, Herbert Harris, Esq. W. Hart, Esq. Warren Hastings, Esq. _ Francis) Hawkins, Esq. Benjamin Heyne, M. D. W.N. W. Hewett, Esq. ».. . D. Hopkins, Esq. Francis: Horsley, Esq. James Howison, Esq. “ae Isaac Humphrys, , Osias Humphreys, Esq. J. Richard i ohnson, Esq. Sir John tPimanrt Bart. Richard Kennaway, iat Lieu. Col. Alex. Kyd. rj Be _ Anthony Lambert, Esq. Capt. William Lambton, — Thomas Law, Esq. Rev. Francis Lee, A.M. | Lt. Col. Herbert Lloyd, Charles Lloyd, Esq. M ; Capt. Colin Macaulay, Lieut. Alexander Macdonald, Ensign Wiliam Mc Dougal, Capt. Robert Macgregor, Capt. Colin Mackenzie, Andrew Macklew, Esq. Donald Macnabb, Esq. Francis Macnaghten,Esq. Colonel Allen Macpherson, Sir John Macpherson, Bt. Sir Charles Ware Malet, Bart. ( 605 ) William Marsden, Esq. Bartholomew Marsh, Esq. General Claude Martin, ~Groeme Mercer, Esq. Nathaniel Middleton, Esq. Edmund Morris, Esq. Sir John Murray, Bart. Thomas Myers, Esq. N Hon. Frederick North. : O. . Gore Ouseley, Esq. P. | Col. William Palmer, _ John David Paterson, Esq. George Perry, Esq. R. Thomas Raban, Esq. John Rawlins, Esq. Capt. David Richardson, Henry Richardson, Esq. Lieut. Col. E. Roberts, Capt. G. Robertson, Charles Rothman, Esgq.. Alexander Russel, Esq. - Hon. Sir Henry Russell, Knight. S Robert Saunders, Esq. | Lieut. Col. Wm. Scott, Major John Scott, Helenus Scott, Esq, Lieut. Col. Rich. Scott, Thomas Scott, Esq. Daniel Seton, Esq. John Shoolbred, Esq. Gen. Sir Robert Sloper, K. B. Courtney Smith, Esq. James Stuart, Esq. 4 Capt. ( 606) ); Capt Michael Symes, Capt. Benj. Sydenham. g John Taylor, Esq. Right Hon. Lord Teignmouth, Rev. William Tennant, Isaac Titsing, Esq. Henry St. George Tucker, Esq. Capt. Samuel Turner. Warsi John Peter Wade, Esq. Lieut. J. Warren, Capt. Francis Wilford, Charles Wilkins, Esq. John Lloyd Williams, Esq. Colonel Woodburne. Z. John Zoffany, Esq. HONORARY somite bk? 1 ie M. Carpentier de Cossigny, M. Le Gentil, Rev. Dr. Folin, M. Henry J. Le Beck, Revd. Thomas Maurice, M. Volney, Captain C. D. Daldorff. TM) AP < if hid : x ( DNAS LN, / f , / ) / / d f 4 4 i Zi Z 4 / y j / 4 ‘ 44 f y ANd f \f AN / 4 (ON ONE ; PIS STS)